ET-5005-700-04-750 - Rev 1 DISEÑO PIP

CELULOSA ARAUCO Y CONSTITUCION S.A.
PROYECTO MAPA
ÍNDICE
ITEM DESCRIPCIÓN PÁGINA
1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Scope .................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Codes and Standards ............................................................................................ 2
1.3 Design Conditions ................................................................................................. 2
ANEXOS:
APPENDIX A: 4C DESIGN STANDARDS.

(Modificated and New Datasheets)
APPENDIX B: 4D DESIGN STANDARDS.

(Modificated)
APPENDIX C: 4S DESIGN STANDARDS.

(same as Rev. 0E)
APPENDIX D: VALVES STANDARDS.

(Modificated and New Datasheets)
APPENDIX E: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

AREAS 741-746-747 - MANAGEMENT FIBRA.
Technical Specification PIPING DESIGN STANDARDS Pag. i

CELULOSA ARAUCO Y CONSTITUCION S.A. PROYECTO MAPA
1. GENERAL
According to the conceptual study for MAPA project, a new Line will be
installed in Arauco mill with a design capacity of 1.300.000 ADt annual production of
hardwood pulp. This means a new wood handling area, new digester and fiberline, power
and recovery boilers, new pulp machine, evaporation plant, condensing TG, chemical
area, lime kiln and recaust, and effluent treatment plant, among others
1.1 Scope
This document provides all minimum requirements for the selection of

pipes, fittings, flanges, collars, insulation, appropriate distances between pipes, etc. in
accordance with available commercial dimensions, and fluid. It is not purpose of this
document to replace standards or codes.
Media and material grades are based on the Swedish Pulp and Paper
Standards and piping is specified according to ASME code. It is vendor’s responsibility the
design, specification and supply of materials in accordance with the media data and
process conditions, in order to guarantee the system and or equipment. In case of media
not listed, differences in material or missing information of any kind, vendor shall be
responsible to contact the Client and recommend the best alternative to give solution;
subject to terms and conditions of its contract.
In cases where ISO 4200 pipe is to be used, the 4C piping standards should
be used as a reference for material, valve selection, flange and bolt connection, test and
inspection; it shall be designer’s responsibility to develop the appropriate specification for
pipe wall thickness, fittings, flanges, etc., and all design shall be according to Piping
Design Criteria (CD-5005-700-04-760). Any change of any kind to the Piping Standards
within this document, shall be sent prior to Arauco for approval.
The specifications defined in Appendix E, are the responsibility of Andritz, both in its
content and in the use in areas 741, 746 and 747.
Technical Specification PIPING DESIGN STANDARDS Pag. 1

1.2 Codes and Standards
Codes and Standards that apply:
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials.

ANSI American National Standard Institute.
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society.
PFI Pipe Fabrication Institute.
AWS American Welding Society.
NFPA National Fire Protection Association.
AWWA American Water Works Association.
ANSI B31.3 Process Piping.
DIN German Institute for Standardization.
SFS-Käsikirja 123 Finnish Standard Association.
SSG Swedish Pulp and Paper Standards.
SPVC Swedish Pressure Vessel Code-Chapter 4 for Materials.
SPC Swedish Piping Code.
EN-13480 Metallic Industrial Piping.
1.3 Design Conditions
Design conditions, test pressure and Max. diameter recommended values

are given to general cases as a reference. Shall be confirmed by designer.
See Pipe Line list for the actual conditions for each line.
Technical Specification PIPING DESIGN STANDARDS Pag. 2

APPENDIX A
4C DESIGN STANDARDS
(MODIFICATED AND NEW DATASHEETS)
Technical Specification PIPING DESIGN STANDARDS

INDEX OF PIPING STANDARDS
VOLUME 1
Number Title
4C-01.02 Water Supply And Distribution, Mill Water – Cold, Water Supply And Distribution, Untreated
(Raw) Water
4C-01.03 C Water for Fire Protection Underground
4C-01.06 S1 Mill Water – Cold Chemically Treated, Mill Water – Cold Mechanicall Treated, Mill Water –
Cooling Water Return (up to 50°C) Chemical Treated, Mill Water – Hot Chemically Treated, Mill
Water – Potable Water Chemicall Treated, Mill Water – Seal Water Chemicall Treated, Mill Water
– Untreated (Raw) Water Mechanical Treated,Mill Water – Warm (50-90°C) Chemically Treated,
Mill Water – Warm Chemically Treated, Mill Water–Deminerallized Water Chemically Treated (up
to treated water storage tank)
4C-01.06 S2 Deminerallized Water - Mill Water - Cold, Deminerallized Water- Hot Water , Deminerallized
Water subject to regeneration with diluted sulfuric acid (<5%), Deminerallized Water- Warm
Water (up to 50°C)
4C-01.07 S1 High Pressure Sealwater
4C-01.08 S1 High pressure water seals-Shower water grinder water Hydraulics
4C-01.09 S1 High pressure water-High Pressure Shower water
4C-01.11 S1 Deminerallized Water (High Temperature)
4C-01.12 S1 Deminerallized Water (from treated water storage tank to deaerator) NOTA: NO USAR POR
WOOD USAR SOLO 4C-01.06 S1
4C-01.13 C Heating Water (Up to 60% Glycol)
4C-01.13 S1 Heating Water (Up to 60% Glycol)
4C-01.31 Water for Fire Protection Aboveground on DRY PIPE, Water for Fire Protection Aboveground
RED HÚMEDA
4C-01.32 Water for Fire Protection Aboveground on DRY PIPE, Water for Fire Protection Aboveground
RED HÚMEDA
4C-01.41 PLUMBING - Pressure Systems (copper piping)- Inside and Outside of Buildings, Below Ground
Mill Water, PLUMBING - Pressure Systems (copper piping)- Inside and Outside of Buildings,
Below Ground Potable Water
4C-01.42 DI Mill Water Underground, Potable Water Underground
4C-01.42 PE Cooling Water Return Underground, Fresh Water Underground, Mill Water Underground, Potable
Water Underground, Sanitary Effluent Underground
4C-01.45 S2 FRESH COLD WATER Mech / chem treated

4C-01.46 F FRESH COLD WATER (mech/chem treated), WARM WATER (2°C – 80°C)
4C-02.02 C3 Steam Low pressure class 150 - steam operating, Steam Low pressure class 150 Boiler Feed
water (pump suction side), Steam Low pressure class 150 Condensate, Steam, flash
(atmospheric)
4C-02.02 S1 Steam Low pressure Condensate
DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

ISSUED FOR MAPA PROJECT
PROJECT NO. SHEET 1 OF 10 Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE Abril 2012
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
4C-02.03 C3 Steam medium pressure class 300 & low temperature) Steam operating, Steam Medium
pressure class 300 Condensate
4C-02.03 S1 Medium Pressure Condensate
4C-02.05 C3 MEDIUM – HIGH PRESSURE STEAM
Pressure Class 600 & High Temperature
4C-02.20 C3 Boiler Feedwater - Class 600 (Interstage) to Desuperheaters and steam conditioning valves
4C-02.21 C3 Boiler Drum Chemical Feed, Boiler Feedwater - class 900
4C-02.22 C3 Boiler Drum Chemical Feed class 1500, Boiler Feedwater - High Pressure class 1500
4C-02.23 Attemperator Water, Medium Presure, Boiler Drum Chemical Feed class 300, Boiler Feedwater -
class 300
4C-02.34 C3 Steam High pressure class 2500 & High T°
4C-02.35 C3 Extraction Steam
4C-02.40 S5 Secondary Vapor (For ducts equal or over DN700 (28”) use Andritz Spec D4A.1.01)
4C-02.41 S5 Secondary Vapor (For ducts equal or over DN700 (28”) use Andritz Spec D4A.1.01)
4C-03.01 S1 Instrument Air, Mill Air
4C-03.02 C Primary Air
4C-04.01 S1 Brown Stock - O2 Delignification or high density
4C-04.02 S2 Brown Stock - O2 Delignification to high density
4C-04.03 S1 Brown Stock - Knot System
4C-04.04 S2 Brown Stock - O2 Delignification Reactor Feed, Pulp Peroxide Stage
4C-04.05 S1 Pulp, Sulphate, unwashed – high pressure
4C-04.05 S2 Brown Stock - High Pressure
4C-04.06 S2 Pulp Chlorine dioxide stage, before chemical addition, Pulp Oxygen Stage-high pressure, Pulp
Peroxide Stage-high pressure
4C-04.07 S1 Pulp Unbleached, washed, before O2 reactors
4C-04.08 C Continuous Digester Blow Piping
4C-04.09 S1 Pulp Unbleached, washed, O2 reactors
4C-05.01 F Bleached Stock-Chlorine Stage, Pulp Chlorine dioxide stage, tower by pass
4C-05.02 S2 Bleached Stock-Alkaline service-Caustic Stage, Bleached Stock-Alkaline service-Chelation
Stage, Bleached Stock-Alkaline service-Hypo Stage, Bleached Stock-Alkaline service-Peroxide
Stage
4C-05.03 T Bleached Stock-Acidic service-high pressure, Pulp Chlorine dioxide stage, after chemical addition
4C-05.04 S4 Pulp Chlorine Dioxide stage, feed to washer
4C-05.04 T Pulp Chlorine dioxide stage, after chemical addition
4C-05.05 S2 Bleached Stock-After SO2 neutralization, Bleached Stock-To Machine Headbox, Pulp Bleached
Broke, Pulp Chlorine dioxide stage feed to stand pipe

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
4C-07.01 S2 Coated Broke, Paper Machine Broke, Pulp Machine Broke, Uncoated Broke
4C-08.01 S1 Filtrate - Brown Stock before O2 Delignification or High Density
4C-08.02 F Filtrate Acid service-Acid Wash, Filtrate Acid service-Chlorine (C) Bleach Stage(s), Filtrate
Acid service-Chlorine Dioxide (D) Bleach Stage(s), Filtrate Acid service-from Bleached
Stock
4C-08.02 S3 Filtrate Acid service-Acid Wash, Filtrate Acid service-Chlorine (C) Bleach Stage(s), Filtrate
Acid service-Chlorine Dioxide (D) Bleach Stage(s), Filtrate Acid service-from Bleached
Stock
4C-08.03 S1 White Water - Wood room
4C-08.03 S2 Filtrate Alkaline & neutral services-Caustic, Filtrate Alkaline & neutral services-Chelation
(Q) Bleach Stage(s), Filtrate Alkaline & neutral services-From bleached stock, Filtrate
Alkaline & neutral services-From groundwood stock, Filtrate Alkaline & neutral services-
From save all, Filtrate Alkaline & neutral services-Hypo bleach stage, Filtrate Alkaline &
neutral services-Peroxide (P & PO) Bleach Stage(s),White Water-Warm
4C-08.05 S2 Filtrate Brown stock from O2 Delignification to high density
4C-08.07 S2 White Water & Filtrate -from save all, White Water & Filtrate -Warm
4C-08.08 S1 White Water & Filtrate -Warm (Paper Machine or Pulp Machine), White Water: Oxygen
Stage
4C-08.08 S2 White Water & Filtrate -Oxygen Stage, White Water & Filtrate -Warm (Paper Machine or
Pulp Machine)
4C-08.13 S2 Filtrate Brown stock O2 Delignification stage
4C-09.02 S2 Exhaust air, generally
4C-09.03 F Chlorine Dioxide stage vent (acid gas)
4C-09.03 S1 Peroxide stage vent (alkaline gas)
4C-09.06 F CHLORINE DIOXIDE STAGE (ACID GAS).
4C-09.07 S1 Chlorine Dioxide stage vent (acid gas)
4C-10.01 S1 Black Liquor – Weak 14 - 18% Solids
4C-10.02 S1 Black Liquor – Weak 14 - 18% Solids
4C-10.03 S1 Black Liquor – Strong 50%-70% Solids
4C-10.04 S1 Alkaline Condensate (liquor coming from boiler scrubber)., Kraft Mill Clean Condensate -
A Condensate - Clean, Kraft Mill Foul Condensate - B Condensate - Contaminated
4C-10.04 S2 Kraft Mill Clean Condensate - A Condensate - Clean, Kraft Mill Foul Condensate - B
Condensate - Contaminated, Kraft Mill Foul Condensate - C Condensate - Heavily
Contaminated
4C-10.05 S1 Green Liquor – Clarified, Green Liquor – Unclarified

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
4C-10.06 S1 White Liquor – Clarified

4C-10.08 S1 White Liquor – Clarified
4C-10.08 S2 White Liquor - Oxidized
4C-10.09 S1 Cooking Liquor
4C-10.10 S1 Chip Liquor Suspension
4C-10.11 S1 Black liquor, spill from dump tank in R.B.(GIC)
4C-10.21 S1 White Liquor (boosted) – Clarified
4C-10.21 S2 White Liquor (boosted) - Oxidized
4C-10.22 S1 White Liquor (boosted) – Clarified
4C-10.24 S5 Black Liquor – Heavy
from evaporators to R.B. mix tank, Black Liquor – Heavy
from R.B. mix tank to evaporators
4C-10.25 S5 Black Liquor – Heavy from R.B. mix tank to evaporators, Black Liquor – Heavy
from evaporators to R.B. mix tank
4C-10.26 S5 Black Liquor – Firing 70% & higher Solids
4C-10.34 S1 CONDENSATE Live steam, Low pressure
4C-11.01 S1 Causticier Liquor - 10% Solids, Lime Dust Slurry – Kiln Scrubber Recirculating System (Oil
Fired Kilns only), White Liquor Sludge – 20%-40% Solids
4C-11.02 C Lime Dust
4C-11.02 S1 Green Liquor Dregs, Green Liquor Sludge – 10% Solids, Lime Dust Slurry – Kiln Scrubber
Recirculating System (Gas Fired Kilns Only), Lime Mud (washed) – 20% to 40% Solids,
Lime Mud Filtrate, Recaust Vacuum Piping, Tall Oil Sludge,Weak Wash
4C-11.03 S5 Lime Milk
4C-11.06 ASH SLURRY (Sludge)
4C-11.06 S2 ASH SLURRY (Sludge)
4C-11.13 S2 Saltcake Slurry (Sodium Sulphate (Na2SO4) in solution) , Sodium Sulphate Solution,
Alcaline
4C-12.12 S2 Kraft Mill Foul Condensate, C- Condensate (Heavily Contaminated) -Use for vacuum
service cases, if not use
4C-10.04 S2., Non Condensate Gases (Noxious Emissions) Stripper off-gases high
Concentration
4C-12.13 S1 Air - Vacuum System
4C-12.16 S1 Non Condensable Gases Low Concentration (low pressure)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
4C-13.01 Caustic soda 73%

4C-13.02 S1 Caustic soda (boosted) 1%-50%
4C-13.03 C Dilute slurry 3,7%Ca(OH)2, Separan NP10, Sodium Chloride (Brine), Sodium silicate, Strong
slurry 10%Ca(OH)2
4C-13.04 S2 Borol, Formic Acid (HCO2H), Nitric Acid 5%-10%, Sodium Bisulfite, Sodium Bisulfite 10%,
Sodium Chlorate (NaClO3), Sodium Hidrosulfite,Sodium Sulphite (Na2SO3), Sulfamic Acid 10%,
Sulphur Dioxide Solution (0 - 10%) (SO2)**, Zinc Hidrosulphite
4C-13.05 C Dry Chlorine (CL2)-Gas, Dry Chlorine (CL2)-Liquid
4C-13.06 CF Sodium Hypochlorite (5%)
4C-13.06 CP Sodium Hypochlorite (5%) - Category D
4C-13.06 LK Sodium Hypochlorite (5%) - Category D, Wet Chlorine Gas - Category M
4C-13.07 S2 Sulphuric Acid 93% min-98%máx
4C-13.08 SALTCAKE SLURRY Sodium sesquisulphate Na3H(SO4)2 in solution, SULFURIC ACID 1.5 –
5%, SULPHUR DIOXIDE GAS (SO2) From rotameters to generator
4C-13.10 C Sulphur Dioxide Dry - Gas, Sulphur Dioxide Dry - Liquid

4C-13.10 S2 Sulphur Dioxide Dry - Gas, Sulphur Dioxide Dry - Liquid
4C-13.11
4C-13.12 Chlorine Dioxide Gas (ClO2) (Saturated) From Generator, Vent Gas (from absorption Towers &
storage Tank)
4C-13.13 LT Chlorine Dioxide (ClO2) Solution
4C-13.14 S2 Hydrogen Peroxide- 5% - 70%
4C-13.15 Chlorine Solution (water treatment Plant), Ferric Chloride (water treatment Plant), PAC-Poly
Aluminum Chloride 24,3%
4C-13.16 C Nitrogen Gas
4C-13.17 S1 Aluminium Hydrate, Defoamer, DYE, Felt Cleaner, Pale Rosin Size, Retention AID, Sodium
Aluminate,Talc Slurry, Titanium Dioxide
4C-13.19 S2 Magnesium sulphate (MgSO4 Epsom Salts)
4C-13.20 Hydrochlric Acid (All Concentrations), Sulphuric Acid 10%-93%
4C-13.21 S2 Methanol (Methyl Alcohol)
4C-13.22 S2 Phosphoric Acid 75% Concentration (For Waste Treatment System - Nutrient)
4C-13.24 S2 Dispersant, Polymer (For Waste Treatment Systems)
4C-13.25 S2 Methanol (Methyl Alcohol) High Pressure
4C-13.30 S1 Oxygen-Process, Oxygen-Welding & cutting Services
4C-13.31 S1 Oxygen-Process, Oxygen-Welding & cutting Services

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
4C-13.37 T CHLORINE DIOXIDE - Gas / Vapor, CHLORINE DIOXIDE - Residual solution, Chlorine Dioxide
Solution, SODIUM CHLORATE SOLUTION , SODIUM SULPHATE SALT, SODIUM SULPHATE
SOLUTION - Alkaline
4C-13.38 T Chlorine Dioxide Solution
4C-13.39 S2 SULPHURIC ACID (98%)
4C-13.40 S2 METHANOL
4C-13.41 F Chlorine Dioxide (ClO2) Solution
4C-13.42 SULFURIC ACID 15%-80% - Mixed acidic / alkaline (low solids)
4C-13.43 F Chlorine Dioxide (ClO2) Solution
4C-14.02 C Fuel Gas Outside, Fuel Gas Underground, Natural Gas, Propane
4C-15.01 C Fuel Oil (Boilers) Heavy weight, Fuel Oil (Boilers) Light weight
4C-15.02 C Diesel Oil, Fuel Oil (Boilers) Heavy weight, Fuel Oil (Boilers) Light weight
4C-16.01 S1 Lubrication Oil
4C-16.02 C Diesel Oil
4C-16.51 Hydraulic Oil annealed tubing 0 - 3500 psig
4C-16.55 Hydraulic Oil Sch. 80 Bent Pipe 2200 - 3650 psig
4C-16.59 S2 Hydraulic Oil sw pipe 2350 - 3900 psig
4C-16.80 S2 Control Oil (Turbo Generator)
4C-16.81 Lubrication Oil & return Headers (Turbo Generator)
4C-17.01 F Acid Effluent Aboveground, Caustic Effluent Aboveground
4C-17.03 C Floor Drain Process Buildings
4C-17.06 C Effluent Sludge, General Effluent CS Aboveground, General Effluent CS Underground, Mill
Effluent, Mill Effluent-Treated
4C-17.09 S1 Drain Process and not Process Aboveground - Floor Drains, Drain Process and not Process
Aboveground - Roof Drains
4C-17.11 F Acid Sewers Underground, Caustic Sewers Underground, General Process Sewers
Aboverground, General Process Sewers Underground, Mill Effluent Clean
4C-17.14 Acid Sewers Underground, Caustic Sewers Underground, General Process Sewers
Underground, Mill Effluent Clean
4C-17.16 Sanitary Sewers, Storm Sewers
4C-17.21 S1 Caustic Sewers Aboveground, Caustic Sewers Underground, Mill Effluent Aboveground, Mill
Effluent Filtrate Aboveground, Mill Effluent Filtrate Underground, Mill Effluent Sludge Waste
Aboveground, Mill Effluent Sludge Waste Underground, Mill Effluent Underground

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
4C-17.21 S2 Mill Effluent Aboveground, Mill Effluent Filtrate Aboveground, Mill Effluent Filtrate Underground,
Mill Effluent Sludge Waste Aboveground, Mill Effluent Sludge Waste Underground, Mill Effluent
Underground
4C-17.32 Drains And Sewers (Pvc Dwv Piping), Process And Non-Process Buildings /Floor Drains, /Roof
Drains, /Sanitary Drains & Vents, /Sanitary Sewers, /Storm Sewers
4C-17.61 Pressurized Sewers Effluent Treatment UG

4C-17.63 S1 MILL EFFLUENT Fiber free Mixed acidic / alkaline (low solids)
4C-17.64 F EFFLUENT, FIBER FREE, MIXED ACIDIC / ALKALINE (LOW SOLIDS)
4C-17.65 EFFLUENT, FIBER FREE- Mixed acidic / alkaline (low solids)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
WOOD DESIGN STANDARDS
LIABILITY
These standards after approval by WOOD are issued to WOOD’s client (the "Owner") for use only on the
project for which they were approved and issued.
These standards may involve hazardous materials, operation and equipment. These standards do not
purport to address all of the safety problems associated with their use. It is the responsibility of the users
of these standards to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of
regulatory limitations prior to use.
As these standards were prepared solely for the benefit of the Owner, WOOD disclaims all liability
for the completeness, correctness, and accuracy of these standards against all parties other than the
Owner.
WOOD makes no representations of any kind to any party other than the Owner.
LIABILITY AND COPYRIGHT
DESIGN STANDARD 4C-00.01 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
NOMENCLATURE SERVICE DESIGN CONDITIONS
WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION Press Range: To 10 barg (150 psig)

CARBON STEEL Temp Range: Ambient
W04 Mill Water - Cold pH Range: Neutral
W02 Untreated (Raw) Water
Above Ground - See Note 2 APPLICABLE CODE

Underground - See Note 3 ASME B31.3
Category D Fluid Service
THIS SPECIFICATION TO BE USED BEFORE WATER FILTRATION ONLY

ITEM DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
PIPE Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A53

2” and less End Prep: Threaded or plain ends Gr. B Type E
(See Note 4 & 6) Wall Thk: Standard wt.
2 1/2” - 24” Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A53

(See Note 5) End Prep: Bevelled end Gr. B Type E
Wall Thk: Standard wt.
26” and up Material: Fabricated carbon steel, EFW ASTM A36

(See Note 5) End Prep: Bevelled end Gr. A
Wall Thk: Standard wt. D.S. 4S-01.02
NIPPLES Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A106

2” and less End Prep: Threaded or plain Gr. B
(See note 6) Wall Thk: Sch.80
FITTINGS Material: Forged Steel ASTM A105

2” & less Conn: Socket Weld ASME B16.11
(See Notes 4 & 6)) Class: 3000
2 1/2” - 24” Material: Carbon steel ASTM A234

(See Note 7) Conn: Butt weld Gr. WPB
Wall Thk: Standard wt. ASME B16.9
Extra strong (under structure)
26” & up Material: Carbon steel fabricated ASTM A36

(See Note 7) End Prep: Butt weld Gr. A
Wall Thk: Standard Wt. D.S. 4S-01.02
Extra Strong (under structure)
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.02 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 25Oct2003
PIPE COUPLING Material: Steel coupling c/w std Dresser Style 38
2 1/2” and larger fittings and gaskets or approved equal
(See Note 12)
UNIONS Material: Malleable iron ASTM A197 or

2” & less Conn: Threaded, iron to iron, ASTM A47 Gr. 32510
ground joint ASME B16.39
Class: 150
REDUCING SIZE Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

THREADOLET & Conn: Threaded or socket weld ASME B16.11
SOCKOLETS Class: 3000
2’ & less
(See Note 6)

WELDOLETS Wall Thk: Standard wt. ASME B16.9
2 1/2” & UP
(See Note 7)
FLANGES Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

2 1/2” & UP Conn: Welded ASME B16.5
(See Note 10) Type: Slip-on or welding neck ASME B16.47 A (26” & up)
Class: 150
30” & up Material: Forged steel plate ASTM A36

(See Note 10) Conn: Welded D.S. 4S-01.02
Type: Drilled flat face Table ‘B’
Class: 150
BOLTS & Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

NUTS Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías
All sizes en terreno – Empaquetaduras por
fluido y aislación
GASKETS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

Fabricación y montaje de cañerías
en terreno – Empaquetaduras por
Type: fluido y aislación
Class:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Forged steel ASTM A105
2” & less Conn: Threaded or socket weld ASME B16.11
(See Note 6) Type: 45o latrolets, elbolets
Class: 3000
Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

Conn: Threaded ASME B16.11
Type: Couplings, half-couplings
Class: 3000
LUBRICANTS Type: Graphite, calcium fluoride base, Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize
for threads, bolts and gaskets or approved equal
VALVE DESCRIPTION VALVE NO.
BALL: Material: SS 316, Lever handle V-4121

2” & less
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body & disc, hard V-9231

3” & 6” back, Buna ‘N’ seat, ‘O’ ring seals,
throttle type handle
Conn: Wafer
Class: 150
8” & up Material: Cast iron body and disc, hard V-9231

(See Notes 9 & 10) back, Buna ‘N’ seat, ‘O’ ring
seals, gear operator.
Conn: Lugged / Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Malleable iron, swing V-3411

2” & less Conn: Threaded
Class: 300
2 1/2” to 24” Material: Cast Iron body & disc. V-3141

Style: Full bore tilting disc.
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
(For effluent containing fibers)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2 1/2” & up Material: Cast iron body, C.S. plates V-3139
Buna ‘N’ seal, S.S. 316 springs
Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
INSTRUCTIONS:
Fabrication and erection of carbon and ferritic Standard 4S-01.01

steel pressure piping
Pipe line field erection, checking, testing and Standard 4S-20.01

cleaning specification
Coating and lining of steel piping and materials Standard 4S-30.04
Installation of underground pipes Standard 4S-31.01
Instrument fittings for steel pipe Standard 4D-10.02
NOTES:
1. All listed standards and specifications shall conform to the latest edition.
2. For above ground installation, pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and painted in
accordance with the project painting specifications or as specified on construction
drawings.
3. For underground installation, pipe and fittings shall be coated in accordance with
Standard 4S-30.04. Underground installation shall conform to Standard 4S-31.01.
4. External Pipe coating shall be per 4S-30.04 para 4.2.
5. Internal Pipe coating shall be cement mortar per 4S-30.04 para 5.2.
6. Includes the use of swaged nipples in any combination of ends within the confines of this
class sheet. See Design Standard 4-03.02.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
7. Pipe manufactured to more stringent standards, (i.e., L5 etc.), but rejected due to some
non-conformity with those standards, may be acceptable for underground water supply
and distribution. (Surplus pipe from the oil and gas industry is frequently an economical
source). Resize pipe ends to match as required. Such pipe shall be approved by the
Area Project Engineer.
8. Joints in pipe and fittings 2” and less and installed underground shall be socket welded.
Threaded connections are acceptable for above ground installation.
9. Fittings 18” and larger may be fabricated in accordance with 2S-01.02, if approved by
the Area Project Engineer for a particular installation.
10. Gate valves shall only be installed when specified on drawings. Directly buried butterfly
valves with appropriate gear operator, with 2” square operating nut and valve box (4D-
13.01) shall be the standard installation, unless otherwise specified on drawings.
11. Butterfly valves shall be installed with stem in horizontal position and the bottom of the
disk opening against the direction of the water flow.
12. When used for the installation of butterfly valves, the ID of flanges shall be equal to the
ID of standard weight carbon steel pipe, to ensure that the built-in gasket/seal of butterfly
valves is well supported.
13. Knife gates with resilient seals must be bidirectional.
14. Couplings shall be supplied to match the OD of the pipe ends within the tolerances
specified by coupling manufacturer. If such couplings are not available, the pipe ends
shall be re-sized.
15. For fluids W04-W08-W10-W23-W24-W30: use to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC

low bolt loads.se to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt loads.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID SERVICE DESIGN CONDITIONS
NOMENCLATURE
W23 WATER FOR FIRE PROTECTION 0 to 12 barg (175 psig)

- OUTSIDE SERVICES (UNDERGROUND) Temp: Ambient
pH Range: Neutral
PIPE Material: HDPE PE100 ASTM F714 FM1613

4” to 24” End Prep: Beveled ends or equal FM approved
Wall Thk: SDR 11
4” to 24” Material: Carbon steel ERW ASTM A53 Gr.B

(FOR RISERS AND End Prep: Beveled ends
HYDRANTS) Wall Thk: Standard wt.
See Note 4
FITTINGS Material: HDPE PE100 Forged Steel ASTM F714 FM1613

4” to 24” Conn: Butt weld Socket Weld or equal FM approved.
Class: SDR 11 3000
4” to 24” Material: Carbon steel ERW ASTM A234

(FOR RISERS AND End Prep: Butt weld Gr. WPB
HYDRANTS) Wall Thk: Standard wt.
FLANGES Material: Carbon Steel HDG / HDPE PE100 Lap joint: ASME B16.5
4” & UP Conn: Flanged / welded Stub end: ASTM F714 FM1613
Type: Lap joint / stub end or equal FM approved
Class: 150

4” & UP Conn: Welded ASME B16.5
(Change material, Type: Slip-on or welding neck
or valves) Class: 150

NUTS Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
All sizes terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido
Underground or close y aislación
to ground
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.03 C 0

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 13Sep2000
GASKETS
Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4
Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
Type: aislación
Class:
HYDRANT Type: 6” diameter wet standpipe, complete with ASTM A53 Gr.B
6” Std two valves and storz hose connection.
Fabricated
Conn: 6” Flanged to riser / 3” storz outlets

Class: 150lb
HYDRANT Type: 6” diameter wet standpipe, complete with ASTM A53 Gr.B
6” Special two valves and storz hose connection, and
one 5” storz with valve to fire truck supply
water. Fabricated
Conn: 6” Flanged to riser / 3” storz outlets / 5” outlet

Class: 150lb
VALVE BOX Type Telescoping valve box with cast iron or 4D-13.01
(Roadway box) Plastic extension pipe, length to suit the
bury of valve. Extension rod with handle
and square socket to fit the valve installed
shall be supplied as required.
GATE Material: Ductile iron, non-rising stem, full bore, EPDM PEND
4” to 14” lined wedge
Conn: Flanged
Class: 175lb, Underwriter listed and/or FM approved
INSTRUCTIONS: Installation of underground pipes Standard 4S-31.01
Underground piping anchor details (See Note 4) Standard 4S-30.02
Water supply riser Standard 4D-12.04

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
TESTS: 1. All piping systems shall be hydrostatically tested at a minimum of 200 psi, or if
the maximum static pressure exceeds 150 psi, test at 50 psi above the maximum
static pressure, for a period of two hours. Maximum permissible leakage shall
not exceed 2 U.S. quarts per hour per 100 joints, irrespective of pipe diameter
(Leakage shall be pro-rated for the number of joints).
NOTES: 1. All fire prevention water supply systems shall be installed in accordance with
Factory Mutual Data Sheets 3-10 for ‘Fire Service Mains’ or NFPA Standard
No. 24 ‘Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances’.
2. All standards and specifications shall conform to the latest edition.
3. All valves and hydrants shall open counterclockwise.
4. Underground steel pipe and fittings shall have a protective coating. See ET-
5005-700-04-753 - Painting Specification.
5. For fluids W04-W08-W10-W23-W24-W30: use to all joints steel to

HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt loads.se to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC low
bolt loads.

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
NOMENCLATURE SERVICE DESIGN
CONDITIONS
0 – 11 barg
(0 – 160 psig)
CHEMICALLY MECHANICALLY 12 – 100 °C

MILLWATER - PROCESS BUILDINGS
TREATED TREATED (54 – 212 °F)
pH Range: 5 – 9
W04 / W08 W03 - COLD 22°C
W30 - WARM (up to 50°C) 55°C

W34 - WARM (50 – 90°C) 100°C
W35 - HOT 100°C
W20 - SEAL WATER 22°C
W10 - POTABLE WATER 22°C
W48 - DEMINERALIZED WATER
(UP TO THE TREATED WATER STORAGE TANK) 100°C
W02 - UNTREATED, RAW WATER 22°C

W24 - COOLING WATER RETURN (up to 55°C) 55°C
APPLICABLE
CODE
ASME B31.3
Category D Fluid
Service
PIPE Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

2” & Less End Prep: Plain ends Gr. TP 304L
Wall Thk: Schedule 10S
2½” to 10” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 304L
12” to 24” Material: Austenitic SS fabricated ASTM A312

Wall Thk: Sch 5S (see note 7)
DESIGN STANDARD 4C-01.06 S1 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 21 Oct2003
26” to 32” Wall Thk: 0.25” (6mm) ASTM A778
34” to 40” Wall Thk: 0.312” (8mm) Gr. TP 304L
42” to 48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10mm) D.S. 4S-02.01
50” to 56” Wall Thk: 0.5”
End Prep: Note 5
NIPPLES Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded Gr. TP 304L
FITTINGS Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. F304L
(See Note 3) Class: 3000 ASME B16.11
. Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403

2” & Less Conn: Butt weld Gr. 304L
(See Note 3) Wall Thk Sch.10S ASME B16.9

Conn: Butt weld Gr. 304L
Wall Thk: Sch.10S ASME B16.9
12” to 24” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403

Wall Thk: Sch 5S (see note 7) ASME B16.9
26” to 56” Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A774

Wall Thk: To match pipe D.S. 4S-02.01
UNIONS Material: SS, metal to metal seats ASTM A182

Class: 3000 MSS SP-83
FLANGES Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

½” - 2” Conn: Socket weld Gr. F304L
Class: 150 ASME B16.5
2½” to 10” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end, HDG Forged ASTM A403 Gr. 304L stub end
Steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A105 HDG Lap joint
Conn: Butt weld stub end ASME B16.9
Wall Thk: Sch.10S (stub end) ASME B16.5
Class: 150
12” to 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end and Forged ASTM A403 Gr. 304L stub end
and HDG Steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A105 HDG Lap joint

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Wall Thk: Sch.5S (stub end) (see note 7)
26” to 56” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end and Hot Dip ASTM A774 Gr. 304L stub end
Galv. (HDG) Steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A36 HDG Lap Joint
Conn: Butt weld stub end D.S. 4S-02.01
Wall Thk: To match pipe (stub end)
Class: 150 ASME B16.47 A series
BOLTS & Material: Carbon steel (Galvanized) ASTM A193 Gr. B7 for bolts
NUTS Type: Unified inch screw threads, ASTM A194 Gr. 2H for nuts
All sizes
GASKETS Material: Reinforced Sinthetic Fiber,

ASME B16.21
1/16” thick (12” & less)
Garlock 5500
1/8” thick (14” & up)
or approved equal
Type: Flat ring
Class: 150
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

2” & Less Conn: Threaded Gr. F304L
Type: 45 latrolets, elbolets ASME B16.11
Class: 3000
2” & Less Material: Cast SS ASTM A351

Conn: Threaded Gr. 304L
Type: Couplings & half couplings MSS SP-114
Class: 150
HOSE & FITTINGS Material: Rayon braided neoprene tube rubber Goodall “Thistle”
(Other than Service Hose) covered (good up to 200 psig) Spec. L26
½” - 1½” Conn: Threaded Or approved equal
Hose fittings complete with pipe Dixon GJ Boss

connection. Ground joint female Style X34
coupling
LUBRICANTS Type: Graphite, calcium fluoride base, for Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize
bolts and gaskets Or approved equal
Type: Fast curing thread sealant with teflon, Loctite PST-567

for pipe threads Or approved equal

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: SS 316, lever handle V-4451

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld
(Incl. Instr. Connection) Class: 600
SWING CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing bolted bonnet V-3222

2” & Less Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, O.S. & Y. plug disc V-2221

½” - 2” Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast iron, bronze trim, standard body, V-1131

2½” - 24” bolted bonnet, O.S. & Y.
(See Note 2) Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
GLOBE Material: Cast iron body, bronze disc, rising V-2132

2½” - 8” stem, O.S. & Y., bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
CHECK Material: Cast iron body, SS316 plates, EPDM V-3136

2½” - 24” seal, SS 316 springs
Conn: Wafer type
Class: 125
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body with 316 SS disc & V-9240
2½” & Up EPDM seals
Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast SS 316, O.S. & Y., bolted bonnet V-1245*
2½” & Up Conn: Flanged
See Note 6 Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316 body, O.S. & Y. rising V-2241*
2½” to 8” stem, plug disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
CHECK Material: SS316 body, disc & trim V-3242*

3” & Up Style Full bore tilting disc
Conn: Wafer type
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication of austenitic stainless steel pressure Standard 4S-02.01

piping
Fabricated thin wall austenitic stainless steel fittings Standard 4S-02.02

and flanges

NOTES:
1. All listed specifications and standards shall conform to the latest edition.
2. Gate valves 16” diameter and larger shall be equipped with pipe by-passes where specified on
drawings.
3. Includes the use of swaged nipples in any combination of ends within the confines of this class
sheet. See design standard 4D-03.02.
4. Butterfly valves 8” diameter and larger require enclosed worm gear operators as specified on
drawings.
5. The end prep. for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with paragraph 7.5 of design standard
4S-02.01.
6. Valves marked thus * to be used for de-mineralized water.
7. Sch 5S can be replaced by sch 10S according to the economic costs involved.
8. For fluids W04-W08-W10-W23-W24-W30: use to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt
loads.se to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt loads.es marked thus * to be used for de-
mineralized water.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
CONDITIONS
0 – 11 barg
12 – 100 °C
W48 - DEMINERALIZED WATER pH Range: 4 - 7
subject to regeneration with diluted sulfuric
acid (<5%)
W04 - Mill Water - Cold pH Range: 5 - 9
W30 - Warm Water (up to 50°C) pH Range: 5 - 9
W35 - Hot Water pH Range: 5 - 9
APPLICABLE
CODE
ASME B31.3
Category D Fluid
Service



Wall Thk: Schedule 5S (see note 7)

42” to 48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10mm) D.S. 4S-02.01
End Prep: Note 5



PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE Mar – 2019
DEPT. GENERIC
2” & Less Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403
(See Note 3) Conn: Butt weld Gr. 316L
Wall Thk Sch.10S ASME B16.9


Wall Thk: Sch. 5S (see note 7) ASME B16.9



Class: 150
Wall Thk: Sch. 5S (see note 7)
(stub end)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
All sizes terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Conn: Threaded Gr. F316L
2” & Less
Type: 45 latrolets, elbolets
ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 150


Material: SS 316, lever handle V-4454

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
CHECK Material: Cast iron body, alum. bronze plates, V-3135

2½” - 24” Buna ‘N’ seal, SS 316 springs
Conn: Wafer type
Class: 125
2½” & Up Buna ‘N’ seals
Class: 150

2½” to 8 stem, plug disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

3” to 24” Style Full bore tilting disc
Conn: Wafer type
Class: 150

piping

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
4S-02.01.
loads.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W21 HIGH PRESSURE SEALWATER 10– 14.4 barg (151 - 210 psig)
4°C – 38 °C (40F - 100F)
pH Range: 5 - 9
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2” & Less End Prep: Socket weld Gr. TP 304L
2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

End Prep: See Note 4 Gr. TP 304L


2” & Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. 304L
(See Note 6) Class: 3000 MSS SP-114

Conn: Butt weld Gr. CR 304L
Wall Thk: Schedule 10S MSS SP-43

2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS stub-end and Forged ASTM A403 Gr. 304L stub end
and HDG Steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A105 HDG Lap Joint
Conn: Butt weld (stub end) ASME B16.9
Wall Thk: Schedule 10S (stub end)
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.07 S1 01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BOLTS & NUTS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4
All Sizes Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Class: 3000
Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

Type: Couplings, half couplings MSS SP-114
Class: 3000
for bolts and gaskets Or approved equal

BALL Material: Cast SS 316, lever handle V-4121

(Instr. Connection Only) Class: 150
2” & Less Material: Cast SS 316, lever handle V-4451

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, O.S. & Y. V-2250


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing bolted cover V-3251

Class: 150
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast SS 316 body, O.S. & Y. split V-1245
2½” & Up Conn: wedge, bolted bonnet
Class: Flanged
150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing, bolted cover V-3244

Class: 150

piping (See Note 5)

Instrument connections for steel pipe Standard 4D-10.02
NOTES:
2. For extreme water hammer conditions, provide an integral mounted hydraulic dash pot.
3. For installation of screwed valves etc., use Schedule 40S nipples threaded one end and aligning
connectors to suit.
4. The end preparation for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with paragraph 7.5 of design
standard 4S-02.01.
5. The wall thickness specified in standard 4S-02.01 does not apply.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
LUID
W21 HIGH PRESSURE WATER SEALS 14.4 – 38 bar (210 - 550 psig)
- SEALS 65°C (150F )
HIGH PRESSURE SHOWER WATER pH Range: 5 - 9
GRINDER WATER HYDRAULICS
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Austenitic SS, seamless ASTM A312

2½” - 12” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

End Prep: Beveled ends Gr. TP 304L


2” & Less End Prep: Socket weld Gr. F304L
(See Note 3) Wall Thk: 3000 ASME B16.11

Conn: Butt weld Gr. WP 304L
Wall Thk: Schedule 40S ASME B16.9
UNIONS Material: Forged SS with flexite super gasket ASTM A182

Nicholson Uniflex or equal
SOCKOLETS Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

WELDOLETS Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

2½” - 12” Wall Thk: Schedule 40S Gr. F304L
ASME B16.9

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2” & Less Type: Socket weld or slip-on Gr. WP304L
2 ½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, type A MSS ASTM A403
length with CS HDG class 300 lap joint Gr. WP 304L
flange ASME B16.9
Conn: Butt weld ASTM A105 HDG
Class: 300

aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Type: Threadolets ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
for bolts and gaskets or approved equal

for pipe threads or approved equal

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: Cast SS 316, teflon seats & seals lever V-4451
2” & Less handle
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316 body, O.S. & Y., rising V-2451
stem, bolted bonnet
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 body & trim, swing, bolted V-3451
cap
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast SS 316 body & trim, O.S. & Y., V-1441
2½” - 12” rising stem, bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
SWING CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 body & disc, bolted cover V-3431
2½” - 12” Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W50 HIGH PRESSURE WATER (551 - 1150 psig) 38-79 barg (551 to 1150 psig )
HIGH PRESSURE SHOWER WATER To 66°C (150F )
pH Range: 5 - 9
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2½” - 4” Material: Austenitic SS, seamless ASTM A312




UNIONS Material: Forged SS with flexite super gasket ASTM A182

Nicholson Uniflex or equal
SOCKOLETS Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

WELDOLETS Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

2½” - 10” Wall Thk: Standard weight Gr. F304L
ASME B16.9

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE SEPT.04
2” & Less Type: Socket weld or slip-on Gr. F304L
2 ½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, type A MSS ASTM A403
length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP 304L
Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9
Wall Thk: Schedule 40S ASTM A105 HDG
STUDS Material: Alloy Steel Galvanized ASTM A193 Gr. B7

All Sizes Type: Continuously threaded ASME B1.1, Class 2A
ASME B18.2.1
NUTS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

aislación

1/ ” thick Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
8
Class: terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
aislación

Type: Threadolets ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Type: Couplings, half couplings ASME B16.11
Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: Cast SS 316, teflon seats & seals lever V-4451
2” & Less operator
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316 body, O.S. & Y., rising V-2551
2” & Less stem, bolted bonnet
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, body & trim, swing, V-3553

2” & Less bolted cap
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast SS, 316 body & trim, O.S. & Y., V-1541
2½” - 10” rising stem, bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 600
SWING CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 body & disc, bolted cover V-3541
Class: 600

piping (See Note 3)
NOTES:
4S-02.01.
5. Shop fabricated nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ASME B31.3, paragraph 304.3.3.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W48 DEMINERALIZED WATER Up to 16 barg

(High Temperature) 39 – 150°C
pH Range: 7 - 8.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service





Conn: Butt weld Gr. TP 304L
UNIONS Material: Forged SS, ground joints ASTM A182


2 ½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, type A MSS ASTM A403, Gr. 304L
(See Note 4) length with CS HDG class 150 lap joint ASTM A105 HDG
flange ASME B16.5
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
STUD BOLTS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4
aislación

aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: 316 SS, body & lever handle, teflon V-4421
2” & Less seats
(Incl. Instrument Conn.) Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast or forged steel, half stellite trim V-1436

Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing half stellite V-3436

2½” - 16” trim
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W48 DEMINERALIZED WATER To 16 barg (to 230 psig)

(From treated water storage tank to deaerator) -29 – 38°C (-20F - 100F)
pH Range: 7 - 8.5
WOOD SOLO DEBE USAR CLASE APPLICABLE CODE

4C-01.06 S1
ASME B31.3
Normal Service




2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403 CR 304L



2 ½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, type A MSS ASTM A403, Gr. 304L
(See Note 4) length with CS HDG class 150 lap joint ASTM A105 HDG
flange ASME B16.5
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Class: 3000
Material: Cast SS ASTM A182

Class: 150


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: 316 SS, body & lever handle, teflon V-4121
2” & Less seats
(Incl. Instrument Conn.) Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing half stellite V-3236

2½” - 16” trim
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W38 HEATING WATER (Up to 60% Glycol) 0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)
To 121°C (250F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2” & Less End Prep: Plain ends Gr. B Type E
Wall Thk: Standard weight
2½” & Up Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A53

End Prep: Beveled ends Gr. B Type E
FITTINGS Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld ASME B16.11
(See Note 5) Wall Thk: 3000
2½” & Up Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234

Conn: Butt weld Gr. WPB
Wall Thk: Standard weight ASME B16.9
UNIONS Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld, steel to steel ground joint MSS SP-83
Class: 3000
WELDOLETS Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

2½” & Up Wall Thk: Standard weight ASME B16.9

All Sizes Type: S.O. or W.N. ASME B16.5
(See Note 3) Class: 150

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Type: aislación
Class:

Class: 3000

Type: Couplings, half couplings
Class: 3000
for threads, bolts and gaskets Or approved equal
GATE Material: Forged steel, half stellite trim V-1556

(Incl. Instrument Conn.) Class: 600
GLOBE Material: Forged steel, half stellite trim V-2556

Class: 600
CHECK Material: Forged steel, swing half stellite trim V-3557

Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast steel, half stellite trim V-1236

Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast steel, half stellite trim V-2236

Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast iron body, aluminum bronze V-3135

2½” & Up plates, Buna ‘N’ seal, SS 316 springs
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication of carbon and ferritic steel pressure Standard 4S-01.01
piping

NOTES: 1. All listed specifications and standards shall conform to the latest edition.
2. Shop fabricated nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ASME, B31.3, paragraph
304.3.3.
3. Steel flanges shall be flat face when connecting to flat face cast iron valves and equipment flanges.
4. Threaded connections shall be kept to a minimum, and if required must be carefully made to
assure a leak-tight joint.
sheet. See Design Standard 4D-03.02.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W38 HEATING WATER (Up to 60% Glycol) 0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)
To 121°C (250F )
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


End Prep: Beveled ends Gr. TP 304L E


Conn: Butt weld Gr. WP304L

2” & Less Conn: Threaded Gr. TP 304L
Class: Schedule 40S


2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS stub-end and Forged ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
HDG Steel Lap Joint Flange ASME B16.9
Conn: Butt weld stub end ASTM A105 HDG
Wall Thk: Sch 10S (stub end) ASME B16.5
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

(Incl. Instrument Conn.) Class: 600

Class: 600
CHECK Material: Forged steel, swing half stellite trim V-3557

Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast steel, half stellite trim V-1236

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
GLOBE Material: Cast steel, half stellite trim V-2236
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

piping (See Note 3)

2. Shop fabricated nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ASME, B31.3, paragraph
304.3.3.
4. Threaded connections shall be kept to a minimum, and if required must be carefully made to
assure a leak-tight joint.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W23 WATER FOR FIRE PROTECTION To 12 barg (175 psig)
- ABOVE GROUND – See Note 3 and 8 To 38°C (100F)
- HIGH PRESSURE – See 4C-01.32
- UNDERGROUND – See 4C-01.03 C pH Range: 5-9

1/2” - 16” End Prep: Groove/Threaded/Beveled Gr. B Type E
(see Note 11)
1” - 10” Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A795

(See Notes) End Prep: Rolled groove Gr. B Type E
Wall Thk: Light weight (Sch. 10)

1/2” - 2” Conn: Socket Weld ASME B16.11
Class: 3000
1” - 16” Material: Ductile iron ASTM A536 or

Conn: Grooved ASTM Gr. 32510
Victaulic or FM approved
equal
2 1/2” - 16” Material: Carbon steel ASTM A234 WPB

Class: Standard weight
2 1/2" - 16” Material: Cast iron ASTM A126

Conn: Flanged ASME B16.4
Class: 125

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
1” & Up Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9

2 1/2” - 16” Type: Slip on, weld neck or threaded, flat ASME B16.5
face
Conn: Welded or threaded
Class: 150
BOLTS & NUTS See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

Material:
All Sizes Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
Type:
aislación
See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

FLANGE GASKETS Material:
2 1/2” - 16”
aislación
Type:
Class:
COUPLING GASKETS Material: EPDM rubber Victaulic or FM approved

2 1/2” - 14” Type: Grade “E” (to match coupling) equal
“Flushseal” for dry pipe
systems
GROOVED COUPLINGS Material: Ductile iron Victaulic Style 77

1” - 12” Type: Split housing c/w bolts or FM approved equal
Conn: Grooved
REDUCING Material: Ductile iron Victaulic Style 750

COUPLINGS Conn: Grooved or FMapproved equal
2” - 8”
RIGID COUPLINGS Material: Ductile iron Victaulic Style 07 or 005

1” - 12” Type: Zero-flex coupling or FM approved equal
Conn: Grooved
GROOVED FLANGE Material: Ductile iron with type “E” gasket Victaulic Style 741
ADAPTER Conn: Grooved or FM approved equal
2” - 12” Class: 150 bolt hole pattern
MECHANICAL - TEE Material: Ductile iron Victaulic Style 920 & 921
2” - 8” Type: Bolted branch outlet or FM approved equal
Conn: Grooved or female threaded

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
bolts or approved equal
ITEM DESCRIPTION VALVE NO.
BALL Material: All bronze, brass trim, teflon seat V-4215

1/4” - 2” Conn: Threaded
Class: 125 - FM Approved
GATE Material: All bronze, O.S. & Y., rising stem, V-1219
3/4” - 2” threaded bonnet, underwriter listed
Conn: Threaded
GATE Material: All bronze non rising stem, screwed V-1220

2 ½” bonnet, underwriter listed
Conn: Threaded to Hose connection
GATE Material: Iron body, bronze trim, O.S. & Y., V-1232
2 1/2” - 16” rising stem, bolted bonnet, underwriter
listed
Conn: Flanged
CHECK Material: All bronze, underwriter listed V-3120

1” - 2” Conn: Threaded
CHECK SWING Material: Cast Iron Bronze, underwriter listed V-3133

2 ½” - 16” Conn: Threaded

2 1/2” - 16” Buna ‘N’ seal, SS 316 springs,
underwriter listed
Conn: Flanged (wafer type)
TESTS: 1. All fire protection water piping shall be hydrostatically tested to 200 psi for a period of 2 hours
- leakage nil. (See NFPA Code #13).
2. Operational tests of fire pumps and motors shall be in accordance with the requirements of
the Authority having jurisdiction, and any special Vendor directions.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
3. All tests shall be witnessed by a representative of the Authority having jurisdiction and/or the
Engineer.

piping

Painting of all pipe, fittings and supports or hangers Standard 2C-03.01
2. All piping shall be installed and supported in accordance with NFPA 13 (latest edition) & F.M.
Data Sheet 2-8N.
3. All piping on dry pipe and preaction systems shall be galvanized internally and externally, and
painted in accordance with project painting standards.
4. Fittings used to join galvanized piping shall be galvanized or painted with silver zinc-rich paint
in accordance with project painting standards.
5. All black steel piping and fittings shall be painted in accordance with project painting
standards.
6. Light weight pipe shall be used only where specifically shown on drawings or noted in contract
specifications.
7. Alarm valves, dry pipe valves, deluge valves and accessories shall be mill standard or as
specified on drawings or contract specifications.
8. For above ground installation, pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and painted in accordance
with the project painting specifications or as specified on construction drawings
9. For underground installation, pipe and fittings shall be coated outside in accordance with
11. Flanged, welded, threaded, or Victaulic type connections are all allowed under this
specification, and must be defined by designer according service requirements.
loads.se to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt loads.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W23 WATER FOR FIRE PROTECTION 12 to 22 barg (174 to 319 psig)

HIGH PRESSURE - BOILER BUILDING
Up to 38°C (100F)
pH Range: 5–9
- ABOVE GROUND – See Note 3 and 8
- STANDARD PRESSURE – See 4C-01.31
- UNDERGROUND – See 4C-01.03 C

1/2” - 16” End Prep: Groove/Threaded/Beveled Gr. B Type E
(see Notes 11, 12 & 13)
Wall Thk: Standard

1/2” - 2” Conn: Socket Weld ASME B16.11
Class: 3000
1” - 16” Material: Ductile iron ASTM A536 or

Conn: Grooved ASTM Gr. 32510
Victaulic or FM approved
equal
2 1/2” - 16” Material: Carbon steel ASTM A234 WPB

Class: Standard

1” & Up Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9
Wall Thk: Standard

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2 1/2” - 16” Type: Slip on, weld neck or threaded, flat ASME B16.5
face
Conn: Welded or threaded
Class: 300
BOLTS & NUTS

All Sizes
Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
aislación
FLANGE GASKETS
2 1/2” - 16”
Type: aislación
Class:
COUPLING GASKETS Material: EPDM rubber Victaulic or FM approved

2 1/2” - 14” Type: Grade “E” (to match coupling) equal
“Flushseal” for dry pipe
systems
GROOVED COUPLINGS Material: Ductile iron Victaulic Style 77

1” - 12” Type: Split housing c/w bolts or FM approved equal
Conn: Grooved
REDUCING Material: Ductile iron Victaulic Style 750

COUPLINGS Conn: Grooved or FMapproved equal
2” - 8”
RIGID COUPLINGS Material: Ductile iron Victaulic Style 07 or 005

1” - 12” Type: Zero-flex coupling or FM approved equal
Conn: Grooved
GROOVED FLANGE Material: Ductile iron with type “E” gasket Victaulic Style 741
ADAPTER Conn: Grooved or FM approved equal
2” - 12” Class: 300 bolt hole pattern
MECHANICAL - TEE Material: Ductile iron Victaulic Style 920 & 921
2” - 8” Type: Bolted branch outlet or FM approved equal
Conn: Grooved or female threaded

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ITEM DESCRIPTION VALVE NO.
BALL Material: All bronze, brass trim, teflon seat V-4215

1/4” - 2” Conn: Threaded
GATE Material: All bronze, O.S. & Y., rising stem, V-1219
3/4” - 2” threaded bonnet, underwriter listed
Conn: Threaded
GATE Material: All bronze non rising stem, screwed V-1220

2 ½” bonnet, underwriter listed
Conn: Threaded to Hose connection
GATE Material: Iron body, bronze trim, O.S. & Y., V-1232
2 1/2” - 16” rising stem, bolted bonnet, underwriter
listed
Conn: Flanged
CHECK Material: All bronze, underwriter listed V-3120

1” - 2” Conn: Threaded
CHECK SWING Material: Cast Iron Bronze, underwriter listed V-3133

2 ½” - 16” Conn: Threaded

2 1/2” - 16” Buna ‘N’ seal, SS 316 springs,
underwriter listed
Conn: Flanged (wafer type)
TESTS: 1. Fire protection water piping shall be hydrostatically tested to 480 psi (at lower point) for a
period of 2 hours - leakage nil.
2. Operational tests of fire pumps and motors shall be in accordance with the requirements of
the Authority having jurisdiction, and any special Vendor directions.
3. All tests shall be witnessed by a representative of the Authority having jurisdiction and/or the
Engineer.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

Painting of all pipe, fittings and supports or hangers Standard 2C-03.01
2. All piping shall be installed and supported in accordance with NFPA 13 (latest edition) & F.M.
Data Sheet 2-8N.
3. All piping on dry pipe and preaction systems shall be galvanized internally and externally, and
painted in accordance with project painting standards.
4. Fittings used to join galvanized piping shall be galvanized or painted with silver zinc-rich paint
in accordance with project painting standards.
5. All black steel piping and fittings shall be painted in accordance with project painting standards.
6. Light weight pipe shall be used only where specifically shown on drawings or noted in contract
specifications.
7. Alarm valves, dry pipe valves, deluge valves and accessories shall be mill standard or as
specified on drawings or contract specifications.
8. For above ground installation, pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with
the project painting specifications or as specified on construction drawings
9. For underground installation, pipe and fittings shall be coated outside in accordance with
11. Flanged, welded, threaded, or Victaulic type connections are all allowed under this specification,
and must be defined by designer according service requirements.
12. Use Groove Roll Type (not Cut Type). Groove Dimensions as per Victaulic Specifications.
13. Threaded only up to DN50 (2”) .

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
PLUMBING - Pressure Systems (copper piping) 0 - 6.9 barg (0-100 psig)

- Inside and Outside of Buildings, Below Ground Ambient Temperature
pH Range: Neutral
Local Plumbing Code
W10 POTABLE WATER
W03 MILL WATER
PIPE Material: Soft temper (annealed) copper tubing ASTM B88

2” & Less Type K or L
FITTINGS Material: Brass compression fittings

3/4 - 2”
CORPORATION STOP Material: Brass, threaded inlet, compression outlet AWWA C800
3/4" - 2”
CURB STOP Material: Brass stop and drain with compression

3/4" - 2” inlet and outlet, and extension service
box
2. Teflon tape shall be used on all threaded connections.
3. The piping system shall be hydrostatically tested at a pressure of 10.3 bar(150 psi) for a
period of two hours with zero leakage.
4. Pipes for use in potable water systems shall be disinfected in accordance with the American
Water Works Association Standard C601 and/or local codes or regulations, whichever is more
severe.
5. Where permitted by code, type L soft temper copper tube shall be installed.

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W02 / W04 / W05 / W24 MILLWATER 0 - 10 barg (150 psi) at

W10 POTABLE WATER Ambient Temperature
- UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION pH Range: Neutral
PIPE Material: Ductile iron, asphalt coated, cement mortar AWWA A21.51
4” - 54” lined AWWA A21.4 (lining)
Conn: Push-on joint (Tyton) AWWA C151
Wall Thk: Minimum pressure class 150 psi AWWA 104 (lining)
FITTINGS Material: Ductile iron or gray iron, with pull-on lugs, AWWA A21.10-03
4” - 54” asphalt coated, cement mortar lined AWWA A21.4 (lining)
Conn: Push-on joint (Tyton) AWWA C110
Wall Thk: To match pipe class AWWA C104 (lining)
SERVICE OUTLETS Conn: Threaded outlet to suit corporation stop

3/4” - 2” thread, or bronze saddles with ‘O’-ring and
bronze pipe clamps

aislación
See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

BOLTS & NUTS Material:
Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en terreno
All Sizes Type:
– Empaquetaduras por fluido y aislación
UNDERGROUND

Type: aislación
Class:
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.42 DI 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 09Nov2000
GATE Material: Cast iron body, bronze trim, O.S. & Y. V-1131
4” - 16” Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
(To be installed in valve chambers only,
or above ground)
GATE
Material: Cast iron body, non-rising stem, bronze trim V-1271
4” - 14”
Mechanical joints
Conn: (for buried installations)
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body, ductile iron disc, Buna ‘N’ seat, V-9231
8” & Up . ‘O’ ring seals, c/w weather-proof gear operator
(See Notes 6 & 7) Conn: Lugged wafer
Class: 150
(suitable for buried service)
CHECK Material: Cast iron body, C.S. plates, Buna ‘N’ seal, SS V-3139
2 1/2” & Up 316 springs
Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
VALVE BOX Material: Telescoping valve box with cast iron or 4D-13.01
PVC extension pipe, length to suit the bury
of valve. Extension rod with handle and
square socket to fit the valve installed, shall
be supplied as required
INSTRUCTIONS: Underground pipe anchor details Standard 4S-30.02

Pipe line checking, testing and cleaning specification Standard 4S-20.01
Coating and lining of steel piping and materials Standard 4S-31.04
Water supply riser (ductile iron) Standard 4D-12.04

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Valve service box assembly Standard 4D-13.01
2. Pipes for use in potable water systems shall be disinfected in accordance with the American
Water Works Association Standard C651 and/or local codes or regulations, whichever has
the more severe requirements.
3. All rods, clamps, straps and washers, bolts and nuts shall be covered with two coats of
heavy duty asphalt mastic protective coating, Flintkote Flintguard 410-14 or approved equal.
Surface preparation and applications shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. See Design Standard 4S-31.04.
4. “Field-Lok” gaskets are the preferred method of joint restraint for “Tyton” joint pipe, 12”
diameter and smaller. “Mechaholders” (Megalugs) for mechanical joint pipe diameters
greater than 12” are the preferred method of restraint.
5. Gate valves shall only be installed when specified on drawings. Directly buried butterfly
valves with appropriate gear operator, with 2” square operating nut and valve box (4D-13.01)
shall be standard for underground installation, unless otherwise specified on drawings.
6. Butterfly valves shall be installed with stem in horizontal position and the bottom of the disk
opening against the direction of water flow.
7. When used for the installation of butterfly valves, the ID of flanges shall be equal to the ID of
standard weight carbon steel pipe, to ensure that the built-in gasket/seal of butterfly valves is
well supported.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W04 / W08 MILL WATER / FRESH WATER 0 - 11 barg (160 psi)

W10 POTABLE WATER 22°C (73°F) maximum
W24 COOLING WATER RETURN
D15 SANITARY EFFLUENT pH Range: Neutral
- Underground Distribution
PIPE Material: High density polyethylene (SDR-PR) ASTM F714

3” - 54” pressure pipe PE 3408
Conn: Thermal butt fusion
Wall Thk: See Note 7
FITTINGS Material: High density polyethylene (SDR-PR) ASTM D 3261

3” - 8” pressure fitting ASTM D 2683
(Molded) Conn: Plain end or socket fusion PPE 3408
Wall Thk: To suit pressure rating of pipe
3” & larger Material: EDR (Equivalent Dimension Ratio) ASTM D 3261

(Molded) High density polyethylene pressure ASTM F714
fittings PE 3408
Conn: Plain end or Butt fusion
Wall Thk: 25% Greater than pipe
3” & larger Material: HDPE with FRP overwrap ASTM F714

Conn: Flanged PE 3408
4” & 24” Material: Cast or Ductile iron, asphalt coated, ASTM F714
. cement lined PE 3408
Conn: Flanged ASME B16.5 or 16.47 A
Wall Thk: 125

aislación
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.42 PE 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 09Jun2000
UNDERGROUND terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
aislación

Type: aislación
Class:
STUB ENDS Material: High density polyethylene pressure fitting ASTM D 3261
3” & Up Conn: Thermal butt fusion x flange
BACK-UP FLANGES Material: Ductile Iron ASME B16.5 or 16.47 A

3” & Up Class: 125
COUPLINGS Material: Ductile Iron Victaulic style 995 or

3” -14” Conn: Plain End equal
MISC. FITTINGS
Material: HDPE to C.S. As Manufactured by Central

TRANSITION FITTINGS
Conn: Thermal butt fusion x weld or flange Plastics Co. Or
Class: To suit connecting pipes approved equal ASTM
D2513
MECHANICAL Material: Ductile iron/mild steel AWWA C-219 “Aquagrip” As
JOINTING SYSTEM Type: Mechanical clamp/flange, corrosion manufactured by Viking
protected Johnson Or
approved equal
ELECTROFUSION Material: Polyethilene As Manufactured by Central

SYSTEMS Conn: Electrofusionsocket weld Plastics Co. Or approved
equal ASTM F1055

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
GATE Material: Cast iron body, bronze trim, O.S. & Y. V-1131
4” & Up Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
(For installation in valve chambers only)
GATE Material: Cast iron body, non-rising stem, bronze V-1275

4” - 12” trim, 2” operating nut.
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125 psi (min.)
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body, ductile iron disc, Buna ‘N’ seat, V-9238
6” & Up . ‘O’ ring seals, c/w weather-proof gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
(suitable for buried service)
VALVE BOX Material: Telescoping valve box with cast iron or PVC 4D-13.01
extension pipe, length to suit the bury of valve.
Extension rod with handle and square socket
to fit the valve installed, shall be supplied as
required
INSTRUCTIONS:
Pipe line checking, testing and cleaning specification Standard 4S-20.01
Underground piping anchor details Standard 4S-30.02
Coating and lining of steel pipe and materials Standard 4S-30.04
Valve service box assembly Standard 4D-13.01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2. Installation of HDPE piping shall conform to ASTM F-645, D2774 and manufacturer’s
installation guidelines.
3. Buried valves shall be provided with valve service boxes. Valves shall be supported on
concrete bearing pads.
4. Washers shall be installed under all bolt heads and nuts on plastic flanges.
5. Pipes for use in potable water systems shall be disinfected in accordance with the
American Water Works Association Standard C651 and/or local codes or regulations,
whichever has more stringent requirements.
6. HDPE piping shall be installed underground only. Piping shall terminate with flanged
connections a minimum of 5’ - 0” outside building foundation walls. For risers into
buildings, see Design Standard 4D-12.04.
7. Wall thickness (or Dimension Ratio) specified below:
8. Use to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC & HDPE/FRP/CPVC to

HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt loads

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
CONDITIONS
0 – 6 barg
40 °C
W08 FRESH COLD WATER pH Range: 4 - 7
Mech / chem treated
APPLICABLE
CODE
ASME B31.3
Category D Fluid
Service








PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

All sizes terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
aislación

Type: terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
Class: aislación

2” & Less
ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 150


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 150

Class: 150

Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 125
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOMENCLATURE
W08 FRESH COLD WATER 150 psig

(mech/chem treated) -10 – 80 °C
W34 WARM WATER (2°C – 80°C). α = 20 x 10 -6 [mm/mm °C]
Reference: APPLICABLE CODE
EKA Detail Atandards ASME 31.3
4-383 1555 Category D Fluid Service
PIPE Material: Filament wound glass fibre ASTM D2996

1” – 24” reinforced vinyl ester. According 4-383 1555
(See note 2) Struct Wall Specification 2.1.1
(See note 3) thk: See Appendix A.
(See note 4) Conn: Butt & strap.
Class: 150
FITTINGS TEES, Material: Filament wound glass fibre ASTM D6041

BENDS AND reinforced vinyl ester. According 4-383 1555
REDUCERS Conn: Butt & strap. Specification 2.2.1
1” - 24” Specification 2.3.1
Class: 150
(See note 3) Specification 2.4.1
(See note 4) See Appendix B.
(See note 5)
STUB ENDS Material: Filament wound glass fibre ASTM D6041

1” - 24” reinforced vinyl ester. According 4-383 1555
(See note 3) Conn: Butt & strap. Specification 2.5.1
(See note 4) See Appendix C.
Class: 150
(See note 5)
FLANGES Material: Carbon steel hot dip galvanized ASTM A105

1” - 24” loose flange. ASME B16.5
(See note 6) Class: 150.
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.46 F 0

PROJ. DATE OF Abril 2012

APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC 25Oct2003

APPR. APPR. DATE
BLIND FLANGES Material: Glassfibre reinforced vinyl ester. ASTM D5421
1" -24” Class: 150. According 4-383 1555
See Appendix D.

1" & Less Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías
fluido y aislación
1 ¼” & Up Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías
fluido y aislación
GASKETS Material: Glass microsphere filled. ASME B16.21

See Note 5 Type: Reinforced PTFE.
Class: 150 Garlock gylon 3504 or equal.
INSTRUCTIONS: Field of application (media) see Pipe Chice Chart, Standard 4S-10.01
document 4-383 010. Pipe systems < DN 50 to be
avoided
Tolerances pipes and fittings, see document 4-383 Standard 4S-10.03

328.
Butt & strap joints according to document 4-383 318. Standard 4S-20.01
Pipe supports according to document 4-383 270. Standard 4S-30.03
Recommended pipe support distances and type of

preliminary support as per documents 4-383 276 and
4-383 277


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOTES: 1. All listed specifications and standards shall be the latest edition.
2. Glass content in structural layer 65 ± 5%.
3. ®
Vinyl ester resin Derakane Momentum 411-350.
4. Residual Styrene content < 2% (Postcuring required).
5. Wall thickness designed to meet nom pressure, 150 psi @ 80°C. Sizes NB 14” AND LOWER
WITHSTAND FULL VACUUM. Sizes above NB 14” withstand -0,75 bar(g).
6. Di to be confirmed by manufacturer as being matched to stub ends.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX A


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX B


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX C


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX D


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
STEAM & CONDENSATE (LOW PRESSURE Max. Allowable Pressure:

CLASS 150 & LOW TEMPERATURE) Design 6 barg @ 200 C
(See Tables)
S01 - Low Pressure Steam Max. Recommended Temp.

250C & Less
S10 Steam Flash (Atmospheric)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
C01 - Low Pressure Condensate Normal Service
W49 - Boiler Feedwater (Pump Suction Side)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE NON-SHOCK PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS (SEE NOTE 14)
STEEL VALVES (FLANGED, BUTTWELDING) CLASS 150 CASTINGS (ASTM A216-WCB)

STEEL PIPE FLANGES CLASS 150 FORGINGS (ASTM A105)
o 150 175 200 225 250
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE IN C
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE barg 15.82 14.89 13.03 13.03 12.1
STEAM PIPING, PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS PER ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES (SEE NOTE 15)
THREADING/CORROSION ALLOWANCE (mm) 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778
o ALLOW. NPS ½“ ¾“ 1“ 1¼“ 1½“ 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5”

TEMP. C
STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125
MPa SCH. N° XS XS XS XS XS XS STD STD STD STD

Max. Working
< 204 137.9 203,4 178,7 200,1 169,2 159,5 146,3 106,6 96,5 86,3 78,9
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 199,2 175,1 196,1 165,8 156,2 143,3 104,4 94,5 84,5 77,3
Pressure barg
131.7 Max. Working
250 194,2 170,7 191,1 161,6 152,3 139,7 101,8 92,1 82,4 75,4
Pressure barg
CORROSION ALLOWANCE (mm) 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778
o ALLOW. NPS 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 26”
TEMP. C
STRESS DN 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 650
MPa SCH. N° STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 74,4 69,1 65,2 56,8 51,6 45,1 40,0 36,0 29,9 23,5
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 72,9 67,7 63,9 55,6 50,6 44,2 39,2 35,3 29,3 23,0
Pressure barg
Max. Working
250 131.7 71,0 66,0 62,2 54,2 49,3 43,1 38,2 34,4 28,6 22,4
Pressure barg
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-02.02 C3 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE OCT.04
o ALLOW. NPS 28” 30” 32” 36” 40“ 42“ 44” 48” 64” 68”
TEMP. C
STRESS DN 700 750 800 900 1000 1050 1100 1200 1600 1700
MPa SCH. N° STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD 9.53 9.53
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 21,8 20,3 19,0 16,9 15,2 14,5 13,8 12,7 9,4 8,9
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 21,3 19,9 18,7 16,6 14,9 14,2 13,5 12,4 9,3 8,7
Pressure barg
Max. Working
250 131.7 20,8 19,4 18,2 16,2 14,5 13,8 13,2 12,1 9,1 8,6
Pressure barg
CONDENSATE & BOILER FEEDWATER (PUMP SUCTION SIDE) PIPING, PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS
PER ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES (SEE NOTE 15)
THREADING/CORROSION ALLOWANCE (mm) 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54
o ALLOW. NPS ½“ ¾“ 1“ 1¼“ 1½“ 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5” 6”

TEMP. C
STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
MPa SCH. N° XS XS XS XS XS XS STD STD STD STD STD

Max. Working
< 204 137.9 96,2 93,6 131,0 115,2 112,4 108,8 76,2 71,7 67,1 63,4 61,4
Pressure barg
130.3 Max. Working
260 90,9 88,5 123,8 108,8 106,2 102,8 72,0 67,7 63,4 59,9 58,0
Pressure barg
o ALLOW. NPS 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 28” 36”
TEMP. C
STRESS DN 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 900
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 59,1 57,2 50,1 45,6 39,8 35,3 31,8 26,4 19.2 14.9
Pressure barg
130.3 Max. Working
260 55,9 54,1 47,3 43,1 37,6 33,4 30,0 25,0 18.2 14.1
Pressure barg
PIPE Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A106

2” & Less End Prep: Plain end Gr. B.
Wall Thk: See table for schedule
2½” - 48” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A106

End Prep: Beveled end Gr. B.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
50” - 68” Material: Carbon steel, electric fusion welded, API 5L, Gr. B, SAW
filler metal added, straight seam Straight seam, Ej > 0.95
End Prep: Beveled end (Filler metal added)
Wall Thk: See table for schedule (100% radiographed)
PIPE FOR ATMOSPHERIC VENTS ONLY
4” - 24” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A106

Wall Thk: Std. wt. (fittings to match and Class
150 RF flanges)
26” - 42” Material: Carbon steel, electric fusion welded API 5L, Gr. B
End Prep: Beveled end EFW
Wall Thk: Standard weight (fittings to match)
NIPPLES Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A106

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded Gr. B
Wall Thk: Extra strong (See Note 7)
FITTINGS
2” & Less Material: Forged steel ASTM A105
(See Note 14) Conn: Socket weld ASME B16.11
Class: 3000
½” - 48” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234, WPB

Wall Thk: Schedule to match pipe
(See Notes 8 & 9)
50 - 68” Material: Carbon steel, Special Fitting according

Conn: Butt weld manufacturer standard
Wall Thk: Schedule to match pipe Ref. Wellgrow or equal
UNIONS Material: Forged steel, steel to steel ground joint ASTM A105
2” & Less Conn: Socket weld MSS SP-83
Class: 3000

SOCKOLETS Conn: Socket weld ASME B16.11
2” & Less Class: 3000 (See Note 8)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
WELDOLETS Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9
2½” & Up Wall Thk: Schedule to match run & branch pipe
(See Note 8)
FLANGES
Type: Raised face ASME B16.5
Conn: Socket weld 3000lb (Paragraph 6.3.4)
Class: 150
2½” - 24” Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

Type: Raised face, slip-on, welding neck (Paragraph 6.3.4)
(WN preferred) (WN bored to match
pipe ID)
Class: 150
26” & Up Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.47 (Series A)
Type: Raised face, welding neck (bored to ASME B16.5
match pipe ID) (Paragraph 6.3.4)
Class: 150
STUDS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

aislación

Threads: terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
aislación

aislación

2” & Less Conn: Threaded ASME B16.11
(See Note 7) Type: 45 latrolets, elbolets ANSI B2.1
Class: 3000

Conn: Socket weld ASME B16.11
Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
STEAM HOSE Material: SS corrugated hose with single Vibrant Power
ASSEMBLY braided metal cover c/w steel male Type 321 sst
(Other than Service Hose) NPT welded nipples and hex. nuts MSS-301
½” - 2” (both ends) or approved equal
(See Note 11) Conn: Threaded
EXPANSION JOINTS Type: A design specification shall be ASME B31.3

(See Note 17 & 18) prepared for each expansion joint EJMA standard
application in accordance with EJMA
standard form - Appendix A-1
VALVE CHAIN Material: Impact type, standard clamp-on unit to Roto Hammer Co.
OPERATOR handwheel Or approved equal
3” & Up Conn: Bolted
(See Notes 3, 4, 5, 6, 19 & 20)

Class: 600 (Incl. Instr. Connection)

Class: 600
CHECK Material: Forged steel, swing, half stellite trim V-3557

Class: 600

Class: 150

2½” - 64” Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast or forged steel, half stellite trim V-2266

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
GLOBE Material: Cast or forged steel with V-port V-2267
2½” - 8” proportional flow
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing, half stellite V-3236

2½” - 48” trim
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

2½” - 64” trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150
For steam preferably use BW connections

piping

NOTES:
1. Material, design, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection and testing of pipework in
accordance with this class sheet shall conform to ASME B31.3 Chemical Plant and Petroleum
Refinery Piping Code.
- Preheat post-weld heat treatment and other mandatory non-destructive examinations for welds
see Chapter V & VI of ASME B31.3.
- Also, refer to any client’s requirements specified in contract documents.
2. All listed specifications and standards shall conform to the latest editions.
3. Gate valves 8" dia. and larger shall have a by-pass except whenever they are part of a control station
which has a globe valve by-pass.
Valve by-passes may be integral or attached, and shall be as follows:
Valves 8": 3/ " Sch. 80 seamless
4
Valves 10" & larger: 1" Sch. 80 seamless
4. Butt-weld valves shall be used wherever possible in order to minimize flanges.
5. The following steam valves 21/2" and larger shall be purchased with the bodies drilled for drain
connections.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 Valves located in vertical pipe runs.
 Inlet valves on steam turbines.
 Exhaust valves on steam turbines.
6. Butt-weld valves shall have the bore (pipe I.D.) specified on the Purchase Order, together with the
weld end preparation as per ASME B16.25, Fig. 1 & 2 without backing rings.
7. Seal weld all threaded connections. Exposed pipe threads shall be entirely covered by the seal weld.
Seal weld instrument leads to first valve only. Threaded joints which are to be seal welded shall be
made up without any thread compound.
8. Full size piping branch connections shall be:

- Straight butt weld tees for 21/2" dia. and larger, and socket welding tees for 2" dia. and smaller.
Reducing branch connections shall be:

- Weldolets for 21/2" dia. and larger, and sockolets or straight socket welding tees with reducing
inserts for 2" dia. and smaller.
- Do not use branch connections less than 45 degrees. All 45 degrees branch connections shall be
made using forged latrolet fittings.
9. Use 11/2 times dia. long radius elbows whenever possible. (No miters).
- Short radius elbows may be used providing pressure-temperature ratings are identical to piping of
the same size, thickness or schedule, and material grade.
10. Steel flanges against cast iron flange nozzles shall be flat faced.
11. Steam hose velocity limit 150 ft/sec. temperature limit 800F. Steam hose with a velocity greater than
150 ft/sec. shall be supplied with appropriate liner.
12. Unions to be used only where necessary. Flanged joints shall be used instead of unions.
13. Flange facing finish shall be as described in ANSI B16.5, Paragraph 6.3.4.
14. Check piping system over pressure protection device pressure setting before selecting piping or
piping components from this class sheet. The design pressure shall not be taken at less than 100
psig for any condition of service or material.
15. Maximum allowable stress values comply with ASME B31.3 for A53 Grade B seamless piping from
1/ " dia. to 24" dia. and API 5L grade B electric fusion welded piping 26" dia. and larger. Allowable
2
working pressure ratings reflect the following manufacturing wall thickness tolerance:
- - A53 grade B SMLS piping - 12.5% and API 5L grade B, EFW piping - 10%. (Corrosion and
threading allowance as noted).
16. Includes the use of swaged nipples in any combination of ends within the confines of this class sheet.
See Design Standard 4D-03.02.
17. Expansion joints (flexible piping connections):

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Materials, design, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection and testing of expansion
joints shall conform to ASME B31.3 Paragraph 304.7.4 and other applicable paragraphs and EJMA
Standard Quality Assurance Requirements: Bellows weld NDE (longitudinal seam and attachment)
shall have 100% radiographic and liquid penetrant examination. The complete assembly shall be
shop pressure tested at not less than 1.5 times the design pressure.
18. Pump connectors and expansion joints located near reciprocating or pulsating machinery shall be of
multi-ply bellow design. Predicted amplitude and frequency of external mechanical vibration shall be
specified. All expansion joints shall be specified in accordance with EJMA standard form (Appendix
A-1).
19. Gear handwheels shall be supplied with gate, globe, and angle valves as follows:
Pressure Class Gate Valves Globe and Angle Valves
Class 150 14" and larger 12" and larger
20. Refer to valve list and valve standard for complete description of valve.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
C01 - Steam Low Pressure Condensate To 6 barg

up to 200°C
C01 -Pumped Low Pressure Condensate To 10 barg
(only BFW treatment Plant) up to 150°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” - 2” End Prep: Plain end Gr. TP 304L


½” - 2” End Prep: Threaded Gr. TP 304L

(See Note 2) Wall Thk 3000 MSS SP-83

UNIONS Material: Forged SS ASTM A182


2½” to 16” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
length with CS HDG Class 150 lap Gr. WP 304L
joint flange MSS SP-43
Type: Butt weld, Sch 10S ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 28Jul2000
aislación

aislación

½” - 2” Conn: Threaded GR. F304L
Class: 3000

Conn: Threaded GR. F304L
Type: Couplings, half-couplings ASME B16.11
Class: 3000
LUBRICANTS Type: Graphite, calcium fluoride base for Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize
Type: Fast-curing thread sealant with Teflon Loctite PST #567

GATE Material: Cast 316 SS, OS & Y, bolted bonnet V-1451

2” & Less solid wedge.
Conn: SW
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS, swing, integral seat V-3222A

2” & Less Conn: SW
Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast 316 SS, OS & Y bolted bonnet, V-1245

2½” & Up split wedge
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CHECK Material: 316 SS body, 316 SS plates, metal to V-3244
2½” & Up metal seat, Swing check
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication and erection of austenitic stainless steel Standard 4S-02.01

thin wall pressure piping (for erection only)
2. Includes the use of swaged nipples in any combination of ends within the confines of this Class
Sheet. See Design Standard 4D-03.02.
3. The end prep. for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Paragraph 5.7 of Design Standard
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
STEAM & CONDENSATE (MEDIUM PRESSURE Max. Allowable Pressure:

CLASS 300 & LOW TEMPERATURE) See Tables
S02 - Medium Pressure Steam Max. Recommended Temp.

Operating 8.5 barg @ 200 C 280C & Less
C02 - Medium Pressure Condensate APPLICABLE CODE

Operating 8.5 barg @ 200 C
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

o 190 215 240 255 280
o ALLOW. NPS ½“ ¾“ 1“ 1¼“ 1½“ 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5”
TEMP. C
STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125

Max. Working
< 204 137.9 203,4 178,7 200,1 169,2 159,5 146,3 106,6 96,5 86,3 78,9
Pressure barg
Max. Working
240 133.0 196,2 172,4 193,1 163,2 153,8 141,1 102,8 93,1 83,3 76,1
Pressure barg
126.3 Max. Working
280 186,3 163,8 183,4 155,0 146,1 134,0 97,6 88,4 79,1 72,3
Pressure barg
o ALLOW. NPS 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 26”
TEMP. C
STRESS DN 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 650
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 74,4 69,1 65,2 56,8 51,6 45,1 40,0 36,0 29,9 23,5
Pressure barg
Max. Working
240 133.0 71,8 66,6 62,9 54,8 49,8 43,5 38,6 34,7 28,9 22,6
Pressure barg
Max. Working
280 126.3 68,2 63,3 59,7 52,0 47,3 41,3 36,7 33,0 27,4 21,5
Pressure barg

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CORROSION ALLOWANCE (mm) 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778
o ALLOW. NPS 28” 30” 32” 36” 40“ 42“ 44” 48” 48”
TEMP. C
STRESS DN 700 750 800 900 1000 1050 1100 1200 1200
MPa SCH. N° STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD XS
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 21,8 20,3 19,0 16,9 15,2 14,5 13,8 12,7 18,1
Pressure barg
Max. Working
240 133.0 21,0 19,6 18,4 16,3 14,7 14,0 13,3 12,2 17,4
Pressure barg
Max. Working
280 126.3 20,0 18,6 17,4 15,5 13,9 13,3 12,7 11,6 16,5
Pressure barg
For values in red, maximum pressure must be verified.



150 RF flanges)

FITTINGS (See Notes 8 & 9)

Class: 3000
2½” - 48” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234, WPB


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000


(See Note 8)
FLANGES (See Note 11)

Class: 300

pipe ID)
Class: 300

Class: 300

aislación

aislación

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000
(See Notes 3, 4, 5, 6, 15 & 16)
GATE Material: Forged steel, full stellite trim V-1557

GLOBE Material: Forged steel, full stellite trim V-2557

Class: 600

Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast or forged steel, full stellite trim V-1435

Class: 300
GATE Material: Cast or forged steel, full stellite trim V-1465

Class: 300
GLOBE Material: Cast or forged steel, full stellite trim, V-2465

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 300
GLOBE Material: Cast or forged steel, full stellite trim V-2468

2½” - 8” with V-port proportional flow
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing, full stellite V-3439

2½” - 12” trim
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing, full stellite V-3465

2½” - 12” trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300

piping

NOTES:
1. Materials, design, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection and testing of pipework
in accordance with this class sheet shall conform with ASME B31.3 Chemical Plant and Petroleum
 Preheat, post-weld heat treatment and other mandatory non-destructive examinations for
welds see Chapters V & VI of ASME B31.3.
 Also, refer to client’s requirements specified in contract documents.
3. Gate valves 8” dia. and larger shall have a by-pass except whenever they are part of a control
station which has a globe valve by-pass.
4. Valve by-passes may be integral or attached and shall be as follows:
Valves 8”: ¾” Schedule 80 seamless

Valves 10” & Larger: 1” Schedule 80 seamless

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
5. The following steam valves 2½” and larger shall be purchased with the bodies drilled for drain
connections.
 Valves located in vertical pipe runs

 Inlet valves on steam turbines
 Exhaust valves on steam turbines
6. Butt weld valves shall have the bore (pipe ID) specified on the Purchase Order, together with the
weld end preparation as per ASME B16.25, Fig. 1, 2 without backing rings.
7. Seal weld all threaded connections. Exposed pipe threads shall be entirely covered by the seal
weld. Seal weld instrument leads to first valve only. Threaded joints which are to be seal welded
shall be made up without any thread compound.
 Straight butt weld tees for 2½” diameter and larger, and socket welding tees for 2” diameter
and smaller.
 Weldolets for 2 ½” diameter and larger, and sockolets or straight socket welding tees with
reducing inserts for 2” diameter and smaller.
 Do not use branch connections less than 45. All 45 branch connections shall be made using
forged latrolet fittings.
9. Use 1½ x dia. (long) radius elbows whenever possible (no miters).
 Short radius elbows may be used providing pressure-temperature ratings are identical to piping
of the same size, thickness or schedule, and material grade.
10. Steel flanges against cast iron flange nozzles shall be flat faced, (as indicated on drawings).
11. Flange facing finish shall be as described in ASME B16.5 Paragraph 6.3.4.
12. Check piping system over pressure protection device pressure setting before selecting piping
components from this class sheet.
13. Maximum allowable stress values comply with ASME B31.3 for A53, Grade B, seamless piping
from ½” dia. - 24” dia. and API 5L Grade B electrical fusion welded piping 26” dia. and larger.
Allowable working pressure ratings reflect the following manufacturing wall thickness tolerance:
 A53 Grade B SMLS piping - 12.5% and API 5L Grade B, EFW piping - 10%. Corrosion and
threading allowance as noted.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
15. Gear handwheels shall be supplied with gate, globe and angle valves as follows:
Pressure Class Gate Valves Globe & Angle Valves

Class 300 14” & Larger 12” & Larger

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
C02 - Medium Pressure Condensate To 13 barg

up to 240°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service







2½” to 16” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
Type: Butt weld, Sch 10S ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


2” & Less solid wedge.
Conn: SW
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS, swing, integral seat V-3222A

2” & Less Conn: SW
Class: 600

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” & Up metal seat, Swing check
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
S03 - MEDIUM – HIGH PRESSURE STEAM Max. Allowable Pressure:

Pressure Class 600 & High Temperature See Tables
Operating 26 barg @ 320°C Max. Recommended Temp.:
427C (800F) & Less
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
NORMAL SERVICE

MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE IN oC 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 427
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE IN BAR(G) 87.8 85.8 83.6 80.8 77.54 75 73.97 72.9 69.1 56.6
PIPING PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS PER ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES (SEE NOTE 15)
THREADING/CORROSION/EROSION
1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778
ALLOWANCE (mm)
TEMP. oC ALLOW. NPS ½” ¾” 1” 1 ¼” 1 ½” 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5”
STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125
MPa SCH. N°. XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS

200 & less 137.9 Max. Working 203,4 178,7 200,1 169,2 159,5 146,3 172,7 158,7 143,6 133,0
250 131.7 Pressure barg 194,2 170,7 191,1 161,6 152,3 139,7 165,0 151,5 137,1 127,0
300 122.4 180,5 158,6 177,6 150,1 141,5 129,8 153,3 140,8 127,4 118,0
375 110.4 162,8 143,1 160,2 135,4 127,6 117,1 138,3 127,0 114,9 106,5
400 89.3 131,3 115,4 129,2 109,2 102,9 94,4 111,5 102,4 92,7 85,9
427 74.3 109,6 96,3 107,8 91,2 85,9 78,8 93,1 85,5 77,3 71,6
CORROSION/EROSION ALLOWANCE (mm) 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778 1.778
o
TEMP. C ALLOW. NPS 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18”
STRESS DN 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
MPa SCH. N°. XS XS XS XS XS XS XS

200 & less 137.9 Max. Working 133,1 121,7 96,9 81,4 73,9 64,5 57,2
250 131.7 Pressure barg 127,1 116,2 92,6 77,7 70,6 61,6 54,7
300 122.4 118,1 108,0 86,0 72,2 65,6 57,3 50,8
375 110.4 106,6 97,4 77,6 65,1 59,2 51,7 45,8
400 89.3 85,9 78,5 62,6 52,5 47,7 41,7 37,0
427 74.3 71,7 65,5 52,2 43,8 39,8 34,8 30,8

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

2” & Less End Prep: Plain end Gr. B

End Prep: Beveled end Gr. B

150 RF flanges)

1” & Less End Prep: Threaded Gr. B, Type S
(See Note 7) Wall Thk: Schedule 160 ANSI B2.1

(See Notes 8,9,11 & 16) Class: 3000
2½” -18” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234, WPB

UNIONS Use flanges instead

2” & Less

2” & Less Class: 3000
(See Note 8)

(See Note 8)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2” & Less Type: Raised face ASME B16.5
(See Note 13) Conn: Socket weld 3000lb (Paragraph 6.3.4)
Class: 600
2½” – 18” Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600

aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000
OPERATOR handwheel or approved equal
LUBRICANTS Type: Graphite, calcium fluoride base Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

(See Notes 3,4,5,6,17 & Class: 800 (Incl. Instr. Connection)
18)

Class: 800

Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast or forged steel, stellite trim V-1537

Class: 600
2½” - 18” Material: Cast or forged steel, stellite trim V-1564

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600
2½” - 18” Material: Cast or forged steel, stellite trim, V-1565

(See Note 10) parallel slide gate
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600
GLOBE Material: Cast or forged steel, stellite trim V-2567

Class: 600
2½” - 18” Material: Cast or forged steel, V-port V-2568

proportional flow, stellite trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing stellite trim V-3537

Class: 600
2½” - 18” Material: Cast or forged steel, swing stellite trim V-3565
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

NOTES: 1. Materials, design, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection and testing of pipework
welds of piping for severe cyclic conditions, see Chapters V & VI of ASME B31.3.
Additional requirements for base metal P-Number 1-Piping
 All circumferential butt and miter groove welds and all fabricated branch connection welds over
2” dia. (nom.), also all weldolet welds shall be examined by 100% radiography in accordance
with Paragraphs 341.4.3 and 344.5. (Piping for severe cyclic conditions) of ASME B31.3.
Acceptance criteria for welds shall be per Normal Fluid Service.
 Butt welds 2” dia. (nom.) and less, socket welds and branch connection welds which are not
radiographed shall be 100% examined by magnetic particle or liquid penetrant methods in
accordance with Paragraphs 344.3 or 344.4 of ASME B31.3.
 Consideration shall be given for 100% radiography off all welds on the rapid drain system.
 Also, refer to any client’s requirements specified in contract documents.
Valve by-passes may be integral or attached and shall be as follows:
Valves 6” - 8”: ¾” Schedule 80 seamless

4. Butt weld valves shall be used wherever possible in order to minimize flanges.
connections.


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
6. Butt weld valves shall have the bore (Pipe ID) specified on the Purchase Order, together with the
weld end preparation as per ASME B16.25, Fig. 1, 2 or 3 without backing rings.
and smaller.
9. Use 1½ x diameter (long) radius elbows whenever possible (no miters) (see Note 11)
Short radius elbows may be used providing pressure-temperature ratings are identical to piping of
10. Chain operators for parallel slide gate valves (Hopkinson-Ferranti) shall be the standard type. Do
Not Use the Impact Type.
11. Saturated blow-off and blowdown steam piping shall have pipe bends with a radius of 5 times the
nominal diameter for piping 3” diameter and less, unless otherwise noted on drawings.
12. Flanged joints shall be used instead of unions. (No unions allowed).
13. Flange facing finish shall be as described in ASME/ANSI B16.5 Paragraph 6.3.4. Limit the use of
flanges - all connections to be welded.
piping components from this class sheet.
15. Maximum allowable stress values comply with ASME B31.3 for A106, Grade B, seamless.
Allowable working pressure ratings include 12.5% manufacturing wall thickness tolerance.
(Corrosion and threading allowance as noted.). Pressure ratings of Sheet 1 do not include the pipe
wall thickness thinning allowance for a pipe bend.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

19. Blow off piping systems, from water spaces of a boiler up to and including the blow-off valves, shall
be designed so as to exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler by either 25%
or 225psi, whichever is less, but shall not be less than 100psig.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
(To Come)
W53 BOILER FEEDWATER CLASS 600 Max. Allowable Pressure:
(INTERSTAGE) See Table
TO DESUPERHEATERS AND STEAM @ Max. Allowable Temp.
CONDITIONING VALVES 204C (400F)
- Operating ___ psig @ ____F pH Range: 7-10 (WDH)

____ kPa(g) @ ____C 9+ (NCAP)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

o To 38 65.5 93 121 149 177 204

MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE IN barg 10.2 9.8 9.3 9.1 9 8.9 8.7
THREADING/CORROSION/EROSION .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10
ALLOWANCE (INCHES)
o ALLOW. PIPE SIZE 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

TEMP. C
STRESS
MPa SCH. NO. XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS
204 & Less 138 MAX. WORKING 9.7 9.4 12.3 11.5 11.2 10.9 14.1 13.3 12.7 12.4 11.7
PRESS. barg
CORROSION/EROSION ALLOWANCE .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10

(INCHES)
o ALLOW. PIPE SIZE 6 8 10 12 14 16

TEMP. C
STRESS
MPa SCH. NO. XS XS 80 80 80 80
204 & Less 138
MAX. WORKING 12 11.1 11 11.2 11.3 11.4
PRESS. barg
DESIGN STANDARD 4C-02.20 C3 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC




(See Notes 7,8 & 13) Class: 3000


(See Note 7)

(See Note 7)

Class: 600

Type: Raised face, welding neck (flange ASME B16.5
bored to match pipe ID) (Paragraph 6.3.4)
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2” & Less
(See Note 9)

aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000
TUBING Material: Austenitic stainless steel, seamless, ASTM A213

(For Chemical Feed) annealed Gr. TP316
¼” - ½” Thk: ¼”, 3/8” & ½” = 0.065”
Conn: Mechanical
TUBE FITTINGS Material: SS 316 Swagelok

(For Chemical Feed) Type: Flareless self-centering double ferrule or approved equal
¼” - ½” type
Conn: Mechanical
VALVE CHAIN Type: Impact type, standard clamp-on unit to Roto Hammer Co.
(See Note 16)
threads, bolts and gaskets or approved equal

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Notes 3, 4, 5, 14, 15, 16 & 17)

(Incl. Instr. Conn.) Class: 600

Class: 600

Class: 600
¼” - ½” Material: SS 316 bar stock, compact check Special:

(For Chemical Feed Only) Swagelok ends Nupro - “CH” Series:
Conn: Mechanical ¼” SS - CHS4-1
Class: 2500 (max. temp. 204°C) 3/ ” SS - CHS6-1
8
½” SS - CHS8-1
NEEDLE Material: SS 316 bar stock, ball-stem, union Special:

¼” - ½” bonnet, Swagelok ends Whitey:
(For Chemical Feed Only) Conn: Mechanical ¼” SS - 3NBS4
Class: 2500 (max. temp. 232°C) 3/ ” SS - 6NBS6
8
½” SS - 6NBS8

Class: 600
2½” & Up Material: Cast or forged steel, half stellite trim V-1566
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600
2½” & Up Material: Cast or forged steel, parallel slide, full V-1565
stellite trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600

2½” - 8” with V-port proportional flow
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600

Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 12” trim
Conn: Flanged
Class: 600
2½” - 12” Material: Cast or forged steel, swing, half stellite V-3567
trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600

piping

with Paragraphs 341.4.3 and 344.5 (Piping for severe cyclic conditions) of ASME B31.3.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

5. Butt weld valves shall have the bore (pipe I.D.) specified on the Purchase Order, together with the
weld end preparation as per ASME, B16.25, Fig. 1 & 2 without backing rings.
and smaller.
 Weldolets for 2½” diameter and larger, and sockolets or straight socket welding tees with
8. Use 1½ x dia. (long) radius elbows whenever possible (no miters).
9. Flanged joints shall be used instead of unions. NO UNIONS ALLOWED.
10. Flange facing finish shall be as described in ASME/ANSI B16.5, Paragraph 6.3.4. Limit the use of
11. Boiler feedwater piping, from the boiler to and including the required stop valve and check valve,
shall be designed so as to exceed the allowable working pressure of the boiler by either 25% or
225 psi, whichever is lesser.
Boiler feedwater piping from the boiler feedwater pump(s) to the required stop valve and check
valve at the boiler, shall be designed to exceed the maximum feedwater pump(s) shut-off pressure
(inclusive of NPSHA).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Allowable working pressure ratings include - 12.5% manufacturing wall thickness tolerance and
0.10 inch corrosion and erosion allowance.
Pressure ratings of Sheet 1 do not include the pipe wall thickness thinning allowance for a pipe
bend.

16. If alternatively, parallel slide gate valves are being used, chain operators shall be the standard
type. Do Not Use the Impact Type.
17. Valves per this class sheet shall be specified for procurement by the Energy Division Project
Leader.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
(To Come)
K56 BOILER DRUM CHEMICAL FEED See Table
@ Max. Recommended Temp
- Feedwater Operating 204C (400F)
___ psig @ ____F
____ kPa(g) @ ____C pH Range: 7-10 (W53)
9+ (K56)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

o To 38 65.5 93 121 149 177 204

MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE IN barg 153 146 140 138 134 133 131
CORROSION ALLOWANCE (INCHES) .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10
o ALLOW. PIPE SIZE ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 2½ 3 4 5 6
TEMP. C
STRESS
MPa SCH. NO. 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 120 120 120
204 & Less 138 MAX. WORKING 225 259 268 209 226 250 233 238 183 176 171
PRESS. barg
CORROSION ALLOWANCE (INCHES) .10 .10 .10 .10 .10
o ALLOW. PIPE SIZE 8 10 12 14 16

TEMP. C
STRESS
MPa SCH. NO. 100 100 100 100 100
204 & Less 138 MAX. WORKING 140 141 144 148 144
PRESS. barg

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC




(See Notes 7,8 & 13) Class: 6000 (Schedule 160 pipe)
2½” & Up Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234, WPB

UNIONS NOT ALLOWED - See Note 9

SOCKOLETS Class: 6000 (Schedule 160 pipe) ASME B16.11
2” & Less
(See Note 7)

(See Note 7)

Class: 1500
2½” & Up Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 900

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 6000 (Schedule 160 pipe)

Type: Sockolets
TUBING Material: Austenitic SS, seamless, fully ASTM SA-213

(For Chemical Feed) Thk: annealed Gr. TP316
¼” - ½” Conn: ¼”, 3/8” & ½” = 0.065”
Mechanical

¼” - ½” type
Conn: Mechanical
VALVE CHAIN Material: Standard clamp on unit to handwheel Roto Hammer

OPERATOR Type: Impact type or approved equal
(See Note 13)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Notes 3, 4, 5, 13, 14, 15 & 16)
GATE Material: Forged carbon steel, O.S. & Y. welded V-1756

2” & Less bonnet, half stellite trim
(Incl. Instr. Conn.) Conn: Socket weld
Class: 1500
GLOBE Material: Forged carbon steel, O.S. & Y. welded V-2756

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 1500
CHECK Material: Forged carbon steel, piston type, V-3756

2” & Less bolted bonnet, half stellite trim
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 1500
CHECK Material: SS 316 bar stock, compact check Special:

¼” - ½” Swagelok ends Nupro - “CH” Series:
(For Chemical Feed Only) Conn: Mechanical ¼” SS - CHS4-1
8
½” SS - CHS8-1

8
½” SS - 6NBS8
GATE Material: Cast steel, pressure seal bonnet, full V-1666

2½” & Up stellite trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 900
GLOBE Material: Cast steel, pressure seal bonnet, full V-2667

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 900
CHECK Material: Cast steel, disc piston, pressure seal V-3666

2½” & Up cap, full stellite trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 900

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

accordance with Paragraphs 344.3 or 344.4 or ASME B31.3.

weld end preparation as per ASME, B16.25, Fig. 1, 2 or 3 without backing rings.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
and smaller.
8. Use 1½” dia. (long) radius elbows whenever possible (no miters).
225 psi, whichever is less.
(Corrosion and erosion allowance as noted).
bend.

Leader.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
(To Come)
K56 BOILER DRUM CHEMICAL FEED See Table
@ Max. Recommended Temp
- Operating ___ psig @ ____F 204C (400F)
____ kPa(g) @ ____C
pH Range: 7-10 (W53)
9+ (K56)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

o To 38 65.5 93 121 149 177 204

MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE IN barg 255 244 232 229 233 222 219
FEEDWATER PIPING, PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS PER ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES (SEE NOTE 12)
CORROSION ALLOWANCE (INCHES) .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10
o ALLOW. PIPE SIZE ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2½ 3 4 5 6 8

TEMP. C
STRESS
MPa SCH. NO. 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
204 & Less 138 MAX. WORKING 225 259 268 226 250 233 238 239 237 235 237
PRESS. barg
CORROSION ALLOWANCE (INCHES) .10 .10 .10 .10

o ALLOW. PIPE SIZE 10 12 14 16
TEMP. C
STRESS
MPa SCH. NO. 160 160 160 160
204 & Less 138 MAX. WORKING 243 242 238 238
PRESS. barg

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC



½” & Less End Prep: Threaded Gr. B, Type S
(See Note 6) Wall Thk: Schedule XXS ANSI B2.1

(See Notes 7 & 8) Class: 6000 (Schedule 160 pipe)

UNIONS NOT ALLOWED - See Note 9

SOCKOLETS Class: 6000 (Schedule 160 pipe) ASME B16.11
2” & Less
(See Note 7)

(See Note 7)

Class: 1500

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 1500

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

½” & Less Conn: Threaded ASME B16.11
Class: 6000 (Schedule XXS pipe)

Type: Sockolets
TUBING Material: Austenitic SS, seamless, fully ASTM SA-213

(For Chemical Feed) Thk: annealed Gr. TP316
¼” - ½” Conn: ¼”, 3/8” & ½” = 0.065”
Mechanical

¼” - ½” type
Conn: Mechanical
VALVE CHAIN Material: Standard clamp on unit to handwheel Roto Hammer Co.
OPERATOR Type: Impact type or approved equal
(See Note 13)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Notes 3, 4, 5, 13, 14, 15 & 16)
GATE Material: Forged carbon steel, O.S. & Y. welded V-1756

Class: 1500
GLOBE Material: Forged carbon steel, O.S. & Y. welded V-2756

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 1500
CHECK Material: Forged carbon steel, piston type, V-3756

2” & Less bolted bonnet, half stellite trim
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 1500
CHECK Material: SS 316 bar stock, compact check Special:

¼” - ½” Swagelok ends Nupro - “CH” Series:
(For Chemical Feed Only) Conn: Mechanical ¼” SS - CHS4-1
8
½” SS - CHS8-1

8
½” SS - 6NBS8
GATE Material: Cast steel, pressure seal bonnet, full V-1766

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 1500
GLOBE Material: Cast steel, pressure seal bonnet, full V-2766

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 1500
CHECK Material: Cast steel, disc piston, pressure seal V-3766

2½” & Up cap, full stellite trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 1500

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

Additional requirements for Base Metal P-Number 1-Piping
accordance with Paragraphs 344.3 or 344.4 or ASME B31.3.

weld end preparation as per ASME, B16.25, Fig. 1, 2 or 3 without backing rings.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
and smaller.
(Corrosion and erosion allowance as noted).
bend.

Leader.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID

K56 BOILER DRUM CHEMICAL FEED See Tables
Max. Recommended
Pressure
W54 ATTEMPERATOR WATER, MEDIUM PRESURE 42.2 barg
(See Note 11)
pH Range: 7-10 (W53)

9+ (K56)
7-8.5 (W54)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.1

o To 40 90 120 150 180 210 240

MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE IN BAR(G) 50.8 46.8 45.8 45.1 44.4 43.5 42.2
o ALLOW. PIPE SIZE NPS ½” ¾” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 4” 5”

TEMP. C
STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125
MPa SCH. NO. XS XS XS XS XS XS STD STD STD STD
MAX. WORKING
343 & Less 117.9 82,2 80,0 112,0 98,5 96,1 93,0 65,2 61,3 57,4 54,2
PRESS. BARG
CORROSION ALLOWANCE (INCHES) 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54
o ALLOW. PIPE SIZE NPS 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24”
TEMP. C
STRESS DN 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
MPa SCH. NO. STD STD STD XS XS XS 80 80 80
MAX. WORKING
343 & Less 117.9 52,5 50,6 48.9 63.8 58.0 50.6 97.6 97.7 98.1
PRESS. BARG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC



(See Note 6) Wall Thk: Schedule 160

(See Notes 7 & 8) Class: 3000


(See Note 7)

(See Note 7)

(See Note 10) Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300

bored to match pipe ID)
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000
TUBING Material: Austenitic SS, seamless, annealed ASTM A213

(For Chemical Feed) Thk: ¼” = 0.035”, ½” = 0.065” Gr. TP316
¼” - ½” (Safety factor: 6 @ 204C)
Conn: Mechanical

(For Chemical Feed) Type: Flareless self-centering ferrule type or approved equal
¼” - ½” Conn: Mechanical
LUBRICANTS Type: Molybdenum disulfide base Felt Products Mfg. Co. C-100
for threads and gaskets or approved equal

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Notes 3, 4, & 5)

Class: 600
2½” & Up Material: Cast steel, half stellite trim V-1436

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
2½” & Up Material: Cast or forged steel, half stellite trim V-1466
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300
GLOBE Material: Forged carbon steel, half stellite trim V-2556

Class: 600
2½” - 24” Material: Cast steel, half stellite trim V-2466

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300
2½” - 24” Material: Cast or forged steel, half stellite trim V-2467
with V-port proportional flow
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300

Class: 600
2½” - 24” Material: Cast steel, swing, half stellite trim V-3436
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
2½” - 24” Material: Cast steel, swing, half stellite trim V-3466
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300
LIFT CHECK Material: SS 316 bar stock, lift plug, union V-3801
¼” - ½” bonnet, Swagelok ends (for chemical
feed only)
Conn: Threaded
Class: 6000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NEEDLE Material: SS 316 bar stock, V-stem, union Special
¼” - ½” bonnet, Swagelok ends (for chemical (Whitey)
feed only)
Conn: Threaded
Class: 5000

piping

NOTES: 1. Fabrication, testing & inspection of pipework in accordance with this class sheet shall conform with
ASME Power Piping Code B31.1.

and smaller.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Short radius welding elbows must have pressure-temperature ratings equivalent to pipe (in
accordance with ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Section 1, Paragraph Page 58.3).
10. Flange facing finish shall be as described in ASME B16.5, Paragraph 6.3.4.
12. Maximum allowable stress values comply with ASME B31.1 for A106, Grade B. Allowable working
pressure ratings include 12.5% manufacturing wall thickness tolerance and 0.10 inch corrosion and
erosion allowance.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
S04 STEAM (High Pressure Class 2500 & High Max. Allowable Pressure:
Temperature) See Table
CHROME MOLY STEEL PIPING Recommended Temp:
- STEAM OPERATING: 1552 psig @ 923F 959F Max.
107 barg @ 495 C 515°C Max.
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3 – 2016

STEEL VALVES (FLANGED, BUTTWELDING) CLASS 2500 CASTINGS (ASTM A217-WC6)
STEEL PIPE FLANGES & FORGED ALLOY STEEL VALVES CLASS 2500 FORGINGS (ASTM A182-F12)
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE IN °C 475 490 505 520 535
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE IN BARG 263.9 237.2 196.6 161.9 130.0
PIPING, PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS PER ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES (SEE NOTE 15)
o NPS 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 4” 6”
TEMP. C ALLOW. ‘Y’
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 150
STRESS COEFF.
MPa SCH. N°. 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
MAX.
490 93.8 .4286 234 241 235 182 188.7 199 182 182 177.9 170.6
WORKING
505 81.88 .4821 PRESS. 207 213.4 207.9 160.6 166.5 175.8 161 160.5 156.9 150.4
barg
520 67.73 .5714 175.2 180.7 176 155.6 135.2 132.1 126.5 125.5 127.7 126.5
o NPS 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 28” 32”
TEMP. C ALLOW. ‘Y’
DN 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
STRESS COEFF.
MPa SCH. N°. 160 160 160 160* 160* 160* 160* 160* e=66 e=75
490 93.8 .4286 MAX. 169.3 172.1 171 167.3 167.2 167 166.8 166.6 158.3 158
WORKING
505 81.88 .4821 149.3 151.8 150.7 147.5 147.4 147.2 147.1 146.9 139.5 139.2
PRESS.
520 67.73 .5714 barg 125.5 127.7 126.8 124 123.9 123.7 123.6 123.5 117.2 116.9
*Welding fittings not readily available

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE 13 Marzo 2019
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 08 Feb. 10
PIPE Material: Alloy steel, seamless ASTM A335

2” & Less End Prep: Beveled end Gr. P12
2½” - 32” Material: Alloy steel, seamless ASTM A335

End Prep: Beveled end Gr. P12
ATMOSPHERIC VENTS ONLY (Max. 426C)
4” - 24” Material: Carbon steel. ASTM A106

Wall Thk: Std. wt. (fittings to match & Class 150
RF, WN, ASTM A105 flanges)
ATMOSPHERIC VENTS OVER 426C

Use ASTM A335 P12 pipe with fittings to match and Class 150, ASTM A182 F12 flanges
NIPPLES Material: Alloy steel, seamless ASTM A335, Gr. P12

¾” & Less End Prep: Threaded ASME B1.20.1
(See Note 9) Wall Thk: Schedule 160
FITTINGS Material: Forged alloy steel ASTM A182, Gr. F12

(See Notes 8, 10 & 16) Class: 6000
2½” & Up Material: Alloy steel, seamless ASTM A234, Gr. WP12
UNIONS NOT ALLOWED - Use flanges instead

All Sizes (See Note 12)
REDUCING SIZE Material: Forged alloy steel ASTM A182 Gr. F12
(See Note 8)
REDUCING SIZE Material: Forged alloy steel ASTM A182, Gr. F12
WELDOLETS OR Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9
SWEEPOLETS Wall Thk: Schedule to match run & branch pipe
2½” & Up
(See Note 8)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLANGES Material: Forged alloy steel ASTM A182, Gr. F12
All Sizes Type: Raised face WN (bored to match pipe ASME B16.5
(See Note 11) ID)
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 2500

aislación

aislación

aislación
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Alloy steel ASTM A182 Gr. F12

¾” & Less Conn: Threaded ASME B2.1
(See Note 9) Type: 45 latrolets, elbolets ASME B16.11
Class: 6000
2” & Less Material: Alloy steel ASTM A182, Gr. F12

Type: Sockolets
Class: 6000
VALVE CHAIN Material: Standard clamp-on unit to handwheel Roto Hammer Co.
OPERATOR Conn: Bolted or approved equal
3” & Up Type: Impact type
(See Note 7)
LUBRICANTS Type: Molybdenum disulfide base Fel-Pro C-100


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Notes 4, 5, 6 & 17)
GATE Material: Chrome moly steel, stellite trim, seal V-1852

2” & Less weld, bonnet
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 2500 (use on drip legs only)
GLOBE Material: Chrome moly steel, “Y” Pattern Type, V-2857

2” & Less stellite trim, seal weld bonnet
(Incl. Instr. Connection) Conn: Socket weld
Class: 2500
CHECK Material: Chrome moly steel, stellite trim, piston V-3852

2” & Less type, welded bonnet
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 2500
GATE Material: Chrome moly steel, OS & Y, stellite V-1868

2½” - 16” trim, pressure seal bonnet
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 2500
GLOBE Material: Chrome moly steel, OS & Y, stellite V-2869

2½” - 14” trim, pressure seal bonnet
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 2500
CHECK Material: Chrome moly steel, disc piston, stellite V-3868

2½” - 12” trim, pressure seal cap
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 2500

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication and erection of carbon and ferritic steel Standard 4S-01.01
pressure piping
NOTES: 1. Fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection and testing of pipework in accordance
with this class sheet, shall conform to ASME Process Piping Code B31.3.
 All butt welds over 2” dia. shall be 100% radiographed.

 Magnetic particle examination or liquid penetrant examination for 2” dia. and less.
 Preheat, post-weld heat treatment and other minimum mandatory non-destructive
examinations for welds, see Chapters V & VI of ASME B31.3.
 Also, refer to client’s requirements as specified in contract documents.
3. All welds shall be stress relieved.
4. The following steam valves 2½” dia. and larger shall be purchased with the bodies drilled for drain
connections:

6. Gate valves 3” dia. and larger shall have a by-pass (with “Y” pattern globe valve) except whenever
they are part of a control station which has a globe valve by-pass.

Valves 10” – 28”: 1” Schedule 160 seamless
Valves 32” – 40”: 1 ½” Schedule 160 seamless
Valves 42” – 44”: 2” Schedule 160 seamless
7. If, alternatively, parallel slide gate valves are being used, chain operators shall be the standard

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
and smaller.
 Weldolets or sweepolets for 2½” diameter and larger, and sockolets or straight socket welding
tees with reducing inserts for 2” diameter and smaller.
10. Availability and costs of 1½” dia. (long) radius alloy steel elbows versus bends must be considered.
Radius of bends and bend thinning allowance must meet requirements of ASME B31.3, Paragraph
304.2.1. (Pipe wall thickness to be recalculated).
11. Flange facing finish shall be as described in ASME B16.5, Paragraph 6.3.4.
13. The use of flanges shall be held to a minimum.
15. Maximum allowable stress values comply with ASME B31.3 for ASTMA335, Grade P12, seamless.
(Corrosion and threading allowance as noted).
These ratings do not include the pipe wall thickness thinning allowance for a pipe bend.
16. Short radius elbows must have pressure - temperature rating equivalent to pipe. (In accordance
with ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Paragraph Page 58.3).
17. Gate and globe valves 6” dia. and larger shall be gear operated.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
S05 - STEAM – Extraction Steam - High Max. Allowable Pressure:

Pressure Class 600 & High Temperature See Tables
Max. Recommended Temp.:
427C (800F) & Less
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
NORMAL SERVICE

MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE IN oC 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 427
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE IN BAR(G) 87.8 85.8 83.6 80.8 77.54 75 73.97 72.9 69.1 56.6
PIPING PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS PER ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES (SEE NOTE 15)
THREADING/CORROSION/EROSION
2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54
ALLOWANCE (mm)
TEMP. oC ALLOW. NPS ½” ¾” 1” 1 ¼” 1 ½” 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5”
STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125
MPa SCH. N°. XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS

200 & less 137.9 Max. Working 96,2 93,6 131,0 115,2 112,4 108,8 141,3 133,0 123,7 117,0
250 131.7 Pressure barg 91,8 89,4 125,1 110,0 107,3 103,9 134,9 127,0 118,1 111,7
300 122.4 85,3 83,1 116,3 102,2 99,8 96,6 125,4 118,0 109,8 103,8
375 110.4 77,0 74,9 104,9 92,2 90,0 87,1 113,1 106,5 99,0 93,7
400 89.3 62,1 60,4 84,6 74,3 72,6 70,3 91,2 85,9 79,9 75,5
427 74.3 51,8 50,4 70,6 62,0 60,6 58,6 76,1 71,6 66,7 63,0
CORROSION/EROSION ALLOWANCE (mm) 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54
o
TEMP. C ALLOW. NPS 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24”
STRESS DN 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
MPa SCH. N°. XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS

200 & less 137.9 Max. Working 119,7 111,4 88,8 74,6 67,8 59,2 52,5 47,2 39,2
250 131.7 Pressure barg 114,3 106,4 84,8 71,2 64,7 56,5 50,1 45,0 37,5
300 122.4 106,2 98,9 78,8 66,2 60,2 52,5 46,6 41,9 34,8
375 110.4 95,8 89,2 71,1 59,7 54,3 47,4 42,0 37,8 31,4
400 89.3 77,3 71,9 57,3 48,2 43,8 38,2 33,9 30,5 25,3
427 74.3 64,5 60,0 47,8 40,2 36,5 31,9 28,3 25,4 21,1

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC



150 RF flanges)


(See Notes 8,9,11 & 16) Class: 3000


2” & Less

(See Note 8)

(See Note 8)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 600

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600

aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000

2” & Less (See Notes Conn: Socket weld
3,4,5,6,17 & 18) Class: 800 (Incl. Instr. Connection)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 800

Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast or forged steel, stellite trim V-1537

Class: 600
2½” - 16” Material: Cast or forged steel, stellite trim V-1564

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600
2½” - 16” Material: Cast or forged steel, stellite trim, V-1565

(See Note 10) parallel slide gate
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600
GLOBE Material: Cast or forged steel, stellite trim V-2567

Class: 600
2½” - 8” Material: Cast or forged steel, V-port V-2568

proportional flow, stellite trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing stellite trim V-3537

Class: 600
2½” - 12” Material: Cast or forged steel, swing stellite trim V-3565
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

with Paragraphs 341.4.3 and 344.5. (Piping for severe cyclic conditions) of ASME B31.3.
 Consideration shall be given for 100% radiography off all welds on the rapid drain system.

connections.


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
6. Butt weld valves shall have the bore (Pipe ID) specified on the Purchase Order, together with the
weld end preparation as per ASME B16.25, Fig. 1, 2 or 3 without backing rings.
and smaller.
9. Use 1½ x diameter (long) radius elbows whenever possible (no miters) (see Note 11)
10. Chain operators for parallel slide gate valves (Hopkinson-Ferranti) shall be the standard type. Do
Not Use the Impact Type.
11. Saturated blow-off and blowdown steam piping shall have pipe bends with a radius of 5 times the
nominal diameter for piping 3” diameter and less, unless otherwise noted on drawings.
12. Flanged joints shall be used instead of unions. (No unions allowed).
13. Flange facing finish shall be as described in ASME/ANSI B16.5 Paragraph 6.3.4. Limit the use of
(Corrosion and threading allowance as noted.). Pressure ratings of Sheet 1 do not include the pipe
wall thickness thinning allowance for a pipe bend.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

19. Blow off piping systems, from water spaces of a boiler up to and including the blow-off valves, shall
be designed so as to exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler by either 25%
or 225psi, whichever is less, but shall not be less than 100psig.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
S22 Secondary Vapor 0 – 6 barg

30 – 204°C
For ducts equal or over

DN700 (28”) use Andritz
Spec D4A.1.01
APPLICABLE CODE ASME
B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: 2205 Duplex, ASTM A790

½” - 2” End Prep: Plain end UNS S32205 welded
Wall Thk: Schedule 10S RX 100%
2½” – 26” Material: 2205 Duplex ASTM A790

End Prep: Beveled end UNS S32205 welded
NIPPLES Material: 2205 Duplex ASTM A790

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded UNS S32205 welded
FITTINGS Material: Forged 2205 Duplex ASTM A182

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. F60
(See Note 5 & 6) Class: 3000 ASME B16.11

Conn: Butt weld UNS S32205 (RX 100%)
FLANGES Material: Forged 2205 Duplex ASTM A182

½” - 2” Conn: Socket weld Gr. F60
2½” – 26” Material: 2205 Duplex stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A815
length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. S32205-WP-W
Conn: Butt weld, Sch.10S MSS-SP-43
Class: 150 ASTM A105 HDG
ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 21 Oct 2003
aislación

aislación
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Forged 2205 Duplex ASTM A182

½” - 2” Conn: Threaded Gr. F60
Class: 3000
Material: Forged 2205 Duplex ASTM A182

Conn: Threaded Gr. F60
Class: 3000
LUBRICANTS Type: High performance thread sealant for Loctite PST 567
pipe threads and fittings or approved equal
Type: Nickel anti-seize thread compound Chesterton Nickel Anti Seize

forthreads and bolts Lubricant 725 or approved
equal
BALL Material: Duplex 2205 Steel V-4251

2” & Less Conn: Socket Weld
(Drain Lines) Class: 150
Seats Reinforced PTFE for high temperature

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUCTIONS:
Pipeline field erection, checking, testing and Standard 4S-20.01

NOTES:
4S-02.01.
4. Install purge connections at valves complete with drains.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
S23 Secondary Vapor 0 – 6 barg

30 – 204°C
For ducts equal or over

DN700 (28”) use Andritz
Spec D4A.1.01
APPLICABLE CODE ASME
B31.3
Normal Service






2½” – 26” Material: 2205 Duplex stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A815
ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal
BALL Material: Duplex 2205 Steel V-4251

(Drain Lines) Class: 150
Seats Reinforced PTFE for high temperature

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUCTIONS:

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G75 MILL AIR 0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)

G76 INSTRUMENT AIR 4 – 93°C (40F - 200F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3




2” & Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. F 304L
2½” – 16” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403

FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS, forged ASTM A182

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld 3000lb Gr. F304L
2½” – 16”” Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403 Gr. CR 304L
length with CS HDG Class 150 lap MSS SP-43
joint flange ASTM A105 HDG
Conn: Butt weld (stub end) ASME B16.5

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Type: aislación
Class:
BRANCH Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

CONNECTIONS Type: Couplings, half couplings Gr. F304L
2” & Less Conn: Socket weld ANSI B16.11
Class: 3000

Type: 45 latrolets & elbolets ANSI B16.11
Class: 3000

Type: Couplings & half couplings ANSI B16.11
Class: 150

BALL Material: 316 SS lever operator V-4121

Class: 150
BALL Material: 316 SS lever handle, 3 piece std port, V-4451

2” & Less reinforced teflon seat.
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 body, swing bolted V-3222

2” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CHECK Material: Cast iron body, SS316 plates, Buna ‘N’ V-3138
2 ½” -12” seal, SS 316 springs
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body & disc, hard back, Buna V-9232
2½” - 12” ‘N’ seat & ‘O’ ring seals throttle type
handle
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping (see Note 8)

Moisture trap assembly for air lines Standard 4D-17.06
NOTES:
2. All pipe threads shall be cleaned in solvent to remove any cutting lubricant or grease.
3. Instrument air lines shall be pneumatically tested and blown with dry, oil-free air.
4. Gate valves that are located in inaccessible locations, shall be provided with chain operators or valve
extensions as required (as shown on drawings).
5. The inert gas shielded arc welding process (TIG) with shielding gas protection on the underside of the
weld shall be used in welding stainless steel instrument lines.
6. Branch connections shall connect to the top of horizontal headers and shall have shut off valves at the
headers.
7. Drain valves shall be located at the low end of sloped headers and at low points in the piping system.
8. The wall thickness specified in Standard 4S-02.01 shall not apply.
9. The end prep. for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with paragraph 7.5 of design standard 4S-
02.01.
10. Reducers on horizontal mill air pipe runs shall be eccentric in order to keep the bottom of the pipe flat.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
11. N/A
12. Provide moisture traps at 250’ intervals along long horizontal runs and at bottom of vertical change in
direction.
See design standard 4D-03.02.
14. V-3451 and V-4454 to be used only in headers as branch isolation valves.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G74 PRIMARY AIR -0.5 to 1.0 barg

4 – 400°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

Wall Thk: Schedule STD

26” – 42” Material: Carbon Steel API 5L, Gr. B, SAW

End Prep: Beveled end Straight seam, Ej > 0.95
Wall Thk: 7.92mm (28” – 32”) (Filler metal added)
9.53mm (36” – 42”) (100% radiographed)


2½” – 42” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234, Gr.WPB


Type: Raised face (Para. 6.3.4)
Class: 150
DESIGN STANDARD 4C-03.02 C 01

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE Mar - 2019
DEPT. GENERIC
Type: Raised face, slip-on (Para. 6.3.4)
Class 150
26” - 42” Material: Forged steel ASTM A36

Conn: Butt weld AWWA C-207 Clase D
Type: Raised face, slip-on
Class: 150

aislación

aislación

Type: 45 latrolets, elbolets ANSI B2.1
Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000


Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: 316 SS lever handle, 3 piece full port, V-4454
1½” - 2” teflon seat c/w lock out lug
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300

1” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

1½” & 2” Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300
GATE Material: Cast iron, bronze trim V-1131


2 ½” & Up plates, Buna ‘N’ seal, SS 316 springs
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
handle
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

NOTES:
3. Reinforcement rings for vacuum conditions to be installed as required based on actual design
conditions and calculations.
4. Pipe wall thickness shall be verified according to Vacuum pressure. Pipe stiffeners may be required.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 –12 barg (0 – 175 psig)
P BROWN STOCK 15 – 82°C (60F - 180F)
- Before O2 Delignification or High Density See D.S. 4S-02.02
Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 9 - 11.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2” & Less End Prep: Plain end Gr. TP 304L
(See Note 2) Wall Thk: Schedule 10S
2 ½” - 10” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

12” – 24” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

26” – 36” Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) ASTM A778

38” – 42” Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) Gr. TP304L
48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10 mm) D.S. 4S-02.01


2 ½” – 24” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403

Wall Thk: To match pipe
26” – 48” Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A774

Wall Thk: To match pipe Design Standard 4S-02.01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 21Aug1998
FLANGES Material: Forged SS ASTM A182 Gr.F304L
2” & Less Conn: Socket weld 3000lb ASME B16.5
Class: 150
2 ½” – 24” Material: Austenitic SS Stub end ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L

HDG carbon steel Lap joint flange ASTM A105 HDG
Conn: Butt weld (stub-end) ASME B16.9
26” & Up Material: Austenitic SS Vanstone ring; Type 304L D. S. 4S-02.02

HDG mild steel back-up flange ASTM A240 & A479
Conn: Butt weld (Vanstone ring) ASTM A285 Gr. C
Class: 125 ASME B16.47 A

aislación

aislación

2” & Less Type: 45 latrolets, elbolets Gr. F304L
Class: 3000

Type: Couplings & half couplings Gr. 304L
Conn: Threaded MSS SP-114
Class: 150
CLEANOUTS Material: Austenitic SS with plug & natural Type 304L

4” rubber gaskets Design Standard 4D-08.01
Conn: Welded
for bolts or approved equal
Type: Fast curing thread sealant with teflon Loctite PST-567


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
SAMPLE Material: SS 316 quick lever operator, square V-0121

2” seating edge for cutting fibres
Conn: Threaded
Class: 125
BALL Material: SS 316 lever handle, teflon seats V-4121

(Instr. & Purge Conn. only) Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing bolted bonnet V-3222

(Purge Conn. only) Class: 125/150
3” & Up Material: SS 304 body, disc & trim V-3241

(Dilution lines only) Style: Full bore tilting dic
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
KNIFE GATE Material: SS 304 body, gate & trim V-1142

3” & Up Style Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150
INSTRUCTIONS:
Fabrication of austenitic stainless steel pressure Standard 4S-02.01

piping
and flanges

Cleanout for steel pipe & fittings Standard 4D-08.01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
2. Stock line sizes shall not be less than 4” dia. except for instrument connections, sample connections,
and purge connections.
3. The end preparation for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of design standard
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 10 barg (0 to 145 psi)
P57 BROWN STOCK 15 -105°C (60F - 221F)
- O2 Delignification to High Density
Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 9 - 11
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



26” – 32” Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) ASTM A778

34” – 42” Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) Gr. TP316L
48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10 mm) D.S. 4S-02.01





PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150



aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Conn: Threaded
Class: 125


(Purge Conn. only) Class: 150

(Dilution lines only) Style: Full bore tilting disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150

piping

and flanges


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
3. The end preparation for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of Design Standard
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 16 barg (0 to 232 psig)
P35 BROWN STOCK 15 – 100°C (60F - 180F)
- Knot System
Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 10.5 - 11.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



26” – 30” Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) ASTM A778

32” – 36” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10 mm) Gr. TP304L
D.S. 4S-02.01





PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150


Conn: Butt weld (Vanstone ring) ASTM A285 Gr. C HDG

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


BALL Material: Carbon steel, SS 316 ball, lever V-4249

2½” handle, teflon seats
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
KNIFE GATE Material: 304 SS body, gate & trim V-1142

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150
CHECK Material: 304 SS body, disc & trim V-3241

3” & Up Style: Full bore tiling disc
(Dilution lines only) Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4S-02.01.
4. Elbows for knot blowlines shall be long sweep bends with a minimum radius of 5 times the pipe
diameter.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
P57 BROWN STOCK To 11.7 barg @ 204°C or

- O2 Delignification Reactor Feed (170 psig @ 400°F)
To 16.5 barg @ 98°C
(240 psig @ 210°F)
P58 PULP See Note 5
- Peroxide Stage PH Range: 6 – 11
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

(see Notes 2) Wall Thk: Schedule 10S

26” – 32” Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) ASTM A778

34” – 36” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10 mm) Gr. TP316L
38” – 42” Wall Thk: 0.5” (12.5 mm) D.S. 4S-02.01


(See Note 3 & 7) Class: 3000



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

26” & 28” Material: Austenitic SS Vanstone ring; Type 316L D. S. 4S-02.02
30” & Up Material: Carbon steel faced with SS ASTM A105

Conn: SO SS Gr. 316L
Design Standard 4D-03.05
BOLTS, STUDs & NUTS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

BALL Material: SS 316 body & ball, teflon seat & seals V-4242
2 ½” & Up Conn: Flanged
Class: 150


Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150

piping (see Note 6)

and flanges

Stainless steel pipe branch reinforcements Standard 4D-10.04
150# SS clad, carbon steel slip-on flange Standard 4D-03.05

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
3. Stub-in tees and laterals shall have reinforcing pads as per Standard 4D-10.04.
4S-02.01.
5. It is permissible to exceed the pressure rating for pressure design at the temperature of the increased
condition by not more than 33%, when variation lasts no more than 10 hours at any one time and no
more than 100 hrs/yr. (ASME B31.3, Paragraph 302.2.4).
6. The wall thickness specified in Standard 4S-02.01 does not apply.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
P26 Pulp, sulphate, unwashed - High Pressure 8.7 – 16.5 barg

(126 - 240 psig)
Up to 93°C (200F)
See Note 6
pH Range: 9 - 11.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE (See Notes 2 & 4) Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

2½” - 30” - Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

32” - 42” - Wall Thk: 5/ ” for 32” ASTM A358

16
3/ ” for 34” &36” Gr. 304L Class 2
8
½” for 38” - 42”

FITTINGS (See Note 3) Material: Forged SS ASTM A182


2½” - 30” - Wall Thk: Schedule 10S ASME B16.9
32” - 42” - Wall Thk: To match pipe

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 13Mar2000
FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS stub end, Type A MSS ASTM A403
4” - 24” length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP 304L
Butt weld ASME B16.9
Conn: Schedule 10S ASTM A105 HDG
30” - 36” Material: Carbon steel, faced with SS ASTM A105


aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Couplings & half couplings Gr. F304L
Class: 3000
CLEANOUTS Material: Austenitic SS with SS plug & natural Type 304L

4” rubber gasket Design Standard 4D-08.01
Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


BALL Material: SS 316 body & ball, teflon seats & V-4242
2½” & Up seals
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping (See Note 7)

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4. Reduced wall thicknesses may be allowable if MC pump(s) in system have lower shut-off heads, or in
downstream lower-pressure sections of the system (after shut-off or diversion valves and towards free-
discharge end of system). Rigorous calculations on actual system pressure conditions and piping
material (SS 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 317, 317L…), must be done in accordance with the relevant code
and kept on file for inspection/review by authorities, before authorizing any wall-thickness reduction.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
P BROWN STOCK - High Pressure 8.7 – 16.5 barg

(126 - 240 psig)
Up to 93°C (200F)
See Note 6
pH Range: 9 - 11.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE (See Notes 2 & 4) Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

2½” - 30” - Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

32” - 42” - Wall Thk: 5/ ” for 32” ASTM A358

16
3/ ” for 34” &36” Gr. 316L Class 2
8
½” for 38” - 42”

FITTINGS (See Note 3) Material: Forged SS ASTM A182


2½” - 30” - Wall Thk: Schedule 10S ASME B16.9
32” - 42” - Wall Thk: To match pipe

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS stub end, Type A MSS ASTM A403
4” - 24” length with CS HDG 150 lap joint Gr. WP 316L
flange ASME B16.9
30” - 36” Material: Carbon steel, faced with SS ASTM A105


aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


BALL Material: SS 316 body & ball, teflon seats & V-4242
2½” & Up seals
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping (See Note 7)

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4. Reduced wall thicknesses may be allowable if MC pump(s) in system have lower shut-off heads, or in
downstream lower-pressure sections of the system (after shut-off or diversion valves and towards free-
discharge end of system). Rigorous calculations on actual system pressure conditions and piping
material (SS 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 317, 317L…), must be done in accordance with the relevant code
and kept on file for inspection/review by authorities, before authorizing any wall-thickness reduction.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
10 to 20 barg
Up to 210°C
See Note 5
P57 PULP
- Oxygen Stage – High Pressure pH Range: 6 – 11
P58 PULP
- Peroxide Stage – High Pressure pH Range: 6 – 11
P55 PULP
- Chlorine dioxide stage before chemical pH Range: 2.5 – 4
addition
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service


26” – 32” Wall Thk: 0.5” (12.5 mm) ASTM A778

Gr. TP316L
D.S. 4S-02.01





PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 300

BOLTS, STUDs & NUTS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

BALL Material: SS 316 body & ball, teflon seat & seals V-4242X
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing bolted bonnet V-3222X

3” & Up Material: SS 316 body, disc & trim V-3242X

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
KNIFE GATE Material: SS 316 body, gate & trim V-1144X

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (see Note 6)

and flanges


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 9 barg
P30 Pulp Unbleached, washed, before O2 reactors 105 – 109°C
pH: 11
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



42 to 48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10mm) D.S. 4S-02.01
End Prep: Note 3



Wall Thk: 10S


Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE Mayo 2019
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE Mayo 2019

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Conn: Threaded
Class: 125


(Purge Conn. only) Class: 125/150

(Dilution lines only) Style: Full bore tilting dic
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150
INSTRUCTIONS:


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
3. The end preparation for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of design standard
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
P CONTINUOUS DIGESTER BLOW PIPING 14.8 barg @176°C

(215 psig @ 350F)
pH Range: 11 - 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

6” & Up End Prep: Beveled end Gr. B
FITTINGS Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A106

6” & Up Conn: Butt weld or flanged Gr. B
(See Note 2) Wall Thk: Long sweep bends - standard weight

6” & Up Type: Raised face, Slip-On ASME B16.5
Class: 150

aislación

aislación

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000
Material: Forged steel ASME A105

Type: Couplings & half couplings
Class: 3000
for threads, bolts & gaskets or approved equal
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication of carbon & ferritic steel pressure piping Standard 4S-01.01

2. Long sweep bends shall have a minimum radius of 5 times the pipe diameter.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
9 – 20 barg
0 to 109°C
P30 Pulp Unbleached, washed, O2 reactors
pH Range: 11
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
PIPE Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A312

2 ½” - 12” Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A312

14” – 24” Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A312


Wall Thk: 0.375” - 10 mm (26” – 28”) D.S. 4S-02.01
0.5” – 12.7mm (30” – 34”)
0.625” - 16 mm (36” – 48”)


2½” - 24 Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A403


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Note 4) Conn: Butt weld Gr. TP 304L
Class: Schedule 40S D.S. 4S-02.01
Wall Thk: 0.375” - 10 mm (26” – 28”)
0.5” – 12.7mm (30” – 34”)
0.625” - 16 mm (36” – 48”)


½” - 2” Type: Socket weld Gr. F304L

26” & 48 Material: Austenitic SS Vanstone ring, Type 316L

Conn: galvanized mild steel back-up flange Design Standard 4S-02.02
Type: Welded ASTM A240 & A479
Class: 300 ASTM A285, Gr. C

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Couplings & half-couplings ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

BALL Material: 316 SS, lever handle, teflon seats V-4454

(Incl. Instr. connection) Class: 600
CHECK Material: 316 SS body & disc, swing type V-3421

2” & Less Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
GATE Material: Cast 316 SS OS & Y, bolted bonnet, V-1441

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
CHECK Material: All 316 SS, swing V-3431

Class: 300

piping.

cleaning specification.
Instrument fittings for steel pipe. Standard 4D-10.02

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
4S-02.01.
4. Shop fabricated nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ASME B31.3, Paragraph 304.3.3.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
Ref. 0 – 10 barg See Note 5
20 – 91°C
pH: 2.5 - 4
P70 BLEACHED STOCK

- Chlorine (CI2) Stage
P55 Pulp Chlorine Dioxide stage, tower by pass
PIPE FITTINGS, & Material: Glass reinforced plastic (FRP) Standard 4S-10.01
FLANGES Standard 4S-10.02
2” & up Resin: To be selected by fabricator and Standard 4S-10.01(Section 4)
approved by purchaser
Struct.
Wall Thk: By fabricator Standard 4S-10.02 (Section 4)
Corrosion
Liner: Double thickness
Surf. Veil: Grade “C” glass Standard 4S-10.01 (Section 4)
Conn: Butt & Strap (Shop Joints) Standard 4S-10.01 (Section 5.5)
(Field Joints) (Section 12)
Flanged Standard 4S-10.02 (Section 7)

All Sizes Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías
fluido y aislación

See Note 4 Fabricación y montaje de cañerías
fluido y aislación
Type:
LUBRICANTS Type: Molybdenum disulfide base, for Fel-Pro C-100 or approved equal.
threads

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: 316 SS, Lever handle, Teflon V-4121

½” to 2” (Instrument & seats
Purge Conn.) Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
BALL Material: Cast 316 SS, body & ball, Teflon V-4242
1” to 2” (Instrument & seats & seals, lever handle
Purge Conn.) Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS, Y-pattern, threaded V-3222

½” to 2” (Purge Conn.) cap.
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
KNIFE GATE Material: 245 SMO body, gate & trim V-1230
3” & up Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: 317L SS body, disc & trim V-3243

3” & up (Dilution line only) Style: Full bore tilting disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS: Manufacture & installation specification for FRP Standard 4S-10.01

structures
FRP pipes, fittings & flanges for pressure Standard 4S-10.02

systems
Instrument connections for FRP pipe Standard 4D-10.03

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2. The pressure rating shall be specified for each glass reinforced pipeline in accordance with DS 4S-
10.01
3. Stock line sizes shall not be less than 4” dia. except for instrument connections, sample
connections, and purge connections.
4. Before selecting type of flanges and gaskets, consult DS 4S-10.02, Section 7.
5. Service conditions to be specified on drawings and purchasing documents, consult DS 4S-10.02,

Section 2. Vendor shall deliver field lay-up joint drawings and pipe and fittings calculations.
6. Use to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC & HDPE/FRP/CPVC to HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt
loads

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
P70 BLEACHED STOCK - ALKALINE SERVICE 15°C – 76.6°C

(60F - 170F)
- Caustic (E, Eo, Epo & Eop) Stage(s) See D.S. 4S-02.02
- Hypo (H) Stage(s) Paragraph 4.6
- Peroxide (P & Po) Stage(s) pH Range: 9 - 12
- Chelation (Q) Stage(s)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
PIPE (See Note 2) Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

2 ½” -24” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

26” - 36” Material: Austenitic SS, fabricated ASTM A778

Wall Thk: According to pressure Design Standard 4S-02.01

FITTINGS Material: Cast SS ASTM A351

2” Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. TP316L

26” & 36” Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A774


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLANGES Material: Forged
ForgedSS
SS ASTM A182 Gr.F316L
2” & Less Conn: Socket
Socketweld
weld3000lb
3000lb ASME B16.5
Class: 150
150
2 ½” – 24” Material:
Material: Austenitic SS Stub end ASTM A403 Gr. WP316L
Conn:
Class:


aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
SAMPLE Material: SS 316 quick lever operator square V-0121

Conn: Threaded
Class: 125
BALL Material: SS 316 lever handle teflon seats V-4121



Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

3” & Up Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping
and flanges
NOTES:
2. Stock line sizes shall not be less than 4” diameter except for instrument connections, sample
connections and purge connections.
3. The end preparation for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with paragraph 7.5 of design standard
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
Up to 11 barg @204°C
or up to 16 barg @74°C
See Note 7
P70 BLEACHED STOCK

- Acidic Service, High Pressure pH Range: 2.5 - 4
P55 Pulp Chlorine Dioxide stage, after chemical pH Range: 2.5 - 4

Addition
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Titanium, Seamless ASTM B861 Gr. 2

1” – 4” End Prep: Plain End
5” – 20” Material: Titanium, Seamless ASTM B861 Gr. 2

End Prep: Beveled End
22” - 36” Material: Titanium, Seamless ASTM B861 Gr. 2

Wall Thk: Schedule 10
NIPPLES Material: Titanium ASTM B861 Gr. 2

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded
FITTINGS Material: Titanium ASTM B363 Gr. WPT2

1” - 36” Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9
Wall Thk: To Match pipe
FLANGES Material: Titanium stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM B363 Gr. WPT2
1” - 20” length with HDG Forged Steel Lap ASME B16.9
Joint Flange MSS SP-43
Conn: Butt weld ASTM A105
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-05.03 T 0

PROJECT NO. SHEET 1 OF 3
Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
22” - 36” Material: Titanium ring ASTM B363 Gr. 2
with C.S. lap joint flange ASTM A105
Conn: S.O. D.S. 4D-03.05 (similar to)
Class: 150

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

Class: en terreno – Empaquetaduras por
fluido y aislación
LUBRICANTS Type: Molybdenum disulfide base, Fel-Pro C-100

Type: Fast-curing thread sealant Loctite PST #567

for pipe or approved equal
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Titanium ASTM B348 Gr. 2

Type: Half couplings
Class: 3000
PLUG Material: Ductile iron body, FEP teflon lined V-6234

Class: 150

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUCTIONS: Titanium pipe branch reinforcements ASME B31.3
Titanium ring, carbon steel lap joint flange Similar to Standard 4D-03.05
3. N/A
4. N/A
5. Stub-in tees and laterals shall be reinforced in accordance with Design Standard 4D-10.04.
6. Material up to .134” wall thickness may be welded using a square butt. Metal thicker than .134”
shall have a single ‘V’ bevelled joint with a 1/16” land or root face. In either case the root gap shall
not exceed 1/32”.
7. It is permissible to exceed the pressure rating for pressure design at the temperature of the
increased condition by not more than 33%, when variation lasts no more than 10 hours at any one
time and no more than 100 hrs/yr (ASME B31.3 Par. 302.2.4).
8. The titanium piping fabricator must be in possession of fabrication and welding procedure. The
fabrication and welding procedure shall be in accordance with the applicable code and fabrication
of welding. Procedure documentation shall be submitted to engineer for approval before
commencing work.

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN CONDITIONS
FLUID NOMENCLATURE SERVICE
0 to 10 barg
Up to 100°C
See Note 7
P55 Pulp Chlorine Dioxide stage, feed to washer pH Range: 2.5 - 4
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: 254 SMO, seamless ASTM A312

½” – 2” End Prep: Plain End Gr. S31254
2 ½” – 30” Material: 254 SMO, seamless ASTM A312

End Prep: Beveled End Gr. S31254
32” - 40” Material: 254 SMO, welded ASTM A778

Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) Gr. S31254
End Prep: Beveled End D.S. 4S-02.01
NIPPLES Material: 254 SMO, seamless ASTM A312

2” & Less End Prep: Beveled End Gr. S31254
FITTINGS Material: Forged 254 SMO ASTM A182

2 ½” - 40” Material: 254 SMO ASTM A403

Conn: Beveled End Gr. S31254
Wall Thk: Match to Pipe

½” - 2” Type: Socket weld Gr. F44

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2 ½” – 40” Material: 254 SMO Stub end ASTM A403 Gr. S31254
Class: 150 ASME B16.5 / B16.47 Serie A
STUD BOLTS Material: Alloy steel ASTM A193, Gr. B7

ASME B18.2.1

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

2” & Less Conn: Threaded Gr. F44
Class: 3000

Class: 3000



Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PLUG Material: Ductile iron body, FEP teflon lined V-64XX

Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS: Pipeline field erection, checking, testing and Standard 4S-20.01

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN CONDITIONS
FLUID NOMENCLATURE SERVICE
8 to 20 barg
Up to 100°C
See Note 7
P55 Pulp Chlorine Dioxide stage, after chemical pH Range: 2.5 - 4
Addition
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service

1” – 4” End Prep: Plain End


24” - 36” Material: Titanium, Seamless ASTM B861 Gr. 2


2” & Less End Prep: Threaded
FITTINGS Material: Titanium ASTM B363 Gr. WPT2

1” - 36” Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9
Wall Thk: To Match pipe

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLANGES Material: Titanium stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM B363 Gr. WPT2
1” - 14” length with HDG Forged Steel Lap ASME B16.9
Joint Flange MSS SP-43
16” - 36” Material: Titanium ring ASTM B363 Gr. 2

with C.S. lap joint flange ASTM A105
Conn: S.O. D.S. 4D-03.05 (similar to)
Class: 300

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación


INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Titanium ASTM B348 Gr. 2

Type: Half couplings
Class: 3000
PLUG Material: Ductile iron body, FEP teflon lined V-64XX

Class: 300

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Titanium ring, carbon steel lap joint flange Similar to Standard 4D-03.05
3. N/A
4. N/A
5. Stub-in tees and laterals shall be reinforced in accordance with Design Standard 4D-10.04.
6. Material up to .134” wall thickness may be welded using a square butt. Metal thicker than .134”
shall have a single ‘V’ bevelled joint with a 1/16” land or root face. In either case the root gap shall
not exceed 1/32”.
time and no more than 100 hrs/yr (ASME B31.3 Par. 302.2.4).
8. The titanium piping fabricator must be in possession of fabrication and welding procedure. The
fabrication and welding procedure shall be in accordance with the applicable code and fabrication
of welding. Procedure documentation shall be submitted to engineer for approval before
commencing work.

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
BLEACHED STOCK 0 – 12 barg (0 – 174 psig)

15°C – 100°C (60°F - 208F)
P70 - After SO2 Neutralization pH Range: 5 - 6.5

(See Note 2)
P03 - To Machine Headbox pH Range: 5 - 6.5
(See Notes 3 & 4)
P71 - Pulp Bleached, Broke pH Range: 3.5 – 4

(See Notes 3 & 4)
P55 - Pulp, Chlorine dioxide stage feed to pH Range: 2.5 - 4

standpipe
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

(see Note 2) Wall Thk: Schedule 10S

(see Note 2) End Prep: See Note 5 Gr. TP 316L
18” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A312

(see Note 2) End Prep: See Note 5 Gr. TP 316L

Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) Design Standard 4S-02.01



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

End Prep: See Note 5 Gr. 316L

2” & Less Conn: Socket Weld Gr. F316L
Class 3000 ANSI B16.11



aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CLEANOUTS Material: Austenitic SS with SS plug and natural Type 316L
Conn: Welded
LUBRICANTS Type: Graphite, calcium fluoride base, for Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-
bolts and gaskets seize
or approved equal


Conn: Threaded
Class: 125
BALL Material: SS 316 SS lever handle, teflon seats V-4121

(Instrument & Purge Class: 150
Connection only)

(Purge Connection only) Class: 150
KNIFE GATE Material: SS, 304 body, gate & trim V-1142
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150
CHECK Material: SS 304 body, disc & trim V-3241

3” & Up Style: Full bore tilting disc
(Dilution Lines only) Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Fabricated thin wall austenitic SS fittings and Standard 4S-02.02

flanges
Cleanout for steel pipe and fittings Standard 4D-08.01
NOTES:
2. Stock line sizes shall not be less than 4" dia. except for instrument connections, sample connections
3. Where accessible, stock lines from the primary cleaner accepts, through the fan pump, to the screen
inlet - also the headbox recirculation line - shall have the inside welds ground smooth.
For stock piping between the primary screen outlet and the headbox manifold inlet, the entire inside
surface, including welds, shall be ground and polished to the extent that when a cotton ball is passed
over the weld, fibres will not deposit or hang up.
4. Stock lines 1% consistency and above, shall not be less than 4" dia., except for instrument connections,
sample connections, and purge connections. Below 1% consistency, use Piping Classification Sheet
4C-08.03.
5. The end prep. for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with para. 7.5 of design standard 4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
P92 PAPER MACHINE BROKE See D.S. 4S-02.02

COATED BROKE Paragraph 4.6
UNCOATED BROKE pH Range: 5 - 9
PULP MACHINE BROKE
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


(See Note 2) End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 316L

Wall Thk: According to pressure Design Standard 4S-02.01

Class: Schedule 40S



End Prep: Butt weld Gr. TP 316L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE SEPT. 04
ForgedSS
SS ASTM A182 Gr. F316L
Socketweld
weld3000lb
3000lb ASME B16.5
Class: 150
150
Conn:
Class:


aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150
CLEANOUT Material: Austenitic SS with SS plug and natural Type 316L

Conn: Welded
bolts and gaskets or approved equal


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: SS 316 lever handle, Teflon seats V-4121

(Instr. Conn. only) Class: 150

Conn: Threaded
Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

flanges

Cleanout for steel pipe and fittings Standard 4D-08.01
NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 20barg (0 - 290 psig)
B30 FILTRATE 0 – 100°C (32F - 212F)
- Brown Stock Before O2 Delignification or
High Density
pH Range: 9 - 11.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


16” -24” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312


Wall Thk: According to pressure

Class: Schedule 40S


Wall Thk: To match pipe MSS SP-43

End Prep: See Note 5 Gr. 304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
UNIONS Material: SS metal to metal seats ASTM A182

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld 3000lb Gr. F304L
2 ½” – 36” Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

Conn: Slip On Flange Gr. F304L
Class: 300 ASME B16.5 (up to 24”)
ASME B16.47 (26” & up)

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 300


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: SS 316, lever handle V-4121X

CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 body, swing bolted V-3222X

2” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300
GATE Material: Cast SS 316, O.S. & Y., bolted bonnet, V-1245X
Class: 300
RESILIENT SEAT KNIFE Material: Cast & fabricated SS 316 body & gate V-1291X
GATE Style: Wafer
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast SS 316 body & trim V-9203X

3” & Up Style: Lug type
Class: 300
CHECK Material: SS 304 body, disc & trim V-3241X

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping

and flanges


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
drawings.
4. Butterfly valves 8” diameter and larger require enclosed worm gear operators as specified on drawings.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
FILTRATE - ACID SERVICE To 10 barg (150 psig)

- From Bleached Stock 15.5°C – 82.2°C
(60F - 180F)
- Chlorine (C) Bleach Stage(s) (See Note 4)
B55 - Chlorine Dioxide (D) Bleach Stage(s) pH Range: 2 - 5
- Acid Wash
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
PIPE FITTINGS & Material: Glass reinforced plastic (FRP) Standard 4S-10.01
FLANGES Standard 4S-10.02
3” & Up
Resin: To be selected by fabricator & Standard 4S-10.01
approved by purchaser (Section 4)
Struct. Standard 4S-10.02

Wall Thk: By fabricator (Section 4)
Corrosion
Liner: Double Thickness
Surf. Veil: Grade ‘C’ glass Standard 4S-10.01
(Section 4)
Conn: Butt & Strap Standard 4S-10.01
(Shop Joints) (Section 5.5)
Flanged Standard 4S-10.02
(Section 7)

aislación

(See Note 3) Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
aislación
Type:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
for bolts & gaskets or approved equal

BALL Material: SS 317, lever handle, teflon seats V-4122A

CHECK Material: Cast SS 317, swing bolted bonnet V-3222K

Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast SS 317, O.S. & Y., bolted bonnet, V-1246
Class: 150
RESILIENT SEAT KNIFE Material: Cast & fabricated SS 317 body & gate V-1292
GATE Style: Wafer
(See Note 5) Class: 125/150
BUTTERFLY Material: SS 317 body & disc V-9204

3” & Up Style: Lug type, gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: SS 317L body, disc & trim V-3243

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUCTIONS: Manufacture and installation specification of FRP Standard 4S-10.01
structures
FRP pipes, fittings and flanges for pressure systems Standard 4S-10.02

NOTES:
2. The pressure rating shall be specified for each glass reinforced pipe line in accordance with design
standard 4S-10.01.
3. Before selecting a type of flange and gasket, consult design standard 4S-10.02, Section 7.
4. Service conditions to be specified on drawings and purchasing documents, consult design standard
4S-10.02, Section 2. Vendor shall deliver field lay-up joint drawings and pipe and fittings calculations.
drawings.
6. Use to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC & HDPE/FRP/CPVC to HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt loads

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 10.3 barg (0 – 150 psig)
FILTRATE - ACID SERVICE 15 – 82°C (60 - 180F )
- From Bleached Stock See D.S. 4S-02.02
- Chlorine (C) Bleach Stage(s) Paragraph 4.6
B55 - Chlorine Dioxide (D) Bleach Stage(s) pH Range: 2 - 5
- Acid Wash
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


Wall Thk: Schedule 10S Standard 4S-02.01


2’ & Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. 317L
2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS fabricated ASTM A774

Wall Thk: Schedule 10S D.S. 4S-02.02
UNIONS Material: SS integral seats ASTM A182


2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS stub end and forged ASTM A312 Gr WP317L
HDG carbon steel lap joint flange ASME B16.9

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

BALL Material: SS 317, lever handle, teflon seats V-4122A

CHECK Material: Cast SS 317, swing bolted bonnet V-3222K

Class: 150
Class: 150
GATE Style: Wafer

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
3” & Up Style: Lug type, gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

2. Gate valves 16” dia. and larger shall be equipped with pipe by-passes where specified on drawings.
4. The end prep. for pipe and fitting shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of Design Standard 4S-
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 12 barg (0 – 175 psig)
15°C – 100°C (60F - 212F)
WHITE WATER
B01 - White Water: Wood Room pH Range: 5 - 8
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) (26” -28”) Design Standard 4S-02.01
0.312” (8 mm) (30”-36”)





PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

ForgedSS
Socketweld
weld3000lb
3000lb ASME B16.5
Class: 150
150
Conn:
Class:


aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Couplings, half-couplings MSS SP-114
Class: 150
Type: Fast-curing thread sealant with teflon, Loctite PST 567


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HOSE ASSEMBLY Type: SBR tube and cover with high-tensile Goodall “Newtype”
1¼” - 8” textile braid and helix wire Spec. 1350
reinforcement (pressure rating or approved equal
depends on size, see Mfr catalogue)
HOSE FITTINGS Material: SS pipe thread nipples for straight end Type 304 Dixon ‘King’
1¼” - 2” hose combination
Conn: Threaded, fitted both ends of hose with or approved equal
SS hose clamps Type 301 SS Tridon
Seal-tite or approved equal
HOSE FITTINGS Material: SS pipe nipples (plain end) for straight Type 304 Dixon ‘King’
3” - 8” end hose combination
Conn: Flanged, fitted both ends of hose or approved equal
w/cadmium plated malleable iron Dixon ‘King’ hose clamps
double bolt clamps or approved equal
3-4” dia. - 1 clamp required
6-8” dia. - 2 clamps required
HOSE FLANGES Material: SS Vanstone flange with CS back-up

3” - 8” flange supplied and attached by piping
contractor
BALL Material: SS 316 body, lever handle, Teflon V-4121

2” & Less seats
(Incl. Instr. Conn.) Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

2” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
Class: 150
RESILIENT SEAT KNIFE Material: Cast & fabricated SS 316 body and V-1291
GATE gate
3” - 24” Style: Wafer
Class: 125/150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
2. Gate valves 16” dia. and larger shall be equipped with pipe by-passes where specified on
drawings.
4. Butterfly valves 8” dia. and larger require enclosed worm gear operators as specified on drawings.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 12 barg (0 – 175 psig)
15 – 100°C (60F - 212F)
WHITE WATER
B55 - White Water: Warm pH Range: 5.5 - 6.5
FILTRATE - ALKALINE & NEUTRAL SERVICES pH Range:

- From Save All 9 - 10
- From Groundwood Stock 4.5 - 6
- From Bleached Stock 5.5 - 12
B53 - Caustic (E, Eo, Epo & Eop) Bleach Stage(s)
- Hypo (H) Bleach Stage(s)
B58 - Peroxide (P & PO) Bleach Stage(s)
- Chelation (Q) Bleach Stage(s)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) (26” -28”) Design Standard 4S-02.01
0.312” (8 mm) (30”-36”)




PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


ForgedSS
Socketweld
weld3000lb
3000lb ASME B16.5
Class: 150
150
Conn:
Class:


aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

HOSE ASSEMBLY Type: SBR tube and cover with high-tensile Goodall “Newtype”
1¼” - 8” textile braid and helix wire Spec. 1350
1¼” - 2” hose combination
SS hose clamps Type 301 SS Tridon
Seal-tite or approved equal
3” - 8” end hose combination
w/cadmium plated malleable iron Dixon ‘King’ hose clamps
3-4” dia. - 1 clamp required
6-8” dia. - 2 clamps required
HOSE FLANGES Material: SS Vanstone flange with CS back-up

3” - 8” flange supplied and attached by piping
contractor

2” & Less seats
(Incl. Instr. Conn.) Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

2” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
GATE gate
Class: 125/150

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 12 barg (0 – 175 psig)
B57 FILTRATE 15°C – 100°C (60F - 212F)
- Brown Stock from O2 Delignification to High See D.S. 4S-02.02
Density Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 9 - 11.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



26” – 28” Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) ASTM A778

30” – 36” Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) Gr. TP316L
38” – 48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10 mm) D.S. 4S-02.01

Class: Schedule 40S




PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
UNIONS Material: SS metal to metal ASTM A182
Class: 3000

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld 3000lb Gr.F316L



aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150
Type: Fast-curing thread sealant with teflon, Loctite PST-567


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: SS 316, lever handle, teflon seats V-4121


2” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
Class: 150
GATE Style: Wafer
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast SS 316 body & trim V-9203

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
drawings.
5. The end prep. for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of design standard
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
B80 WHITE WATER & FILTRATE 0 – 13.4 barg

- White Water – Warm (0 - 195 psig)
- FILTRATE - From Save All 15°C – 93°C
(60F - 200F)
See Note 4
pH Range: 5.5 - 6.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service





Conn: Butt weld Gr WP316L

2½” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS, stub end, Type A, MSS ASTM A403
(See Note 3) length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP316L
Conn: Butt weld MSS SP-43

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 13 Marzo 2000
aislación

aislación
GASKETS Material: Non-metallic, reinforced PTFE ASME B16.21

Type: Flat ring Garlock Gylon 3510
Class: 150 or approved equal

Class: 3000

Class: 1000

BALL Material: SS 316 body & lever handle, teflon V-4121

2” & Less seats
(Incl. Instr. Connection) Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 body, swing bolted cover V-3222

Class: 150
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast SS 316 body, O.S. & Y., split V-1245
2½” & Up wedge, bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 body, swing V-3244
Class: 150

piping (See Note 5)

NOTES:
02.01.
more than 100 hrs/yr. (ASME B31.3, paragraph 302.2.4).
5. The wall thicknesses specified in design standard 4S-02.01 does not apply.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
WHITE WATER & FILTRATE 12 – 34.5 barg

(175 to 500 psig)
B80 White Water: Warm 4°C – 140°C (40F - 285F)
(Paper Machine or Pulp Machine)
APPLICABLE CODE
B57 White Water: Oxygen Stage
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” - 6” End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 304L
NIPPLES Material: Austenitic SS, seamless ASTM A312

FITTINGS Material: Forged SS ASTM 182

2” & Less Conn: Socket Weld G F304L

(See Note 4) Conn: Butt weld Gr. WP 304L
Class: Schedule 10S ASME B16.9
FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS, stub end, Type A, MSS ASTM A403
2” - 6” length with CS lap joint flange Gr. WP 304L
Wall Thk: Schedule 10S ASTM A105

aislación

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

GATE Material: Cast SS 316 body, bolted bonnet, O.S. V-1421

2” & Less & Y., wedge disc
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316 body, bolted bonnet, O.S. V-2421

2” & Less & Y., swivel plug
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 body, bolted cover, swing V-3421

2” & Less type disc
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

2½” - 6” & Y., wedge disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

2½” - 6” type disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
2. The wall thickness specified in design standard 4S-02.01 does not apply.
3. Use flanges instead of unions.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
WHITE WATER & FILTRATE 12 – 34.5 barg

(175 to 500 psig)
B80 White Water: Warm 4 – 140°C (40F - 285F)
(Paper Machine or Pulp Machine)
APPLICABLE CODE
B57 White Water: Oxygen Stage
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” - 6” End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 316L

FITTINGS Material: Forged SS ASTM 182

2” & Less Conn: Socket Weld G F316L

2” - 6” length with CS lap joint flange Gr. WP 316L
Wall Thk: Schedule 10S ASTM A105

aislación

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


2” & Less & Y., wedge disc
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
B57 FILTRATE Up to 16.3barg

(Up to 237 psig )
Brown Stock To 99°C (to 210F)
O2 Delignification stage See Note 4
pH Range: 9 - 10
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service



All Sizes End Prep: Threaded Gr. TP 316L


Conn: Butt weld CR 316L
FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A182

½” - 2” Conn: Socket weld F316L
2½” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub end, Type A MSS ASTM A403
(See Note 3) length with CS HDG lap joint flange WP 316L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Couplings & half-couplings MSS SP-114
Class: 1000
LUBRICANTS Type: Molybdenum disulfide base for bolts & Fel-Pro C-100
gaskets or approved equal
Type: Fast-curing thread sealant for pipe Loctite PST #567

or approved equal
BALL Material: SS 316, lever handle, Teflon seats V-4121

CHECK Material: SS 316 body, swing type, bolted cover V-3222

Class: 300
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast SS 316 body, O.S. & Y., solid V-1245
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 300
BUTTERFLY Material: All SS 316, teflon lined V-9203

Wafer Conn: Wafer - full lug
3” & Up Class: 300

piping

2. Includes the use of swaged nipples in any combination of and within the confines of this class
3. The end prep. for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Para. 7.5 of Design Standard 4S-
02.01.
time and no more than 100 hrs/yr (ASME B31.3, Para. 302.2.4).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
V10 Exhaust air, generally 0 to 12 barg

Up to 80°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2 ½” - 10” Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A312



34” to 40” Wall Thk: 0.312” (8mm) Gr. TP316L
42 to 48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10mm) D.S. 4S-02.01
End Prep: Note 5


Class: 3000
2 ½” – 24” Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A403



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150


Class: 125 ASME B16.5/ASME B16.47 A
(light weights)

aislación

aislación
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: SS ASTM A182

Class: 3000
Material: SS ASTM A351

Class: 150
HOSE ASSEMBLY FOR:
- VIBRATION DAMPERS Material: SBR tube & cover with rayon fabric Goodyear Contractor
2½” & Up reinforcement Air & water hose, or
Wall Thk: ¼” maximum Goodall ‘Canuck’ Spec. 2605
Note: Specify ID of hose required to fit
pipe OD
HOSE FITTINGS Material: Type 301 SS install two hose clamps Tridon Series
2½” - 6” each end of hose HAS or approved equal

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

BALL Material: SS 316 body, lever handle, teflon V-4121

2” & Less seats
(For Inst. Conn. only) Conn: Threaded
Class: 125
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body, SS 316 disc, hard V-9240

2½” - 6” back, EPDM seat & ‘O’ ring seals,
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

8” and Up back, Buna ‘N’ seat and ‘O’ ring seals,
gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges
Pipe line field erection, checking, testing and Standard 4C-20.01


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
3. The Vanstone ring angle thickness specified in design standard 4S-02.02 does not apply for rings
14” dia. and larger.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
V55 CHLORINE DIOXIDE STAGE VENT -0.5 barg to 1 barg

(Acid Gas) Up to 95°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE FITTINGS Material: Glass reinforced plastic (FRP) Design Standard 4S-10.01
FLANGES Resin: To be selected by fabricator and Design Standard 4S-10.02
approved by purchaser Design Standard 4S-10.01
(Section 4)
Struct. Design Standard 4S-10.02

Wall Thk: By fabricator (See Note 4) (Section 4)
Corrosion Design Standard 4S-10.01

Liner: Double thickness (Section 4)
Surf. Veil: Grade “C” glass
Conn: Butt & Strap Design Standard 4S-10.01

(Shop joints) (Section 5.5)
(Field joints) (Section 12)
Flanged Design Standard 4S-10.02
(Section 7)
aislación

aislación
Type:

for threads or approved equal

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 21 Oct. 2003
PLUG Material: Ductile Iron, all PTFE lined, lever V-6231

2” & Less handle, teflon seats
(Instr. Conn. Only) Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
BUTTERFLY Material: PTFE lined body and disc V-9293

2” & Up Style: Wafer type, lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS: Manufacture and installation specification for FRP Standard 4S-10.01

structures
2. The pressure rating shall be specified for each pipeline in accordance with Design Standard 4S-10.01.
3. Before selecting type of flanges and gaskets, consult Design Standard 4S-10.02, Section 7.
4. Service conditions to be specified on drawings and purchasing documents, consult Design Standard
5. For information on Safe Handling & First Aid instructions, see attachment(s).
6. DELETED
7. Use to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC & HDPE/FRP/CPVC to HDPE/FRP/CPVC low bolt loads.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
CHLORINE DIOXIDE (ClO2)
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 Exposure should be avoided no matter how low the concentration - use face mask
 Explosion hazard may occur when concentration exceeds 10%
 APPEARANCE & ODOUR

 Gas - reddish yellow
 Solution - yellowish green
 Unpleasant odour similar to chlorine and nitric acid
 NOTE: Odour may not be detectable at threshold limit value
 STORAGE
 Normally produced on-site and stored in FRP tanks
 SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES

 Prevent material from entering sewers or confined spaces
 Keep materials which can burn, away from spilled ClO2
 Stop or reduce leak if safe to do so
 Stop production of ClO2 if necessary
 Gas - allow to dissipate
 Solution - contain spill with earth, sand or absorbent material which does not react with ClO2
 Put material in suitable, covered, labelled containers
 Flush area with water
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Dispose in accordance with local environmental regulations
PERSONNEL PROTECTION
 VENTILATION
 Use only with adequate ventilation
 INHALATION
 Causes severe nose, throat and upper respiratory tract irritation
 Causes lung injury
 FOR SKIN
 Can cause severe irritation, burning, reddening and blisters
 Avoid contact, wear protective clothing
 FOR EYES
 Severe irritant, stinging, burning sensation with tears
 May cause permanent damage and possibly blindness

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 IMMEDIATE FIRST AID MUST BE GIVEN
 CALL FOR MEDICAL HELP
 FOR INHALATION - wear protective equipment for attempting rescue

 Remove to fresh air
 Give oxygen if breathing is laboured
 Administer artificial respiration if breathing stops, or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) if heart stops (avoid mouth-
to-mouth contact)
 Obtain medical attention immediately
 FOR EYES
 Flush with lukewarm, gently flowing water for 30 minutes, holding eyelids open
 If irritation persists, get medical help
 FOR SKIN
 Flush with lukewarm, gently flowing water for 20 minutes
 Remove contaminated clothing
 INGESTION (of solution)

 If conscious - rinse mouth with water and drink at least 10 oz of water
 Do not induce vomiting. If vomiting occurs naturally, rinse mouth and repeat administration of water
 Quickly transport to medical aid
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
 AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
NOTE: The information herein is

given in good faith, but no warranty,
express or implied, is made.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
V58 Peroxide Stage Vent -0.5 barg to 1 barg

(Alkaline gas) Up to 90°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3




End Prep: Beveled end D.S. 4S-02.01


Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Class: 150


(light weights)

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HOSE ASSEMBLY FOR:
pipe OD
- VACUUM SERVICE Material: SBR tube reinforced with textile spiral Goodall ‘Aligator’ N-645
2½” - 6” & helix wire & SBR cover or approved equal
Note: When ordering, stipulate
required vacuum in inches of mercury.
Specify: Length & ID of hose required
to fit pipe OD


2” & Less seats
Class: 125
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body, SS 316 disc, Viton seat V-9239
2½” - 6” & ‘O’ ring seals, throttle type handle
Conn: Wafer
Class: 150
8” & Up and ‘O’ ring seals, gear operator
Conn: Lugged or Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

and flanges

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOMENCLATURE
V55 CHLORINE DIOXIDE STAGE (ACID GAS). 150 psig

-10 – 80 °C
α = 20 x 10 -6 [mm/mm °C]
EKA Detail Atandards
4-383 1555
ASME 31.3
Normal Service

Class: 150

Class: 150
(See note 5)

Class: 150
(See note 5)



APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
1" -24” Class: 150. According 4-383 1555
See Appendix D.

1" & Less Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido
y aislación

y aislación

See Note 5 Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
Class: terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido
y aislación
avoided

328.

4-383 277


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
3. ®


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 VENTILATION
 INHALATION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FIRST AID

to-mouth contact)
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN




APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX A


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX B


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX C


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX D


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
V55 CHLORINE DIOXIDE STAGE VENT 4 barg

(acid gas) 80°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service





Class: 3000



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150


(light weights)
BOLTS & NUTS Material: Carbon steel (Galvanized) ASTM A193 Gr. B7 for bolts
All Sizes Type: Unified inch screw threads. ASTM A194 Gr. 2H for nuts
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2. 1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 150
HOSE ASSEMBLY FOR:
pipe OD

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
to fit pipe OD


2” & Less seats
Class: 125
2½” - 6” & ‘O’ ring seals, throttle type handle
Conn: Wafer
Class: 150
8” & Up and ‘O’ ring seals, gear operator
Conn: Lugged or Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
02.01.
6. Schedule 5S can be replaced by Schedule 10S by economic factors.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 13.4 barg (0 – 194 psig )
BLACK LIQUOR - WEAK 4°C – 93°C (40F - 200F)
L08 14 - 18% Solids
Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 10 - 13
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3




Wall Thk: 9.53 mm




PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC



aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

piping.

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
10 – 20 barg (145 – 290 psig)
BLACK LIQUOR - WEAK 4°C – 120°C (40F - 248F)
L08 14 - 18% Solids
Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 10 - 13
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3





2½” - 24 Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000



Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Class: 300

piping.

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L60 BLACK LIQUOR - STRONG (SS Piping) 0 – 10 barg (0 - 150 psig)

- 50% - 70% Solids 65°C – 160°C (150F - 320F)
- 1st, 2nd & 3rd Evaporator Effects pH Range: 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” - 2” End Prep: Plain end TP 304L

End Prep: Beveled end TP 304L

(Instruments only) Wall Thk: Schedule 40S

2” & Less Conn: Socket weld F304L

UNIONS Material: SS ASTM A182


2½” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
length with CS HDG lap joint flange MSS SP-43
Conn: Butt weld, Sch.10S ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

½” - 2” Conn: Threaded F304L
Class: 3000

Conn: Threaded F304L
Type: Couplings, half-couplings ANSI B16.11
Class: 3000


for SS pipe or approved equal

2” & Less split wedge
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150 (for steam purge & instr. conn.)
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS, swing, Y-pattern V-3222

2” & Less threaded cap
Class: 150
PLUG Material: 316 SS body & plug with teflon V-6241

1” - 3” sleeves, lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
(for burner shut-off on recovery
furnace only)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 12” split wedge
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast iron, all iron (Limited use only) V-1132
PLUG Material: 316 SS body & plug with teflon V-6241

4” - 8” sleeves, gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
(For burner shut-off on recovery
furnace only)

thin wall pressure piping (except wall thickness)
NOTES:
2. Cast iron gate valves shall be used only in the following services, where there is normally no flow:
 Vessel and pipe drains
 Bypass lines except at control stations
3. Line size shall not be less than 2 ½” dia. except for instrument connections, steam purge
connections and sample lines.
4. Steam purge line check valves shall be selected from the appropriate steam service piping
classification standard. (Do not use stainless steel check valves).
4S-02.01.
7. For information on Safe Handling & First Aid Instructions, see attachment(s).
8. All screwed valves/connections to be back-welded. (Threaded joints which are to be back-welded,

shall be made up without any thread compounds).
9. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
BLACK LIQUOR.
INFORMATION FOR SAFE HANDLING

 Black liquid, rotten egg odour
 STORAGE
 Do not permit contact with acidic materials
 Vessels which have contained black liquor should be checked for hydrogen sulfide before entering

IF SPILL OR LEAK OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY CONSULT MILL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL DEPARTMENT
 Never neutralize spill with acid or divert to acid containing sewer
 Contact with acids can result in release of potentially lethal concentrations of hydrogen sulfide gas
 Ventilate spill area
 Spills will make floors very slippery
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Dilute and flush to an approved treatment system as per mill requirements
 Wear chemical worker's goggles and rubber gloves
 Other protective equipment such as aprons, boots, face shields or rubber suits may be needed when handling large
amounts of this material
 Eyewash stations and safety showers should be readily accessible near use areas
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 Possible blindness
 Immediately flush with running water for 15 minutes, holding eyelids open
 Contact Physician
 SKIN CONTACT
 Can cause severe burns
 Flush affected area immediately with large volumes of water for a minimum of 15 minutes, or until slippery feel is
gone.
 INGESTION
 Do not induce vomiting
 Rinse mouth out with water NOTE: The information herein is
 Drink large amounts of water & call for medical assistance given in good faith, but no warranty,
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) - AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
C40 KRAFT MILL CLEAN CONDENSATE To 11 barg (159.5 psig)

A- CONDENSATE (Clean) To 200°C (392F)
pH Range: 8 - 12
C41 KRAFT MILL FOUL CONDENSATE
B- CONDENSATE (Contaminated)
APPLICABLE CODE
C60 ALKALINE CONDENSATE ASME B31.3
(liquor coming from boiler scrubber). Normal Service

2½” -24” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

26” -36” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

Wall Thk: 7.92 mm



Wall Thk: To match pipe ASME B16.9



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” – 36” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
Type: Butt weld, to match pipe ASTM A105 HDG

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Conn: Threaded GR. 304L
Class: 150

BALL Material: 316 SS body, lever handle, teflon seats V-4451

Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS, swing, threaded cap V-3222A

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(Only if leakage could be Conn: Flanged
permitted, or amount of Class: 150
solids is important)
PLUG Material: SS 316 body & plug, teflon sleeve, lever V-6241
2½” - 3” operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
4” & Up Material: SS 316 body & plug, teflon sleeve, V-6241

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

2½” & Up metal seat, 316 SS springs
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication and erection of austenitic Standard 4S-02.01

stainless steel thin wall pressure piping
(for erection only)
Standard 4D-10.02
Instrument fittings for steel pipe
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
C40 KRAFT MILL CLEAN CONDENSATE To 11 barg (159.5 psig)

A- CONDENSATE (Clean) To 200°C (392F )
pH Range: 8 - 12
C42 KRAFT MILL FOUL CONDENSATE APPLICABLE CODE

C- CONDENSATE (Heavily Contaminated) ASME B31.3
Normal Service




2” & Less End Prep: Socket weld Gr. 316L



2½” -24” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
Type: Butt weld, Sch. 10S ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

BALL Material: Cast 316 SS, lever handle, mod. V-4121

2” & Less Teflon seals
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
GREEN LIQUOR 0 – 11 barg (0 – 160 psig)

L16 - Unclarified 4°C – 95°C (40 - 203F)
L17 - Clarified
pH Range: 9.5 - 11
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service


End Prep: Beveled End Gr. TP 304L

End Prep: Beveled End Gr. TP 304L



(See Note 2) End Prep: See Note 5 Gr. TP 304L


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2 ½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS Stub end HDG carbon ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
steel Lap joint flange ASTM A105 HDG

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

BALL Material: 316 SS, 3-piece full port, lever handle, V-4452
2” & Less metal seats
(for instruments thr. one Conn: Socket Weld
end) Class: 300
BALL Material: 316 SS metal seated, 4” & up gear V-4234

2½” & Up operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUCTIONS:
Standard 4S-20.01
Pipe line field erection, checking, testing and
NOTES:
3. Green liquor piping clean-outs shall be provided, with either of the following (project choice):
− Shall be flanged on one side of each elbow and approximately every 20 feet.
− 2” diameter nipple threaded one end c/w cap, can be welded to each elbow and tee.
4. All valves shall be line size.
02.01.
6. For de-scaling of green liquor lines, hot water and/or 60 psig steam purge connection shall be
added to piping system.

9. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
GREEN LIQUOR

 Green liquid
 STORAGE
 Vessels which have contained green liquor should be checked for hydrogen sulfide before entering

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION
 Rinse mouth out with water
 Drink large amounts of water & call for medical assistance NOTE: These Product Information
Sheets are provided as a general
guideline for fluid properties and
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) hazards, and are not intended to
replace formal Material Safety Data
 AVAILABLE ON REQUEST Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L01 WHITE LIQUOR To 10 barg (150 psig)

- Clarified To 93 °C (200F)
pH Range: 12 - 13.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service





UNIONS Material: SS, integral seats ASTM A182


2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS stub ends Type A MSS ASTM A403
length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. CR 304L
Type: Butt weld ASME B16.9

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

GATE Material: Cast 316 SS, OS & Y, split wedge, V-1221

2” & Up bolted bonnet
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS swing, Y-pattern, V-3222

Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast SS 316 OS & Y, bolted bonnet, V-1245

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: SS 316 body, 316 SS plates, metal to V-3230

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping (See Note 5)

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

6. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
WHITE LIQUOR - ALKALI

 White to golden colour solution
 STORAGE
 Vessels which have contained white liquor should be checked for hydrogen sulfide before entering

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION
 Rinse mouth out with water
 Drink large amounts of water & call for medical assistance NOTE: These Product Information
hazards, and are not intended to
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L01 WHITE LIQUOR 10 -16.5 barg (151 - 240 psig)

- Clarified 4°C – 121°C (40F - 250F)
pH Range: 12 - 13.5
(See Note 4)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service







2½” & 20” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends Type A MSS Type A403
(See Note 3 and 7) length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

GATE Material: Cast 316 SS, OS & Y, split wedge, V-1221X

2” & Less bolted bonnet
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS swing, bolted bonnet V-3222X

Class: 300
GATE Material: Cast SS 316 OS & Y, bolted bonnet, V-1245X

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CHECK Material: SS 316 body, plates & springs, metal V-3230X
2½” - 12” to metal seat
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping

NOTES:
4S-02.01.
time and no more than 100 hrs/yr. (ASME B31.1, paragraph 302.2.4).
6. All screwed valves/connections to be back welded. (Threaded joints which are to be back welded
7. Not use forged stainless steel flanges (WN or SO) for 2 ½” and up.
8. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION
 Do not induce vomiting NOTE: These Product Information
 Rinse mouth out with water Sheets are provided as a general
 Drink large amounts of water & call for medical assistance guideline for fluid properties and
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) - AVAILABLE ON REQUEST replace formal Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L03 WHITE LIQUOR 10 -16.5 barg (151 - 240 psig)

- Oxidized 4°C – 121°C (40F - 250F)
pH Range: 12 - 13.5
(See Note 4)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2½” & 20 Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312






(See Note 3) length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP316L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

GATE Material: Cast 316 SS, OS & Y, split wedge, V-1221X

2” & Less bolted bonnet
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS swing, bolted bonnet V-3222X

Class: 300
GATE Material: Cast SS 316 OS & Y, bolted bonnet, V-1245X

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CHECK Material: SS 316 body, plates & springs, metal V-3230X
2½” - 12” to metal seat
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping

NOTES:
4S-02.01.
7. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
Up to 28.6 barg
Up to 204°C
L08 Cooking Liquor
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Based on Andritz Spec. S1B.3.05 Category D Fluid Service


22” to 24” Wall Thk: 12 mm ASTM A778

16” to 32” Wall Thk: 16 mm Gr. TP 304L
34” to 40” Wall Thk: 20 mm D.S. 4S-02.01
End Prep: Beveled end


2½” – 20” Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A403

22” – 40” Material: Austenitic SS, fabricated ASTM A774

End Prep: Beveled end Gr. 304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

26” – 48” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end and Hot Dip ASTM A774 Gr. 304L stub end
Butt weld stub end D.S. 4S-02.01
Conn: To match pipe (stub end)

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Class: 300

piping.

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
28.6 barg
204°C
L11 Chip Liquor suspension
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Based on Andritz Spec. S1B.3.02



End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 304L Cl.2
Wall Thk: 0.5” (12.7mm) Longitudinal Seam

End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 304L Cl.2
Wall Thk: 0.625” (16 mm) Longitudinal Seam




MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-10.10 S1 0a

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000



Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Class: 300

piping.

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 6 barg (0 – 87 psig )
0 - 200°C
L10 BLACK LIQUOR – Spill from
Dump Tank in R.B. Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 10 - 13
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3








PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150

BALL Material: 316 SS, lever handle, reinforced PTFE V-4451

2” & Less seats
(Incl. Instr. connection) Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

piping.

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
L01 WHITE LIQUOR (BOOSTED) Up to 34.8 barg (505 psig)

- Clarified 4°C – 93°C (40F - 200F)
pH Range: 12 - 13.5
(See Note 3)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2 ½” to 16” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312





2½” & 16” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends Type A MSS ASTM A403
(See Note 2) length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP 304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Stainless Steel ASTM A182

Class: 3000

Conn: Socket Weld Gr. F304L
Type: Sockolets ASME B16.11
Class: 3000
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast stainless steel, 316 body & trim, V-1559
2” & Less O.S.& Y., rising stem, bolted bonnet
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
21/2” to 16” O.S.& Y., rising stem, bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
SWING CHECK Material: Cast stainless steel, 316 body & disc, V-3431
21/2” to 16” bolted cover
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
LIFT CHECK Material: Stainless Steel, 316 body & trim, V-3552
2” & Less bolted cap, Std Port
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
SWING CHECK Material: Stainless Steel, 316 body & trim V-3521
2” & Less End Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
BALL Material: All Stainless Steel, 316 body & ball, full V-4421
2” & Less port & 2-piece Teflon seat.
End Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
2” & Less port and 3-piece, Teflon seat.
End Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600

NOTES:
2. The end prep. for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Para. 7.5 of design standard 4S-
02.01.
6. DELETED.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L03 WHITE LIQUOR (BOOSTED) Up to 34.8 barg (505 psig)

- Oxidized 4°C – 93°C (40F - 200F)
pH Range: 12 - 13.5
(See Note 3)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service







PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
Class: 600
End Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
Class: 600

NOTES:
02.01.
6. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L01 WHITE LIQUOR (BOOSTED) Up to 35 barg (508 psig)

- Clarified 4°C – 210°C (40F - 410F)
pH Range: 12 - 13.5
(See Note 3)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service







PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast stainless steel, 316 body & trim, V-1559X
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast stainless steel, 316 body & trim, V-1441X
Conn: Flanged
Class: 600
SWING CHECK Material: Cast stainless steel, 316 body & disc, V-3431X
Conn: Flanged
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
Class: 600
End Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
Class: 600

NOTES:
02.01.
6. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
BLACK LIQUOR - HEAVY 0 – 13.8 barg

L60 - from R.B. mix tank to evaporators 10 – 204°C
L61 - from evaporators to R.B. mix tank pH Range: 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal service

½” - 1 ½” End Prep: Plain end UNS S32205 welded
2” - 30” Material: 2205 Duplex ASTM A790





½” – 1 ½” Conn: Socket weld Gr. F60
2” - 24” Material: 2205 Duplex stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A815
ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal
GATE Material: Forged Duplex 2205 Steel, OS & Y, V-1555

2” & Less bolted bonnet split wedge, lockable
(for Steam Purge only) Conn: Socket Weld
(see Note 7) Class: 600
(for steam purge)
CHECK Material: Forged Duplex 2205 steel, piston Y V-3555

2” & Less pattern, bolted bonnet
(See Note 3) Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PLUG Material: Duplex 2205 steel, Full port, lever V-6242
1/2” to 3” handle, Teflon seats for high
temperature, free of cavities
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
4” & Up Material: Duplex 2205 steel, Full port, Gear V-6242

operator, Teflon seats for high
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTES:
2. Line size shall not be less than 3” dia. except for instrument connections, steam purge connections
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.
6. Black liquor piping systems with greater than 65% solids shall have pipe bends with a radius of 3
times the nominal diameter (no miters), or as indicated on isometric.
7. All valves installed must have a provision to be lock-able in the field for safety isolation. The valve
supplier shall provide this locking device with the valve.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
11. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
BLACK LIQUOR

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
BLACK LIQUOR - HEAVY 0 – 16 barg (0 - 232 psig)

L60 - from R.B. mix tank to evaporators 65°C – 204°C (150F - 400F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” - 2” End Prep: Plain end UNS S32205, welded
2½” - 30” Material: 2205 Duplex ASTM A790

End Prep: Beveled end UNS S32205, welded

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded UNS S32205, welded



2½” - 24” Material: 2205 Duplex stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A815
ASME B16.5

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal

(for steam purge)

Class: 600

(include instrument conn.) temperature, free of cavities
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTES:
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.
11. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
BLACK LIQUOR

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L62 BLACK LIQUOR - Firing 0 – 16 barg (0 - 232 psig)

- 70% & Higher Solids 65°C – 204°C (150F - 400F)
pH Range: 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service






ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal
REF: SPEC D4B.1.01

ANDRITZ

(for steam purge)

Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
INSTRUCTIONS:

NOTES:
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
11. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
BLACK LIQUOR

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 EYE CONTACT
 SKIN CONTACT
gone.
 INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
C01 CONDENSATE To 12 barg (174 psig)

Live steam, Low pressure To 200°C (392F)
pH Range: Pend.
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service







2½” – 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
Type: Butt weld, Sch. 10S ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 150


Conn: Threaded (only special cases)
Class: 150
BALL Material: 316 SS body, lever handle, teflon seats V-4451

Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast 316 SS, swing, threaded cap V-3222A

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(Only if leakage could be Conn: Flanged
permitted, or amount of Class: 150
solids is important)
PLUG Material: SS 316 body & plug, teflon sleeve, lever V-6241
2½” - 3” operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication and erection of austenitic Standard 4S-02.01

stainless steel thin wall pressure piping
(for erection only)
Standard 4D-10.02
Instrument fittings for steel pipe
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 10 barg (0 to 145 psig)
L02 CAUSTICIZER LIQUOR - 10% Solids 4°C – 100°C (40F - 212F)
M30 WHITE LIQUOR SLUDGE - 20% - 40% Solids
LIME DUST SLURRY - Kiln Scrubber Recirculating pH Range: 12 - 13.5
System (Oil Fired Kilns only)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


End Prep: Beveled end TP 304L



UNIONS Material: SS ASTM A182


2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
Conn: Butt weld, Sch. 10S ASTM A105 HDG
Class: 150 ANSI B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

2” & Less End Conn: Threaded Gr. F304L
Class: 3000

End Conn: Threaded Gr. 304L
Class: 150


Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, bolted bonnet, V-1221

Conn: Threaded
Class: 150 (purge connections only)
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing Y-pattern, V-3222

Conn: Threaded
Class: 150 (purge connections only)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PLUG Material: 316 SS body & plug, teflon sleeve, V-6241
2½” & 3” lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
4” & Up Material: 316 SS body & plug, teflon sleeve, V-6241

gear operator
Conn Flanged
Class: 150

piping (See Note 4)

and flanges

2. Causticized liquor piping clean-outs shall be provided, with either of the following (project choice):
 Shall be flanged on one side of each elbow and approximately every 20 feet.
 2” diameter nipple threaded one end c/w cap, can be welded to each elbow and tee.
4. Not Applicable
5. The wall thickness specified in Design Standard 4S-02.01 does not apply.
6. Vanstone rings shall have a minimum thickness equal to the pipe wall.
7. Includes the use of swaged nipples in any combination of ends within the confines of this Class Sheet.
8. The end prep. for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of Design Standard 4S-
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
M23 LIME DUST 0 to 10 barg

4 – 400°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: Schedule XS

2½” – 24” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234, WPB

Wall Thk: Sch. STD

Class: 300

Class 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000


Class: 300

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300

1” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
handle
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID NOMENCLATURE SERVICE DESIGN CONDITIONS
0 – 10 barg (0 – 150 psig)
-18°C – 100°C (0 – 212 °F)
pH Range:
M30 LIME MUD (washed) 11 - 12
- 20% to 40% Solids
M40 GREEN LIQUOR DREGS 10 - 12
M41 GREEN LIQUOR SLUDGE 10 - 12
- 10% Solids
TALL OIL SLUDGE
M23 LIME DUST SLURRY - KILN SCRUBBER 8 - 10
RECIRCULATING SYSTEM (Gas Fired Kilns
Only)
W28 WEAK WASH
LIME MUD FILTRATE 10 - 11
RECAUST VACUUM PIPING
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3







PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
MSS length with CS HDG Class MSS SP-43
150 lap joint flange ASTM A105 HDG
Conn: Butt weld, Sch.10S ANSI B16.5
Class: 150

fluido y aislación

Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 150


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: 316 SS, 3-piece full port lever V-4452

2” & Less handle, Metal Seat
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 300
2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316 metal seated, lever V-4234**

operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

(Purge Connections Only) Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, bolted bonnet, V-1245*

split wedge
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: All SS 316 body & trim, swing V-3451

(Purge Connections Only) Class: 300
2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316 body, bolted cover, swing V-3244*
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast SS, 316 body rising stem, OS & V-2221*
2” & Less Y, disc plug
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316 body, rising stem, OS & V-2241*
Y, disc plug
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping.

NOTES:
2. Piping system clean-outs shall be provided with either of the following (project choice):
02.01.
Sheet. See design standard 4D-03.02.
6. Valves marked thus * to be used for the following fluids only: weak wash, lime mud filtrate and
recaust vacuum piping.
7. Valves marked thus ** to be used for lime mud piping.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
M25 LIME MILK 0 – 16 barg

65 – 110°C
pH Range: 10 - 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

½” - 2” End Prep: Plain end UNS S31803 C/C

End Prep: Beveled end UNS S31803 C/C

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded UNS S31803 C/C



ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal

Class: 150

split wedge
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Flanged
Conn: 150
Class:
BALL Material: Cast SS, 316 body rising stem, OS & Y, V-XXXX*
2” & Less disc plug
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316 body, rising stem, OS & Y, V-XXXX*
disc plug
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
PLUG Material: SS 316, teflon sleeve, lever operator V-6241

2½” - 3” Flanged
Conn: 150
Class:
4” & Up Material: SS 316, teflon sleeve, gear operator V-6241

Flanged
Conn: 150
Class:
INSTRUCTIONS:


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID NOMENCLATURE SERVICE DESIGN CONDITIONS
0 – 10 barg (0 – 150 psig)

-17°C – 120°C (0 – 248 °F )
M60 ASH SLURRY - SLUDGE pH Range: 10 - 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3








PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A ASTM A403 Gr. WP316L
MSS length with CS HDG Class MSS SP-43
150 lap joint flange ASTM A105 HDG
Conn: Butt weld, Sch.10S ANSI B16.5
Class: 150

fluido y aislación

Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 150


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: 316 SS, 3-piece full port lever V-4452

2” & Less handle, Metal Seat
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 300

Class: 150
2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, bolted bonnet, V-1245

split wedge
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316 body, bolted cover, swing V-3244
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast SS, 316 body rising stem, OS & V-2221
2” & Less Y, disc plug
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316 body, rising stem, OS & V-2241
Y, disc plug
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
2. Piping system clean-outs shall be provided with either of the following (project choice):
02.01.
Sheet. See design standard 4D-03.02.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
M60 ASH SLURRY (Sludge) 0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)

4°C – 60°C (40F - 140F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
PIPE Material: Nuvaloy pipe, plain end, United Conveyor Corp.

4” max. 5” o/d x 4” 1/d x 18’ - 0” long,
5.00” O.D. x 4.00”
ID Brinell hardness 285/400
Weight: 25 lbs/ft
ELBOWS Material: Durite, long radius 90 & 45 United Conveyor Corp.
4” Durite “C”, 350/400 BHN, bevel ends
CONNECTORS Material: Plain end to plain end pipe connector, United Conveyor Corp.
4” locking type
4” Material: Bevel to plain end pipe connector United Conveyor Corp.
NOTES: 1. Installation of pipe & fittings shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Pipe can be field cut with an abrasive cut-off saw.
3. Fitting to fitting connections are made on integrally cast bevel end with split flanges and a rubber
gasket.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K74 SALTCAKE SLURRY 0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)

(Sodium Sulphate (Na2SO4) in solution) 0 – 100°C (32°F - 212°F)
pH Range: 7 - 8
K73 Sodium Sulphate solution, alcaline
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service




2½” & 24” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403


(See Note 3) length with CS HDG Class 150 lap Gr. WP316L
joint flange ASME B16.9
Conn: Butt weld, Sch 10S ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 16 Nov 1998
aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

BALL Material: 316 SS, with lever handle, teflon seats V-4121
(Instr. Conn. Only) Class: 150
2½” – 10” Material: 316

316SSSS,
body
with&lever
ball, handle,
Teflon seat
teflon
& seats V-4242
seals,
Threaded
Conn: Flanged
150
Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast SS 316 OS & Y, bolted bonnet, V-1245

2½” – 8” split wedge
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316 body, rising stem OS & Y, V-2241
2½” – 10” disc plug
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

2½” – 10” check
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping (See Note 5)

02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G50 NON-CONDENSIBLE GASES -30” Hg - 150 psig

(Noxious Emissions) (Full Vacuum – 10 barg)
Stripper Off-Gases Up to 400F (204°C)
High Concentration
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
C42 KRAFT MILL FOUL CONDENSATE Normal Service

C- CONDENSATE (Heavily Contaminated)
Use for vacuum service cases, if not use
4C-10.04 S2.


(see note 6) End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 316L




FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS lap joint stub ends, with ASTM A403
2½” -24” CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP 316L
(See Note 2) Type: Butt weld, Sch.10S ASME B16.9
ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 1000


(Only special cases) Class: 150
BALL Material: 316 SS body, lever handle, teflon V-4451

2” & Less seats
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast Iron body & SS316 disc, Viton V-9239
2½” & Up seat,
(Only G50) 6” & less: lever operator
Conn: 8” & up: gear operator
Class: Flanged (Wafer)
150
2½” & Up Material: SS 316 body & disc, RTFE and resilent V-9243
(for use in corrosive energizer seat,
environment) 6” & less: lever operator
(Only for G50) 8” & up: gear operator
Conn: Flanged (Wafer)
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping (See Note 5)

02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4. For information on Safe Handling and First Aid instructions, see attachment.
7. DELETED.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
NON-CONDENSABLE
GASES - G50
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 Colourless gas - yellow fluid with a noxious odour in concentrated form (cabbage-like or rotten eggs)
 STORAGE
 Incompatible with many materials including strong oxidizers, metals & strong acid
 When heated to decomposition, it emits toxic oxides of sulphur

 Evacuate persons not wearing protective equipment from leak or spill area
 Remove all ignition sources
 Ventilate area of spill or leak
 Stop flow of gas or liquid
 FIRE HAZARD
 Mixture is heavier than air and may travel a considerable distance to source of ignition and flash back. It forms
explosive mixtures with air over a wide range.
 Do not enter a chest, tank, digester, evaporator or other equipment or confined space that has contained pulp or white,
green or black liquor until it has been tested for the presence of gases
 Provide adequate general and local exhaust ventilation
 For non-routine or emergency exposure, use self-contained breathing apparatus with full face piece operated in pressure
demand or other positive pressure mode
 Avoid inhalation of vapours
 Avoid contact with eyes or skin
 Eyewash stations should be readily accessible in areas where exposures may occur
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 Exposure to high concentration is lethal, causing respiratory paralysis

 Remove to fresh air at once and call for medical aid
 If breathing is laboured, give oxygen
 If breathing has stopped, give artificial respiration

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 EYE CONTACT
 Immediately wash eyes with large amounts of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting lids occasionally
 If irritation is present after washing, get medical attention
 SKIN CONTACT
 Wash affected area immediately with water

 Remove contaminated clothing promptly
 Get medical help if irritation or burns are present after washing
 INGESTION
 Not applicable (not likely to occur)
NOTE: These Product Information

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G70 Air – Vacuum system -0.8 to 5 barg

Up to 150°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: Schedule 5S (see Note 5)
26” – 36” Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) (see Note 5) ASTM A778
38” – 42” Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) (see Note 5) Gr. TP304L
D.S. 4S-02.01




End Prep: See Note 4 & 5 Gr. TP 304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

20” & Up Material: Austenitic SS Vanstone ring; Type 304L, D. S. 4S-02.02

(light weights)

aislación

aislación
Type:
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 150
HOSE ASSEMBLY FOR:
pipe OD

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
to fit pipe OD


2” & Less seats
Class: 125

2½” - 6” back, Buna ‘N’ seat & ‘O’ ring seals,
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

8” - 36” back, Buna ‘N’ seat and ‘O’ ring seals,
gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

and flanges

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
NOMENCLATURE SERVICE
NON-CONDENSABLE GASES -0.2 to 0.2 barg
G51 Low Concentration (Low Pressure) Up to 100°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2½” – 20” End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 304L

Wall Thk: 0.188” (4.78 mm) (see note 3) Design Standard 4S-02.01

FITTINGS Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403

2½” – 20” Conn: Butt weld Gr. TP 304L

FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS stub end and HDG ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
2½” – 20” carbon steel lap joint flange ASME B16.9
22” - 48” Material: Austenitic SS Vanstone ring and Type 304L

HDG mild steel back up flange Design Standard 4S-02.02
Conn: Butt weld ASTM A240 & A479
Class: 125 / 150 ASTM A285, Gr. C HDG
(according to design, AWWA C207
Class B flanges can be used)

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 1000
LUBRICANTS Type: Graphite calcium fluoride base, Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize


2½” & Up seat,
6” & less: lever operator
150
150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping


and flanges
02.01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K44 CAUSTIC SODA: 73% 0 - 8.6 barg (0-125 psig)

62°C min. to 85°C
(145 min. to 185F)
pH Range: 13
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Nickel, seamless ASTM B161

8” & Less End Prep: Beveled end Gr. 200 Annealed
NIPPLES Material: Nickel ASTM B161

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded Gr. 200 Annealed
FITTINGS Material: Nickel, seamless ASTM B366

8” & Less Conn: Butt weld Gr. WPN
Wall Thk: Schedule 10 ASME B16.9
FLANGES Material: Nickel stub end Type A MSS length ASTM B366
8” & Less with carbon steel lap joint flange Gr. WPN
Thk: Schedule 10 ASME B16.5
Class: 150

aislación

Class: aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Nickel ASTM B366
2” & Less Conn: Threaded Gr. WPN
Class: 150
for threads & bolts or approved equal

Class: 150 (Incl. Instr. Conn.)
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 swing, threaded cap V-3222

Class: 150
2½” & Up Material: SS 316 body, springs & plates, metal V-3230
to metal seat
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
PLUG Material: SS 316 body & plug, teflon sleeve, V-6241

2½” - 3” lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS: Pipe line field erection, checking, testing and Standard 4S-20.01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2. Shop fabricated, nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ASME B31.3, Paragraph 304.3.3.
3. Pipe lines containing 73% caustic soda solutions are to be heat-traced where fluid temperatures can
be expected to drop below 65.5°C(150F). Electric heat-tracing is recommended in the form of self-
regulating heating tape.
If possible, the entire piping system should be designed to be free-draining. Otherwise, capped drain
valves shall be installed at the lowest point in the system to facilitate maintenance.
4. For information on Safe Handling and First Aid instructions, see attachment(s).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
CAUSTIC SODA - NaOH

COMMERCIAL GRADE - PPW
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 Colourless to slightly coloured - no odour
 STORAGE
 Keep containers closed and sealed
 General ventilation

 Only trained and properly protected personnel should be involved in spill clean-up operations
 Acting cautiously, small spills should be carefully flushed with water
 Dilute acid, preferably acetic acid, may be used to neutralize only the final traces of caustic after flushing
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Disposal of caustic soda must be made in a manner approved by Regulatory Agencies
 IF REPIRATORY IRRITATION IS EXPERIENCED
 Use an approved air-purifying respirator
 SKIN PROTECTION
 Use protective clothing
 EYE PROTECTION
 Use chemical goggles
 Use full face shield in addition to goggles
 Maintain nearby:
 Eye wash fountain
 Safety shower
FIRST AID
 FOR INGESTION
 If conscious, give large amount of water or milk
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYE & SKIN
 Wash for 30 minutes
 CALL FOR MEDICAL ASSISTANCE
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) Sheets are provided as a general
 AVAILABLE ON REQUEST guideline for fluid properties and
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K44 / K45 CAUSTIC SODA: (Boosted) 1% - 50% 0 - 9 barg (0 - 130 psig)

21°C -85°C (70F - 185F)
pH Range: 13 - 14
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service



(instr. only) Wall Thk: Schedule 40S

2½” & Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. F304L


1 ½” – 2” Type: Socket weld Gr. F304L
2 ½” – 12” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A ASTM A182

MSS length with CS HDG Lap joint fge Gr. F304L
Thk: Schedule 10S A105 HDG

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: aislación

2” & Less Conn: Threaded F304L
Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 150
BALL Material: 316 SS lever handle, teflon seats V-4121

Class: 150 (Instr. Conn. only)
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, O S & Y, plug disc V-2250

Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing, bolted bonnet V-3251

Class: 150
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast SS 316 body, O S & Y, split V-1245

3” & Less wedge,bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, O S & Y, bolted bonnet V-2241

Class: 150
CHECK Material: SS 316 body & plates, metal to metal V-3230

2½” & Up seat, SS springs
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PLUG Material: SS 316 body & plug, teflon sleeves, V-6241
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping
NOTES:
2. All threaded valves/connections to be back-welded. Threaded joints that are to be back-weldedshall

be made up without any thread compounds.
3. The wall thickness specified in Specification 4S-02.01 does not apply.
See Typical Detail 4D-03.02
5. The end preparation for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of Specification
4S-02.01.
7. Pipe lines containing 50% caustic soda solutions are to be heat-traced where fluid temperatures can
be expected to drop below 15.5°C (60F). Electric heat-tracing is recommended in the form of self-
If possible, the entire piping system should be designed to be free-draining. Otherwise, capped drain
valves shall be installed at the lowest point in the system to facilitate maintenance.
8. For use on applications where iron-free solutions are an absolute requirement, e.g.
hydrogenperoxide bleach preparation.
10. DELETED.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
CAUSTIC SODA
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 Colourless to slightly coloured - no odour
 STORAGE
 Keep containers closed and sealed
 General ventilation

 Only trained and properly protected personnel should be involved in spill clean-up operations
 Acting cautiously, small spills should be carefully flushed with water
 Dilute acid, preferably acetic acid, may be used to neutralize only the final traces of caustic after flushing
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Disposal of caustic soda must be made in a manner approved by Regulatory Agencies
 IF REPIRATORY IRRITATION IS EXPERIENCED
 SKIN PROTECTION
 EYE PROTECTION
 Use chemical goggles
 Use full face shield in addition to goggles
 Maintain nearby:
 Eye wash fountain
 Safety shower
FIRST AID
 FOR INGESTION
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYE & SKIN
 Wash for 30 minutes
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K27** STRONG SLURRY 10% Ca(OH)2 (See Notes 6 & 7) 0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)
K27** DILUTE SLURRY 3.7% Ca(OH)2 (See Notes 6 & 7) 4 – 65°C (40F - 150F)
(Before Dilute Slurry Storage Tank) pH Range: 9 - 12.5
SODIUM CHLORIDE (Brine)
SEPARAN NP 10
SODIUM SILICATE APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded Gr. B Type E
2½” & Up Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A53

End Prep: Beveled end Gr. B Type E

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded Gr. B Type E
Wall Thk: Extra strong
FITTINGS Material: Malleable iron ASTM A197 or

2” & Less Conn: Threaded ASTM A47 Gr. 32510


2” & Less Conn: Threaded, iron to iron, ground joint ASTM A47 Gr. 32510

2½” & Up Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9

All Sizes Type: SO or WN ASTM B16.5
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 2 Agosto 2002
aislación

Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
GATE Material: Cast iron, all iron V-1211

GLOBE Material: Cast iron, all iron V-2211

Class: 125

Class: 300

Class: 125
CHECK Material: Cast iron, all iron, swing V-3131

Class: 125

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

Instrument connection for steel pipe Standard 4D-10.02
3. Strong slurry piping clean-outs shall be provided, with either of the following (project choice):
5. For information on Safe Handling and First Aid instructions for Separan NP10, see attachment(s).
6. DELETED
7. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SEPARAN NP10 - POLYMER
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 GENERAL WARNING
 Mild eye and skin irritant
 Avoid dust inhalation
 Low oral toxicity
 For disposal:
 to bury, use approved landfill site
 to burn, use approved incinerator
 do not dispose in natural water resources
 STORAGE
 Store indoors and in moisture free area

 Use safety glasses, shoes, protective clothing and gloves
 Use sand and sawdust to contain - do not use water (too slippery)
 FIRE
 Use CO2, foam or dry chemicals
 If water is used - be cautious of slippery conditions
 SKIN PROTECTION
 Avoid frequent and excessive exposure
 Wear protective gloves, boots and clothing
 EYE PROTECTION
 Wear safety glasses
 INHALATION
 Use dust respirator when sweeping dust
FIRST AID
 FOR SKIN
 Wash with soap and water
 FOR EYES
 Flush repeatedly with low pressure flowing water
 FOR INHALATION
 Give artificial respiration if not breathing
 Get immediate medical attention
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 12 barg
4 - 100°C
pH Range:
K48 SODIUM BISULFITE =4-5
K48 SODIUM BISULFITE 10% =4-5
K52 SODIUM HYDROSULFITE =5-8
BOROL = 12 - 13
K87 SULFUR DIOXIDE SOLUTION (0 - 10%) (SO2)** = 1.5 - 6
SODIUM SULFITE (Na2SO3) = 7 - 10
ZINC HYDROSULFITE =3
K81 NITRIC ACID (5% - 10%)** = 1.5
K84 SULFAMIC ACID (10%)** = 1.0 - 1.5
K62 SODIUM CHLORATE (NaClO3)** =7-9
K85 FORMIC ACID (HCO2H) = 2.1
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2½” - 6” Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A312






PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 6” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
length with CS HDG Lap Joint Fge Gr. WP316L
Thk: Schedule 10S ASTM A105 HDG

aislación

Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

CHLORATE UNLOADING Material: Nitrile tube with high tensile textile Goodall ‘Newtype’
HOSE braid, helix wire reinforcement and Spec. N1470
4” & 6” neoprene cover
CHLORATE HOSE Material: Stainless pipe nipples (plain end) for Type 316 Dixon ‘King’
FITTINGS straight end hose, fitted both ends of combination
4” & 6” hose with cadmium plated MI double or approved equal
bolt clamps Dixon ‘King’ hose clamps
4” dia. - 1 clamp required or approved equal
6” dia. - 2 clamps required
CHLORATE HOSE Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
FLANGES length with CS HDG Lap Joint Fge Gr. WP316L
4” & 6” Conn: Butt weld MSS SP-43
Thk: ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
150

2” & Less seats
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, plug disc V-2250

Class: 150

Class: 300
WEDGE GATE Material: Cast SS 316 body, OS & Y, split V-1245

(Only if PTFE is not Conn: Flanged
recommended) Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, bolted bonnet V-2241

(Only if PTFE is not Class: 150
recommended)
CHECK Material: SS 316 body, 316 tilt disc V-3242

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

pressure piping

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
4. For information on Safe Handling and First Aid Instructions, see the following attachments:
Sodium Hydrosulfite - Na2S2O4

Sulfur Dioxide - SO2 Liquid or Gas
Nitric Acid - HNO3
Sulfamic Acid - solid and solution
Sodium chlorate - NaClO3
Formic Acid – CH2O2 - See Safety DS for NU - 1779
02.01.
6. Equipment, valves, fittings and pipe that handle sodium chlorate, shall be disassembled and cleaned
in tri-chlor-ethylene or chlorothene in order to remove any grease or oil.
7. DELETED
8. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SODIUM BOROHYDRIDE (BOROL) - NaBH4
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 White hygroscopic powder - may have slight odour of amine
 STORAGE
 Do not store in glass containers
 Store in original container
 Keep containers tightly closed in a dry, well ventilated area
 Do not store near acids or oxidizers
 SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURE

 Cover with dolomite, sweep up
 Wash area and equipment in well ventilated area
 Keep from entering drains
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Put material in an approved container
 Dispose of at an approved hazardous waste facility
 Wear chemical safety goggles and/or full face shield
 Wear rubber gloves
 Wear approved dust respirator
 An eyewash and quick drench shower should be nearby and ready for use
FIRST AID
 FOR INHALATION
 Severe irritant to respiratory system
 If conscious - rinse mouth out with water
 Call physician
 FOR EYES
 Severe burns
 Immediately flush eyes with large amount of water at least 15 minutes including under eyelids
 Call physician
 FOR SKIN
 Causes caustic burns
 Remove contaminated clothing and wash affected area with water
 FOR INGESTION
 Gas embolism (due to formation of hydrogen gas) - corrosive to
digestive tract
 Contact physician Sheets are provided as a general
Sheets (MSDS)
PRODUCT NAME

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NITRIC ACID - HNO3
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING - NITRIC ACID IS

 Extremely corrosive
 Causes spontaneous ignition when in contact with organic materials
 Strongly oxidizing

 Colourless to light brown, acrid odour
 STORAGE
 Store drums of nitric acid in cool, ventilated place, away from organic materials, heat or sunlight, chemicals and
readily oxidizable materials
 Inspect drums for leakage or damage before moving
 Loading/unloading should be conducted by trained personnel
 Loosen closures carefully

 Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus if necessary
 Evacuate area - keep upwind until gas has dispersed
 Dyke with inert material (sand, earth, not sawdust)
 Flush with plenty of water and neutralize with lime or soda ash
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 If approved, drain neutralized washings to a waste treatment plant or transfer to a disposal contractor
 Do not flush before neutralizing
 Adequate ventilation
 Washing facilities should be nearby
 Wear:
 goggles or eye-shields
 PVC gloves and boots
 brim hat
 neoprene or plastic clothing
 trouser legs should be outside the boots
 Use contained breathing apparatus when there is danger of fumes
 Rescue harness and life line should be used when entering a tank or enclosed storage space
FIRST AID
 GET MEDICAL HELP IMMEDIATELY
 FOR INHALATION
 Remove to ventilated area
 Administer oxygen, if breathing is laboured
 Give artificial respiration, if breathing stops
 FOR SKIN
 Wash areas with large quantity of water for at least 20 minutes

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 FOR EYES
 Flush with running water for at least 20 minutes, continue if necessary
 Call for medical help
 FOR INGESTION
 If conscious, drink large amount of water or milk

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SULFUR DIOXIDE (SO2) - LIQUID & GAS
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 Colourless liquid/compressed gas
 Pungent, irritating odour

 At temperatures above 14F, SO2 will be a gas
 If possible, move leaking container so gas leaks rather than liquid
 If safe to do so, transfer leaking container out of doors
 Vent escaping gas into a dilute caustic soda solution
 SO2 gas is heavier than air - do not allow gas to collect in low or enclosed spaces
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

 Approved-type gas masks
 Rubber suit, gloves, boots and acid proof goggles
 AVOID INHALING
 PREVENT CONTACT WITH BODY TISSUES
 FOR REPAIR
 No repair to start until section is purged with water and air.
 SO2 CYLINDERS
 Should not be subjected to stresses or shocks
 Valve protection caps should be in place at all times
 Never allow cylinders in the sun or to reach a temperature exceeding 125F
 Secure in an upright position
 LEAKS CAN BE DETERMINED BY

 Pungent odour
 Dense white fumes when in contact with ammonia vapour
 FIRST AID
 FOR INGESTION (of liquid)

 If conscious, rinse mouth with water and give at least 2 glasses of water
 FOR INHALATION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 Remove into fresh warm air
 Elevate head and shoulders slightly
 Resist the urge to cough
 Give artificial respiration if breathing stops
 FOR EYES
 Hold lid open and flush with water
 Open lid and close rapidly for 15 minutes while washing
 FOR SKIN
 Strip saturated clothing
 Flood affected areas with water
 Apply sterile gauze dressings


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SULFAMIC ACID - SOLID OR SOLUTION
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING - SULFAMIC ACID IS:

 Odourless
 May be harmful, irritant to eyes and skin
 In solution, it is oxidizing and corrosive
 STORAGE
 Should be stored in cool, dry area
 PERSONNEL PROTECTION
 For eyes - wear protective goggles
 For skin - wear rubber gloves and clothing
FIRST AID
 FOR INGESTION
 If conscious, give large quantity of water
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYES
 Immediately flush with large quantity of water for 15 minutes
 FOR SKIN
 Flush with large quantity of water


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SODIUM HYDROSULFITE - NA2S2O4
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 Flammable, can cause ignition when exposed to air and moisture
 Considered “moderately toxic”

 White powder - strong SO2 odour
 STORAGE
 Keep in sealed dry drums
 Unsprinklered storage is advisable
 If an opened drum is smoking and hot to touch:
 vent the lid with fire axe
 move drum out
 empty drum
 flood material with water
 contain and treat all contained water

 Sweep up - avoid generating dust
 Wear self-contained breathing apparatus
 Place dry material into waterproof containers
 Dissolve moist product in large amount of water
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Incinerate in an approved facility
 Self-contained breathing equipment must be used when handling
 Heavy, heat resistance gloves and clothing must be worn when handling burning drums
FIRST AID
 GET MEDICAL HELP IMMEDIATELY
 FOR INGESTION
 If conscious, give water or milk
 Keep patient warm and quiet until medical help arrives
 FOR EYES
 Wash with large quantity of water, or wash with 2% sodium bicarbonate solution

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR SKIN
 Wash areas with large quantity of water


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SODIUM SULFITE - NA2SO3
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 White fine crystals or powder
 STORAGE
 Keep in well closed containers in a cool place
 Avoid breathing dust
 Wash thoroughly after handling

 Sweep up spills into a localized area
 Add equal volume of soda ash and dilute with to obtain slurry
 Add calcium hypochlorite with caution
 Dilute and neutralize with 6M-HCL or 6M-NaOH
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Dispose through a waste treatment plant if local environmental regulations permit
 Wear rubber gloves, safety glasses and approved working clothes
 Work in hood or wear a respirator
 Do not wear contact lenses
FIRST AID
 FOR INHALATION
 Remove from exposure
 FOR SKIN
 Wash exposed area thoroughly with water
 Wash contaminated clothing before re-use
 FOR EYES
 Flush thoroughly with water for 15 minutes
 If irritation persists, seek medical attention
 FOR INGESTION
 Seek medical attention
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SODIUM CHLORATE - NaClO2
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 Colourless and odourless
 STORAGE
 Keep container tightly closed
 Store separately and away from flammable and combustible materials
 Explosive when mixed with combustible materials

 Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled materials
 With clean shovel, carefully place material into clean, dry container
 Remove from area
 Flush spill area with water
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Wear rubber gloves and chemical safety goggles
 In case of fire, wear proper protective equipment and self-contained breathing apparatus with full face-piece operated in
positive pressure mode.
FIRST AID
 FOR INHALATION
 If not breathing, give artificial respiration
 If breathing is difficult, give oxygen
 FOR EYES
 Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
 FOR SKIN
 Flush skin with water
 FOR INGESTION
 Call a physician
 If conscious, give large amount of water and induce vomiting by
touching finger to back of throat NOTE: These Product Information
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) guideline for fluid properties and
 AVAILABLE ON REQUEST hazards, and are not intended to
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
DRY CHLORINE (Cl2) 20.6 barg (0 - 300 psig)

K30 - Liquid -28°C – 71°C (-20F - 160F )
G25 - Gas
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

¾” - 2” End Prep: Plain end Gr. B

6” Wall Thk: Schedule 40

2” & Less Conn: Threaded Gr. B
FITTINGS Material: Carbon steel ASTM A105

¾” - 2” Conn: Socket weld ASME B16.11

WELDOLETS Material: Carbon steel ASTM A105

6” & Less Wall Thk: To match pipe ASME B16.9

All Sizes Type: Weld neck or slip on ASME B16.5
Class: 300
NOTE: Bore to suit pipe ID of weld neck flange

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
UNLOADING COPPER Material: Soft copper water tubing ASTM B88, Type K
COIL (Complete) Conn: Solder
½” - 1½”
(See Note 11)
½” - 1½” Material: Wrought copper female X NPT male ASTM B75

adapter
Conn: Solder
COIL FLANGES Material: Forged CS with large tongue & groove ASTM A181
½” - 1½” facing (Gylon gasket) ASME B16.9
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300
SOLDER Material: Silver brazing alloy, containing no tin
UNLOADING HOSE Material: Monel corrugated hose with double Allied Metal Hose Co.
(Complete) monel wire braid & SS interlocked Long Island City, N.Y.
½” - 1½” casing, schedule 80 monel male ‘Chlor Flex’ or Goodall C.T.H.
nipples (to conform to Cl2 institute
spec.)
Conn: Threaded

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HOSE FLANGES Material: Forged CS with large tongue & groove ASTM A181
½” - 1½” facing (Gylon gasket) ASME B16.9
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300
LUBRICANTS Type: Air drying, molybdenum disulfide base, Fel-Pro moly dry film
solid film for threads or approved equal
Type: Graphite, calcium fluoride base, Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize

BALL Material: CS with modified teflon seats & monel V-4411

½” - 2” trim
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300
NEEDLE GLOBE Material: Barstock steel (Chlorine Alarm Tank V-7807

1” & Less only)
Conn: Threaded
Class: 3000
GLOBE Material: Cast steel body, bolted bonnet OS & V-2442

½” - 4” Y, Hastelloy ‘C’ stem, monel seat &
disc, teflon insert & packing
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
PLUG Material: CS body with Monel plug, TFE sleeve V-6436

½” - 8” ½” - 4”: lever operator
6” - 8”: gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
CHLORINE SAFETY RELIEF SYSTEM TO CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING:

(Note: System to be supplied with tab indicating combined capacity factor of units)
SAFETY RELIEF Material: Cast steel body, Hastelloy ‘C’ seat & V-8436
2½” & Up disc, Viton ‘O’ ring, bellow seal
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300 inlet, 150 outlet

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INLET RUPTURE DISC Material: Carbon steel safety head c/w excess BS & B
ASSEMBLY flow valve assembly & pressure gauge SRB-7RS
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
INLET DISC Material: Reverse buckling rupture disc, nickel BS & B

with teflon liner process side S-90
OUTLET RUPTURE DISC Material: Carbon steel, safety head BS & B

ASSEMBLY Conn: Flanged SRB-7RS
Class: 150
OUTLET DISC Material: Reverse buckling rupture disc, nickel BS & B

with teflon protector vent side S-90
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication and erection of carbon and ferritic steel Standard 4S-01.01
pressure piping
Pipe line erection, testing and cleaning specification Standard 4S-20.01
2. Flanged joints shall be used instead of unions.
3. Equipment valves, fittings and pipe that handle dry chlorine, shall be disassembled and cleaned in
Tri-Chlor-Ethylene or Chlorothene in order to remove any grease or oil.
4. Drying & Testing:
 Chlorine systems shall be steam cleaned. Valves with teflon components shall be removed
during the steam cleaning operation.
 Chlorine pipe line systems shall be hydrostatically tested to 300 psig in accordance with Design
Standard 4S-20.01.
 Chlorine systems shall be dried out with dry, oil-free air having a dew point of -40F. The drying
operation shall continue until the dew point of the discharge air equals the dew point of the
entering air.
 When a line has passed the air test, small amounts of dry chlorine gas shall be added. The line
shall be pressurized to 150 psig with dry, oil-free air, and the joints tested for leaks with Aqua
Ammonia. White clouds of ammonium chloride will form if there is a chlorine leak.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 When a line has passed the two tests described above, it shall be filled with dry chlorine gas to
the required working pressure and allowed to stand for 48 hours. After this period of time, the
joints shall again be tested for leaks with Aqua Ammonia.
 When the lines are filled with liquid chlorine, the joints shall again be tested for leaks with Aqua
Ammonia.
5. Dry chlorine pipe systems shall be designed similar to a steam piping system in order to withstand
the expansion, during the steam cleaning operation.
6. Shop fabricated nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ASME B31.3, Paragraph 304.3.3
Field fabricated branch connections shall be made with weldolets.
7. All valves not containing teflon components shall be located in vertical pipe runs to allow for drainage
during steam cleaning, (see Note 4). Valves with teflon components may be in horizontal runs.
8. Chlorine pipe lines that have been in service must be flushed with dry, oil-free air before welding or
heating, as chlorine gas will cause carbon steel to ignite at 483F.
9. Chlorine lines shall be sloped 1” in 10ft. towards the source of supply. Low pockets shall be avoided.
10. During the steam cleaning operation of the dry chlorine line, the connection Kynar line pipe
sections shall not be steam cleaned and shall be isolated.
11. Copper unloading coil for Cl2 service shall be in accordance with Chlorine Institute Pamphlet #6,
Drawing 118.
shall be made up without any thread compounds)
15. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
TRICHLOROETHYLENE - C2HCL3
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 Clear colourless liquid, chloroform-like odour
 STORAGE
 Keep containers tightly closed
 Store in secure poison area
 Store in cool, dry, well-ventilated area
 Isolate from incompatible materials (chemically active metals, strong bases, strong oxidizing agents, powdered
metals)

 Wear self-contained breathing apparatus
 Wear full protective clothing
 Stop leak, if it can be done without risk
 Use water spray to reduce vapours
 Take up with sand or other non-combustible absorbent material and place into container
 Flush spill area with water
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 At concentrations above 50ppm, a self contained breathing apparatus is advised
 Wear chemical safety goggles and a full face shield
 Wear protective suit
 Neoprene gloves are recommended
FIRST AID
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYES
 Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
 FOR SKIN
 Immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
 Remove contaminated clothing and shoes
 Wash clothing before re-use

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 FOR INGESTION
 If conscious, give large amount of water


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
DRY CHLORINE - LIQUID (Cl2)

- GAS
FOR SAFE HANDLING
IMPORTANT:
NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO HANDLE OR STORE CHLORINE WITHOUT
A COMPLETE REVIEW OF THE CHLORINE MANUAL (Available on request)

 Greenish-yellow gas or amber liquid (under pressure) with a pungent suffocating odour
 STORAGE
 Store in steel pressure cylinders in a cool, dry area outdoors, or in a well ventilated, detached or segregated area of
non-combustible construction
 Keep out of direct sunlight and away from heat and ignition sources
 Cylinder temperatures should never exceed 125F (51C)
 Isolate from incompatible materials

 Prepare emergency action plan in advance
 Have emergency equipment, including eye wash and chemical drench showers, readily available and in good
working order
 Restrict access to area until completion of clean-up
 Ensure clean-up is conducted by trained personnel only
 Wear adequate personal protective equipment
 Extinguish or remove all ignition sources
 Ventilate area
 Notify government environmental agencies if release of material into the environment occurs
 Do not touch spilled material
 WASTE DISPOSAL (prior to disposal)

 Must be reduced or destroyed
 May be absorbed in water solutions of:
 Caustic soda (NaOH)
 Soda ash (Na2CO3)
 Hydrated lime (Ca(OH)2)
 Do not use water directly on a chlorine leak
 Check local disposal regulations

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 VENTILATION - Use only with adequate ventilation
 SKIN PROTECTION
 Avoid exposure
 May cause severe skin burns
 EYE PROTECTION
 Causes severe irritation
 May cause blindness
 INHALATION
FIRST AID
 FOR EYES
 Flowing water for 30 minutes
 Prompt medical consultation
 FOR SKIN
 Wash off in flowing water for 20 minutes
 FOR INHALATION - Wear protective equipment before attempting rescue

 Give artificial respiration if breathing stops, or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) if heart stops (avoid mouth-to-
mouth contact)
 Get immediate medical attention


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 6 barg (0 - 87 psig)
K58 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (5%) to 50°C (122F) Max.
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
PIPE Material: CPVC, Class 24448 ASTM F441 / ASTM D1784

½” to 6” Filament wound glass fiber reinforced Corzan type or equal
(see Note 5) (FRP) Vinyl ester – UV Protection
End Prep: Plain end for cement bond
Wall Thk: Schedule 80 ASTM F439
FITTINGS Material: CPVC, Class 24448 ASTM F439 / ASTM D1784

½” to 6” End Prep: Socket (solvent weld)
JOINING MATERIAL Material: CPVC solvent cement ASTM F493

Conn: Socket (solvent weld)
FRP FIELD JOIN LAY-UP Material: Filament wound glass fiber reinforced As per 4S-10.01
(FRP) Vinyl ester – UV Protection
For use in all CPVC fittings
FLANGES Material: CPVC, Class 24448 ASTM D1784

All Sizes Type: Socket (solvent weld)
Wall Thk: Schedule 80 ASTM F439

aislación
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-13.06 CF 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: aislación
LUBRICANTS Type: Air drying, molybdenum disulfide base Fel-Pro Moly Dry Film
solid film for bolts or approved equal
BALL Material: CPVC Valve, Teflon or Viton Seats V-4255

1” - 2” Conn: SW Sch 80 / Thr
BALL Material: CPVC Valve, Viton Seats V-4238

2 ½” - 6” Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
HORIZONTAL CHECK Material: Cast steel body, Kynar lined, lift type, V-3249
1” - 4” bolted cap
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
(For wet chlorine gas purge lines only)
VERTICAL CHECK Material: Cast steel body, Kynar lined, lift type V-3250
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS:
Installation shall conform to ASTM D1784.
FRP according to 4C-10.01 std.
TESTING:
Piping shall be tested in accordance with the local plumbing code.
Hydraulic test must be approved before install FRP field joint lay-up. Service test is not allowed.
Testing with compressed air or gas is not recommended.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
2. Plumbing installations must conform to the latest edition of the local plumbing code.
3. When thermoplastic piping systems are installed above-ground, they must be properly supported to
avoid unnecessary stresses and possible sagging.
4. Fasteners: bolts, nuts and washers, also resistant to the chemical environment. (Threads should
be well lubricated.)
5. Pipes with plain ends, CPVC coupling shall be use to best secure the union with cement.
6. The use of CPVC pipe or CPVC/FRP pipe must be governed by the local fire and/or building codes
with respect to penetrations through fire separations. Plastic pipe fire barriers at fire separations
may be used if approved by the local authorities and the insurance underwriters.
7. Where the pipe is exposed to impact damage, protective shields should be installed.
8. If the downcomer pipe is located in a traffic area, the pipe, for 5 feet above the floor level, shall
either be metallic pipe, or it shall be protected by structural steel or a physical barrier.
loads

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)

K58 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (5%) to 93°C (200F) Max.
- Category D
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
See left for Service Category
PIPE Material: CPVC, Class 23448-B ASTM F439

½” to 8” End Prep: Bell, spigot and Plain end
(see Note 5) Wall Thk: Schedule 80 ASTM D1784
FITTINGS Material: CPVC, Class 23447 B ASTM F439

½” to 8 & Less End Prep: Socket (solvent weld)
Wall Thk: Schedule 80 ASTM D1784
JOINING MATERIAL Material: CPVC solvent cement ASTM F493

FLANGES Material: CPVC ASTM D1784

All Sizes Type: Socket (solvent weld) ASTM B16.5
Class: 150

aislación

Class: aislación
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-13.06 CP 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: CPVC Valve, Teflon Seats V-

1” - 2” Conn: SW / Thr
BALL Material: CPVC Valve, Teflon Seats V-

2 ½” - 8” Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
Class: 150
INSTRUCTIONS:
Installation shall conform to ASTM D1784.
TESTING:
Piping shall be tested in accordance with the local plumbing code.
The minimum test shall be: Fill the highest fixture with water, plug inlet of drain pipe of lower
fitting. Check for leaks. Test each story separately.
Testing with compressed air or gas is not recommended.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
3. When thermoplastic piping systems are installed above-ground, they must be properly supported to
avoid unnecessary stresses and possible sagging.
4. Fasteners: bolts, nuts and washers, also resistant to the chemical environment. (Threads should
be well lubricated.)
5. Pipes with plain ends, CPVC coupling shall be use to best secure the union with cement.
6. The use of CPVC pipe must be governed by the local fire and/or building codes with respect to
penetrations through fire separations. Plastic pipe fire barriers at fire separations may be used if
approved by the local authorities and the insurance underwriters.
7. Where the pipe is exposed to impact damage, protective shields should be installed.
loads

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)
to 93°C (200F) Max.
pH Range:
G26 WET CHLORINE GAS 1-3
K58 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (5%) 10 - 11.5
- Category D
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
See left for Service Category
PIPE Material: Steel pipe, Teflon lined with ductile iron Dow Chemical
4” & Less or carbon steel lap joint flanges, 20 ft. or approved equal
Conn: max. length
Class: Flanged
150
FITTINGS Material: Ductile iron or carbon steel fittings, Dow Chemical

4” & Less Conn: Teflon lined or approved equal
Class: Flanged
150

aislación

Class: aislación
DIAPHRAGM Material: Ductile iron body, Kynar lined, V-5140

1” - 4” indicating stem, teflon diaphragm with
(See Note 7) EPDM backing cushion
(Incl. Instr. Conn.) Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-13.06 LK 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
Class: 150
2. Kynar lined pipe and fittings shall be handled and installed according to Manufacturer’s
Specifications.
3. Equipment valves, fittings and pipe that handle dry chlorine, shall be disassembled when necessary
and cleaned in Tri-Chlor-Ethylene or Chlorothene in order to remove any grease or oil.
4. Testing (Not applicable for Sodium Hypochlorite Line):
 Pipe line systems shall be tested to 150 psig with oil-free air, in accordance with Design Standard
4S-20.01.
 When the line has passed the air test, small amounts of chlorine gas shall be added. The line
shall be pressurized to 150 psig with dry, oil-free air, and the joints tested for leaks with Aqua
Ammonia. White clouds of ammonium chloride will form if there is a chlorine leak.
 When a line has passed the two tests described above, it shall be filled with chlorine gas and
allowed to stand for 48 hours. After this period of time, the joints shall again be tested for leaks
with Aqua Ammonia.
5. During the steam cleaning operation of the dry chlorine line, the connecting Kynar lined pipe
sections shall not be steam cleaned and shall be isolated.
6. Despite all the Manufacturer’s claims to the contrary, it has been found that flange gaskets are
necessary at all joints.
7. In order to avoid trapping of liquids in valve bodies, all diaphragm valves located in horizontal pipe
lines and on tank drains shall be installed with valve stem in horizontal position.
9. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
WET CHLORINE (Cl2)
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 IMPORTANT:
No attempt should be made to handle or store chlorine without a
complete review of the chlorine manual (available on request)

 Greenish-yellow gas or amber liquid (under pressure) with a pungent suffocating odour
 STORAGE
 Store in steel pressure cylinders in a cool, dry area outdoors, or in a well ventilated, detached or segregated areas
of non-combustible construction

working order
 Ventilate area
 WASTE DISPOSAL (Prior to disposal)

 Caustic soda (Na OH)
 Soda ash (Na2 CO3)
 Hydrated lime (Ca(OH)2)
 Do not use water directly on chlorine leak
 VENTILATION - Use only with adequate ventilation
 SKIN PROTECTION
 Avoid exposure

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 EYE PROTECTION
 INHALATION
FIRST AID
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN

 Give oxygen, if breathing is laboured
 Give artificial respiration, if breathing stops, or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) if heart stops (avoid mouth-to-
mouth contact)


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K90 SULPHURIC ACID 0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)

(93% min. to 98% max.) 4°C – 38°C (40F - 100F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service




Wall Thk: 3000 ASME B16.11




aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: aislación

2” & less Conn: Threaded Gr. F316L
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
AIR PADDING Material: Cross-linked polyethylene tube with Goodall “Kem-Flex”

HOSE ONLY Type: high tensile braided carcass, helix wire Spec. N 2494
2” & Less reinforcement and Neoprene cover. Or equal
Hose Couplings Material: Stainless Steel 316. threaded male Mulconroy “Holedall” syle TM
couplings, fitted both ends of hose at or equal
factory.
Conn: Threaded
Hose Flanges Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
2” & Less length with CS HDG Lap Joint Fge Gr. WP316L
HORIZONTAL CHECK Material: Cast iron body, PFA lined, lift type, V-3141
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
VERTICAL CHECK Material: Cast iron body, PFA lined, lift type V-3142
1” - 4” Flanged
Conn: 125
Class:
PLUG Material: Ductile iron body PFA lined, full port V-6232
1” - 4” plug PFA sleeve

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NEEDLE Material: Alloy 20 body, OS & Y, teflon packing V-7229
1” & Less seat & gasket
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
SAFETY RELIEF Material: Cast steel body, Hastelloy ‘C’ internal Farris 26FD10-120/HI/SP
(See Distributor for parts Kel F coated bellows or approved equal
selection) Conn: Flanged
Class: 150 (inlet & outlet)
RUPTURE DISC Material: CS safety head w/outlet flange tapped BS & B ‘Quik-Sert’ No. 7R
(See Distributor for for ¼” gauge connection or approved equal
Class: 150
Rupture disc - Hastelloy ‘C’ with teflon BS & B Model DV

seal or approved equal

pressure piping

NOTES:
3. Nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ANSI B31.1 (See Pipe Fabrication Institute Bulletin
TB2)
4. In order to avoid trapping of liquid in valve bodies, all diaphragm valves located in horizontal pipe
5. In order to avoid damage from leaking acid lines incorporate the following items in the design:
 Hang acid lines clear of equipment and other pipe.

 Acid lines in pipe bridges shall be located below the other pipes.
6. Sulphuric acid lines to the Chlorine Dioxide Generator only shall be cleaned as follows:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
a. Before installation, equipment, valves, fittings and pipe shall be disassembled and cleaned
in Tri-Chlorethylene or Chlorothene in order to remove any grease or oil.
b. After installation the piping system shall be steam cleaned and blown out with dry, oil free
air.
c. Piping shall be designed similar to a steam piping system in order to withstand the expansion
7. For information on Safe Handling and First Aid Instructions, see attachments.

9. All flanged connections shall be include flange leak protection (PTFE cover type).
10. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SULPHURIC ACID - H2 SO4
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 Sulphuric acid is strongly corrosive
 Formation of hydrogen gas can form explosive mixture with air
 Reacts violently with water

 Colourless (pure) to dark brown, oily liquid
 Odourless unless heated, then choking
 Hygroscopic (absorbs moisture from the air)
 STORAGE
 Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area out of direct sunlight away from incompatible materials
 Store in suitable, labelled containers, kept closed and protected from damage
 Structural materials, including lighting and ventilation systems in the storage area should be corrosion resistant
 Smoking should be prohibited in or near storage area
 Electric switches and motors (fans, refrigerators) should be spark resistant and non-sparking tools should be used
 Metal containers should be self-vented, or periodically be vented, to prevent accumulation of hydrogen gas

 For large spills, contact fire and emergency services and supplier for advice
 Contain spill with earth, sand or absorbent material which does not react with spilled material
 Remove liquid by pumps or vacuum equipment if it can be done safely
 Soak up remaining spill with absorbent material which does not react with spilled material
 Place recovered material in suitable, covered, labelled containers
 Keep materials which can burn, away from spilled material
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Disposal by secure landfill may be acceptable
 An eyewash and quick drench shower should be nearby and ready to use
 SKIN PROTECTION
 Protection clothing is a must - requirements are:
 hard hats
 high top rubber boots
 loose fitting gloves
 acid-resistant aprons and rubber suits

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 EYE PROTECTION
 Close fitting goggles with plastic frame
 Plastic shield may be worn in addition
 LOADING/UNLOADING OPERATION
 Minimum of two people is required
FIRST AID
 FOR SKIN
 Remove acid quickly by washing with large quantity of water
 Remove soaked cloth while under shower for 30 minutes
 FOR EYES
 Open lids and wash with continuous water for 15 minutes
 If pain persists, continue washing for another 15 minutes
 FOR INGESTION
 If conscious - drink large quantities of water or milk


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
SPENT ACID 0 – 7 barg (0 - 102 psig )

From ClO2 Generator 25°C – 50°C (77F - 122F)
G40 SULPHUR DIOXIDE GAS (SO2) pH Range: 1 - 2
From rotameters to generator
K47 SALTCAKE SLURRY 3-7
Sodium sesquisulphate Na3H(SO4)2 in solution
NOTE: For R8 System
K92 SULFURIC ACID 1.5 – 5% APPLICABLE CODE

ANSI B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Steel pipe, Teflon lined, with forged steel Dow Chemical
4” & Less lap joint flanges, 6m. maximum length or approved equal
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
FITTINGS Material: Forged steel fittings Teflon lined Dow Chemical

4” & Less Conn: Flanged or approved equal
Class: 150

aislación

Class: aislación


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PLUG Material: Ductile iron, body & plug PFA lined V-XXXX
(See Note 4) Class: 150 (Incl. Instr. Connection)
HORIZONTAL CHECK Material: Cast steel body, PTFE lined, lift type, V-3249
Conn: Flange
Class: 150
VERTICAL CHECK Material: CS body, PTFE lined, lift type V-3250

Class: 150
2. PTFE lined pipe and fittings shall be handled and installed according to Manufacturer’s
Specifications.
3. In order to avoid damage from leaking spent acid, incorporate the following items in the design:
 Hang the spent acid and saltcake lines clear of equipment and other pipe.
 Spent acid and saltcake lines in pipe bridges shall be located below the other pipes.
5. Despite all manufacturer’s claims to the contrary, it has been found that flange gaskets are necessary
at all joints.
6. For information on Safe Handling and First Aid Instructions of sulphur dioxide, see attachment(s).

8. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
SULPHUR DIOXIDE (SO2) - LIQUID & GAS
FOR SAFE HANDLING


 WASTE DISPOSAL

 AVOID INHALING
 FOR REPAIR
 SO2 CYLINDERS

 Pungent odour
 FIRST AID

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
SULPHUR DIOXIDE (Dry) 0 – 11 barg (0 - 160 psig)

K86 Liquid -28°C – 65°C (-20F - 150F)
G40 Gas
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2” & Less End Prep: Plain ends Gr. B


FITTINGS Material: Forged steel ASTM A105 N

2½” & Up Material: Carbon steel ASTM A234

WELDOLETS Material: Carbon steel ASTM A105 N

All Sizes Wall Thk: Standard weight ASME B16.9
FLANGES Material: Forged steel ASTM A105 N

All Sizes Type: Weld neck ASME B16.5
Class: 150 (Bore WN flange to suit pipe ID)

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: aislación
INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Forged steel ASTM A105 N

Class: 3000
Material: Forged steel ASTM A105 N

Class: 3000
UNLOADING HOSE Material: 321 SS metal corrugated hose with Flexonics Corp.
1” & 2” braided cover Flex-Pression RW81
Conn: Threaded or approved equal
HOSE FITTINGS Material: SS, solid male welded nipples with hex
nuts (both ends)
Conn: Threaded, NPT

½” - 3” lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
½” - 2” Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
BALL Material: All 316 SS, teflon seat V-4121

(For Instr. Conn. only) Class: 150
SAFETY RELIEF Material: Cast steel body, 316 SS internal parts V-8236
(See Distributor for except spring assembly, Viton-A ‘O’
Selection) ring
Conn: Flanged
RUPTURE DISC Material: Carbon steel safety head with outlet BS & B
(See Distributor for flange tapped for ¼” gauge connection ‘Quik-Sert’ N7R
Selection) Conn: Flanged or approved equal
Class: 150
Rupture disc with 316 SS - teflon - 316 BS & B

SS construction

piping

2. Flange joints shall be used instead of unions.
4. Field fabricated connections shall be made with weldolets.
5. Sulphur dioxide (liquid) systems shall have all traces of oil and foreign matter removed before use.
Steam cleaning, or preferably, a chlorinated hydrocarbon such as trichloroethylene or 1-1-1
trichloroethane is recommended, but due to health hazards involved, suitable precautions must be
taken to ensure minimum exposure is maintained throughout the operation. If steam cleaning is
used, the system must be blown out with dry, oil-free air to remove all moisture. (See Note 7)
6. Sulphur dioxide (liquid) pipe systems shall be designed similar to a steam piping system in order to
withstand the expansion during the steam cleaning operation.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
7. After hydrostatic testing, it is essential that the complete system is thoroughly dried before sulphur
dioxide is introduced. Where access permits, this will involve removing excess water with cloths
followed, in all cases, by blowing hot, dry air throughout the system. The inlet air used for drying
should have a dew point not greater than -40C. Air blowing should continue until the dew point of
the exiting air is the same as that of the inlet air.
8. Sulphur dioxide (liquid) lines shall be sloped 1” in 10’-0” towards the source of supply, low spots or
pockets shall be avoided.
9. Underground piping should not be used for sulphur dioxide.
10. When sulphur dioxide (liquid) can be trapped between two valves, a suitable relief device or
expansion chamber must be installed. It is most important to note that an improperly designed and
operated expansion chamber or relief device can be more dangerous than none at all.
11. All screwed joints shall be back welded, unless impractical.
14. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING


 WASTE DISPOSAL

 AVOID INHALING
 FOR REPAIR
 SO2 CYLINDERS

 Pungent odour
 FIRST AID

 FOR INHALATION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
SULPHUR DIOXIDE (Dry) 0 – 11 barg (0 - 160 psig)

K86 Liquid -28°C – 65°C (-20F - 150F)
G40 Gas
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2” & Less End Prep: Socket weld Gr. TP 316L


2” & Less End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 316L
FITTINGS Material: Forged SS STM A182


WELDOLETS Material: Forged SS STM A182 Gr. F316L

All Sizes Wall Thk: Sch. 40S ASME B16.11

All Sizes Type: Weld neck Gr. F316L
Class: 150 (Bore WN flange to suit pipe ID) ASME B16.5

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
UNLOADING HOSE Material: 321 SS metal corrugated hose with Flexonics Corp.
1” & 2” braided cover Flex-Pression RW81
Conn: Threaded or approved equal
HOSE FITTINGS Material: SS, solid male welded nipples with hex
nuts (both ends)
Conn: Threaded, NPT

½” - 3” lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

½” - 2” Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: All 316 SS, teflon seat V-4121
(For Instr. Conn. only) Class: 150
SAFETY RELIEF Material: Cast steel body, 316 SS internal parts V-8236
(See Distributor for except spring assembly, Viton-A ‘O’
Selection) ring
Conn: Flanged
RUPTURE DISC Material: Stainless Steel safety head with outlet BS & B
(See Distributor for flange tapped for ¼” gauge connection ‘Quik-Sert’ N7R
Selection) Conn: Flanged or approved equal
Class: 150
Rupture disc with 316 SS - teflon - 316 BS & B

SS construction
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication of austenitic stainless steel pressure Specification 4S-02.01

piping

2. Flange joints shall be used instead of unions.
4. Field fabricated connections shall be made with weldolets.
5. Sulphur dioxide (liquid) systems shall have all traces of oil and foreign matter removed before use.
Steam cleaning, or preferably, a chlorinated hydrocarbon such as trichloroethylene or 1-1-1
trichloroethane is recommended, but due to health hazards involved, suitable precautions must be
taken to ensure minimum exposure is maintained throughout the operation. If steam cleaning is
used, the system must be blown out with dry, oil-free air to remove all moisture. (See Note 7)
6. Sulphur dioxide (liquid) pipe systems shall be designed similar to a steam piping system in order to
withstand the expansion during the steam cleaning operation.
7. After hydrostatic testing, it is essential that the complete system is thoroughly dried before sulphur
dioxide is introduced. Where access permits, this will involve removing excess water with cloths
followed, in all cases, by blowing hot, dry air throughout the system. The inlet air used for drying
should have a dew point not greater than -40C. Air blowing should continue until the dew point of
the exiting air is the same as that of the inlet air.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
8. Sulphur dioxide (liquid) lines shall be sloped 1” in 10’-0” towards the source of supply, low spots or
pockets shall be avoided.
9. Underground piping should not be used for sulphur dioxide.
10. When sulphur dioxide (liquid) can be trapped between two valves, a suitable relief device or
expansion chamber must be installed. It is most important to note that an improperly designed and
operated expansion chamber or relief device can be more dangerous than none at all.
11. All screwed joints shall be back welded, unless impractical.
14. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING


 WASTE DISPOSAL

 AVOID INHALING
 FOR REPAIR
 SO2 CYLINDERS

 Pungent odour
 FIRST AID

 FOR INHALATION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
ALUM 0 – 10 barg (0 - 150 psig)

K27 DILUTE SLURRY (3.7%) Ca(OH) 50°C max. (120F Maximum)
(After Dilute Slurry Storage Tank)
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
PIPE Material: Saran lined steel pipe with molded Dow Chemical Co.
1” - 8” Saran raised face ductile iron flanges, or approved equal
maximum pipe length, 10’-0”
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
FITTINGS Material: Saran lined CI fittings with molded Dow Chemical Co.
1” - 8” Saran raised face flange or approved equal
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

aislación

aislación

DIAPHRAGM Material: Ductile iron body, Kynar lined, indicator V-5140

1” - 8” pin, teflon diaphragm with EPDM
(See Note 5) backing cushion
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125 (incl. instr. conn.)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
VERTICAL CHECK Material: Cast iron body, Saran lined, lift type V-3142
Class: 125
HORIZONTAL CHECK Material: Cast iron body, Saran lined, lift type, V-3141
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
PLUG Material: Cast iron body, Saran lined V-6141

1” - 2½” Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
2. Pipe, fittings, gaskets and valves shall be installed according to Manufacturer’s Installation and
Fabrication manual.
3. N/A
4. Despite all Manufacturer’s claims to the contrary, it has been found that flange gaskets are

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
ALUMINUM SULPHATE (ALUM)

AL2 (SO4)3 + 14 H20
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 Clear, light green or amber liquid with a negligible degree of odour
 STORAGE
 Store in a cool area
 Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing
 Avoid breathing mist

 Dilute small spills or leaks cautiously with plenty of water
 Neutralize any further residue with alkali such as soda ash, lime or limestone. Adequate ventilation is required if
soda ash or limestone is used, because of the consequent release of CO2 gas.
 Large spills, dike up with soda ash and neutralize etc., as above
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 After neutralizing, flush to sewer with plenty of water if permitted by applicable disposal regulations. Neutralized
waste may have to be disposed of by an approved contractor
 When using carbonates for neutralization, adequate precautions should be taken to minimize hazards and pressure
build-up from CO2 gas evolution
 Check local environmental regulations
 Wear hard hat (or other head covering) and chemical safety goggles - do not wear contact lenses
 Wear impervious gloves and apron, full work clothing including long sleeved shirt, trousers, and boots. Completely
impervious clothes should be substituted if there is prolonged or repeated contact
 Where required, use an approved respirator
FIRST AID
 INHALATION
 Alum mist may irritate respiratory tract
 Promptly remove to fresh air
 FOR EYES
 May strongly irritate or burn eyes
 Flush immediately with water for at least 15 minutes
 If irritation persists, get medical attention
 FOR SKIN
 May cause skin irritation
 Flush with plenty of water
 If irritation develops, get medical attention

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 FOR INGESTION
 May irritate gastrointestinal tract
 Concentrated solutions may cause burns to the digestive tract
 If conscious, immediately give a large quantity of water or milk
 If not already vomiting, induce vomiting by touching finger to the back of throat
 Get medical evaluation


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G20 CHLORINE DIOXIDE GAS (ClO2) Full Vacuum to 14 barg

(Saturated) From Generator 4 to 95°C
See Note 4
G20 or VEN VENT GAS pH Range: 3
From Absorption Towers & Storage Tanks
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE FITTINGS Material: Glass reinforced plastic (FRP) Design Standard 4S-10.01
FLANGES Resin: To be selected by fabricator and Design Standard 4S-10.02
approved by purchaser Design Standard 4S-10.01
(Section 4)
Struct. Design Standard 4S-10.02

Wall Thk: By fabricator (Section 4)
Corrosion Design Standard 4S-10.01

Liner: Double thickness (Section 4)
Surf. Veil: Grade “C” glass
Conn: Butt & Strap Design Standard 4S-10.01

(Shop joints) (Section 5.5)
(Field joints) (Section 12)
Flanged Design Standard 4S-10.02
(Section 7)

aislación

aislación
Type:


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

neoprene backing cushion
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
RESILIENT SEAT GATE Material: CS, FRP lined wafer body, teflon V-1241
6” - 12” resilient seat, polyester glass
reinforced gate, teflon packing
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
NOTE: This valve not rated for reverse
pressure
BUTTERFLY Material: PTFE lined body and disc V-9293

2” & Up Style: Wafer type, lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

structures
2. The pressure rating shall be specified for each pipeline in accordance with Design Standard 4S-10.01.
4. Service conditions to be specified on drawings and purchasing documents, consult Design Standard
6. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 VENTILATION
 INHALATION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID

to-mouth contact)
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K32 CHLORINE DIOXIDE (ClO2) SOLUTION 0 – 12 barg (0 – 175 psig)

4°C – 27°C (40F – 80 °F)
pH Range: 3
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Teflon lined steel pipe with reinforced Dow Chemical
10” & Less flared ends raised face, D.I. flanges. or approved equal
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
FITTINGS Material: Teflon lined, ductile iron fittings with Dow Chemical
10” & Less molded Teflon raised face flange or approved equal
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
STUDS & NUTS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

aislación

Class: aislación
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-13.13 LT 01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: Ductile iron, body and ball, Teflon lined V-4233A
Standard Port Conn: Flanged
1” to 8” Class: 150
PLUG Material: Ductile iron, body and plug, Teflon V-6231

1” to 8” sleeve
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

(See Note 4) EPDM backing cushion
(Incl. Instr. Conn.) Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
Class: 150
NOTES:
Fabrication manual.
3. Despite all Manufacturer’s claims to the contrary, it has been found that flange gaskets are
4. In order to avoid trapping of liquids in valve bodies, all diaphragm valves located in horizontal
pipe lines and on tank drains shall be installed with valve stem in horizontal position.
5. Manufacturer must assure that differential movement of liner and steel piping is inhibited during
temperature cycling, so as to provide a “lock-in” liner at all times.
7. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
o Exposure should be avoided no matter how low the concentration - use face mask
o Explosion hazard may occur when concentration exceeds 10%

o Gas - reddish yellow
o Solution - yellowish green
o Unpleasant odour similar to chlorine and nitric acid
o NOTE: Odour may not be detectable at threshold limit value
 STORAGE
o Normally produced on-site and stored in FRP tanks

o Prevent material from entering sewers or confined spaces
o Keep materials which can burn, away from spilled ClO2
o Stop or reduce leak if safe to do so
o Stop production of ClO2 if necessary
o Gas - allow to dissipate
o Solution - contain spill with earth, sand or absorbent material which does not react with ClO2
o Put material in suitable, covered, labelled containers
o Flush area with water
 WASTE DISPOSAL
o Dispose in accordance with local environmental regulations
 VENTILATION
o Use only with adequate ventilation
 INHALATION
o Causes severe nose, throat and upper respiratory tract irritation
o Causes lung injury
 FOR SKIN
o Can cause severe irritation, burning, reddening and blisters
o Avoid contact, wear protective clothing
 FOR EYES
o Severe irritant, stinging, burning sensation with tears
o May cause permanent damage and possibly blindness

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID

o Remove to fresh air
o Give oxygen if breathing is laboured
o Administer artificial respiration if breathing stops, or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) if heart stops (avoid
mouth-to-mouth contact)
o Obtain medical attention immediately
 FOR EYES
o Flush with lukewarm, gently flowing water for 30 minutes, holding eyelids open
o If irritation persists, get medical help
 FOR SKIN
o Flush with lukewarm, gently flowing water for 20 minutes
o Remove contaminated clothing

o If conscious - rinse mouth with water and drink at least 10 oz of water
o Do not induce vomiting. If vomiting occurs naturally, rinse mouth and repeat administration of water
o Quickly transport to medical aid


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K96 HYDROGEN PEROXIDE - 5% - 70% 0 - 14 barg (0 - 203 psig)

4°C – 48°C (39F - 118F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” – 12” Conn: Beveled ends Gr. TP 316L



FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, Type A, MSS ASTM A403
½” – 12” length with Class 150 HDG carbon Gr. WP 316L
steel lap joint flanges ASTM A105 HDG
Class: 150

aislación

Class: aislación

ISSUED FOR
PROJECT NO.
MAPA PROJECT 0.1.32
SHEET 1 OF 5 Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
LUBRICANTS Type: Teflon tape, .004” thick

for pipe threads
Type: Graphite, calcium fluoride base, Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize

BALL Material: SS 316 body, ball & stem, lever V-4242

All Sizes handle, teflon seats & seals
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
NOTE: Ball must be drilled on the upstream
side to vent the ball enclosure when
in the closed position.

All Sizes Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping (See Note 5)


ISSUED FOR
PROJECT NO.
MAPA PROJECT 0.1.32
SHEET 2 OF 5 Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
2. Passivation
 In addition to the general pipeline checking, testing and cleaning specification 4S-20.01,
equipment, valves, fittings and pipe handling hydrogen peroxide shall be disassembled and
cleaned prior to use in the following sequence.
 Surfaces shall be de-greased with either trichloroethylene, chlorothene, or any other equivalent
commercial de-greasing solution approved in writing by the Engineer. A thorough water rinse to
remove the contaminated washing medium shall follow.
 Surface oxides and mill scale shall be removed with a 50% nitric acid solution and process
approved in writing by the Engineer.
 30% - 50% nitric acid of 40 or 42 be diluted one to one with warm water 43°C-49°C (110F -
120F) shall be agitated during the pickling operation so that the solution will circulate through the
inside of the pipe or tubing. Pickling time in this solution is between 10 and 15 minutes.
 Wash pipe, fittings and valves in hot water 71°C-82°C (160F - 180F) to remove the pickling
solution.
 CAUTION: Strong nitric acid solutions and hydrogen peroxide can react explosively.
Precautions must be taken to keep these materials separated during storage and use.
2. Design piping to minimize the number of valves and thus avoid trapping H2O2 between valves. A
pressure relief valve must be installed to prevent excessive pressure between valves or any other
situation where H2O2 can be trapped.
3. Pipe line shall be hydrostatically tested in the field to the pressure specified on the piping nomenclature
sheet.
5. Includes the use of swaged nipples in any combination of grids within the confines of this Class Sheet,
see Design Standard 4D-03.02.
6. For short overflow and drain lines to the sewer, it is not necessary to passivate the piping as described
in Note 2.

9. DELETED

ISSUED FOR
PROJECT NO.
MAPA PROJECT 0.1.32
SHEET 3 OF 5 Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE 50% - H2O2
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 Unstable
 Released O2 will increase explosion possibilities

 Clear, colourless liquid, slightly pungent, irritating
 STORAGE
 Store in a properly vented container or in approved bulk storage facilities
 Do not block vent
 Do not store where contact with incompatible materials could occur, even with a spill
 Have water source available for diluting
 Keep container out of sun and away from heat, sparks and flame
 Do not add any other product to container
 Never return unused peroxide to container, instead, dilute with plenty of water and discard

 Small Spill
 Immediately soak up with perlite or vermiculite and sweep up with non-sparking equipment
 Large Spill
 Persons not wearing protective equipment should be excluded from area of spill until clean-up has been
completed
 Stop spill at source, dike area to prevent spreading and pump liquid to salvage tank
 Remaining liquid may be taken up on sand, clay, earth, floor absorbent, or other absorbent material and
shovelled in containers.
 Notify the proper authorities that a spill has occurred.
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Rinse empty containers thoroughly with clean water before discarding
 FIRE PRECAUTION
 Contact with clothing or combustibles may cause fire
 Store in vented area, away from sun and heat
 Have water nearby
 Never use pressure to empty burns
 Avoid contact with eyes
 Avoid contact with skin - causes burns
 Wear hard hat with rim
 Wear full length face shield and chemical splash goggles
 Wear protective clothing and rubber boots
 Wash thoroughly after handling
 Causes lung irritation
 Harmful if swallowed

ISSUED FOR
PROJECT NO.
MAPA PROJECT 0.1.32
SHEET 4 OF 5 Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 FOR SKIN
 Flush with water for at least 15 minutes
 Remove contaminated clothes and soak with water
 FOR EYES
 FOR INHALATION
 Administer artificial respiration if breathing stops
 FOR INGESTION
 Give large quantity of water
 If unconscious - never give anything by mouth

Sheets (MSDS)

ISSUED FOR
PROJECT NO.
MAPA PROJECT 0.1.32
SHEET 5 OF 5 Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K31 CHLORINE SOLUTION (see Note 9) 0 -8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig )

(Water Treatment Plant) To 26°C (80F)
K14 FERRIC CHLORIDE

(Water Treatment Plant)
K03 PAC-Poly Aluminum APPLICABLE CODE

Chloride 24.3% ASME B31.3, Section 7
Normal Service
PIPE Material: CPVC ASTM D1784

½” - 4” End Prep: Plain end Corzan industrial
(See Note 9) Wall Thk: Schedule 80 Systems or approved equal
FITTINGS Material: CPVC ASTM D2467

Conn: Socket (solvent weld) Corzan industrial
Wall Thk: Schedule 80 Systems or approved equal
FLANGES Material: CPVC full face Manufacturer’s Spec.

½” - 4” Conn: Socket (solvent weld) ASTM 2467, Corzan industrial
Class: 150 Systems or approved equal
JOINING MATERIAL Material: CPVC solvent cement ASTM D2564

Conn: Socket (solvent weld) & as recommended by pipe &
fitting manufacturer
Corzan industrial
Systems or approved equal

aislación

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PLUG Material: Ductile iron body PFA lined, full port V-6232
1” - 4” plug PFA sleeve
HORIZONTAL CHECK Material: Cast iron body, PFA lined, lift type, V-3141
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
VERTICAL CHECK Material: Cast iron body, PFA lined, lift type V-3142
1” - 4” Flanged
Conn: 125
Class:
2. CPVC pipe, fittings and flanges shall be handled, prepared for fabrication and installed according to
manufacturer’s specification and ASTM D2855.
3. Leaking solvent weld socket joints shall be backwelded with the CPVC hot air process.
4. Threaded connections shall not be used on CPVC pipe.
5. Metal washers shall be used under all nuts and bolt heads on CPVC flanges.
6. Horizontal PVC pipe shall be continuously supported in galvanized carbon steel angle or channel
structural members.
7. In order to avoid trapping of liquids in valve bodies, all valves located in horizontal pipe lines and on
tank drains shall be installed with valve stem in horizontal position.
9. DELETED
10. Use to all joints steel to HDPE/FRP/CPVC/PVC & HDPE/FRP/CPVC/PVC to HDPE/FRP/CPVC/PVC

low bolt loads
PRODUCT NAME
CHLORINE SOLUTION (ClO2)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 IMPORTANT
 NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO HANDLE OR STORE CHLORINE WITHOUT A REVIEW OF THE
CHLORINE MANUAL (Available on request)

 Greenish-yellow gas or amber liquid (under pressure) with a pungent, suffocating odour
 STORAGE
 Store in steel pressure cylinders in a cool, dry area outdoors, or in a well ventilated, detached or segregated area of
non-combustible construction

working order
 Ventilate area
 WASTE DISPOSAL - Prior to disposal

 Caustic soda (Na OH)
 Soda ash (Na2 CO3)
 Hydrated lime (Ca (OH)2)
 Do not use water directly on a chlorine leak
 VENTILATION - use only with adequate ventilation
 FOR SKIN
 Avoid exposure
 FOR EYES


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 INHALATION
FIRST AID
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN

to-mouth contact)

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G30 NITROGEN GAS To 17.2 barg a 26°C

(250 psig to 79F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Services

1½” & Less End Prep: Plain end Gr. B

1½” & Less Conn: Socket weld ASME B16.11
GATE Material: Forged steel V-1556

1½” & Less Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
(Shut-off valves, on-off service only)
GLOBE Material: Forged steel V-2556

1½” & Less Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
(Throttle service only)
STRAINER Material: Carbon steel body with SS strainer Yarway 921 SW

1½” & Less basket (40 mesh or finer) or approved equal
Conn: Socket weld
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication of carbon ferritic steel pressure piping Standard 4S-01.01


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2. Fabrication, testing and inspection of pipework in accordance with this Class Sheet shall conform to
ASME B31.3.
3. Valves to be purchased must be cleaned by the Valve Manufacturer for Nitrogen Service.
4. MATERIAL CLEANING PROCEDURE:
To remove oil, grease and any protective coatings soak pipe and components in a Hot Caustic
Solution for 10 minutes.
Prepare the caustic solution in the proportion of one (1) pound of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) to one
(1) gallon of water. Rinse pipe and components thoroughly with hot water. Blow the pipe and
components dry with CGA (Compressed Gas Association) Gas Grade F or better Nitrogen Gas.
Freshly cleaned carbon steel rusts rapidly. Install or tightly cap pipe and components immediately
after cleaning. Valves not purchased cleaned by the valve manufacturer must be cleaned as above
with the valve packing removed.
5. For design, installation and pressure testing see (Linde/Union Carbide Guidelines L-14-033).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
NITROGEN - LIQUID & GAS (N2)
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 N2 is non-toxic, but can cause asphyxiation and death in confined areas
 Never enter a tank unless it is purged and tested

 Colourless and odourless
 STORAGE
 Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away from heavily traffic areas and emergency exits
 Store cylinders upright and firmly secured
 Full and empty cylinders should be segregated

 Evacuate all personnel from affected area
 If leak is in container or container valve, contact supplier
 Use appropriate protective equipment
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Do not attempt to dispose of residual or unused quantities, but return to supplier in shipping container properly
labelled, with any valve outlet plugs or caps secured and valve protection cap in place.
 SAFETY PRECAUTION
 Have proper ventilation
 Avoid contact with liquid or cold gas
 Never touch uninsulated frosted pipes or valves
 Use a pressure-reducing regulator when withdrawing gaseous nitrogen from a cylinder or high-pressure source
 Protect eyes with goggles or face shield
 Cover skin
 Wear protective loose gloves
 Trousers should be worn outside boots
 PROPER HANDLING
 Do not splash or spill
 Never use parts other than those specified for use in N2
 Gaseous nitrogen should be released only in an open outdoor area
 Liquid nitrogen should be dumped into an outdoor pit filled with clean, grease-free and oil-free gravel

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 FOR INHALATION
 Remove to well ventilated area
 Apply artificial respiration if breathing stopped
 Get medical help
 FOR EYES
 Warm the area affected by frost bite with lukewarm water
 FOR SKIN
 Remove cloth
 Warm the area affected by frost bite with warm water


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
A21 DYE 0 – 10 barg (0 – 150 psig)

SLIME TREATMENT Up to 100°C (up to212°F )
PIGMENT
A30 PALE ROSIN SIZE
BUTROL 26
A13 SODIUM ALUMINATE
A70 RETENTION AID APPLICABLE CODE
WET STRENGTH RESIN ANSI B31.3
A54 ALUMINUM HYDRATE Category D Fluid Service
A22 TITANIUM DIOXIDE
A81 FELT CLEANER
A74 DEFOAMER
M05 TALC SLURRY

2” & Less End Prep: Plain ends Grade TP 304L
2½” & 12 Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312

End Prep: Beveled ends Grade TP 304L

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded Grade TP 304L

2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS, fabricated ASTM A403

Conn: Butt weld WP304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
length with CS HDG Lap Joint Fge Gr. CR 316L

aislación

Class: aislación

2’ & Less Conn: Threaded F304L
Class: 3000

Type: Couplings, half couplings ANSI B16.11
Class: 3000

for bolts and gaskets
Type: Fast curing sealant Loctite PST #567

for SS pipe threads or approved equal

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: SS 316 lever handle, teflon seat V-4121


2” & Less (limited use only)
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, Y-pattern, threaded cap V-3222

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

thin wall pressure piping
Fabricated austenitic stainless steel fittings and Standard 4S-02.02

flanges
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 10 barg (0 – 150 psig)
up to 100°C (Up to 212°F )
K36 MAGNESIUM SULPHATE (MgSO4 Epsom Salts) See D.S. 4S-02.02

(See Note 4) Paragraph 4.6
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


End Prep: Plain ends Gr. TP 316L



Conn: Butt weld WP304L
UNION Material: Forged SS ASTM A182


length with CS HDG Lap Joint Fge Gr. CR 316L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: aislación

2” & Less Conn: Threaded Gr. 316L
Class: 3000

Class: 3000


2” & Less split wedge with teflon packing
(Instr. Conn. only) Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, split wedge, V-1245

½” - 4” bolted bonnet with teflon packing
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, plug disc with V-2241

½” - 4” teflon packing
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CHECK Material: SS 316 body, plates & springs, metal to V-3230
2½” - 4” metal seat
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping
Pipeline field erection, checking, testing and cleaning Standard 4S-20.01

specification

and flanges
NOTES:
3. For unloading, all purpose rubber hose may be used for magnesium sulphate.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 6.9 barg (0 - 100 psig)
4 – 38°C (40F - 100F)
K90 SULPHURIC ACID - 10% - 93%
pH Range: 1 - 2
K82 HYDROCHLORIC ACID (All Concentrations)
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: PTFE lined steel pipe with molded Dow Chemical Co.
1” - 3” PTFE raised face, DI flanges, or approved equal
maximum pipe length 20’-0”
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
FITTINGS Material: PTFE lined cast iron fittings with Dow Chemical Co.
1” - 3” molded PTFE raised face flanges, or or approved equal
carbon steel with ductile iron back up
flances
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

aislación

Class: aislación

BALL Material: Ductile iron body, PFA full port ball V-4233A
(See Note 6) Class: 125 (Incl. Instr. Conn.)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DIAPHRAGM Material: Cast iron body, PPL lined V-5243
Class: 125
HORIZONTAL CHECK Material: CI body, polypropylene lined, lift type, V-3141

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
VERTICAL CHECK Material: CI body, polypropylene lined, lift type V-3142

Class: 125
NOTES:
Fabrication manual.
3. In order to avoid damage from leaking acid pipes, incorporate the following items into the design:
 Hang the acid lines clear of equipment and other pipes

 Acid lines in pipe bridges shall be located below the other pipes
4. N/A
5. Despite all Manufacturer’s claims to the contrary, it has been found that flange gaskets are necessary
at all joints.
6. In order to avoid trapping of liquids in valve bodies, all diaphragm valves located in horizontal pipe lines
and on tank drains shall be installed with valve stem in the horizontal position.
7. For information on Safe Handling and First Aid instructions, see attachments for Sulphuric Acid and
Hydrochloric Acid.
8. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
HYDROCHLORIC ACID - HCl
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING - Can cause:

 Severe burns
 Coughing and choking, irritation of the nose, throat, respiratory tract
 Eye irritation, severe burns, permanent loss of sight
 If ingested - may cause death

 White to yellow clear liquid, pungent odour
 STORAGE
 Store closed containers in a clean, cool, open or well ventilated area
 Keep out of sun
 Area should have acid resistant floor and approved drainage
 Protect containers from damage or breakage
 Keep away from oxidizing agents and alkaline materials
 Do not store near, or mix with cyanides, sulphides or formaldehyde

 Have emergency equipment readily available and in working order
 Remove chemicals which can react with the acid
 Spills should be neutralized cautiously with soda ash (Na2CO3), Lime (CaO) or limestone (CaCO3)
 Shovel residual sludge into containers for disposal
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 FOR INHALATION
 ADEQUATE VENTILATION REQUIRED
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES
 Wear face shield and chemical goggles
 Wear full face respirator

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 PROMPT MEDICAL ATTENTION IS ESSENTIAL
 FOR EYES
 Wash for 30 minutes - use flowing water
 FOR SKIN
 Wash with flowing water for 30 minutes
 FOR INGESTION
 FOR INHALATION


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 SKIN PROTECTION
 hard hats

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 EYE PROTECTION
FIRST AID
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES
 FOR INGESTION


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K40 METHANOL (Methyl Alcohol) To 10 barg (to 150 psig )

4°C – 200°C (40F - 392F )
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service






2½” - 8” Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP316L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: aislación

Type: Threadolets, 45 latrolets, elbolets ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 3000

BALL Material: SS 316 body & ball, teflon seat V-4451

Class: 600
2½” - 8” Material: Cast 316 SS body & ball, teflon seats V-4242
& seals, lever handle
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: SS 316 body & trim V-3451

Class: 300
2½” - 8” Material: SS 316 body, plates, & springs, Buna V-3232

‘N’ seat
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping (See Note 11)

NOTES:
2. Methanol lines shall be sloped 1” in 10’ towards the source of supply. Low pockets shall be avoided.
3. Piping system shall be electrically bonded and grounded to prevent accumulations of static electricity.
4. Methanol pipe systems shall be steam cleaned. Valves with teflon components shall be removed
during the steam cleaning operation. After steam cleaning operations, the lines shall be blown out with
dry, oil-free air.
5. Methanol pipe systems shall be designed similar to a steam piping system in order to withstand the
expansion during the steam cleaning operation.
6. CAUTION - AIR & METHANOL IS AN EXPLOSIVE MIXTURE.

8. Maximum fluid velocity should be 10 ft/sec. and pipe racks should be grounded every 30 feet.
10. The end preparation for pipe and fitting shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of Design Standard
4S-02.01.
13. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
METHANOL - METHYL ALCOHOL CH3OH
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 Toxic, flammable, may cause blindness if swallowed

 Clear, colourless, mobile liquid - slight alcohol odour
 STORAGE
 Store in tightly closed containers, in a cool, dry, well ventilated area out of direct sunlight away from incompatible
materials
 Storage area should have adequate independent ventilation
 Store away from sources of heat, flame or sparks
 Use solvent resistant materials in storage and handling areas
 Containers should be grounded during transfer or mixture

 Remove sources of heat and flame
 Contain spill by diking with earth, sand or absorbent material which does not react with methanol
 Soak up spill with absorbent material, place in suitable, covered, labelled containers
 Flush area with large amounts of water
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Material may be incinerated at approved sites
 Comply with all applicable environmental regulations regarding disposal
 FIRES
 Flush spill area with water spray
 To extinguish - use all purpose type foam, carbon dioxide, dry chemical or water spray
 Use water to cool fire-expose containers and structures
 FOR INGESTION
 Do not take internally
 FOR SKIN
 Avoid contact with skin and clothing
 Wear impervious gloves, coveralls, etc. as required
 FOR INHALATION
 Avoid breathing vapour
 FOR EYES
 Wear chemical safety goggles

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 FOR INGESTION
 Give drink of water - do not induce vomiting
 If vomiting occurs, have victim lean forward
 Never give anything by mouth if victim is losing consciousness
 FOR SKIN
 FOR INHALATION
 If breathing stopped - begin artificial respiration
 If heart stopped - begin immediately cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
 FOR EYES
 Flush thoroughly with water for 20 minutes - hold eyelids open

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K09 PHOSPHORIC ACID (75% concentration) 0 -8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)

(For Waste Treatment System - Nutrient) 21 – 48°C (70F - 120F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service






INSTRUMENT FITTINGS Material: Forged SS ASTM 182

Class: 3000

Class: 1000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 22 Oct.2003
FLANGES Material: Cast SS ASTM A182
2” & Less Type: Socket weld Gr. 316L
2½” & 8” Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403

aislación

Class: aislación

BALL Material: SS 316 body, lever handle teflon seats V-4121

2½” - 8” Material: Cast SS 316 body & ball, full bore V-4244
(See Note 5) teflon seat & seal, lever handle
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: SS 316, Y-pattern swing check, V-3222

2” & Less integral seat
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
2½” - 8” Material: Cast SS 316, swing bolted cover V-3244

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUCTIONS: Instrument fittings for steel pipe Standard 4D-10.02
Fabrication of austenitic stainless steel pressure Standard 4S-02.01

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
2. Pipe wall thickness as specified in design standard 4S-02.01 does not apply.
4S-02.01.
5. In order to avoid trapping of liquids in valve bodies, all diaphragm valves located in horizontal pipe lines
and on tank drains shall be installed with valve stem in horizontal position.

8. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
PHOSPHORIC ACID - H3PO4
FOR SAFE HANDLING

 Clear, colourless, syrupy liquid - no foreign odour
 STORAGE
 Store in rubber lined or 316 SS tanks designed for product
 Store drums away from heat and out of direct sunlight

 Contain to prevent discharge to the environment
 Neutralize cautiously with a base such as soda ash
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Dispose neutralized material in accordance with local environmental regulations
 Un-neutralized phosphoric acid as hazardous waste and must be disposed of accordingly
 Wear chemical safety goggles and full face shield

 Wear impervious gloves and apron
 Use full face-piece respirator when airborne exposure limits are exceeded
FIRST AID
 If in eyes or on skin, immediately flush with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
 Remove contaminated clothing and shoes
 Wash clothing before re-use

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 8.6 barg (0 – 125 psig)

4 – 27°C (40F - 80F)
A12 DISPERSANT
See D.S. 4S-02.02
A55 POLYMER Paragraph 4.6
(For Waste Treatment Systems)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service






2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

BALL Material: SS 316, lever handle teflon seats V-4121

2½” & Less Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, plug disc V-2221
(Limited use only) Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, Y-pattern threaded cap V-3222

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

and flanges

NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
POLYMER
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 Low in hazard under normal working conditions
 Avoid eye and skin contact
 Avoid breathing vapours
 Should be kept from polluting natural water resources - dispose in an approved landfill
 VENTILATION
 Normal ventilation is adequate
 INHALATION
 Dust respirator may be required when sweeping large spills
 EYE PROTECTION
 Safety glasses are recommended
 Washing facilities should be near by
 SKIN PROTECTION
 Protective clothing, gloves and boots are required
 INGESTION
 Has low single dose of oral toxicity
 FIRE
 Use CO2 or foam for extinguishing
 Do not use water - creates slippery conditions
FIRST AID
 FOR EYES
 Water immediately for 5 minutes
 FOR SKIN
 Wash off in flowing water or shower
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR INGESTION
 Induce vomiting if large amount is ingested
 CALL FOR MEDICAL HELP Sheets are provided as a general
 AVAILABLE ON REQUEST Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K41 METHANOL (Methyl Alcohol) 10 to 20 barg

High Pressure 4 – 200°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service







PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


Class: 600
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Class: 300
2½” - 8” Material: SS 316 body & trim V-3431

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

NOTES:
dry, oil-free air.

4S-02.01.
13. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE
materials

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 FIRES
 FOR INGESTION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYES

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 FOR INGESTION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYES

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G35 OXYGEN 0 – 14 barg (0 - 203 psig)

- Process -30°C – 38°C (-22F - 100F)
- Welding & Cutting Services
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

All Sizes End Prep: Plain ends Gr. TP 304L


All Sizes Conn: Butt weld Gr. WP304L

FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
2 ½” length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP304L

aislación

Class: aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
LUBRICANTS Type: Oil-free teflon tape for threads
NOTE: All valves, filters and regulators for oxygen service to be cleaned by manufacturer
(specify on Purchase Order)
BALL On-Off Service

2” & Less Material: SS 316, teflon seats & seal, lever V-4456
handle with locking device
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
BALL On-Off Service

2½” & Up Material: SS 316 body & ball, teflon seats & V-4292
seals.
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, spring type V-3452

Class: 300
CHECK Material: 316 SS body & trim, teflon seat V-3238

Class: 150
STATION VALVES Service Outlets:

1” & Less Material: Combination shut-off and check valve
Conn: Threaded
REGULATORS Material: Station regulators


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FILTERS Material: Pipe line filters (installed upstream of
1” & Less regulators)

piping (See Note 7)

NOTES:
2. Design and fabrication of pipework in accordance with this Class Sheet shall conform to ASME Code
B31.3.
3. The design of oxygen piping systems must be checked and approved prior to construction by the Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Inspection Division of the state or province in which the installation is made.
4. Design installation, testing and cleaning of the oxygen piping system shall be in accordance with
Compressed Gas Association publications G-4.1 & G-4.4 and Design Standard 4S-20.01.
5. “Oxygen” identification labels shall be attached to the pipe at frequent intervals.
6. For information on Safe Handling and First Aid Instructions, see attachment(s).
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
OXYGEN - LIQUID & GAS O2
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 Keep combustible materials away
 No smoking or open flame

 Clear, pale blue, odourless liquid
 Colourless & odourless gas
 STORAGE
 Liquid is delivered into stationary vacuum jacketed vessels
 Gas is delivered in cylinders
 Use only in well ventilated areas
 Valve protection caps and valve outlet threaded plugs must remain in place unless container is secured with valve
outlet piped to use point
 Use a suitable hand truck - do not drag, slide or roll cylinders
 Do not allow storage area temperature to exceed 130F (54C)
 Use on a ‘First In - First Out’ basis to prevent storage over an excessive period of time

 If leak is in users equipment, be certain to purge piping with an inert gas prior to attempting repairs
 If leak is in a container or container valve, contact the supplier immediately
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Do not attempt to dispose of residual or un-used quantities - return to supplier in the shipping container, properly
labelled, with any valve outlet plugs or caps secured and valve protection cap in place
 For emergency disposal, contact the supplier immediately
 FIRE FIGHTING
 Remove everyone not engaged in fighting the fire
 Shut off flow of O2
 Spray large quantity of water
 Use CO2 if electric equipment involved
 Avoid contact with boiling and splashing liquid and its issuing gas
 Never touch un-insulated pipes and vessels
 Wear face shied, protective clothing and loose gloves
 Keep surfaces in contact with O2 clean to prevent ignition

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 FOR EYES
 Wash gently with warm water and keep warm
 FOR SKIN
 Remove clothing
 Warm area affected with warm water
 FOR INHALATION

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G35 OXYGEN 13.8 – 20.7 barg

- Process (201 - 300 psig)
- Welding & Cutting Services -30°C – 38°C
(-22F - 100F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” – 12” End Prep: Plain ends Gr. TP 304L


½” – 12” Conn: Butt weld Gr. WP304L


2½” – 12” Conn: Welding Neck Gr. F304L
Wall Thk: Sch 10S ASME B16.5
Class: 300

aislación

Class: aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
LUBRICANTS Type: Oil-free teflon tape for threads
NOTE: All valves, filters and regulators for oxygen service to be cleaned by manufacturer
(specify on Purchase Order)
BALL On-Off Service

2” & Less Material: SS 316, teflon seats & seal, lever V-4456
handle with locking device
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
BALL On-Off Service

2½” & Up Material: SS 316 body & ball, teflon seats & V-4292X
seals.
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, spring type V-3452

Class: 300
CHECK Material: 316 SS body & trim, teflon seat V-3238X

Class: 300
STATION VALVES Service Outlets:

1” & Less Material: Combination shut-off and check valve
Conn: Threaded
REGULATORS Material: Station regulators

FILTERS Material: Pipe line filters (installed upstream of

1” & Less regulators)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping (See Note 7)

NOTES:
B31.3.
3. The design of oxygen piping systems must be checked and approved prior to construction by the Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Inspection Division of the state or province in which the installation is made.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING
 Keep combustible materials away
 No smoking or open flame

 Clear, pale blue, odourless liquid
 Colourless & odourless gas
 STORAGE
 Liquid is delivered into stationary vacuum jacketed vessels
 Gas is delivered in cylinders
 Use only in well ventilated areas
 Valve protection caps and valve outlet threaded plugs must remain in place unless container is secured with valve
 Use a suitable hand truck - do not drag, slide or roll cylinders
 Do not allow storage area temperature to exceed 130F (54C)
 Use on a ‘First In - First Out’ basis to prevent storage over an excessive period of time

 If leak is in users equipment, be certain to purge piping with an inert gas prior to attempting repairs
 If leak is in a container or container valve, contact the supplier immediately
 WASTE DISPOSAL
 Do not attempt to dispose of residual or un-used quantities - return to supplier in the shipping container, properly
 For emergency disposal, contact the supplier immediately
 FIRE FIGHTING
 Remove everyone not engaged in fighting the fire
 Shut off flow of O2
 Spray large quantity of water
 Use CO2 if electric equipment involved
 Avoid contact with boiling and splashing liquid and its issuing gas
 Never touch un-insulated pipes and vessels
 Wear face shied, protective clothing and loose gloves
 Keep surfaces in contact with O2 clean to prevent ignition

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 FOR EYES
 Wash gently with warm water and keep warm
 FOR SKIN
 Remove clothing
 Warm area affected with warm water
 FOR INHALATION

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 8 barg (0 – 116 psig)

K32 CHLORINE DIOXIDE SOLUTION 20°C – 210°C
K33 CHLORINE DIOXIDE
- Residual solution pH Range: PEND.
K47 SODIUM SULPHATE SALT
K62 SODIUM CHLORATE SOLUTION APPLICABLE CODE
K73 SODIUM SULPHATE SOLUTION ASME B31.3
- Alkaline Weld factor: Acc. ASME B31.3
G20 CHLORINE DIOXIDE Thermal expansion 8.4 x10-6
- Gas / Vapor Tolerance Acc. ASME B16.9
Corrosion allowance: 0[mm]
Reference: EKA Detail Standards ASME B31.3
70001-03-PE-8201
70001-03-PE-8301
70001-03-CS-8301
70001-03-CS-8302
70001-03-CS-1405

1/2” – 1 1/2” End Prep: Beveled End ASME B36.19
2” – 24” Material: Titanium, ERW ASTM B862 Gr. 2

(See Note 3) End Prep: Beveled End ASME B36.19

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded ASME B16.11
Class: 3000 Thread acc. to ANSI B2.1 NPT
FITTINGS Material: Titanium ASTM B363 Gr. 2

1/2” - 24” Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9
WELDING RING Material: Titanium Welding ring ASTM B265 Gr. 2

1/2” - 24” Conn: Butt weld ASME Dimensions
Thk: See Appendix C

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
WELDING RING WITH Material: Titanium Welding ring collar ASTM B363 Gr. 2
COLLAR Conn: Butt weld ASME Dimensions
1/2” - 24” Thk: See Appendix D Serrated face in accordance with
(See Note 5) MSS SP-6
FLANGES Material: C.S lap joint flange, hot dip ASTM A-105
1/2” - 24” galvanized. ASME B16.5
Type: R.F.
Class: 150
BLIND FLANGES
1/2” - 24” Material: C.S blind flange, lined with ASTM A-105
1 [mm] B265 Gr.2 plate ASME B16.5
Type: R.F.
Class: 150
BOLTS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

1/2” – 1 1/4” Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías
fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

Class: 150

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Titanium ring, carbon steel lap joint flange Similar to Standard

70001-03-CS-8301
70001-03-CS-8302
70001-03-CS-1401
3. Pressure and temperature curve see 70001-03-PE-8301. Pipes_ Wall thickness required for 100%
vacuum conditions, or use vacuum rings according to EE std xxxxx
16”, Sch10 4,78 [mm]

18”, Sch10 4,78 [mm]
20”, Sch10 5,54 [mm]
24”, Sch10 6,35 [mm]
4. See branch table 70001-03-CS-8201.
5. Use welding ring if possible.
6. All pipes and fittings shall be calculated within specified pressure and temperature interval. Only for
static inner over and under pressure.
7. Weld factor: Acc. ASME B31.3. Thermal expansion 8.4 x10-6. Tolerance Acc. ASME B16.9.
Corrosion allowance: 0[mm].
PRODUCT NAME

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 VENTILATION
 INHALATION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID

 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN



Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING


 WASTE DISPOSAL

 AVOID INHALING
 FOR REPAIR
 SO2 CYLINDERS

 Pungent odour
 FIRST AID

 FOR INHALATION

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN


Sheets (MSDS)

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
* APPEARANCE & ODOUR

* Colourless and odourless
* STORAGE
* Keep container tightly closed
* Store separately and away from flammable and combustible materials
* Explosive when mixed with combustible materials
* SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES

* Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled materials
* With clean shovel, carefully place material into clean, dry container
* Remove from area
* Flush spill area with water
* WASTE DISPOSAL
* Dispose in accordance with local environmental regulations
* Wear rubber gloves and chemical safety goggles
* In case of fire, wear proper protective equipment and self-contained breathing apparatus with full face-piece operated in
* An eyewash and quick drench shower should be nearby and ready for use
FIRST AID
* FOR INHALATION
* Remove to fresh air
* If not breathing, give artificial respiration
* If breathing is difficult, give oxygen
* FOR EYES
* Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
* FOR SKIN
* Flush skin with water
* FOR INGESTION
* Call a physician
* If conscious, give large amount of water and induce vomiting by
touching finger to back of throat
* AVAILABLE ON REQUEST guideline for fluid properties and
Sheets (MSDS)

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX A

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX B

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX C

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX D

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX E

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
15 barg (0 – 218 psig)

K32 CHLORINE DIOXIDE SOLUTION 20°C – 210°C
pH Range: PEND.
APPLICABLE CODE
Reference: EKA Detail Standards ASME B31.3

70001-03-PE-8202 Normal Service
70001-03-CS-8303
70001-03-CS-8304
70001-03-CS-1408

1/2” – 1 1/2” End Prep: Beveled End ASME B36.19
2” – 10” Material: Titanium, ERW ASTM B862 Gr. 2

End Prep: Beveled End ASME B36.19

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded ASME B16.11
Class: 3000 Thread acc. to ANSI B2.1 NPT
FITTINGS Material: Titanium ASTM B363 Gr. 2

1/2” - 10” Conn: Butt weld ASME B16.9
WELDING RING Material: Titanium Welding ring ASTM B265 Gr. 2

1/2” - 10” Conn: Butt weld ASME Dimensions
Thk: See Appendix B
WELDING RING WITH Material: Titanium Welding ring collar ASTM B363 Gr. 2
COLLAR Conn: Butt weld ASME Dimensions
1/2” - 10” Thk: See Appendix C Serrated face in accordance with
(See Note 4) MSS SP-6

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLANGES Material: C.S lap joint flange, hot dip ASTM A-105
1/2” - 10” galvanized. ASME B16.5
Type: R.F.
Class: 300
BLIND FLANGES
1/2” - 10” Material: C.S blind flange, lined with ASTM A-105
1 [mm] B265 Gr.2 plate ASME B16.5
Type: R.F.
Class: 300

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

Class: 300

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Titanium ring, carbon steel lap joint flange Similar to Standard

70001-03-CS-8303
70001-03-CS-8304
70001-03-CS-1402
3. See branch table Appendix A.
4. Use welding ring if possible.
6. Weld factor: Acc. ASME B31.3. Thermal expansion 8.4 x10-6. Tolerance Acc. ASME B16.9.
Corrosion allowance: 0[mm].

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 VENTILATION
 INHALATION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID

 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN



Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX A

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX B

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX C

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX D

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K90 SULPHURIC ACID To 8 barg (0 - 116 psig)

(98%) To 50°C (122F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service







aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: aislación

2” & less Conn: Threaded Gr. F316L
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
AIR PADDING Material: Cross-linked polyethylene tube with Goodall “Kem-Flex”

HOSE ONLY Type: high tensile braided carcass, helix wire Spec. N 2494
2” & Less reinforcement and Neoprene cover. Or equal
Hose Couplings Material: Stainless Steel 316. threaded male Mulconroy “Holedall” syle TM
couplings, fitted both ends of hose at or equal
factory.
Conn: Threaded
Hose Flanges Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
2” & Less length with CS HDG Lap Joint Fge Gr. WP316L
HORIZONTAL CHECK Material: Cast iron body, polypropylene lined, lift V-3141
1” - 4” type, bolted cap
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
VERTICAL CHECK Material: Cast iron body, polypropylene lined, lift V-3142
1” - 4” type
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
DIAPHRAGM Material: Ductile iron body PFA full port ball V-4233A
1” - 4” valve
Class:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
125 (Incl. Instr. Connection)
NEEDLE Material: ‘Aloyco’ 20 body, OS & Y, teflon V-7229

1” & Less packing seat & gasket
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
SAFETY RELIEF Material: Cast steel body, Hastelloy ‘C’ internal Farris 26FD10-120/HI/SP
(See Distributor for parts Kel F coated bellows or approved equal
Class: 150 (inlet & outlet)
RUPTURE DISC Material: CS safety head w/outlet flange tapped BS & B ‘Quik-Sert’ No. 7R
(See Distributor for for ¼” gauge connection or approved equal
Class: 150
Rupture disc - Hastelloy ‘C’ with teflon BS & B Model DV

seal or approved equal

pressure piping

NOTES:
3. Nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ANSI B31.1 (See Pipe Fabrication Institute Bulletin
TB2)
4. In order to avoid trapping of liquid in valve bodies, all diaphragm valves located in horizontal pipe
5. In order to avoid damage from leaking acid lines incorporate the following items in the design:
 Hang acid lines clear of equipment and other pipe.

 Acid lines in pipe bridges shall be located below the other pipes.
6. Sulphuric acid lines to the Chlorine Dioxide Generator only shall be cleaned as follows:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
a. Before installation, equipment, valves, fittings and pipe shall be disassembled and cleaned
in Tri-Chlorethylene or Chlorothene in order to remove any grease or oil.
b. After installation the piping system shall be steam cleaned and blown out with dry, oil free
air.
c. Piping shall be designed similar to a steam piping system in order to withstand the expansion

9. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 SKIN PROTECTION
 hard hats

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 EYE PROTECTION
FIRST AID
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES
 FOR INGESTION


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K40 METHANOL To 5 barg (to 150 psig)

To 50°C (to 122F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service







PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


Class: 600
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 300
2½” - 8” Material: SS 316 body, plates, & springs, Buna V-3232

‘N’ seat
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

NOTES:
dry, oil-free air.

4S-02.01.
13. DELETED

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE
materials

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 FIRES
 FOR INGESTION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYES

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
 FOR INGESTION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR INHALATION
 FOR EYES

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOMENCLATURE
K32 CHLORINE DIOXIDE ClO2 SOLUTION 10 barg (150 psig)

-10 – 80 °C
α = 20 x 10 -6 [mm/mm °C]

EKA Detail Atandards
ASME 31.3
4-383 1555

Class: 150

Class: 150
(See note 5)

Class: 150
(See note 5)

(See note 6) Class: 150


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
1" -24” Class: 150 According 4-383 1555
See Appendix D.

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

avoided

328.

4-383 277


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
3. ®


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 VENTILATION
 INHALATION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FIRST AID

to-mouth contact)
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN




APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX A


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX B


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX C


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX D


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
10 barg ( 150 psig)

K91 SULFURIC ACID 15%-80% -10 - 200°C
- Mixed acidic / alkaline (low solids)
pH Range: PEND.
APPLICABLE CODE
Reference: EKA Detail Standards
4-383 183 ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Carbon steel pipe, lined internally ASTM A106

1” – 6” with PTFE thk. 3 [mm]. Gr. B
(See note 2) Conn: Flanged R.F. ASME B36.10
(See note 3) Class: 150 with PTFE lining DIN 2848
Flange ASTM A-105
ASME B16.5
FITTINGS BENDS AND Material: Carbon steel , lined internally with ASTM A-234
REDUCERS PTFE thk 3 [mm] ASME B16.9
1” - 6” Conn: Flanged R.F. with PTFE lining DIN 2848
(See Note 3) Class: 150 Flange ASTM A-105
(See Note 4) ASME B16.5
FITTINGS TEES Material: Carbon steel , lined internally with ASTM A106
1” - 6” PTFE thk 3 [mm] Gr. B
(See Note 3) Conn: Flanged R.F. ASME B36.10
(See Note 4) Class: 150 with PTFE lining DIN 2848
Flange ASTM A-105
ASME B16.5

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

Type: en terreno – Empaquetaduras por
Class: fluido y aislación

Class: 300
2. Field installation according to Eka document 4-383 317.
3. Pipe support spacing according to Eka document 4-383 277
4. Surface treatment: The pipe spools shall be blast cleaned to class SA 2 1/2, primed and coated in
accordance with separate specification.

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
5. All piping and pipe fittings are prefabricated and must be joined together by flanges. Pipes are
normally constructed with one fixed flange, whilst at the other end the flanges is of loose type.
6. Lining of NB 2” and lower withstands full vacuum.
7. The following components are available as Eka standard 4-383 183:
Pipes see specification 2.1.1

Tees see specification 2.2.1
Bends see specification 2.3.1
Reducers see specification 2.4.1
8. DELETED

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 SKIN PROTECTION
 hard hats

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
 EYE PROTECTION
FIRST AID
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES
 FOR INGESTION


Sheets (MSDS)

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOMENCLATURE
K32 CHLORINE DIOXIDE ClO2 SOLUTION 20.6 barg (300 psig)

-10 – 80 °C
α = 20 x 10 -6 [mm/mm °C]
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME 31.3

Class: 300

Class: 300
(See note 5)

Class: 300
(See note 5)

(See note 6) Class: 300


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
1" -24” Class: 300 According 4-383 1555
See Appendix D.

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

avoided

328.

4-383 277


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
3. ®
5. Di to be confirmed by manufacturer as being matched to stub ends


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
 WARNING

 STORAGE

 WASTE DISPOSAL
 VENTILATION
 INHALATION
 FOR SKIN
 FOR EYES


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FIRST AID

to-mouth contact)
 FOR EYES
 FOR SKIN




APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
G02 PROPANE
G04 FUEL GAS 10 barg Maximum (145 psig)
- Underground 15°C – 48°C (60°F – 120°F)
- Outside
APPLICABLE CODE
G08 Natural gas ASME B31.8


End Prep: Beveled ends Gr. B.
SEE NOTES 8, 9 & 10 Ref: PROTECTIVE COATING

(See Note 4) Wall Thk: Extra strong (For Instr. Conn. only)

(See Notes 4 & 13) Wall Thk: 3000
2½” - 12” Material: Carbon steel ASTM A234

SOCKOLETS Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

Class: 3000


All Sizes Type: SO or WN ASME B16.5
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

aislación

Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
BALL Material: SS 316 body & ball, lever handle, V-4121

½” - 2” teflon seat
Class: 150 (for Instr. Conn. only)
PLUG Material: Cast steel, lubricated, wrench operator V-6236

Class: 150
6” - 12” Material: Cast steel, lubricated, worm gear V-6237

operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTE: All valves specified in this Design Standard shall be approved for each project by the governing Inspection
Board having jurisdiction over the specified services.
Specify on Purchase Order to include all tests documentation and material certification of valves.

Installation of underground pipe lines Standard 4S-31.01
Instrument fittings of steel pipe Standard 4D-10.02
3. Control valve stations shall not have by-passes.
4. Threaded valves or fittings shall not be installed underground.
6. Field fabricated branch connections shall be made with sockolets or weldolets.
7. Pipe bends are not permissible.
8. Underground carbon steel pipe lines shall have a protective outside coating that conforms to the
following systems:
The exterior of the pipe and fittings shall be coated with high density polyethylene sheath (‘Shaw
Polyethylene, Yellow Jacket Coating’).
The ‘Shaw” yellow jacket coating system consists of the following:
 sandblasting the exterior of the pipe

 pre-heating the pipe prior to the application of a polymerized rubber undercoating
 extruding a high density polyethylene sheath over the pipe immediately following the
undercoating
After thorough cleaning, joints shall receive rubber undercoating plus two layers of Polyken tape
wrapping or pre-molded polyethylene coupling covers (Canusa Heat Shrink Sleeve).
9. Special coatings that may be required on the pipe line sections passing underwater, through swamps,
etc. shall be specified on drawings.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
10. Protective coatings shall be tested for flaws over their entire surface with an electrical holiday detector.
The test voltage shall be 12,000.
11. Fuel gas piping systems shall be tested in accordance with the governing inspection board regulations
having jurisdiction over the specified services.
12. Permanent underground fuel gas piping installed in the Province of British Columbia shall be
cathodically protected. For installations outside of BC, local codes and safety regulations shall be
consulted.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
FUEL OIL (BOILERS) 0 – 15.5 barg (0 - 225 psig)

O30* - Heavy weight 48 – 121°C (120F - 250F)
O31 - Light weight
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service






Class: 3000


All Sizes Type: S.O. or W.N. ASME B16.5
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
HOSE ASSEMBLIES Material: SS corrugated hose with braided cover Type 321 SS
(At boiler) & CS Type J male connectors with hex Flexonics Corp. RW81 or
½” - 2” nuts (both ends) Flex-Pression RW81
Conn: Threaded NPT (length to suit)
UNLOADING HOSE Material: Oil resistant Neoprene tube & cover, Goodall OS & D
4” - 12” high tensile fabric piles with round Heavy Oil Suction & Discharge
steel wire reinforcement, smooth bore
(200 psig working pressure)
HOSE FITTINGS Material: Mild steel pipe thread nipple for Dixon ‘King’ combination style
4” - 12” straight end hose fitted both eneds of ‘KS’ or approved equal
hose with cadmium plated malleable Dixon ‘King’ hose clamps
iron double bolt clamps or approved equal
4”  - 1 clamp
required
6”-12”  - 2 clamps
required
HOSE FLANGES Material: Forged carbon steel ASTM A181

4” - 12” Conn: Threaded ASME B16.9
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

(Instr. Connection only) Class: 600
2” & Less Material: Forged steel V-1556

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 600
CHECK Material: Forged steel, SS ball, union bonnet V-3517

Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast or forged steel, alloy steel trim V-1236

Class: 150 (See Note 2)
2½” & Up Material: Cast or forged steel, alloy steel trim V-1266
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast or forged steel, alloy steel trim V-2266

Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing, alloy steel V-3236

2½” & Up trim
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
2½” & Up Material: Cast or forged steel, swing, alloy steel V-3266
trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

NOTES:
2. Buttweld valves shall be used wherever possible in order to minimize flanges.
4. Shop fabricated, nozzle weld branch connections shall conform to ASME B31.3, paragraph 304.3.3.
7. Fuel oil piping installations shall conform to the following standard:
Canadian Installations Canadian Underwriters’ Association for the installation

of oil burning equipment (CUA No. 31)
U.S. Installations National Fire Protection Association International
8. Buttweld valves shall have the bore (pipe ID) specified on the Purchase Order, together with the weld
end preparation as per ASME B16.25, Figure 1 & 2 without backing rings.
The Following Notes apply to Category M Fluid Service “Only”

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
FUEL OIL (BOILERS) 15.5 – 37 barg

(226 - 550 psig )
O30 * - Heavy weight 121 – 232°C
O31 - Light weight (251F - 450F)
O01 - Diesel Oil APPLICABLE CODE

ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2½” -16” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A106



2½” – 16” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234


Class: 3000


All Sizes Type: W.N. ASME B16.5
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 25 Jun 2002
aislación

aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
HOSE ASSEMBLY Material: SS corrugated hose with braided cover Type 321 SS
(At boiler) & CS Type J male connectors with hex Flexonics Corp. RW81 or
½” - 2” nuts (both ends) Flex-Pression RW81
Conn: Threaded NPT (length to suit)

(Instr. Connection only) Class: 600
2” & Less Material: Forged steel V-1556

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 600
CHECK Material: Forged steel, SS ball, union bonnet V-3517

Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast or forged steel, alloy steel trim V-1436

2½” & Up Material: Cast or forged steel, alloy steel trim V-1466
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300
GLOBE Material: Cast or forged steel, alloy steel trim V-2466

2½” & Up Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast or forged steel, swing, alloy steel V-3436

2½” & Up trim
Class: 300
2½” & Up Material: Cast or forged steel, swing, alloy steel V-3466
trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 300

piping

2. Buttweld valves shall be used wherever possible in order to minimize flanges.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
7. Fuel oil piping installations shall conform to the following standard:
Canadian Installations Canadian Underwriters’ Association for the installation

of oil burning equipment (CUA No. 31)
U.S. Installations National Fire Protection Association International
8. Buttweld valves shall have the bore (pipe ID) specified on the Purchase Order, together with the weld
end preparation as per ASME B16.25, Figure 1 & 2 without backing rings.
10. All screwed valves/connections to be back-welded. (Threaded joints which are to be back-
welded,shall be made up without any thread compounds).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 13.8 barg (0 – 200 psig )
O21 LUBRICATION OIL -18°C – 65°C (0F - 150F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2½” & 10” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A312






2” & Less Conn: Socket weld Type F304L
2½” – 12” Material: Austenitic SS, stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
aislación

Class: aislación

2” & Less Conn: Threaded F304L
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
TUBING Material: Annealed SS, seamless ASTM A269 TP 304

¼” - 1”
Tube Dia. ¼” 3/ 5/ 7/
8” ½” 8” ¾” 8” 1”
Wall Thk. .035” .035” .035” .035” .049” .049” .065”
TUBE FITTINGS Material: SS Swagelock

¼” - 1” Conn: Mechanical or approved equal
Type: Flare-less self-centering ferrule
HOSE ASSEMBLY Material: No skive, single steel wire braid, Buna Parker 421
3/ ” - 1” ‘N’ hose or approved equal
16
HOSE NIPPLE Re-useable steel fitting, male pipe Parker ‘Hose-Lok’ 20142
nipple or approved equal
HOSE ASSEMBLY Material: No skive, double steel wire braid, Buna Parker 301
1¼” - 2” ‘N’ hose or approved equal
HOSE NIPPLE Re-useable steel fitting, male pipe Parker ‘Hose-Lok’ 20130
nipple or approved equal


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

(Instr. Connection) Class: 150
2” & Less Material: Cast SS 316 lever handle, teflon and V-4451
seals
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
GATE Material: Cast SS 316 bolted bonnet V-1251

Class: 150
2½” - 8” Material: Cast SS 316 body, OS & Y, split V-1245

wedge, bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316 OS & Y, bolted bonnet V-2251

Class: 150
2½” - 8” Material: Cast SS 316 body OS & Y, split wedge V-2241

bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316 bolted bonnet V-3251

Class: 150
Material: Cast SS 316 body, swing V-3244

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

flanges

2. Teflon pipe thread tape shall not be used on lubrication oil piping.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
STOVE OIL (Low Pressure) 0 – 8.6 barg (0 - 125 psig)

KEROSENE -18°C – 65°C (0F - 150F)
O01 DIESEL OIL
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Carbon steel ASTM A106


End Prep: Beveled ends Gr. B
NIPPLES Material: Carbon steel ASTM A106




2” & Less Conn: Threaded, iron to iron, ground joint ASTM A47, Gr. 32510

All Sizes Type: SO or WN ASME B16.5
Class: 150

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: aislación

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
BALL Material: Ductile iron V-4114


Class: 300

Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast iron body, bronze trim V-1131

Class: 125

Class: 125

Class: 125

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping

2. Branch connections shall be made with a tee and reducer.
3. Piping systems with the storage tank and pump below operating floors shall have discharge line shut-
off valves located on the operating floor as well as at the pump discharge.
A pressure relief valve shall be located in the discharge line between the pump and the first shut-off
valve.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
O10 HYDRAULIC OIL Maximum Working Pressure

ANNEALED TUBING See Table ‘A’
0 - 3500 psig Fluid Temperature:
48°C (120F) Approx.
Min. Ambient Temperature:
-40°C (-40F)
(See Notes 2 & 9)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
HYDRAULIC TUBING Material: Seamless cold drawn or welded and ASTM A269 TP 316L
¼” - 2” cold drawn SS 316L tubing, annealed Rockwell B80 Max.
for bending and flaring
End Prep: Mechanical
Wall Thk: See Table
TUBE FITTINGS Material: SS 316, bite type Parker-Hannifin “Ferulok”

¼” - 2” Conn: Mechanical, conforming to SAE SAE J514, J518, J1453
specifications in all respects or SAE approved equal
(See Note 1)
THREAD ADAPTERS Material: SS 316, thread adapter Parker-Hannifin or

1/ ” - 2” J.I.C. - metric Aeroquip
8
B.S.P. - SAE - etc. or approved equal
(See Note 1)
HOSE Material: Synthetic rubber inner and outer cover, SAE J517 Gates
to a max. of 1125 psig 2 wire braid or SAE approved equal
working pressure for 2” Type: SAE 100 R2 Type AT
dia. 4:1 S.F.
¼” - 2”
HOSE END FITTINGS Material: Various thread ends, swivel, 45 and SAE J516
4:1 S.F. 90 elbows Purchase from hose
¼” - 2” Conn: Permanently attached style manufacturer
(See Note 10)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HOSE Material: Synthetic rubber inner and outer cover SAE J517 Gates
to a max. of 2500 psig 4 spiral wire or SAE approved equal
working pressure for 2” Type: SAE 100 R12
dia. 4:1 S.F.
3/ ” - 2”
8
HOSE END FITTINGS Material: Various thread ends, swivel, 45 and SAE J516
4:1 S.F. 90 elbows Purchase from hose
3/ ” - 2” Conn: manufacturer
8 Permanently attached style
(See Note 10)
BALL Material: Carbon steel, Delrin and molydisulfide V-4810

¼”, 3/8” & ½” seat, Viton seals (See Notes 2 & 3)
Conn: SAE THD 4, 6 and 8
Class: See Valve Standards
¾” & 1” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin and molydisulfide V-4811

seat, Viton seals (See Notes 2 & 3)
Conn: SAE THD 12 & 16
1¼”, 1½” & 2” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin and molydisulfide V-4812
seat, Viton seals (See Notes 2 & 3)
Conn: SAE THD 20, 24 & 32

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
TABLE ‘A’
MAXIMUM PRESSURE LIMITATION FOR
SEAMLESS OR WELDED AND COLD DRAWN STAINLESS STEEL TUBING ASTM A269 TP 316L
TUBING MAXIMUM WALL THICKNESS (INCHES)

O.D. PRESSURES
INCHES psig
0.035 0.049 0.065 0.083 0.095 0.109 0.120 0.134 0.188
¼" Max. Test Pressure 4200 5800 7800
Max. Allowable 3741 5210 6947 (RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM
Design Pressure WALL THICKNESS)
Maximum SF 5 3136 4368 5824
Working SF 6 2613 3640 4853
Pressure SF 8 1960 2730 3640
3/ " Max. Test Pressure 2800 3900 5000
8
Max. Allowable 2494 3474 4631

Design Pressure
Maximum SF 5 2091 2912 3883
Working SF 6 1742 2427 3236
Pressure SF 8 1307 1820 2427
½" Max. Test Pressure 2900 3900 4900
Max. Allowable 2605 3474 4409 (RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM
Maximum SF 5 2184 2912 3696
Working SF 6 1820 2427 3080
Pressure SF 8 1365 1820 2310
5/ " Max. Test Pressure 3100 3900 4500
8
Max. Allowable 2779 3527 4061 (RECOMMENDED MINIMUM

Maximum SF 5 2330 2957 3405
Working SF 6 1941 2464 2837
Pressure SF 8 1456 1848 2128

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
TABLE ‘A’ (continued)

O.D. PRESSURES
INCHES psig
0.035 0.049 0.065 0.083 0.095 0.109 0.120 0.134 0.188
¾” Max. Test Pressure 2600 3300 3800 4400

Max. Allowable 2316 2939 3385 3874
Design Pressure
Maximum SF 5 1941 2464 2837 3248
Working SF 6 1618 2053 2364 2707
Pressure SF 8 1213 1540 1773 2030
1" Max. Test Pressure 2500 2900 3300
Max. Allowable 2204 2538 2906 (RECOMMENDED MIN.
Maximum SF 5 1848 2128 2436
Working SF 6 1540 1773 2030
Pressure SF 8 1155 1330 1523
1-¼” Max. Test Pressure 2300 2600 2900 3000
See Note
5
Max. Allowable (RECOMMENDED MINIMUM 2031 2325 2565 2859
Maximum SF 5 1702 1949 2150 2397
Working SF 6 1419 1624 1792 1997
Pressure SF 8 1064 1218 1344 1498
1-½” Max. Test Pressure 1900 2200 2400 2500
See Note
5
Max. Allowable 1692 1937 2138 2383
Design Pressure
Maximum SF 5 1419 1624 1792 1997
Working SF 6 1182 1353 1493 1664
Pressure SF 8 887 1015 1120 1248

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
TABLE ‘A’ (continued)

O.D. PRESSURES
INCHES psig
0.035 0.049 0.065 0.083 0.095 0.109 0.120 0.134 0.188
2" Max. Test Pressure 1400 1600 1800 2000 2500

See Note
5
Max. Allowable (RECOMMENDED MINIMUM 1269 1453 1603 1787 2400
Maximum SF 5 1064 1218 1344 1498 2100
Working
Pressure
SF 6 887 1015 1120 1248 1750
SF 8 665 761 840 936 1313
THE BARLOW FORMULA HAS BEEN USED TO COMPUTE THE ABOVE FIGURES
TENSILE: 70,000 PSI
YIELD: 25,000 PSI
Safety Factor Selection:
Factor 4:- Shall not be used for tubing. The values are higher than the maximum allowable design
pressures.
Factor 5:- Non-critical applications.
Factor 6:- Average industrial conditions where normal vibrations and shocks are experienced.
Factor 8:- Lines exposed to external abuse

High internal shock conditions
High temperature service
Flushing procedure for hydraulic piping, tubing and Standard 4S-20.03

hose

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
1. Material of “approved equal” status for tube and tube fittings shall be interpreted as equivalent in
tensile and yield strength, surface finish, dimensional tolerance, interior and exterior surface
protection.
2. Carbon steel material may be used at a temperature below -20F, provided that the impact test shall
be in accordance with Paragraph 323.3 ASME B31.3.
3. All ball valves are to be complete with locking kit.
4. The maximum allowable design pressures shown in the tables above are based on the maximum
allowable stress of the pipe material and must not be exceeded. Consideration must be given to the
relief valve setting and maximum pump pressure, allowing for the connected horsepower of the
electric motor. This material should not be subjected to high internal hydraulic shocks, excessive
vibration or external abuse.
5. The use of tube fittings larger than one inch diameter is not recommended. They are difficult to
assemble without leakage, due to the required heavy wall and they are not readily available. Tubing
1¼” diameter and larger using systems with SAE flanged ends are recommended.
6. Acceptable Threads: J.I.C, SAE, BSP parallel threads.
7. “Loctite” 59231 is an acceptable thread sealant. Teflon tape is not acceptable.
8. The piping materials shall be given maximum protection from the elements before and during
installation and should be transported and stored in a closed area.
9. All tubing shall be supported using the “Hydrocraft”, “Behringer” or “Stauff” standard series of
“Parklamp” systems (or approved equal) c/w polypropylene inserts. (Santoprene inserts at -20F to
-40F). See Design Standard 4D-20.13.
Maximum Support Spacing (based on vibration)

¼”, 5/16”, 3/8”, ½” - 3 ft
5/ ”, ¾”, 7/ ” - 4 ft
8 8
1” - 5 ft
1¼”, 1½”, 2” - 7 ft
One clamp on each side of a bend or union connection.
10. Hose shall be purchased from the distributor as complete assemblies. Fixed lengths (including end
fittings) will be standardized by diameter for each project.
11. Before proceeding with the fabrication and installation of the tube and tube fittings, it is essential for
the Contractor to read the fitting manufacturer’s installation manual.
12. All tubing to be reamed free of burrs and all contamination shall be removed from the tube’s bore.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
13. Prior to shipping, all tube ends shall be capped.
14. Flushing procedure for piping, tubing and hose, see Design Standard 4S-20.03.
15. After flushing and prior to the initial operation of the hydraulic equipment, all piping (tubing)
assemblies shall be pressure tested, using hydraulic fluid, to 1½ times maximum working pressure
or maximum test pressure (pages 3 & 4) whichever is the lower value. Hold for a minimum of 10
minutes, the pressure may then be reduced to the maximum working pressure noted on the
nomenclature sheet and held for such time as may be necessary to conduct examination for leakage.
This test is mandatory (ASME Code 31.3).
A certificate of the test shall be filed with the Field Engineer. See Design Standard 4S-20.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
O10 HYDRAULIC OIL Max. Working Pressure:

Sch. 80 Bent Pipe See Table ‘A’
48.8°C (120F) Approx.
-40°C (-40F)
(See Notes 2 & 9)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Seamless austenitic, SS ASTM A312

¾” - 2” End Prep: Plain end TP 316L
PIPE FITTINGS Material: Elbows shall be bent, minimum radius Pipe as above
¾” - 2” 4 diameters, other fittings per GS Hydro
catalogue or approved equal
Conn: Mechanical (See Note 1)
FLANGE SETS FOR PIPE Type: 2 ring faces Conforming to SAE J518 bolt
DIMENSIONS Material: Cast steel, 316L cone & sleeve pattern
¾” - 2” Conn: Flared 37
Class: SAE - Code 61
or:
Type: 2 ring faces GS Hydro
Material: Cast steel, 316L cone & sleeve or approved equal
Conn: Flared 37 (See Note 1)
SEALS Material: Lip seals captive in steel outer ring, Purchase with flanges
similar to “Dowty Seal”. Size to suit
flange.
BOLTS & NUTS Type: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HOSE To a Max. of 2500 Material: Synthetic rubber inner & outer cover SAE J517
psig Working Pressure Type: 4 spiral high tensile wire SAE 100 R12 Gates or SAE approved equal
for 2” dia. 4:1 S.F. Class: SAE Code 61 or 62 flanges
HOSE To a Max. of 5000 Material: Synthetic rubber inner & outer cover SAE J517
psig Working Pressure Type: 6 spiral very high tensile wire SAE 100 Gates or SAE approved equal
for 1” - 2” dia. 4:1 S.F. R13
Class: SAE Code 61 or 62 flanges
HOSE END FITTINGS Material: SAE 4-bolt steel split flanges. Straight SAE J516
4:1 S.F. end fitting & elbows 45 & 90 SAE J518
3/ ” - 2”
8 Conn: Permanently attached style Gates or SAE approved equal
Class: SAE Code 61 or 62 heads (See Note 10)
BALL Material: Carbon steel, Delrin & Molydisulfide

¾” & 1” seat, Viton seals
Conn: Flanged (SAE) Code 61 - V-4831
Code 62 - V-4838
Class: See Valve Standard (See Notes 2 & 3)
1¼” - 2” Material: Forged steel body, Delrin &

Molydisulfide seat, Viton seals V-4830
Code 62 - V-4839
Class: See Valve Standard (See Note 2 & 3)
½”, ¾” & 1” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin & Molydisulfide

seat, Viton seals
Class: See Valve Standard (See Note 2 & 3
1¼” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin & Molydisulfide

seat, Viton seals
1½” & 2” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin & Molydisulfide

seat, Viton seals

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
½” - 2” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin & Molydisulfide
seat, Viton seals
CHECK Material: Carbon steel

¾” - 3” Conn: Flanged (SAE) Code 61 - V-3831
Class: See Valve Standard (See Note 2)
or:
¾” - 2” Material: Carbon steel

Class: See Valve Standard (See Note 2)
TABLE ‘A’
STAINLESS STEEL PIPE ASTM A312 TP 316L SEAMLESS Sch. 80S
Pipe Nominal Diameter ¾” 1” 1 ¼” 1 ½” 2”

Outside Diameter 1.050 1.315” 1.660” 1.900” 2.375”
Inside Diameter 0.742” 0.957” 1.278” 1.500” 1.939”
Wall Thickness 0.154” 0.179” 0.191” 0.200” 0.218”
Maximum Test Pressure - psig 4900 4500 3800 3400 3000
Maximum Allowable Design Pressure - psig 4355 4019 3356 3046 2630
Maximum Working Pressure - psig SF 5 3651 3369 2814 2553 2205
SF 6 3043 2808 2345 2128 1838
SF 8 2282 2106 1759 1596 1378
MAXIMUM PRESSURE RATING FOR SAE FLANGES

The maximum pressures of SAE flanges have been de-rated to account for the end connection conditions.
SAE Code 61 Flanges Maximum - psig SF 4 4000 4000 3200 2400 2400
SAE Code 62 Flanges Maximum - psig SF 4 4400 4080 3440 3200 2800
THE LAME FORMULA HAS BEEN USED TO COMPUTE THE ABOVE FIGURES
MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH: 70,000 PSI
YIELD: 25,000 PSI

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Safety Factor Selection
Factor 4: Shall not be used for pipe. The values are higher than the maximum allowable design
pressures.
Factor 5: A normal operating system.
Factor 6: Considerable hydraulic & mechanical shock.

Cylinder actions are rapid. Decompression circuits.
High velocity flows from pumps and accumulators.
Factor 8: Lines exposed to external abuse

High internal shock conditions
High temperature service
Flushing procedures for hydraulic piping, tubing and Standard 4S-20.03

hose
NOTES: 1. Material of “approved equal” status for tube and tube fittings shall be interpreted as equivalent in
tensile & yield strength, surface finish, dimensional tolerance, interior & exterior surface protection.
2. Carbon steel material may be used at a temperature below -29°C (-20F), provided that the impact test
shall be in accordance with Paragraph 323.3 ASME B31.3.
4. The maximum allowable design pressures shown in Table ‘A’ are based on the maximum allowable
stress of the pipe material and must not be exceeded.
5. The maximum working pressures shown in Table ‘A’ are based on the ultimate tensile strength of
the pipe material, and factored accordingly.
6. Regardless of the pipe diameter, this material classification shall be devoid of threaded connections.
installation and shall be transported and stored in a closed area.
8. All fabrications shall be colour coded according to Specification 2S-40.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
9. All piping shall be supported using the “Behringer” or “Stauff” heavy series systems (or approved
equal) c/w polypropylene inserts. (Santoprene inserts at -29C to -40C). See Design Standard 4D-
20.13.
Maximum Support Spacing (Based on Vibration)
Below 3000 psig Above 3000 psig

¾” & 1” 7 ft 5 ft
1¼” 8 ft 6 ft
1½” 8 ft 6 ft
2” 9 ft 7 ft
10. Hoses shall be purchased from the Distributor as complete assemblies. Fixed lengths (including end
11. 4-bolt flanged hose-end fittings always contain the ‘O’ ring.
12. Lubricate ‘O’ rings and seals before assembly.
13. For SAE 4-bolted flanges the long bolt spacing dimension shall be in the vertical.
14. All piping shall be reamed free of burrs and all contamination shall be removed from the pipe’s bore.
15. All fabrications are to be identified with the drawing number, system number and match marked in
the direction of normal flow.
16. Prior to shipping, all pipe ends shall be capped.
17. Flushing Procedure: For piping, tubing and hose: See Design Standard 4S-20.03
assemblies shall be pressure tested, using hydraulic fluid, to 1½ times maximum working pressure
or maximum test pressure, whichever is the lower value. Hold for a minimum of 10 minutes, the
pressure may then be reduced to the maximum working pressure noted on the nomenclature sheet
and held for such time as may be necessary to conduct examination for leakage. This test is
mandatory (ASME Code 31.3). A certificate of the test shall be filed with the Field Engineer. (See
4S-20.01).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
O10 HYDRAULIC OIL Maximum Working Pressure

SCH. 80 S.W. PIPE See Table ‘A’
(STAINLESS STEEL) 49°C (120F) Approx.
-40°C(-40F)
(See Notes 2 & 9)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE Material: Seamless austenitic, stainless steel ASTM A312

¾” - 2” End Prep: Plain end Gr. TP 316L
PIPE FITTINGS Material: Stainless steel ASTM A182

¾” - 2” Conn: Socket weld Gr. F316L
FLANGES SETS FOR Type: SAE 4 bolt flange, 1 - SAE ring face, 1
PIPE DIMENSIONS - SAE flat face
¾” - 2” Material: SS, Type 316L
Conn: Socket weld
or Conforming to SAE J 518 bolt

pattern
Type: SAE 4 bolt flange, 1 - SAE ring face, 1

- SAE flat face
Material: SS, Type 316L
Conn: Socket weld
SEALS Material: ‘O’ ring material Buna-N 90 Durometer, Conforming to SAE J 120a
size to suit flange
BOLTS & NUTS Type: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HOSE To a max. of 2500 Material: Synthetic rubber inner and outer cover SAE J 517 Gates
psig working pressure Type: 4 spiral high tensile wire SAE 100 R12 or SAE approved equal
for 2” dia. 4:1 S.F. Class: SAE Code 61 or 62 flanges
HOSE To a max. of 5000 Material: Synthetic rubber inner and outer cover SAE J 517 Gates
psig working pressure Type: 6 spiral very high tensile wire SAE 100 or SAE approved equal
for 1-2” dia. 4:1 S.F. R13
Class: SAE Code 61 or 62 flanges
HOSE END FITTINGS Material: SAE 4-bolt steel split flanges, straight SAE J 516
4:1 S.F. end fitting and elbows 45 & 90 Purchase from hose
3/ ” - 2” Conn: manufacturer
8 Permanently attached style
Class: SAE Code 61 or Code 62 heads SAE J 518 Gates
or SAE approved equal
(See Note 10)
BALL Material: Carbon steel, Delrin and molydisulfide

¾” & 1” seat, Viton seals
Conn: Flanged (SAE) Code 61 - V-4831 (See Note 2 & 3)
Code 62 - V-4838 (See Note 2 & 3)
Class: See Valve Standard
1¼” - 2” Material: Forged steel body, Delrin &

molydisulfide seat, Viton seals V-4830 (See Note 2 & 3)
Class: Code 62 - V-4839 (See Note 2 & 3)
See Valve Standard
¾” & 1” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin and molydisulfide

seat, Viton seals
1¼” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin and molydisulfide

seat, Viton seals
1½” & 2” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin and molydisulfide

seat, Viton seals

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
½” - 2” Material: Carbon steel, Delrin and molydisulfide
seat, Viton seals

¾” - 3” Conn: Flanged (SAE) Code 61 - V-3831 (See Note 2)
or

¾” - 2” Conn: Flanged (SAE) Code 62 - V-3832 (See Note 2)
TABLE ‘A’

STAINLESS STEEL PIPE ASTM A312 TP 316L SEAMLESS SCH. 80S
PIPE NOMINAL DIAMETER 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"

OUTSIDE DIAMETER 1.050" 1.315" 1.660" 1.900" 2.375"
INSIDE DIAMETER 0.742" 0.957" 1.278" 1.500" 1.939"
WALL THICKNESS 0.154" 0.179" 0.191" 0.200" 0.218"
MAXIMUM TEST 5000 4500 4000 3500 3000
PRESSURE -psig
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE 4667 4292 3570 3251 2801
DESIGN PRESSURE -psig
MAXIMUM WORKING S.F. 5 3912 3598 2993 2725 2349
PRESSURE -psig
S.F. 6 3260 2998 2494 2271 1957
S.F. 8 2445 2249 1871 1703 1468

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
MAXIMUM PRESSURE RATING FOR SAE FLANGES
The maximum pressure of the SAE flanges have been de-rated to account for the end connection conditions.
SAE CODE 61 FLANGES MAXIMUM - psig S.F. 4 4050 4050 3250 2450 2450
SAE CODE 62 FLANGES MAXIMUM - psig S.F. 4 4850 4850 4850 4850 4500
MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH: 70,000 psi
YIELD: 25,000 psi
Factor 4:- Shall not be used for pipe. The values are higher than the maximum allowable design pressures.
Factor 5:- A normal operating system.
Factor 6:- Considerable hydraulic and mechanical shock.

Cylinder actions are rapid. Decompression circuits.
High velocity flows from pumps and accumulators.
Figure 8:- Lines exposed to external abuse.

High internal shock conditions.
High temperature service.


Flushing Procedures for Hydraulic Piping, Tubing Standard 4S-20.03

and Hose
NOTES: 1. Regardless of the pipe diameter this material classification piping shall be devoid of threaded
connections and socket weld couplings.
2. Carbon steel material may be used at a temperature below -20F, provided that the impact test shall
be in accordance with Paragraph 323.3 ASME B31.3.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
6. All piping shall be reamed free of burrs and all contamination shall be removed from the pipe’s bore.
installation and shall be transported and stored in a closed area.
8. All fabrications shall be colour coded according to specification 2S-40.01.
9. All piping shall be supported using the “Behringer”, “Behringer” or “Stauff” heavy series systems (or
approved equal) c/w polypropylene inserts. (Santoprene inserts at -29°C to -40C). See Design
Standard 4D-20.13.
Maximum Support Spacing (Based on Vibration)
Below 3000 psig Above 3000 psig
¾” & 1” 7 ft. 5 ft.

1¼” 8 ft. 6 ft.
1½” 8 ft. 6 ft.
2” 9 ft. 7 ft.
10. Hoses shall be purchased from the distributor as complete assemblies. Fixed lengths (including end
11. 4-bolt flanged hose-end fittings always contain the ‘O’ ring.
12. Lubricate ‘O’ rings and seals before assembly.
13. For SAE 4-bolted flanges, the long bolt spacing dimension shall be in the vertical.
14. All fabrications are to be identified with the drawing number, system number and match marked in
the direction of normal flow.
15. Prior to shipping, all pipe ends shall be capped.
16. Flushing procedure for piping, tubing and hose, see Design Standard 4S-20.03.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
assemblies shall be pressure tested (using hydraulic fluid) to 1½ times maximum working pressure
or maximum test pressure (page 4) whichever is the lower value. Hold for a minimum of 10 minutes,
the pressure may then be reduced to the maximum working pressure as noted on the nomenclature
sheet and held for such time as may be necessary to conduct examination for leakage. This test is
mandatory (ASME 31.3).
18. The wall thickness specified in Standard 4S-02.01 shall not apply.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
O20 CONTROL OIL (Turbo Generator) 0 - 42barg (0 - 620 psig)

at 93.3°C (At 200F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service



4” & Less Conn: Butt weld Gr. WP 316L
All Sizes length, with Class 300 carbon steel lap Gr. WP 316L
joint flanges ASME B16.9
Class: 300

aislación

Class: aislación

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000

Class: 3000

HOSE ASSEMBLY Material: No skive, single steel wire braid, Buna Parker 421
3/ ” - 1” ‘N’ hose, SAE 100 R1 or approved equal
16
HOSE END FITTING Re-usable steel fitting, 37 swivel both Parker ‘Hose-Lok’ 20642
ends on both ends
HOSE ASSEMBLY Material: No skive, double steel wire braid, Buna Parker 301
1¼” - 2” ‘N’ hose SAE 100 R2 or approved equal
HOSE END FITTING Re-usable steel fitting, 37 swivel both Parker ‘Hose-Lok’ 20630
ends on both ends
THREAD ADAPTERS Material: SS, JIC - metric, BSP, NPTF - SAE TP316
1/ ” - 2” etc. Parker Hannifin or Aeroquip
8

2” & Less seats, full port
GLOBE Material: 316 SS body & trim V-2451

Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, bolted cap V-3451

Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
TABLE ‘A’
PIPE NOMINAL DIAMETER ½” ¾” 1” 1¼” 1½” 2”
OUTSIDE DIAMETER 0.840” 1.050” 1.315” 1.660” 1.900” 2.375”
INSIDE DIAMETER 0.622” 0.824” 1.049” 1.380” 1.610” 2.067”
WALL THICKNESS 0.109” 0.113” 0.133” 0.140” 0.145” 0.154”
MAXIMUM TEST PRESSURE - psig 4571 3735 3493 2878 2589 2182
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DESIGN PRESSURE -
psig 4071 3327 3111 2563 2306 1943
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE - psig S.F. 5 3413 2789 2608 2149 1933 1629
S.F. 6 2844 2324 2174 1791 1611 1358
TABLE ‘A’ (CONTINUED)

PIPE NOMINAL DIAMETER 2½” 3” 4” 6”
OUTSIDE DIAMETER 2.875” 3.500” 4.500” 6.625”
INSIDE DIAMETER 2.469” 3.068” 4.026” 6.065”
WALL THICKNESS 0.203” 0.216” 0.237” 0.280”
MAXIMUM TEST PRESSURE - psig 3179 2070 1749 1395

psig 2123 1843 1558 1243
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE - psig S.F. 5 1780 1545 1306 1042
S.F. 6 1483 1288 1088 868
YIELD: 25,000 PSI

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Factor 4:- Shall not be used for pipe. The values are higher than the maximum allowable design
pressures.

piping (See Note 2)

Hydraulic Flushing Procedure for Turbo Generator Standard 4S-20.04

Lubrication - Piping, Tubing and Hose
2. The wall thickness specified in Design Standard 4S-02.01 shall not apply.
4. Teflon pipe thread tape shall not be used on lubrication oil piping.
5. Welding shall conform to Design Standard 4S-02.01, Item 8.4.
9. Prior to shipping all pipe ends shall be closed with dust type caps.
10. During construction, cleanliness of pipes shall mean the absence of foreign bodies, particles filings,
dust, textile waste, etc. It shall be effected by visual inspection with a high intensity flood light during
construction. Supervision shall be provided for this purpose.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
11. This piping shall be flushed to the strict cleanliness level of the hydraulic flushing procedure in Design
Standard 4S-20.04.
assemblies shall be pressure tested (using hydraulic fluid) to 1 ½ times maximum working pressure
or maximum test pressure (Page 3) whichever is the lower value. Hold for minimum of 10 minutes,
the pressure may then be reduced to the maximum working pressure as noted on the nomenclature
sheet and held for such time as may be necessary to conduct examination for leakage. This test is
mandatory (ASME 31.3).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
O21 LUBRICATING OIL & RETURN HEADERS Max. 3.4 barg (psig 50)
(Turbo Generator) Fluid Temp.
93°C (200F) approx.
APPLICABLE CODE
ANSI B31.3
Normal Service

6” - 10” Material: Austenitic SS, annealed ASTM A312



4” & Less Conn: Butt weld WP 316L
Wall Thk: Schedule 40S ANSI B16.9
6” - 10” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403

Conn: Butt weld WP 316L
Wall Thk: Schedule 10S ANSI B16.9
All Sizes length, with Class 150 HDG carbon WP 316L
steel lap joint flanges ASTM A105 HDG
Conn: Butt weld ANSI B16.5
Wall Thk: Schedule 10S for 6” - 10”
Schedule 40S for 4” & Less

Class: aislación


APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC OCT.04

APPR. APPR. DATE
aislación

2” & Less seats, full port
GLOBE Material: 316 SS body & trim V-2451

Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, bolted cap V-3451

Class: 300
TABLE ‘A’
PIPE NOMINAL DIAMETER ½” ¾” 1” 1¼” 1½” 2”
OUTSIDE DIAMETER 0.840” 1.050” 1.315” 1.660” 1.900” 2.375”
INSIDE DIAMETER 0.622” 0.824” 1.049” 1.380” 1.610” 2.067”
WALL THICKNESS 0.109” 0.113” 0.133” 0.140” 0.145” 0.154”
psig 4071 3327 3111 2563 2306 1943
S.F. 6 2844 2324 2174 1791 1611 1358


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
TABLE ‘A’ (CONTINUED)

PIPE NOMINAL DIAMETER 2½” 3” 4” 6”
OUTSIDE DIAMETER 2.875” 3.500” 4.500” 6.625”
INSIDE DIAMETER 2.469” 3.068” 4.026” 6.065”
WALL THICKNESS 0.203” 0.216” 0.237” 0.280”
MAXIMUM TEST PRESSURE - psig 3179 2070 1749 1395

psig 2123 1843 1558 1243
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE - psig S.F. 5 1780 1545 1306 1042
S.F. 6 1483 1288 1088 868
YIELD: 25,000 PSI
pressures.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
TABLE ‘B’

PIPE NOMINAL DIAMETER 3 4 6 8 10 12
OUTSIDE DIAMETER 3.5 4.5 6.625 8.625 10.75 12.75
INSIDE DIAMETER 3.26 4.26 6.357 8.329 10.42 12.39
WALL THICKNESS 0.120 0.120 0.134 0.148 0.165 0.180
psig 779 606 459 390 348 321
S.F. 6 544 423 321 272 243 224
YIELD: 25,000 PSI
pressures.

Hydraulic Flushing Procedure for Turbo Generator Standard 4S-20.04

Lubrication - Piping, Tubing and Hose


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
2. The wall thickness specified in Design Standard 4S-02.01 shall not apply.
4. Teflon pipe thread tape shall not be used on lubrication oil piping. “Locktite” PST #567 is acceptable.
5. Welding shall conform to Design Standard 4S-02.01, Item 6.4.
6. The maximum allowable design pressures shown in Table ‘A’ and ‘B’ are based on the maximum
allowable stress of the pipe material and must not be exceeded.
7. The maximum working pressures shown in Table ‘A’ and ‘B’ are based on the ultimate tensile
strength of the pipe material, and factored accordingly.
9. Prior to shipping all pipe ends shall be closed with dust type caps.
10. During construction, cleanliness of pipes shall mean the absence of foreign bodies, particles filings,
dust, textile waste, etc. It shall be effected by visual inspection with a high intensity flood light during
construction. Supervision shall be provided for this purpose.
11. This piping shall be flushed to the strict cleanliness level of the hydraulic flushing procedure in Design
Standard 4S-20.04.
assemblies shall be pressure tested (using hydraulic fluid) to 1½ times maximum working pressure
or maximum test pressure (Page 2 & 3) whichever is the lower value. Hold for minimum of 10
minutes, the pressure may then be reduced to the maximum working pressure as noted on the
nomenclature sheet and held for such time as may be necessary to conduct examination for leakage.
This test is mandatory (ASME 31.3).


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOMENCLATURE
D30 ACID EFFLUENTS See Note 4

(Above Ground) pH Range: 1 - 12
D40 CAUSTIC EFFLUENTS

(Above Ground)
PIPE, FITTINGS & Material: Glass reinforced plastic pipe Standard 4S-10.01
FLANGES Resin: (FRP) Standard 4S-10.02
2" & up To be selected by fabricator and Standard 4S-10.01
Struct. Wall
Thk: By fabricator Standard 4S-10.02
(Section 4)
Corrosion
Liner: Single Thickness
(For double thickness criteria see
4S-10.01)
Surface
Veil: Grade "C" Glass Standard 4S-10.01
(Section 4)
Conn: Butt & strap Standard 4S-10.01

Flanged Standard 4S-10.02
(Section 7)

aislación

See Note 3 Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
Type: aislación
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-17.01F 0


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
threads and bolts or approved equal

structures
Pipe line field erection, checking, testing and cleaning Standard 4S-20.01
specification
FRP pipe support Standard 4S-20.10
2. The pressure rating shall be specified for each FRP pipe line Design Standard 4S-10.02.
4. Service conditions to be specified on drawings and purchasing documents, consult Design

Standard 4S-10.02, Section 2. Vendor shall deliver field lay-up joint drawings and pipe and fittings
calculations.
loads
MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-17.01F 0


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOMENCLATURE
D10 FLOOR DRAINS (CARBON STEEL PIPING) Ambient to 60°C (140oF)

- PROCESS BUILDINGS Gravity Lines

2" & up End Prep: Bevelled end Gr. B Type E
Wall Thk: Standard wt.
FITTINGS Material: Carbon steel ASTM A234

2" & up End Prep: Butt weld Gr. WPB
Wall Thk: Standard wt. (See Notes 3 and 6) ASME B16.9

2" & up End Prep: Slip-on ASME B16.5
Class: 150

aislación
See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

GASKETS Material:
Type:
Class:
aislación
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication of carbon and ferritic steel pressure piping Standard 4S-01.01
Pipe line field erection, checking, testing and cleaning Standard 4D-20.01
specification


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
2. Unreinforced nozzle weld branch connections can be used.
3. Joining vertical down comers to horizontal runs shall be made with a 45o unreinforced nozzle
weld branch and a mitered joint.
4. Horizontal lines shall have cleanouts at each 90o bend or change in direction 45o and larger.
5. Slopes shall not be less than 1/4" per foot.
6. 45o offsets in vertical lines can be made with mitered joints.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
D50 MILL EFFLUENT Pressure: 9 barg (125 psig)

D60 MILL EFFLUENT - Treated Temp: 4°C – 48.8°C
(40F - 120F)
D35 EFFLUENT SLUDGE pH Range: Neutral
D* GENERAL EFLUENT
CARBON STEEL APPLICABLE CODE
Above Ground - See Note 2 ASME B31.3
Under Ground - See Note 3 Category D Fluid Service

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded or beveled ends Gr. B Type E
(See Note 4 & 6) Wall Thk: Standard weight
2½” - 18” Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A53

(See Note 5) End Prep: Beveled end Gr. B Type E
20” & Up Material: Fabricated carbon steel, EFW ASTM A139

(See Note 5) End Prep: Beveled ends Gr. A
Wall Thk: Standard weight Design Standard 4S-01.02

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded or plain Gr. B Type E
(See Note 6) Wall Thk: Extra strong

(See Notes 4 & 6) Class: 150 ASME B16.3

Class: 3000

(See Note 7) Conn: Butt weld Gr. B
Wall Thk: Standard weight, ASME B16.9
Extra strong (under structure)
30” & Up Material: Carbon steel fabricated ASTM A139

(See Note 7) End Prep: Butt weld Gr. A
Wall Thk: 0.375”, Design Standard 4S-01.02
0.500” (under structure)


APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC SEPT.04

APPR. APPR. DATE
PIPE COUPLING Material: Steel coupling c/w standard fittings & Dresser Style 38
2½” & Larger gaskets or approved equal
(See Note 12)

2” & Less Conn: Threaded, iron to iron, ground joint ASTM A47 Gr. 32510

THREADOLETS & Conn: Threaded or socket weld ASME B16.11
SOCKOLETS Class: 3000
2” & Less
(See Note 6)

WELDOLETS Wall Thk: Standard weight ASME B16.9
2½” & Up
(See Note 7)

2½” & Up Type: Slip-on or welding neck ASME B16.5
(See Note 10) Conn: Welded
Class: 150
30” & Up Material: Fabricated steel plate ASTM A36

(See Note 10) Conn: Welded Design Standard 4S-01.02
Type: Drilled flat face Table ‘B’
Class: 150

aislación

aislación

Type: aislación
Class:


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
2” & Less Conn: Threaded or socket weld ASME B16.11
(See Note 6) Type: 45 latrolets, elbolets
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
BALL Material: Ductile iron body, SS 316 ball, teflon seats V-4212
Class: 150

Class: 125
2½” & Up Material: Cast iron, all iron V-1132

Class: 125

Class: 125/150
RESILIENT SEAT KNIFE Material: Cast & fabricated SS, 316 body & gate V-1291
GATE Style Wafer
(See Notes 8 & 11) Class: 125/150
BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body & disc, hard back, Buna ‘N’
4” & 6” seat & ‘O’ ring seals, throttle type handle
Conn: Flanged V-9231
Class: 150
8” & Up Material: Cast iron body & disc, hard back, Buna ‘N’ V-9231
(See Notes 9 & 10) seat, ‘O’ ring seals, gear operator
Conn: Lug-Wafer
Class: 125


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Class: 300
3” - 24” Material: 316 SS body disc & trim V-3242

Style: Full bore tilting disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150 (for effluent containing fibres)
2½” & Up Material: Cast iron body, CS plates, Buna ‘N’ V-3139
seal, SS 316 springs
Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

cleaning specifications
Pipe Support Specifications Standard 4S-30.01
Coating and lining for underground metal pipe Standard 4S-31.04
NOTES: 1. All specifications and standards shall conform to the latest edition.
2. For above installation, pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with the project
painting specifications or as specified on construction drawings.
Unless specified otherwise on construction drawings, pipe shall be supported in accordance with Design
Standard 4S-30.01
3. For underground installation, pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and coated in accordance with Design
Standard 4S-31.04. Underground installation shall conform to Design Standard 4S-31.01.
5. Pipe manufactured to more stringent standards, (i.e. L5, etc.) but rejected due to some non-
conformity with those standards, may be acceptable for underground water supply and distribution.
(Surplus pipe from the oil and gas industry is frequently an economical source). Re-size pipe ends
to match as required. Such pipe shall be approved by the Area Project Engineer.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
6. Joints in pipe and fittings 2” and less and installed underground, shall be socket welded. Threaded
connections are acceptable for above ground installation.
7. Fittings 18” and larger may be fabricated in accordance with Design Standard 2S-01.02, if approved
by the Area Project Engineer for a particular installation.
 Do not use branch connections of less than 45

 Reducing branches may be fabricated with weldolets properly sized to fit OD of run-pipe and
branch pipe
4. Gate valves shall only be installed when specified on drawings. Directly buried butterfly valves with
appropriate gear operator, with 2” square operating nut and valve box (4D-13.01) shall be standard
for underground installation, unless otherwise specified on drawings.
5. Butterfly valves shall be installed with stem in horizontal position and the bottom of the disc opening
against the direction of water flow.
6. When used for the installation of butterfly valves, the ID of flanges shall be equal to the ID of standard
weight carbon steel pipe, to ensure that the built-in gasket/seal of butterfly valves is well supported.
7. Knife gates with resilient seals must be bi-directional.
8. Couplings shall be supplied to match the OD of the pipe ends within the tolerances specified by the
coupling manufacturer. If such couplings are not available, the pipe ends shall be re-sized.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOMENCLATURE
DRAINS (STAINLESS STEEL PIPING) Ambient to 60°C (140oF)

PROCESS AND NON-PROCESS BUILDINGS Gravity Lines
(Above Ground)
D10 ROOF DRAINS
D10 FLOOR DRAINS

2 1/2" & Up End Prep: Beveled End Gr. TP 304L
(See Note 4 & 6) Wall Thk: Schedule 5S (see note 11)

2 1/2" & up End Prep: Beveled End Gr. WP 304L
FLANGES Material: Austenitic stainless steel stub end, ASTM A403 Gr. WP 304L
2 1/2" & up HDG carbon steel lap joint flange ASME B16.9

aislación

Type: aislación
Class:
MECANICAL JOINT Material: Neoprene gasket with corrugated CISPI Std. 310
COUPLING stainless steel shield and SS gear
2 1/2: & Up clamps


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
INSTRUCTIONS: Fabrication of austenitic stainless steel pressure piping Standard 4S-02.01

and flanges
specification
Pipe insulation for anti-sweat Standard 4C-22.03
2. Joining vertical down comers to horizontal runs shall be made with a 45o un-reinforced nozzle weld
branch and a mitred joint.
3. Horizontal lines shall have blind flange cleanouts for each 90o change in direction.
4. 45o offsets in vertical lines shall be made with mitered joints.
5. Un-reinforced nozzle weld branch connections shall be used throughout.
6. Plumbing installations must conform to the latest edition of the local plumbing code and slopes
shall not be less than1/4” per foot (1:50)
7. Provisions for anti-sweat insulation must be considered with regard to climatic conditions.
Vertical and/or horizontal runs are to be insulated if specified on the drawings.
8. Floor drains will be welded unless specified differently on the drawings.
9. Clean-outs to be made using a fitting and flange assembly
10. The end prep. For pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with para. 7.5 of design standard
4S-02.01.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOMENCLATURE
D30 ACID SEWERS (Underground) See Note 6

D40 CAUSTIC SEWERS (Underground) pH Range: 1 - 12
D35 GENERAL PROCESS SEWERS Gravity to 1 barg (15 psig)
(Underground/aboveground )
D20 MILL EFFLUENT – CLEAN
PIPE Material: Glass reinforced plastic pipe Standard 4S-10.01

6" & Up Resin: (FRP) Standard 4S-10.03
To be selected by fabricator and Standard 4S-10.01
Struct. Wall By fabricator Standard 4S-10.02

Thk: (Section 4)
Corrosion Single Thickness

Liner: (For double thickness criteria refer to 4S-10.01
Design Standard)
Surface Veil: Grade "C" Glass Standard 4S-10.01

(Section 4)
Conn: Flanged Standard 4S-10.03

Butt & strap Standard 4S-10.01
Bell & Spigot Standard 4S-10.03
(See Note 3) (Section 5)
Mechanical Joint Clamps Standard 4S-10.03
(See Note 4) (Section 5)
Acceptable Flanged All Services

Connections Butt & Strap All Services
Bell & Spigot General & Caustic Sewers
Mechanical Joint Clamps General Sewer
(See Note 4)


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
MANHOLES Material: Glass reinforced plastic (FRP) Standard 4S-10.01
Standard 4S-10.03
Resin: To be selected by fabricator and Standard 4S-10.01 (Section 4)

approved by purchaser
Wall Thk: By fabricator Standard 4S-10.03 (Section 4)
Surface Veil Grade "C" Glass Standard 4S-10.01 (Section 4)

(See Drawings for special details)

UNDERGROUND terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido
y aislación

See Note 5 Thickness: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
Type: y aislación
LUBRICANTS Type: Molybdenun disulfide base, for Fel-Pro C-100 or approved

threads equal

structures
FRP underground sewer systems Standard 4S-10.03
specification
Installation specification for underground FRP pipe Standard 4S-30.03

lines


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
2. Sewer systems, including manholes shall be tested as specified by Engineer.
3. FRP piping for acid effluents shall not have bell and spigot joints.
4. Mechanical joint clamps shall be kept to a minimum by using proper prespooling of the piping
system. Mechanical joint clamps are not permitted on acid effluent piping.
5. Before selecting type of flanges and gaskets, consult Design Standard 4S-10.03, Section 5.3.

Standard 4S-10.03, Section 2.
7. For requirements of bell and spigot joints, Design Standard 4S-10.03, Section 5.4
loads


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOMENCLATURE
D30 ACID SEWERS (Underground) Ambient to 35°C (95°F) max.

D40 CAUSTIC SEWERS (Underground) Gravity to 1 barg (15 psig)
D35 GENERAL PROCESS SEWERS (Underground)
D20 MILL EFFLUENT – CLEAN See Note 6
pH Range: 5.5 – 9.5
PIPE Material: High density polyethylene PE 100 ISO 4427

4" to 48” End Prep: Thermal butt fusion ISO 11922-1
Wall Thk: Minimum pressure PN6 Specified on drawing
FITTINGS Material: High density polyethylene PE 100 ISO 4427

4" to 48” Conn: Thermal butt fusion ISO 11922-1
Class: Minimum class PN 6 Specified on drawing
STUB ENDS Material: High density polyethylene PE 100 ISO 4427

4" to 48” Type: Butt weld
Wall Thk To suit pressure rating of pipe
Class: PN 10
Material: Carbon Steel, HDG ASTM A 36 HDG

BACK-UP FLANGES
Type: Lap Joint ASME B16.5 (4” to 24)
4" to 48”
Class: 150 FF ASME B16.47 A (26” & Up)

1 ¼” & Up Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
Underground or close terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido
to ground y aislación


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
1 ¼” & Up Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
Overground terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido
y aislación

See Note 5 Thickness: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
y aislación
Type:
LUBRICANTS Type: Molybdenun disulfide base, for Fel-Pro C-100 or approved

threads equal
INSTRUCTIONS: Installation of Underground pipes Standard 4S-31.01
TESTS: Unless otherwise specified on documents or drawings, after installation, all sewers shall
be tested hydrostatically to a minimum of 6 PSI for one hour (filled to the maximum
level is normally greater). Leakage at joints or connections is not acceptable.
Manholes shall be tested hydrostatically filled with water to the maximum level for one
hour. Acceptable leakage shall be no more than a drop in level of 12.5 mm in one hour.
NOTES:
1. All listed specifications and standards shall be the latest edition.

2. All manhole and catch-basin lids, frames, covers and gratings shall be designed for AASHTO-H2O
highway loadings unless noted otherwise
3. Ladder rungs shall be installed in manholes.
4. All manholes shall have concrete benching on the inside


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
SEWERS (PVC PIPING) Ambient to 60°C (140°F )

Gravity Lines
D15 SANITARY SEWERS pH Range: 5.5 - 9.5
D05 STORM SEWERS
PIPE Material: PVC gravity sewer pipe ASTM D3034,

4" to 15" End Prep: Bell and spigot joints, rubber Type PSM
Wall Thk: O-ring gaskets CSA B182.1
SDR 35 min. CSA B182.2
18" to 36" Material: Ribbed PVC sewer pipe ASTM F794

End Prep: Bell and spigot joints CSA B182.4
with rubber 0-ring gaskets
FITTINGS Material: Injection molded and fabricated PVC ASTM D3034

4" to 15" Conn: fittings for SDR 35 pipe Type PSM
Bell and spigot joints, rubber
O-ring gaskets
18" & up Material: Fabricated PVC fittings ASTM F794

Conn: Bell and spigot joints with CSA B182.4
rubber O-ring gaskets per manufacturer
MANHOLES Type: Circular pre-cast concrete ASTM C478, or Class III

42" to 60" manhole sections, pre-cast and Manhole
concrete lids, cast-in-place Detail drawings
concrete base
42" to 60" Type: Bituminous coated galvanized corrugated steel ASTM A760, CSA G401
pipe, strap couplings, pre-cast concrete and Manhole Detail
drawings
CATCH BASINS Type: Pre-cast concrete catch basins, or fabricated ASTM 478 and Manhole
18" to 30" from reinforced concrete pipe, pre-cast Detail drawings
concrete lids, cast-in-place concrete bases
18" to 30" Type: Fabricated from bituminous coated galvanized ASTM A760, CSA G401
corrugated steel pipe, pre-cast concrete lids, and Manhole Detail
cast-in-place concrete bases drawings


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
TESTS: After installation, all sewers shall be tested hydrostatically to 5 PSI, or to surface, for one
hour. Allowable leakage shall be at a rate of not more than 6 gallons per hour per inch of
pipe diameter per 1000 feet of pipe.
2. All manhole and catch-basin lids, frames, covers and gratings shall be designed for AASHTO-
H20 highway loadings unless noted otherwise.
3. Ladder rungs shall not be installed in manholes.
4. All manholes shall have concrete benching on the inside.
5. All catch-basins to have trapping hoods.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
D30 MILL EFFLUENT FILTRATE Pressure: 10 barg (145 psig)

D50 MILL EFFLUENT Temp: 15°C -93°C
D35 MILL EFFLUENT SLUDGE- Waste (40F - 120F)
D40 CAUSTIC SEWERS pH Range: Neutral - Alkaline
Stainless Steel 304L

APPLICABLE CODE

½” – 2” End Prep: Plain end Gr. TP 304L

(for sludge line only) End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 304L


Wall Thk: 0.25” – 6mm (26” – 36”) D.S. 4S-02.01
0.312” – 8mm (38” – 42”)
0.375” - 10 mm (48”)


2 ½” – 24” Material: Austenitic SS, Welded ASTM A403



APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Wall Thk: 0.25” – 6mm (26” – 36”)
0.312” – 8mm (38” – 42”)
0.375” - 10 mm (48”)

2” & Less Conn: Threaded or socket weld Gr. F304L

½” -2” Type: Socket Weld Gr. F304L
Conn: Welded ASME B16.5
Class: 150
2 ½” & 24” Material: Austenitic SS Stub end ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
Conn: HDG carbon steel Lap joint flange ASTM A105 HDG
Type: Butt weld (stub-end) ASME B16.9


Overground terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
aislación
All Sizes Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

Underground or close to Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
ground terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
aislación N

Type: aislación
Class:


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
2” & Less Conn: Socketweld
Class: 150

Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Class: 125/150
GATE Style Wafer
Class: 150


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Conn: Lug-Wafer
Class: 125

Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

piping (See Note 6)
Fabricated thin wall austenitic steel fittings & flanges Standard 4S-02.02

NOTES:
When used for the installation of butterfly valves, the ID of flanges shall be equal to the ID of standard weight carbon
steel pipe, to ensure that the built-in gasket/seal of butterfly valves is well supported.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Standard 4S-31.04, except sandblasting is not required. Underground installation shall conform to
Design Standard 4S-31.01 and as noted on construction drawings.
(Thin wall SS piping may require protection from soil and traffic loads. When used for warm liquids, it
may require special considerations at bends in the pipe line).
4. Knife gates with resilient seats must be bi-directional.
6. The wall thickness specified in Design Standard 4S-02.01 does not apply to sludge lines.
7. Gate valves over 8” shall only be installed when specified on drawings. Butterfly valves with
appropriate gear operators shall be the standard installation, unless specified otherwise on drawings.
In underground service, butterfly valves may be buried. 2” square operating nut and gear operator
shall have a valve box installed as per Design Standard 4D-13.01.
8. Butterfly valves shall be installed with stem in horizontal position. The bottom of the disc shall open
against the direction of the liquid flow.
9. When selecting butterfly valves, take notice of the non-standard ID of SS piping and flanges fabricated
in accordance with 4S-02.02. The manufacturer of the butterfly valve shall certify that his valve will
serve satisfactorily between such non-standard flanges without distressing the valves sealing ring and
gaskets.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
D30 MILL EFFLUENT FILTRATE Pressure: 8.6 barg (125 psig)

D35 MILL EFFLUENT SLUDGE- Waste (40F - 120F)
pH Range: Neutral
APPLICABLE CODE




Wall Thk: 0.25” – 6mm (26” – 36”) D.S. 4S-02.01
0.312” – 8mm (38” – 42”)
0.375” - 10 mm (48”)





APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Wall Thk: 0.25” – 6mm (26” – 36”)
0.312” – 8mm (38” – 42”)
0.375” - 10 mm (48”)


Class: 150


aislación

aislación
GASKETS Material: Reinforced synthetic fiber, ASME B16.21

1/16” thick (12” & less) Garlock 5500
1/8” thick (14” & up) or approved equal
Type: Flat ring
Class: 150


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Class: 150

Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Class: 125/150
GATE Style Wafer
Class: 150


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Conn: Lug-Wafer
Class: 125

Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

piping (See Note 6)

NOTES:


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
gaskets.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
DRAINS AND SEWERS (PVC DWV PIPING) Ambient to 60°C (140°F)

PROCESS AND NON-PROCESS BUILDINGS Gravity lines
(Inside, Above and Below Ground)
D10 ROOF DRAINS
D10 FLOOR DRAINS
D15 SANITARY DRAINS & VENTS
D15 SANITARY SEWER
D05 STORM SEWER
PIPE Material: PVC, Class 12454-B ASTM D2665

1 1/2” to 12” End Prep: Plain end
(See Note 4) Wall Thk: As listed in D2665 CSA B181.2
FITTINGS Material: PVC, Class 12454 B, type DWV ASTM D2665

1 1/2” to 12” Conn: Socket (solvent weld) ASTM D3311
Wall Thk: As listed in D2665 CSA B181.2
10” to 12” Material: Fabricated fittings for DWV pipe Fabricated

(See Note 7) Conn: Socket (solvent weld) Plastics Ltd.
Wall Thk: DWV gravity Or approved equivalent
JOINING MATERIAL Material: PVC solvent cement ASTM D2564

MECHANICAL JOINT Material: EDPM gasket with corrugated S.S. shield ASTM C1173
COUPLING and S.S. gear clamps CSA B602-M
1 1/2” To 12”
EXPANSION JOINTS Material: PVC with Teflon seal ring CSA B181.2 Piston Type
Conn: Flanged or socket (Specify length of travel)
Chemtrol or approved
equivalent
INSTRUCTIONS: Installation of underground pipe Standard 4S-31.01
Installation shall conform to Appendix XI of ASTM D2665


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
TESTING: Piping shall be tested in accordance with the local plumbing code. The minimum test shall be: Fill the
highest fixture with water, plug inlet of drain pipe of lower fitting. Check for leaks. Test each story
separately.
NOTES: 1. Listed specifications and standards shall be the latest edition.
3. For horizontal runs, where support is a problem, use 4C-17.09.
4. For long underground pipe runs (30 feet and over) see 4C-17.16.
5. The use of PVC pipe must be governed by the local fire and/or building codes with respect to
penetrations through fire separations. Plastic pipe fire barriers at fire separations may be used if
approved by the local authorities and the insurance underwriters.
7. If pre-molded fittings produced to ASTM D2665 are not available, fabricated fittings are
acceptable.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOMENCLATURE
D50 PRESSURIZED FRP SEWERS See Note 4

- EFFLUENT TREATMENT
PIPE, FITTINGS & Material: Glass reinforced plastic pipe (FRP) Standard 4S-10.01
FLANGES Resin: Standard 4S-10.02
Resin: To be selected by fabricator and Standard 4S-10.01

Struct. Wall By fabricator Standard 4S-10.02
Thk: (Section 4)
Corrosion Single Thickness
Liner: (For double thickness criteria refer to 4S-10.01
Design Standard)
Surface Veil: Grade "C" Glass
Conn: Butt & strap Standard 4S-10.01 (Sections

(Shop Joints) 4, 5.5 and 12)
(Field Joints) Standard 4S-10.02 (Section 7)
Flanged

aislación

Underground or close Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
to ground terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
aislación

See Note 3 Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
Thickness: terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido y
Type: aislación
LUBRICANTS Type: Molybdenum disulfide base, for Fel-Pro C-100

threads


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
WATER KNIFE GATE Material: 304 SS body, gate and trim V-1142
3" & Up Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
(For sludge lines only)

3" & Up Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
(For effluents containing fibres)
CHECK Material: C.I. body, C.S. plates V-3139

3" & Up Buna "N" Seal, SS 316 springs
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

structures
specification
Installation specification for underground FRP pipelines Standard 4S-20.30


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
2. The pressure rating shall be specified for each glass reinforced pipeline in accordance with Design
Standard 4S-10.01.

Standard 4S-10.02, Section 2. Vendor shall deliver field lay-up joint drawings and pipe and fittings
calculations.
5. Depth of soil cover and surface loads shall be specified on drawings.
loads


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
Pressure: 10 barg (145 psig)

Fiber free (40F - 120F)
Mixed acidic / alkaline (low solids)
pH Range: Neutral - Alkaline
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3







Class: 150


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

aislación

aislación

Type: aislación
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Class: 150

Class: 125


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Class: 125/150
GATE Style Wafer
Class: 150
Conn: Lug-Wafer
Class: 125

Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

piping (See Note 6)


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOTES:
gaskets.


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
NOMENCLATURE
D35 EFFLUENT, FIBER FREE, MIXED ACIDIC / ALKALINE 10 Barg (150 psig)
(LOW SOLIDS). -10 – 80 °C
α = 20 x 10 -6 [mm/mm °C]
Reference: EKA Detail Atandards APPLICABLE CODE
4-383 1555 ASME 31.3
PIPE Material: Filament wound glass fibre reinforced ASTM D2996

1” – 24” vinyl ester. According 4-383 1555
Class: 150
FITTINGS TEES, Material: Filament wound glass fibre reinforced ASTM D6041
BENDS AND vinyl ester. According 4-383 1555
Class: 150
(See note 5)
STUB ENDS Material: Filament wound glass fibre reinforced ASTM D6041
1” - 24” vinyl ester. According 4-383 1555
Class: 150
(See note 5)
FLANGES Material: Carbon steel hot dip galvanized loose ASTM A105
1” - 24” flange. ASME B16.5


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
1" -24” Class: 150. According 4-383 1555
See Appendix D.

1" & Less Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
y aislación

y aislación

See Note 5 Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías en
Class: terreno – Empaquetaduras por fluido
y aislación
avoided

328.

4-383 277


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
3. ®


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX A


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX B


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE

APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX C


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
APPENDIX D


APPR. ISSUE

APPR. APPR. DATE
FLUID
1 barg (14.5psig)
D35 EFFLUENT, FIBER FREE 60°C
- Mixed acidic / alkaline (low solids)
pH Range: PEND.
APPLICABLE CODE
Reference: EKA Detail Standards
70001-03-PE-5205 ASME B31.3
70001-03-PE-5305 Category D Fluid Service
70001-03-CS-5105
70001-03-CS-5205
70001-03-CS-5305
70001-03-CS-5409
70001-03-CS-5505
70001-03-CS-5605
70001-03-CS-4401
70001-03-CS-1411
PIPE Material: PVDF tube with outer DIN 16965

1” – 10” reinforcement of glass fibre Adhesion between PVDF and FRP
(See note 2) reinforce polyester FRP. to meet DIN 16964.
End Prep: Beveled End PVDF material: AGRU or equal.
Class: 150
FITTINGS Material: PVDF fitting with outer DIN 16966

1” - 10” reinforcement of glass fibre Adhesion between PVDF and FRP
(See Note 3) reinforce polyester FRP. to meet DIN 16964.
(See Note 4) Conn: Butt weld PVDF material: AGRU or equal.
Wall Thk: See 70001-03-CS-5205
STUB ENDS Material: PVDF fitting with outer DIN 16966

1” - 10” reinforcement of glass fibre Adhesion between PVDF and FRP
reinforce polyester FRP. to meet DIN 16964.
Conn: Butt weld PVDF material: AGRU or equal.
Wall Thk: See 70001-03-CS-5305

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLANGES Material: C.S loose flange for FRP pipes, ASTM A-105
1/2” - 24” hot dip galvanized. SSG 7384, ASME B16.5
Type: R.F.
Class: 150
FLANGES Material: Glass fibre reinforced loose flange. FRP

1/2” - 20” Type: R.F. ASME B16.5
BLIND FLANGES
1” - 10” Material: PVDF with outer reinforcement of PVDF-FRP
glass fiber reinforced vinyl ester Adhesion to meet DIN 16964
Type: R.F. ASME B16.5
Class: 150

1/2” – 7/8” Type: Fabricación y montaje de cañerías
fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

fluido y aislación

Class: 300

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2. Pressure and temperature curve see 70001-03-PE-5305. Glass structural layer starts with a max. 1
[mm] thich adhesive layer. Glass content in structural filament wound (orthogonal) layer 65 ± 5%.
Design factor K=6 (min). Given min. all thicknesses are calculated with above specified
manufacturing method. Resin used with an HDT > + 100°C (Derakane 411-350 or equal). UV
inhibitor and/or flame-retardant additives according to separate specification. Residual Styrene
content < 4%.
3. Bends > 200 to be mitred. Thickness of outer reinforcement designed to meet nom pressure 150
[lbs], K=6. FRP reinforcement for NB ≤ 3” to be carried out on site (as part of the field joint). See
document 4-383 318.
4. See branch table Appendix A.
5. To be used request only.
7. Weld factor: 0.9 (min.) acc. ASME B31.3. Thermal expansion 20 x10-6. Tolerance Acc.70001-03-
AI-5101 ASME B16.9. Corrosion allowance: 0[mm].

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX A

Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPENDIX B
4D DESIGN STANDARDS
(MODIFICATED)

VOLUME 2
Detail Sheet
4D-03.02 Swaged Nipples (Carbon and Stainless Steel) 21Dec1998
4D-03.04 Stainless Steel Adaptor Nozzle for Carbon Steel Tanks 08Sep1998
4D-03.05 150# S.S. Clad, Carbon Steel Slip-on Flange 21Dec1998
4D-03.06 Titanium Face Ring c/w 150# Lap Joint Flange 11Aug2000
4D-03.07 Stainless Steel Clad, Carbon Steel Blind Flange 11Aug2000
4D-05.01 Baume Density Measuring Pot For Weak Black & Green Liquor 25Sep1998
4D-06.01 Start-up Screens (Class 150) 25Sep1998
4D-07.02 Service Water Drain Funnels - Stainless Steel 25Sep1998
4D-08.01 4” & 6” Clean-Out for Steel Pipe & Fittings 25Aug1998
4D-09.01 Standard Spacers and Spectacle Blind 26Jan2000
4D-10.01 Sampling Connection for Chemical Lines 03Oct1998
4D-10.02 Instrument Connections for Steel Pipe 24Aug1998
4D-10.03 Instrument Connections for FRP Pipe 13Jan1999
4D-10.04 Stainless Steel Pipe Branch Reinforcements
4D-12.01 Fire Protection Equipment 30Jun2000
4D-12.03 Water Supply Riser (Carbon steel pipe)
4D-12.04 Water Supply Riser (Ductile Iron) 05 Feb 2001
4D-12.08 Dry Pipe Valve House (Concrete - Metric) 30Jun2000
4D-13.01 Valve Service box Assembly 05 Feb 2001

ISSUED FOR
PROJECT NO. MAPA PROJECT SHEET 1 OF 4 Rev.
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 23FEB01
4D-13.05 Bollards 30Jun2000
4D-13.06 Concrete Traffic Barriers 30Jun2000
4D-14.01 Service Hose Rack 11Dec1986
4D-14.02 Service Hose 02Jul1992
4D-14.03 Service Hose Stations 29Aug1980
4D-15.01 Pipe Hole Covers for Floors and Roofs 25Aug1998
4D-16.01 Safety Relief Valve Discharge 02Oct1998
4D-17.01 Equipment Condensate Drainage Trap Assembly 21Dec1998
4D-17.02 Pipe Line Condensate Drainage Steam Trap Assembly 25Aug1998
4D-17.06 Moisture Trap Assembly for Air Lines 25Aug1998
4D-18.01 Pump & Agitator Service Water Arrangement (Schematic) 21Aug1998
4D-19.02 Vessel Insulation Details 25Aug1998
4D-19.03 Duct Insulation Details 25Aug1998
4D-19.04 Boiler Breeching Insulation Details 18Dec1998
4D-20.00 Pipe Support Specification Index 20Jul1998
4D-20.01 Pipe Support Designation Symbols 05Feb2001
4D-20.02 Pipe Clamps 06Oct1998
4D-20.03 Hanger Assemblies 18Dec1998
4D-20.04 Pipe Shoes, Saddles and Pads 21Aug1998
4D-20.05 Pipe Guides and Restraints 21Aug1998

th
4D-20.06 Pipe Gliding Supports and Travellers Rev 01 12 Jan 05
4D-20.07 Spring Hangers and Supports 21Aug1998
4D-20.08 Braces, Sway Braces and Struts 21Aug1998

ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4D-20.09 Rigid Supports and Anchors 21Aug1998
4D-20.10 FRP Pipe Supports Anchors and Guides 08Sep1998
4D-20.11 Additional Steel 21Aug1998
4D-20.12 Concrete Pads and Attachments 26Nov1998
4D-20.13 Hydraulic Tubing Supports 21Aug1998
4D-22.02 Stainless Steel Tapered Pump Suction 25Aug1998
4D-22.03 Stainless Steel Stepped Pump Suction
Specification
Sheets
4S-00.01 Liablity and copyright
4S-01.01 Fabrication of Carbon and Ferritic Steel Pressure Piping 26Aug1998
4S-01.02 Fabricated Steel Pipe, Fittings, and Flanges 30Jun2000
4S-02.01 Fabrication of Austenitic Stainless Steel Pressure Piping 02Jun1998
4S-02.01 Fabrication of Austenitic Stainless Steel flanges
4S-05.01 Specification for Steam Tracing of Pipe Lines 04Mar1999
4S-10.01 Manufacture and Installation Specification for FRP Structures 30Jun2000
4S-10.02 FRP Pressure Pipe Fittings and Flanges 30Jun2000
4S-10.03 FRP Underground Sewer- Systems 30Jun2000
4S-20.01 Pipeline Field Erection, Checking, Testing, and Cleaning Specification 16Nov1998
4S-20.02 Still Pickling of Carbon Steel Pipe and Fittings Piping 18Dec1998
4S-20.03 Flushing Procedure for Hydraulic Piping, Tubing and Hose 27Aug1998
4S-20.04 Flushing Procedure for Turbo Generator Lubrication Piping, Tubing and Hose
21Dec1998

ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4S-20.05 Specification for Field Piping Test Packs 28Aug1998
4S-30.02 Underground Piping, Anchor Details 30Jun2000
4S-30.03 Installation Specification For Underground FRP Pipe Lines 30Jun2000
4S-30.04 Coating And Lining of Steel Piping And Materials 30Jun2000
4S-31.01 Installation of Underground Pipes 30Jun2000
4S-41.01 Installation of Molded Pipe Insulation 13Jul1998
4S-41.02 Installation of Block and Board Insulation 28Aug1998
4S-41.03 Installation of Blanket Insulation 28Aug1998
4S-41.06 Installation of Metal Jackets 20Jul1998
4S-41.07 Installation of Coatings, Sealers, and Adhesives 13Jul1998

ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
5(3/$&('%<&
"FLUID NOMENCLATURE"/DESIGN CONDITIONS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-01.03 04
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4C\4D-01.03 Rev-4 (spec list).doc
PIPE REDUCED TO LENGTH WEIGHT EACH (in lb.)
SIZE PIPE SIZE (inches) STD XH XXH
(inches)
¼ - - - - -
3
/8 - - - - -
3
½ ¼, /8 3 - .33 .50
3
¾ ¼, /8, ½ 3 - .50 .75
1 ¼ thru ¾ 3½ - .66 1.00

1¼ ¼ thru 1 4 - 1.00 1.50
1½ ¼ thru 1¼ 4½ - 1.17 2.00
2 ¼ thru 1½ 6½ 2.00 2.33 4.25
2½ ¼ thru 2 7 3.00 3.50 8.00
NOTES: Concentric & eccentric types available
SWAGED NIPPLES (CARBON AND STAINLESS STEEL)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-03.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\pw_temp\W40071\dms15420\4D-03.02 Rev-0.DOC
All dimensions are in inches:
A B C D E F L T T1
Nom. Tank See Note
Nozzle 2
1 1 1
6 4 11 /8 8½ /32 As ¾ /8
1 1 1
8 6 13 ½ /8 10¾ /32 specified ¾ /8
1 1 1
10 8 16 /8 13 /32 on 1 /8
1 1 1
12 10 19 /8 15¾ /32 drawings 1 /8
NOTES:
1. The type of stainless steel for pipe, Vanstone ring and flange ring shall be specified on the piping drawing.
2. Unless specified otherwise, the pipe, Vanstone ring, back-up flange, bolts and gasket shall be in accordance
with the appropriate piping Material Classification Standard. Fabrication and welding shall conform to
Standards 4S-02.01 & 4S-02.02.
STAINLESS STEEL ADAPTOR NOZZLE FOR CARBON STEEL TANKS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-03.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Note:
1. Slip-on flanges shall conform to ASME B16.5 or ASME B16.47:
24” dia. and less ASME B16.5

26” dia. and up ASME B16.47
150# S.S. CLAD, CARBON STEEL SLIP-ON FLANGE
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-03.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Note:
1. Lap joint flanges shall conform to ASME B16.5 or ASME B16.47:

TITANIUM FACE RING C/W 150# LAP JOINT FLANGE
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-03.06 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Note:
1. Blind flanges shall conform to ASME B16.5 or ASME B16.47:

S.S. CLAD, CARBON STEEL BLIND FLANGE
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-03.07 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Notes:
1. Pipe, fittings and valves shall conform to those specified on the appropriate piping classification standard.
BAUME DENSITY MEASURING POT FOR WEAK BLACK & GREEN LIQUOR
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-05.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Nom. Pipe Size A B C L X
1
2 6¾ 1¾ 4 /8 6¾ 1X4
3
3 7¾ 2¾ 5 /8 7¾ 1X4
5 7
4 8¾ 3 /8 6 /8 8¾ 1X4
5
5 9¾ 4 /8 7¾ 9¾ 1X4
5
6 10 ¼ 5 /8 8¾ 10 ¼ 2X6
8 11 ¼ 7½ 11 11 ¼ 2X6
3
10 12 ¾ 9½ 13 /8 12 ¾ 2X6
1
12 13 ¾ 11 ½ 16 /8 13 ¾ 2X6
14 14 ¾ 12 ¾ 17 ¾ 14 ¾ 2X6
16 15 ¾ 14 ¾ 20 ¼ 15 ¾ 2X6
5
18 16 ¾ 16 ¾ 21 /8 16 ¾ 2X6
7
20 17 ¾ 18 ½ 23 /8 17 ¾ 2X6
24 19 ¾ 22 ½ 28 ¼ 19 ¾ 2X6
All dimensions in inches
Notes:
1
1. Plate material shall be /16” carbon steel.
2. Screen material shall be one of the following:
1 1 3
- /16“ carbon steel plate with /8” dia. holes on /16” centres
1
- /16” carbon steel wire mesh (25 openings per sq. inch)
3. Start-up screen shall be located in all blind pump suctions and equipment inlets that cannot be visually
inspected from inside the vessel.
4. Both types of screens shall be installed with a flanged spool piece. In general flat screens shall be used on
horizontal inlets and cone screens on vertical inlets.
5. All welds shall be ground smooth.
6. High pressure boiler feed pumps to have vendor specified screen.
START-UP SCREENS (CLASS 150)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-06.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Dimensions are in inches
FUNNEL SIZE A B C T
NOM. PIPE DIA.
3 1
2 6 5 /16 3 /8
15 1
3 8 6 /16 3 /8
15 1
3½ 8 6 /16 4 /8
3 1
4 12 10 /8 4 /8
3 1
6 12 10 /8 4 /8
Notes:
1. Pipe - Sch. 10S stainless steel ASTM A312 TP 304L.

2. Sharp corners and edges to be ground smooth.
3. Extend collar as shown for 4” and 6” funnels.
SERVICE WATER DRAIN FUNNELS - STAINLESS STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-07.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4” & 6” CLEANOUT FOR STEEL PIPE & FITTINGS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-08.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
A A A
3/8"
3/8" Ø
D/2
3/8" Ø B
D + 4"
H O LE FO R G 1/4" R H O LE F O R
C
S.S. TA G S .S . T AG 1/4" R
2" H
2" E
1/4" R 2E
G 3/8" Ø E
H O LE FO R
D/2
V T
S.S. TA G
A 3/8" TO N G U E S TO B E 3/8"
W S AM E LEN G TH . W
B H O LE T O IN D IC ATE
O P EN AN D N O H O LE
TO IN D IC AT E C LO S ED .
Figure 1 - Spectacle Blank Figure 2 - Blank Spacer Figure 3 - Open Spacer
CLASS 150 (Pressure and Temperatures See Sheet 4 of 5)

Nominal 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24”
Pipe Size
A 5 1/4” 6 3/4“ 8 5/8” 10 7/8” 13 1/4” 16” 17 5/8” 20 1/8” 21 1 /2” 23 3/4” 28 1/8”
B Inside Diameter of Pipe
C 7 1/4” 8” 9” 10 3/4” 12” 13 1/2” 14 1/2” 15 3/4” 16 1/2” 17 3/4” 20”
D 6” 7 1/2” 9 1/2” 11 3/4” 14 1/4” 17” 18 3/4” 21 1/4” 22 3/4” 25” 29 1/2”
E 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1”
G 3/4” 3/4” 7/8” 7/8” 1” 1” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 3/8”
H 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
T 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 7/8” 1” 1 1/8” 1 1/4” 1 1/2”
V 2” 2” 3” 3” 3” 3” 4” 4” 4” 4” 4”
W 1” 1” 1” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2”
STANDARD SPACERS AND SPECTACLE BLANKS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-09.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 02Apr2001
[DST03-010112] C:\pw_temp\W40071\dms15420\4D-09.01 Rev-0.DOC
Nominal 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24”
Pipe Size
A 5 3/4” 7” 9 3/4” 12” 14 1/8” 16 1/2” 19” 20 1/8” 23 3/8” 25 5/8” 30 3/8”
C 7 1/8” 8 1/4” 9 1/2” 10 3/4” 12” 13 1/2” 14 3/4” 16” 17 1/4” 18 1/2” 21 1/4”
D 6 5/8” 7 7/8” 10 5/8” 13” 15 1/4” 17 3/4” 20 1/4” 22 1/2” 24 3/4” 27” 32”
E 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
G 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1” 1 1/8” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 3/8” 1 3/8” 1 3/8” 1 5/8”
H 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
T 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/4” 1 3/8” 1 5/8” 1 3/4” 2” 2 3/8”
V 2” 2” 2” 3” 3” 3” 4” 4” 4” 4” 4”
W 1” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2”
A 5 3/4” 7 1/2” 10 3/8” 12 1/2” 15 5/8” 17 7/8” 19 1/4” 22 1/8” 24” 26 3/4” 31”
C 7 1/8” 8 5/8” 10 1/4” 11 1/2” 13 1/4” 14 1/4” 15 1/4” 16 3/4” 17 7/8” 19 1/4” 23 3/4”
D 6 5/8” 8 1/2” 11 1/2” 12 3/4” 17” 19 1/4” 20 3/4” 23 3/4” 25 3/4” 28 1//2” 33”
E 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
G 7/8” 1” 1 1/8” 1 1/4” 1 3/8” 1 3/8” 1 1/2” 1 5/8” 1 3/4” 1 3/4” 2”
H 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
T 1/2” 5/8” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 1 3/4” 2” 2 1/4” 2 1/2” 2 3/4” 3 1/2”
V 2” 2” 2” 3” 3” 3” 4” 4” 4” 4” 4”
W 1” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2”
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-09.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
A 6 3/8” 6 1/2” 8” 11 1/4” 14” 17” 19 1/2”
C 7 7/8” 7 3/4” 9” 10 3/4” 12 1/2” 14” 15 1/4”
D 7 1/2” 7 1/2” 9 1/4” 12 1/2” 15 1/2” 18 1/2” 21”
E 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
G 1 1/8” 1” 1 1/4” 1 3/8” 1 3/8” 1 1/2” 1 1/2”
H 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
T 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 1 1/8” 1 1/2” 1 7/8” 2 1/4”
V 2 1/2” 2 1/2” 3” 3” 4” 4” 4”
W 1” 1” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2”
Maximum Pressure for 1/8” Thick SS Blanks

Nominal Pipe Size 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24”
Maximum Pressure 1034 620 276 140 97 69 48 34 28 24 17

in kPa(g) or [psig] [150] [90] [40] [20] [14] [10] [7] [5] [4] [3.5] [2.5]
345 kPa(g) [50 psig] Maximum Pressure or Full Vacuum

T* 13GA 12GA 9GA 1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 3/8” 7/16” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8”
1035 kPa(g) [150 psig] Maximum Pressure

T* 10GA 5/16” 5/16” 3/8” 1/2” 9/16” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 7/8” 1”
* ‘T’ Dimensions are for pressure shown; all other spacer and blank dimensions remain as given in class 150 Table
on Sheet 1 of 5.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-09.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
For 2” and Less
Class Class 150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900
Nominal
1” 1 1/2” 2” 1” 1 1/2” 2” 1” 1 1/2” 2” 1” 1 1/2” 2”
Pipe Size
A 2 1/2” 3 1/4” 4” 2 3/4” 3 5/8” 4 1/4” 2 3/4” 3 5/8” 4 1/4” 3” 3 ¾” 5 1/2”
B I.D. of Pipe I.D. of Pipe I.D. of Pipe I.D. of Pipe
C 5 1/8” 5 1/2” 6” 5 1/8” 5 1/2” 6” 5 1/8” 5 1/2” 6” 5 1/4” 5 3/4” 6 1/2”
D 3 1/8” 3 7/8” 4 3/4” 3 1/2” 4 1/2” 5” 3 1/2” 4 1/2” 5” 4” 4 7/8” 6 1/2”
E 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2”
G 5/8” 5/8” 3/4” 3/4” 7/8” 3/4” 3/4” 7/8” 3/4” 1” 1 1/8” 1”
H 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2”
T 1/8” 1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
V 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 1 1/2” 2” 2” 2 1/4” 2 5/8” 2 1/4” 2 1/4” 2 5/8” 2 1/4”
W
1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1”
Working Pressure by Classes, kPa(g) [psig] for Carbon Steel

Temperature Class
o o
C [ F] 150 300 600 900
-30 to 40 [-20 to 100] 1965 [285] 5100 [740] 10,205 [1480] 15,305 [2220]
95 [200] 1795 [260] 4655 [675] 9305 [1350] 13,960 [2025]
150 [300] 1585 [230] 4515 [655] 9065 [1315] 13,585 [1970]
205 [400] 1380 [200] 4380 [635] 8755 [1270] 13,100 [1900]
260 [500] 1170 [170] 4135 [600] 8275 [1200] 12,375 [1795]
315 [600] 965 [140] 3790 [550] 7550 [1095] 11,305 [1640]
345 [650] 860 [125] 3690 [535] 7410 [1075] 11,100 [1610]
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-09.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
References
Notes: 1. Refer to listed Design Codes and Standards for:
Steel Line Blanks ANSI/API 590

Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping ASME B31.3
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ASME B16.5
2. Material for carbon steel spacers and blanks shall be ASTM A516 Gr. 70
(343°C [650°F] maximum) or approved equal, for SS spacers and blanks
shall be ASTM A240 type 304 or type 316 (177°C [350°F] maximum).
3. Spacers and blanks shall have the size, standard number, maximum
pressure rating, and material identification (e.g. ASTM A516 Gr. 70)
stamped on a SS tag, and attached to handle, and/or tongue. The
spectacles/blank/spacer shall alone be stamped with the material
identification, and maximum pressure.
4. Thickness (Dimension “T”) includes a corrosion allowance of 1.27 [0.05]
for carbon steel materials and no corrosion allowance is included for
stainless steel.
5. Explanation of symbols shown on piping drawings.
OPEN INSTALLED IN CLOSED INSTALLED IN

OPEN POSITION CLOSED POSITION
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-09.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Notes:
1. Valves, piping and gasket materials shall conform to those specified in the piping Material Classification
Standards.
2. Bolt holes to straddle centre line.
SAMPLING CONNECTION FOR CHEMICAL LINES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-10.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS FOR STEEL PIPE
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES
1. Fitting material and valves shall be as specified in the piping Classification Standards for each particular service.
2. Fig. 8 - Screwed Fittings

− Those in carbon steel shall have the same rating as the pipe line fittings min.
Schedule 80.
− Those in stainless steel shall have the same rating as the pipe or instrument fittings
min. Schedule 80.
3. The fittings shall be welded on the pipe before drilling hole diameter ‘C’. A nipple shall be welded into the fitting
and used as a template to centre the drill. Hole diagram ‘C’ shall be drilled to the I.D. of the nipple. Particular
care shall be taken to remove all burrs from the drilled hole.
4. Hole diameter ‘D’ shall be drilled to the same diameter as the I.D. of the nipple and shall be free of burrs.
5. Screwed or socket weld pipe line enlargement for a temperature well, shall be specified on the piping drawings.
6. Instrument pressure connections on horizontal pipe lines shall be located on top of the pipe.
7. Bushing if required, shall be provided by the instrument contractor to suit instrument.
8. Do not specify shut-off valves for pressure switches on safety systems.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
1. Fitting material and valves shall be as specified in the Piping Classification Standards for each particular
service.
2. Instrument flow connections located on horizontal pipe lines shall be located on the side of those carrying liquids
and on the top of those carrying air or gas.
3. Instrument pressure connections located on horizontal pipe lines shall be located on top of the pipe.
INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS FOR FRP PIPE
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Fig. 2 For branches 3” to 40”
BRANCH
½” ¾” 1” 1¼” 1½” 2”
DIA.
A 4” 4¾” 5” 5½” 6” 7½”
Use only under Engineering Department approval
Fig. 3 For equal size branches Fig. 4 For laterals 3” to 40” Dia.
BRANCH
3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 26” 28” 30” 36”
DIA.
B 2” 2” 2½” 2½” 3” 3” 4” 4” 4” 4” 4” 5” 5½” 6” 7”
C 3” 3” 3½” 3½” 4½” 4½” 5” 6½” 6½” 7½” 7½” 7½” 8” 8½” 9”
STAINLESS STEEL PIPE BRANCH REINFORCEMENTS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-10.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 17-Feb-04
STAINLESS STEEL PIPE BRANCH REINFORCEMENTS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-10.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
1. HYDRANT HOUSE EQUIPMENT
Each hydrant house shall be equipped with the following equipment, which shall meet the Underwriter
Specification.
250 ft. of 2 1/2 inch hose in 50 ft. lengths as specified below complete with couplings.
One fireman's axe with 1 pair brackets.
One steel crowbar with 1 pair brackets.
Two hose nozzles per house. (as specified or equal)
One - 2 1/2" Elkhart 211-T Underwriters Playpipe, or equal
One 2 1/2" Elkhart 200 Mystery Fog Nozzle with Jumbo Adapter and Swivel Handles, or equal
Two hose straps (for strapping hose to ladders).
Six coupling spanners (material: Carbon Steel or Malleable Iron).
Two hydrant wrenches (material: Carbon Steel or Malleable Iron).
Four extra hose coupling gaskets.
2. FIRE HOSE SPECIFICATION
2.1 General
The supplier will be held responsible for supplying couplings conforming to thread standard used in the
locality where hoses will be used.
All hoses shall bear the stamp of approval acceptable to the governing underwriters.
All hoses shall be anti-mildew treated.
Each length of hose shall be supplied with a male coupling fitting at one end and female coupling fitting
at the other end.
2.2 Exterior and Interior Use
1-1/2” and 2-1/2” diameter available in 50’, 75’ and 100’ lengths (uncoupled).
FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-12.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2.3 Specifications
P.V.C. nitrile rubber cover and lining, single jacket, synthetic warp and filler.
The test pressure shall be 300 psig.
Factory Mutual approved.
Typical trade names are Angus “Redskin” or National “Everfort” or approved equal.
FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-12.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
1
Notes: 2 Temporary blind flange, red rubber gaskets1/8” thick full face.
3 150# slip-on forged steel flange, flat face.
4 Victaulic coupling, Style 77, required only for fire risers.
5 To isolate pipe from floor slab, wrap 1” minimum closed cell foam around pipe. 4” x 4” curb,
integrated with floor slab. Seal top with mastic.
6 Standard weight carbon steel pipe, ASTM A53, Gr. A, E.R.W.
7 Standard weight carbon steel butt weld, L.R. elbow, ASTM A234, Gr. B.
8 Bell end x Class 125 flanged cast iron adaptor. Steel to ductile iron or PVC as required. Anchor
pipe length with Field-Lok gaskets, Megalugs or other approved restraint methods. For anchor
rods and clamps, see Standard 4S-30.02. Connect to HDPE with flanges.
9 The underground portion of the pipe and all metallic parts shall be cleaned, primed, coated and
tested as per Design Standard 4S-30.04.
10 Do not install riser lower than adjacent building foundations.
WATER SUPPLY RISER (CARBON STEEL PIPE)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-12.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
WATER SUPPLY RISER (DUCTILE IRON)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-12.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE 05Feb2001
[DST03-010112] C:\pw_temp\W40071\dms15420\4D-12.04 Rev-0.doc
References
Notes: 1. This riser suitable for ductile iron pipe with bell and spigot (Tyton)
joints.
2. Do not install riser lower than adjacent building foundations.
3. For connection to ductile iron pipe, anchor required pipe length with
Field-Lok gaskets. For connection to HDPE pipe, use flanged
fittings. For connection to PVC pipe, use FM approved restraint
glands for required pipe length.
4. Insurance underwriters do not accept Field-Lok gaskets on above-
ground piping.
5. All rods, clamps, nuts and bolts to be protected with a mastic 4S-30.04
coating such as Polyguard #CA-9, Denso tape or approved equal
as per referenced Design Standard.
6. Adaptor, rods and clamps can be eliminated if a flanged spool
piece is used for the vertical pipe, with a Field-Lok gasket at the
bottom joint.
7. For anchor rods and clamps see referenced Design Standard. 4S-30.02
8. Piping per referenced Piping Material Classification Standards. 4C-01.03 (Fire Systems)
or 4C-01.42 DI
WATER SUPPLY RISER (DUCTILE IRON)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-12.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DRY PIPE VALVE HOUSE (CONCRETE)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-12.08 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Notes: Door: 16 ga. pressed metal door frame, 18 ga. pressed metal insulated door. Paint door and door
frame with primer and two coasts red multi-purpose epoxy paint (gloss finish).
Hinges: 1-1/2 PR. 4-1/2” full-mortise.
Latch: Richard Wilcox #125
Doorshoe: PEMCO 211 AV.
DRY PIPE VALVE HOUSE (CONCRETE)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-12.08 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Figure 1 - Valve Service Box Figure 2 - Valve Box and Cover Figure 3 - Extension Rod
Assembly (See Notes 3 and 4) (See Note 5)
Notes: 1. Valves are per Piping Classification Standards.

2. The valve well shall be 6” diameter non-corroding material.
3. Dimensions for cast iron valve boxes may vary according to local manufacturers.
4. Valve boxes shall be supplied with drop covers. The covers shall be marked as follows:
‘WATER’ (for mill water services)

‘FIRE’ (for fire services).
5. Extension rods with valve wrench shall be supplied on all valves buried 4’-0” or deeper.
6. Dimensions on this standard refer to a valve box raised to finished grade. If the temporary grade
is lower, adjust dimensions as required, but ensure that surface loads are not transferred on to
valve.
7. Provide 3’ x 3’ x 4” thick concrete slab around valve box where valve box is not within pavement.
VALVE SERVICE BOX ASSEMBLY
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-13.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Notes: Pipe shall be abrasive blasted to a "Commercial" Standard (SSPC-SP6).
Paint shall be to Manufacturer's recommended film thickness.

Primer: Zinc Rich
Intermediate Coat: High Build Polyamide epoxy
Finish Coat: Acrylic Epoxy
BOLLARDS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-13.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Notes: Manufacturer and reinforcing of barriers shall conform to Section 323 of the British Columbia “General
Specification For Highway Construction”.
This standard does not show all details of construction.
CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIERS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-13.06 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
SERVICE HOSE RACK
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-14.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Pressure Hose Manufacturer
Service (psig) Temp. Dia. Description or Equal
Washdown 150 (Max.) 100ΕF 1¼” 50 ft. long 2 braid hose Goodall "Impact" spec. N-320
Water with tapered nozzle. or equivalent.
Hose fitting complete with Dixon GJ Boss Style X34.

pipe connection. Ground
joint female coupling.
Steam 150 (Max.) 370ΕF ¾” 50ft. long hose, 2 wire Goodall "Dante" Spec. N-
braid. 2069 or equivalent.
Hose fitting complete with Dixon GJ Boss Style X34.

pipe connection. Ground
joint female pipe coupling.
Mill Air 120 (Max.) 100ΕF ¾” 50 ft. long hose, 2 braid Goodall "Comanche" Spec.
synthetic textile fibre L-81 or equivalent.
reinforcement
Hose fitting Dixon "Dix-Lock" style QM

- Female head 23.
Hose clamp complete with Dixon "Air King" par No.

bolts and nuts. A-9.
Pipe fitting Dixon "Dix-Lock" Style QM

- Male head 83.
- Female pipe thread
NOTE:
1. See Standard 4D-14.03 for service hose station details
SERVICE HOSE RACK
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-14.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
SERVICE HOSE STATIONS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-14.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE HOLE COVERS FOR FLOORS AND ROOFS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-15.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Notes:
1. Piping material and thickness shall conform to those specified on the piping Material Classification Standard.
2. If drain is more than 10’ - 0” above sewer or landing, drain lines shall be combined by using a lateral. Drains
should not discharge into floor drains.
3. Clearance shall be adequate for lateral thermal expansion.
4. To prevent blow back, Designer must check with ANSI B31.1, Appendix II (non-mandatory rules for the design
of safety valve installations) when sizing D1. (See also Figure 3).
5. Reaction forces associated with safety valve discharge must be determined by the piping Designer and
restraints or pipe anchors must be capable of balancing all forces in order to minimize undue stress on all
components.
SAFETY RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-16.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
SAFETY RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-16.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
STEAM TRAPS
EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE DRAINAGE TRAP ASSEMBLY
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-17.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ITEM PRESSURE CONNECTION DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
(psi)
1 0 - 200 Screwed Inverted Bucket Steam Armstrong Series 1810
Trap: or equal
− Materials:
304-L SS
2 0 - 200 Screwed Thermostatic Steam Sarco T250
Trap: or equal
− Materials:
Monel Bellows, Cast
Steel body & Cap
3 0 - 1235 Socket weld Y-Type Strainer: Armstrong Fig. 8-1 (S.W.)
− Materials: or equal
Cast Steel body, SS
304 Screen
Notes:
1. Steam trap discharge piping shall be designed for the same pressure and temperature as the trap inlet piping
unless the discharge (condensate) piping is part of a system operating at a lower pressure and temperature,
and has no intervening stop valves.
2. A test valve shall be provided only when the open drain from the trap is not visible.
3. Discharge piping from drain and test valves shall be arranged to avoid damage to equipment building columns
and injury to personnel.
4. Steam trap connections and orifice diameter as well as the valves and piping shall be sized for the expected
flow.
5. All sizes as well as the trap type number shall be specified on the drawings.
6. The condensate discharge piping from the steam trap shall be arranged so there are no pockets before going
into the condensate header. (Pockets obstruct the passing of flash steam which in turn causes hammering).
7. In order to prevent condensate flooding of the equipment as well as freezing of the equipment during a shut-
down, the steam trap as well as the condensate collecting header shall be located below the equipment
condensate outlet.
EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE DRAINAGE TRAP ASSEMBLY
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-17.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE LINE CONDENSATE DRAINAGE STEAM TRAP ASSEMBLY
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-17.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
1. Steam service: 100 psig and less: stub in. Greater than 100 psig: use weldolets.
2. Drip leg drain line diameter: 1” for steam headers 4” diameter & less. 1½” for steam headers 6” diameter & up.
3. Line from drip leg to condensate header: ½” trap - ¾” diameter line ¾” trap - 1” diameter line.
4. These valves are required only when drip leg or condensate header shut-off valves are ten feet or more above
the floor.
5. A test valve shall be provided wherever the open drain from the tap is not visible.
6. Atmospheric discharge piping from traps, drip legs, drain valves and test valves shall be arranged to avoid
damage to equipment, building columns and personnel.
7. Trap size shall be ½” unless specified otherwise on the drawings.
8. Steam trap pressure-temperature rating.
Operating Pressure Operating Temperature Steam Trap

(max.) (max.)
300 psig & Less 450°F Yarway Fig. 711 SW or approved equal (alt. Yarway Fig. 721)
300 - 600 psig 750°F Yarway Fig. 731 H or approved equal (alt. Yarway Fig 741 H)
300 - 600 psig 975°F Yarway Fig. 460 or approved equal
600 - 1500 psig 800°F Yarway Fig. 515 or approved equal
9. Y-type strainer pressure-temperature rating.
Operating Pressure Operating Temperature Y-Type Strainer

(max.) (max.)
1235 psig & Less 800°F ASTM A216 WCB Armstrong Fig. 8-1 (S.W.) or approved
equal
1235 psig 975°F ASTM A217 WC6 Armstrong Fig. 10-1 (S.W.) or approved
1500 psig 875°F equal
Strainer is not required on trap Fig. 460 and 515, this also applies when the trap is selected with an integral
strainer.
10. Height of steam headers or control stations from floor slab shall be arranged to facilitate the installation of drip
leg and blowout valve.
11. Steam trap discharge piping shall be designed for the same pressure and temperature as the trap inlet piping
unless the discharge (condensate) piping is part of a system operating at a lower pressure and temperature,
and has no intervening stop valves.
PIPE LINE CONDENSATE DRAINAGE STEAM TRAP ASSEMBLY
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-17.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
MOISTURE TRAP ASSEMBLY FOR AIR LINES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-17.06 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PUMP & AGITATOR SERVICE WATER ARRANGEMENT (SCHEMATIC)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-18.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-18.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-18.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
VESSEL INSULATION DETAILS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-19.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DUCT INSULATION DETAILS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-19.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BOILER BREECHING INSULATION DETAILS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-19.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
LIST OF PIPE SUPPORT DESIGN STANDARDS FIGURE NUMBERS AND FIGURE ASSEMBLIES
NUMBER AND TITLE
4D-20.00
PIPE SUPPORT SPECIFICATION INDEX
PIPE SUPPORT SPECIFICATIONS
PIPE SUPPORT - ALPHA NUMERIC INDEX
4D-20.01
PIPE SUPPORT DESIGNATION SYMBOLS
4D-20.02 FIG. 1, 2, 7, 7A, 7B, 9, 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D, 9E, 16, 160
PIPE CLAMPS TABLE “J”
4D-20.03 COMPONENT FIG. 3, 11, 11A, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19, 20
HANGER COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLIES ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “H’
(HA, HB…etc.) TABLE “A”, TABLE “B”, TABLE “R”
4D-20.04 FIG. 18, 18A, 18B, 18C, 18D, 18E, 25, 25A, 26, 60, 61,
PIPE SHOES, SADDLES, PADS, WELDING AND 62, 63, TABLE “G”
COLLAR REINFORCING PAD (TRUNNION)
4D-20.05 FIG. 4, 5
PIPE GUIDES AND RESTRAINTS ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “L”
(LA, LB…etc.)
4D-20.06 FIG. 6
PIPE GLIDING SUPPORTS AND TRAVELERS ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “G”
(GA, GB…etc.)
4D-20.07 ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “C”

SPRING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS (CA, CB…etc.)
4D-20.08 ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “F”

BRACES, SWAY BRACES AND STRUTS (FA, FB…etc.)
4D-20.09 FIG. 5A
RIGID SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “K”
(KA, KB…etc.)
4D-20.10 FIG. 8, 10
FRP PIPE SUPPORTS, ANCHORS AND GUIDES ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “R”
(RA, RB…etc.)
TABLE “C”
4D-20.11 FIG. 50
ADDITIONAL STEEL ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “A”
(AA, AB…etc.)TABLE “S”
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4D-20.12 FIG. 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,
CONCRETE PADS AND ATTACHMENTS 41, 42, 43
ASSEMBLIES STARTING WITH LETTER “T”
(TA, TB…etc.)
4D-20.13 FIG. 44
HYDRAULIC TUBING SUPPORTS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
1. SCOPE OF SPECIFICATIONS
This specification shall cover the design, fabrication and erection of pipe supports. In each instance where the
name of a particular manufacturer appears, it shall be interpreted to mean the product of that manufacturer or its
approved equivalent.
1.1 Design Standards referenced in this specification are not necessarily issued for the project. Some
assemblies and figures referenced may also not be required. When required, project documents shall
indicate what supports are preferred.
2. CODES AND STANDARDS
2.1 Pipe supports shall conform to the latest edition of the following standards:
− ASME Code for Pressure Piping ASME B31.1, Paragraph 121 and ASME B31.3, Paragraph 321.
− Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) - Standard Practice SP-58 and SP-69.
− CSA or AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication & Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.
− Local Safety Requirements and Regulations.
− AWS Structural Welding Code D1.1.
2.2 Pipe Support Designation symbols shall conform to Design Standard 4D-20.01.
o o
2.3 "Hot Lines" as applicable to pipe supports are lines 200 F (95 C) operating temperature and over
and/or defined as pipelines that have a thermal movement in excess of 1.0” in the horizontal and 0.15”
in the vertical at the point of support.
3. THE FOLLOWING SUPPLEMENTARY DETAILS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS:
3.1 Details of pipe support assemblies not covered in standards as listed on sheet one of this standard.
3.2 Spring type supports and hangers. (Shown on Spring Hanger Data Sheet(s)).
3.3 Vibration control devices, struts, sway braces and snubbers. (Shown on Spring Hanger Data
Sheet(s)).
3.4 Types of sliding, travelling or rolling pipe supports not covered in standards as listed on Sheet 1 of this
Standard.
3.5 Pipe line anchors, stops, direction guides, etc. not covered in standards as listed on Sheet 1 of this
Standard.
4. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
4.1 Support material shall conform to MSS SP-58, Tables 2 and A1.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
o
4.2 Pipe clamps on lines 750 F or less shall be carbon steel ASTM, A36 or equal.
o o
4.3 Pipe clamps on lines 751 F to 1050 F shall be Chrome Molybdenum steel - 2¼% Cr. 1% Mo. ASTM,
A387 Grade 22 or equal. Clamps shall be stamped with the ASTM number and painted yellow.
4.4 Welding lugs shall be equal in quality to either the pipe or pipe clamps, and shall be painted the same
colour as the pipe clamps.
4.5 All hanger materials or coatings shall be as previously indicated unless noted otherwise below.
5. STRUCTURE CONNECTIONS FOR PIPELINE SUPPORTS
5.1 Pipe supports shall be located at the following places as well as at suitable intermediate points, so that
the maximum support spacing is not exceeded, (see Tables A and B, Design Standard 4D-20.03):
(a) Bayline beams
(b) Near or at changes in direction on horizontal or sloped lines, on/near risers and concentrated load
points.
(c) On one side of flanged joints on horizontal or sloped lines with an appropriately reduced support
spacing.
(d) On one side of flanged instruments and flanged valves on horizontal or sloped lines with an
appropriately reduced support spacing.
(e) On one side of welded valves 3" diameter and larger on horizontal or sloped lines with an
appropriately reduced support spacing.
(f) Near or at branch connections on horizontal or sloped lines.
(g) At floor or platform steel on vertical or sloped lines that pass through the floor or platform and
whose point of support does not move (cold lines).
5.2 Hanger rods supporting pipe lines whose point of support does not move (cold lines) shall use Figure
20 (Design Standard 4D-20.03) inverted beam attachments. However, lines 4" diameter and less may
be bolted directly, with locknuts or nuts with cotter pins, to a support angle or beam.
5.3 Hanger rods bolted directly to a supporting angle or beam shall not be used to support lines that move
at the point of support (hot lines). Welded beam attachment as described in Figure 19 shall be used
herever the size of the beam permits. Hanger lugs (Figure 15) with clevises shall be used wherever
the beam is too small for Figure 19 (for Figure numbers see Design Standard 4D-20.03).
5.4 Unless specified otherwise, concrete support connections shall conform to Figures 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,
and 33 when using existing slab inserts or ferrules. Figures 28 and 29 shall refer to `cast-in-place'
concrete inserts only (for Figure numbers see Design Standard 4D-20.12).
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
5.5 Where no existing concrete slab inserts are provided, the support connections shall conform to Figure
34 and 35 (Design Standard 4D-20.12).
5.6 Where no existing beam ferrules are provided, the support connections shall conform to Figures 36
and 37 (Design Standard 4D-20.12).
5.7 Mechanical concrete fasteners shall be Phillips Red Head Self Drilling Anchors installed with a Roto
Stop Impact Hammer, or equivalent. Oversized drilled holes shall not be permitted.
5.8 Pipeline supports shall not be attached to the following:
− Concrete block walls

− Grating or checker plate
Exceptions may be made in cases of very light pipe loads with written approval from the Engineer.
6. GENERAL DESIGN
6.1 Hangers, supports and supplementary steel shall be designed to meet all static and operational
conditions to which the piping and equipment may be subjected. The supporting systems shall provide
for and control (subject to the requirements of the piping configuration) the free or intended movement
due to the thermal expansion and contraction of the piping and connected equipment. Do not use pipe
hanger where pipe vibrations are expected.
6.2 At points of support, subject to vertical movement, springs of suitable design to prevent excessive
variation in supporting effect, shall be used to provide for the movement. The amount of variation that
can be tolerated shall be based on such considerations as bending effect, control of piping elevation,
allowable terminal loadings, etc. In general, the deviation in supporting effect shall be limited to 10%
for critical systems such as main steam, hot and cold reheat, extraction, turbine lines and the portions
of the boiler feed discharge system in the vicinity of the pumps and boiler terminal connection. On
non-critical systems, the variation in supporting effect shall be limited to 25%.
For all systems a greater allowance in percent load change is permissible at points of support where
the variation in supporting effect is transferred directly to a rigid support or terminal connection
specifically designed for the resulting loading conditions.
6.3 All springs shall be preloaded and provided with travel stops for hydrostatic line testing. Stops to be
removed after testing, and springs adjusted to correct load.
6.4 Piping installations located in seismic areas, outdoor lines subject to wind loadings, points in piping
systems known to have possible shock loadings such as generated by quick closing valves, water
hammer and possible safety relief valve reaction forces, shall be provided with suitable shock
absorbing devices. The specific means provided shall not interfere with the normal or intended thermal
movement of the piping system.
6.5 Provision for vibration, at other than commonly known points susceptible to vibration, shall be
considered as being beyond the scope of the design Engineer. Should vibration be experienced after
initial operation, any additional design or vibration control equipment required shall be furnished as
required by the pipe support erector with the approval of the Engineer.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
6.6 Carbon steel wear plates, pipe shoes, and structural steel members used as sliding supports shall
have all rust and scale removed. After removing the rust and scale, both gliding surfaces shall be
cleaned with `Perchloroethylene' or `Trichloroethylene' and coated with `Molylube Spraycote' (Bell-Ray
Co. Inc., Farmingdale, NJ) or equal. Field to check all sliding supports for contact. Shim if/as required.
Tack weld shims.
6.7 Hanger rod vertical adjustment and hardware such as weldless eye nuts Figure 14 shall be used in
setting pipe lines to the specified elevation/slope. (Alternative: Figure 11.) For Figure numbers see
Design Standard 4D-20.03.
6.8 Hanger rod vertical adjustment, for pipelines with no movement at the point of support (cold lines), may
be provided by bolting directly a threaded hanger rod to an inverted welded beam attachment in
conformance to Figure 20 (Design Standard 4D-20.03).
6.9 Horizontal pipe line clamps are described in Design Standard 4D-20.02.
6.10 Only three bolt clamps as per Figures 9A, 9B, etc. (Design Standard 4D-20.02) shall be used on
insulated lines ¾" diameter and larger.
6.11 Screw threads shall conform to ANSI B1.1 unless other threads are required for adjustment under
heavy loads. Threaded connections shall have either lock nuts, double nuts, or cotter pins to prevent
them from vibrating loose.
6.12 Pipe support assemblies shall be used only for supporting pipe lines. Electrical tray, instrument tubing,
etc. shall be supported from separate assemblies unless the Contractor has received written approval
from the Engineer to do otherwise.
Temporary supports designed and located during construction shall be clearly marked for removal
before start-up.
6.13 Pipe hanger rods or pipe supports shall not pass through electrical or instrument trays.
6.14 Riser piping near equipment and subject to slight vertical thermal movement may have a first rigid
support or hanger located at a suitable distance from the riser so as to allow the horizontal piping to
absorb the vertical movement.
Piping connecting nozzles of strain-sensitive equipment which does not expand or contract vertically
due to temperature (such as pumps, compressors, turbines, etc.), shall have an adjustable sliding
support or hanger that will permit adjustment after erection while supporting the load and thus prevent
excessive piping weight from being imposed on the equipment.
For piping connecting nozzles of strain-sensitive equipment which does expand and contract due to
temperature, the nozzle movement must be considered and a suitable spring support or spring hanger
shall be placed near the nozzle in a manner that will prevent excessive piping weight from being
imposed on the equipment.
6.15 Braces as described in Assembly FG (Design Standard 4D-20.08 and RH on 4D-20.10) for steel and
FRP pipe shall be located on all overflow lines and vertical rising pump discharge lines located next to
tanks or concrete walls. Overflow pipe shall have a brace located close to the discharge.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
6.16 Riser lugs on pipe shall conform to Figure 17 (Design Standard 4D-20.03) unless specified otherwise
on the drawings. (1360 lb. maximum load).
6.17 Riser clamps for piping 6" diameter and larger shall conform to Figure 16 and Figure 160 (Design
Standard 4D-20.02) unless specified otherwise on pipe support drawings.
6.18 Pipe shoes and wear pads shall conform to Figures 18, 18A, 18B, 18C, 18D, 18E, 25, 25A and 26
(Design Standard 4D-20.04), and Assembly RF (Design Standard 4D-20.10).
o 1
Guide web gussets on pipelines above 300 F shall have expansion slots /8" x 2½” spaced similar to
the Figure 18 of Design Standard 4D-20.04.
Hot-insulated lines 3 diameter and larger, and all steam-traced lines, shall be provided with support
shoes at all support locations.
Hot-insulated lines 2" diameter and smaller, and all lines insulated for personnel protection only, will not
be provided with support shoes.
6.19 Hanger rods shall be subjected to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial
thermal movement is anticipated, suitable linkage such as Figures 11, 14 and 19 (Design Standard
4D-20.03), shall be provided to permit swing. Where horizontal piping movements would cause the
o
hanger rod to swing more than 4 from the vertical plane, a device capable of accommodating
horizontal movements such as a sliding pipe shoe, horizontal traveller Figure 6 (Design Standard
4D-20.06) or trapeze type hanger assembly shall be used.
6.20 Where pipe supporting steel is welded to structural steel, members shall not be notched and all
connections must have continuous welds.
6.21 Concrete and reinforcement for pads and curbs shall conform to project specifications. Concrete pads
and anchor bolts for pipe line supports shall conform to Figures 38 and 39 (Design Standard 4D-20.12)
unless specified otherwise. Anchor bolts shall not be less than ¾" diameter. All pad mounted anchor
plates shall be grouted using Embeco 636 non-shrink grout (Master Builders Co.) or alternative grouts
listed under Application 1 of Design Standard 1S-05.01.Where corrugated or slip-type expansion joints,
or flexible metal hose assemblies are used, anchors and guides shall be provided where necessary to
direct the expansion or contraction into the joint or hose assembly.
6.22 A properly selected pipe support system should, besides carrying the weight of the piping, also perform
the following functions:
(a) Protect strain-sensitive equipment such as pumps, turbines and compressors.

(b) Control pipe movements.
(c) Maintain axial alignment.
(d) Ensure the correct functioning of expansion loops and offsets.
(e) Prevent over-extension of expansion joints and disengagement of flexible couplings.
(f) Avoid over-strain and/or over-stress at reduced pipe sections.
(g) Protect pipe sections that may otherwise be overstressed.
(h) Isolate mechanical vibrations.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(i) Avoid resonant pipe lengths.
(j) Reduce the effect of transient dynamic loading.
(k) Prevent gravitational creep of pipes.
(l) Ensure the predictability of the piping system under operation and upset conditions.
6.24 Sliding supports and brackets shall be designed to resist the forces due to friction, in addition to the
loads imposed by bearing.
7. SPECIFIC DESIGN DETAILS FOR HYDRAULIC TUBING SUPPORTS(4D-20.13)
7.2 Hydraulic tubing shall not be welded to the supports.
8. SPECIFIC DESIGN DETAILS FOR FRP PIPE (4D-20.10)
8.1 Pipe supports described in Figures 8, 10 and Assemblies RA, RB, RD, RE, RF, RG, RH (all in Design
Standard 4D-20.10) shall be used on FRP lines unless specified otherwise.
8.2 U-Bolts shall not be used for FRP pipe unless pipe is locally reinforced.
8.3 All pipe support saddles shall have a Neoprene sheet lining (maximum hardness Shore À' Durometer 70).
8.4 Pipe clamps for FRP lines (see Figures 8 and 10) shall have a diameter (non-standard) designed to suit the
saddle diameter.
8.5 Pipe clamps and saddles shall be sand blasted and painted in accordance with the Project Paint
Specification.
8.6 Pipe supports on FRP pipe shall have a minimum of 180o bearing surface.
8.7 For support spacing of FRP pipe, see Design Standard 4D-20.10, Table C.
9 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS
9.1 Temporary supports (anchors, guides, etc.) for steam blowing shall be designed to withstand the dynamic
forces created by the high momentum of steam blowing.
9.2 All temporary supports, designed and installed by field personnel, shall be clearly marked for removal
before start-up.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE SUPPORT ALPHA NUMERIC INDEX
(✔ = PREFERRED SUPPORTS FOR THIS PROJECT
TABLE SPECIFICATION PAGE FIG. 26 4D-20.04 8

TABLE A 4D-20.03 1-3 FIG. 28 4D-20.12 1
TABLE B 4D-20.03 4-5 FIG. 29 4D-20.12 1
TABLE C 4D-20.10 1 FIG. 30 4D-20.12 1
TABLE G 4D-20.04 1 FIG. 31 4D-20.12 1
TABLE J 4D-20.02 2 FIG. 32 4D-20.12 1
TABLE R 4D-20.03 6 FIG. 33 4D-20.12 1
TABLE S 4D-20.11 1 FIG. 34 4D-20.12 2
FIG. 35 4D-20.12 2
FIGURE SPECIFICATION PAGE FIG. 36 4D-20.12 3
FIG. 1 4D-20.02 4 FIG. 37 4D-20.12 3
FIG. 2 4D-20.02 4 FIG. 38 4D-20.12 4
FIG. 3 4D-20.03 8 FIG. 39 4D-20.12 4
FIG. 4 4D-20.05 1 FIG. 40 4D-20.12 5
FIG. 5 4D-20.05 1 FIG. 41 4D-20.12 5
FIG. 6 4D-20.06 1 FIG. 42 4D-20.12 6
FIG. 7 4D-20.02 5 FIG. 43 4D-20.12 6
FIG. 7A 4D-20.02 5 FIG. 50 4D-20.11 9-12
FIG. 7B 4D-20.02 6 FIG. 60 4D-20.04 9
FIG. 8 4D-20.10 2 FIG. 61 4D-20.04 10
FIG. 9 4D-20.02 7 FIG. 62 4D-20.04 11
FIG. 9A 4D-20.02 7 FIG. 63 4D-20.04 11
FIG. 9B 4D-20.02 8 FIG. AA 4D-20.11 2
FIG. 9C 4D-20.02 8 FIG. AB 4D-20.11 2
FIG. 9D 4D-20.02 9 FIG. AC 4D-20.11 2
FIG. 9E 4D-20.02 9 FIG. AD 4D-20.11 3
FIG. 10 4D-20.10 2 FIG. AE 4D-20.11 3
FIG. 11 4D-20.03 8 FIG. AF 4D-20.11 3
FIG. 11A 4D-20.03 8 FIG. AG 4D-20.11 4
FIG. 12 4D-20.03 7 FIG. AGN 4D-20.11 4
FIG. 14 4D-20.03 8 FIG. AH 4D-20.11 4
FIG. 15 4D-20.03 9 FIG. AHN 4D-20.11 4
FIG. 16 4D-20.02 10 FIG. AJ 4D-20.11 4
FIG. 160 4D-20.02 11 FIG. AK 4D-20.11 5
FIG. 17 4D-20.03 9 FIG. AL 4D-20.11 5
✔ FIG. 18 4D-20.04 2 FIG. AM 4D-20.11 6
FIG. 18A 4D-20.04 2 FIG. AN 4D-20.11 6
✔ FIG. 18B 4D-20.04 3 FIG. AO 4D-20.11 7
FIG. 18C 4D-20.04 3 FIG. AP 4D-20.11 7
FIG. 18D 4D-20.04 4 FIG. AR 4D-20.11 8
✔ FIG. 18E 4D-20.04 5 FIG. ARN 4D-20.11 8
FIG. 19 4D-20.03 10 FIG. AS 4D-20.11 8
FIG. 20 4D-20.03 11 FIG. ASN 4D-20.11 8
✔ FIG. 25 4D-20.04 6 FIG. CA 4D-20.07 1
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
✔ FIG. 25A 4D-20.04 7 ✔ FIG. CB 4D-20.07 1
FIG. CC 4D-20.07 1 FIG. GS 4D-20.06 9
FIG. CD 4D-20.07 1 FIG. GV 4D-20.06 9
FIG. CDE 4D-20.07 1 FIG. GT 4D-20.06 9

FIG. CG 4D-20.07 2 FIG. GY 4D-20.06 9
FIG. CH 4D-20.07 2 FIG. GU 4D-20.06 10
FIG. CE 4D-20.07 3 FIG. GUO 4D-20.06 10
FIG. CF 4D-20.07 3 FIG. GUA 4D-20.06 10
FIG. CJ 4D-20.07 3 FIG. GUAO 4D-20.06 10
FIG. CK 4D-20.07 3 ✔ FIG. GDX 4D-20.06 11
FIG. CL 4D-20.07 3 FIG. GDXO 4D-20.06 11
FIG. CM 4D-20.07 3 FIG. GEX 4D-20.06 11
FIG. CN 4D-20.07 3 FIG. GEXO 4D-20.06 11
FIG. FA 4D-20.08 1 FIG. GFW 4D-20.06 12
FIG. FB 4D-20.08 1 FIG. GFOW 4D-20.06 12
FIG. FC 4D-20.08 1 FIG. GHW 4D-20.06 12
FIG. FD 4D-20.08 1 FIG. GHOW 4D-20.06 12
FIG. FE 4D-20.08 2 ✔ FIG. GPW 4D-20.06 13
FIG. FF 4D-20.08 2 FIG. GPWO 4D-20.06 13
✔ FIG. FG 4D-20.08 2 ✔ FIG. GRW 4D-20.06 13
FIG. GA 4D-20.06 2 FIG. GRWO 4D-20.06 13
✔ FIG. GB 4D-20.06 2 ✔ FIG. HA 4D-20.03 12
FIG. GC 4D-20.06 2 FIG HB 4D-20.03 12
FIG. GCO 4D-20.06 2 FIG. HC 4D-20.03 12
✔ FIG. GD 4D-20.06 3 FIG. HD 4D-20.03 13
FIG. GDO 4D-20.06 3 FIG. HE 4D-20.03 13
FIG. GE 4D-20.06 3 FIG. HF 4D-20.03 13
FIG. GEO 4D-20.06 3 FIG. HG 4D-20.03 13
FIG. GF 4D-20.06 4 FIG. HH 4D-20.03 13
FIG. GFO 4D-20.06 4 FIG. HJ 4D-20.03 13
FIG. GFOP 4D-20.06 4 ✔ FIG. HK 4D-20.03 14
FIG. GG 4D-20.06 4 FIG. HKA 4D-20.03 14
FIG. GGP 4D-20.06 4 FIG. HL 4D-20.03 14
FIG. GH 4D-20.06 5 FIG. HLA 4D-20.03 14
FIG. GHP 4D-20.06 5 FIG. HM 4D-20.03 14
FIG. GHO 4D-20.06 5 FIG. HMA 4D-20.03 14
FIG. GHOP 4D-20.06 5 ✔ FIG. HN 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GJ 4D-20.06 6 FIG. HNA 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GK 4D-20.06 6 FIG. HNB 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GL 4D-20.06 6 FIG. HNC 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GM 4D-20.06 6 FIG. HND 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GMO 4D-20.06 6 FIG. HNE 4D-20.03 15
✔ FIG. GN 4D-20.06 7 ✔ FIG. HO 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GNO 4D-20.06 7 FIG. HOA 4D-20.03 15
✔ FIG. GO 4D-20.06 7 FIG. HOB 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GOO 4D-20.06 7 FIG. HOC 4D-20.03 15
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
✔ FIG. GW 4D-20.06 8 FIG. HOD 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GWO 4D-20.06 8 FIG. HOE 4D-20.03 15
✔ FIG. GX 4D-20.06 8 FIG. HP 4D-20.03 15
FIG. GXO 4D-20.06 8 FIG. HR 4D-20.03 15
FIG. HS 4D-20.03 15
FIG. HSA 4D-20.03 15
FIG. HSB 4D-20.03 15
FIG. HSC 4D-20.03 15
FIG. HSD 4D-20.03 15 FIG. LD 4D-20.05 2
FIG. HTA 4D-20.03 16 ✔ FIG. LE 4D-20.05 2
FIG. HTB 4D-20.03 16 ✔ FIG. LF 4D-20.05 2
FIG. HTC 4D-20.03 16 ✔ FIG. LG 4D-20.05 3
FIG. HTD 4D-20.03 16 FIG. LGA 4D-20.05 3
FIG. HU 4D-20.03 16 FIG. LH 4D-20.05 3
FIG. HUA 4D-20.03 16 FIG. LHA 4D-20.05 3
FIG. HW 4D-20.03 17 FIG. LU 4D-20.05 3
FIG. HX 4D-20.03 17 FIG. LUA 4D-20.05 3
✔ FIG. HY 4D-20.03 18 ✔ FIG. LL 4D-20.05 4
FIG. HZ 4D-20.03 19 FIG. LM 4D-20.05 4
FIG. HZA 4D-20.03 19 ✔ FIG. LN 4D-20.05 5
FIG. KA 4D-20.09 1 FIG. LO 4D-20.05 6
FIG. KAP 4D-20.09 1 FIG. LP 4D-20.05 6
FIG. KAW 4D-20.09 10 FIG. LR 4D-20.05 6
FIG. KB 4D-20.09 1 FIG. LS 4D-20.05 6
FIG. KBP 4D-20.09 1 FIG. LT 4D-20.05 6
FIG. KC 4D-20.09 2 ✔ FIG. LV 4D-20.05 7
FIG. KCP 4D-20.09 2 FIG. LW 4D-20.05 7
✔ FIG. KD 4D-20.09 2 ✔ FIG. LX 4D-20.05 8
FIG. KDP 4D-20.09 2 FIG. LY 4D-20.05 9
FIG. KE 4D-20.09 2 ✔ FIG. RA 4D-20.10 3
FIG. KEP 4D-20.09 2 ✔ FIG. RB 4D-20.10 3
FIG. KG 4D-20.09 2 ✔ FIG. RD 4D-20.10 4
✔ FIG. KH 4D-20.09 3 ✔ FIG. RE 4D-20.10 5
FIG. KJ 4D-20.09 3 ✔ FIG. RF 4D-20.10 5
✔ FIG. KK 4D-20.09 3 ✔ FIG. RG 4D-20.10 6
✔ FIG. KL 4D-20.09 4 ✔ FIG. RH 4D-20.10 7
FIG. KLO 4D-20.09 4 FIG. TA 4D-20.12 7
✔ FIG. KM 4D-20.09 4 FIG. TB 4D-20.12 7
FIG. KMO 4D-20.09 4 FIG. TC 4D-20.12 7
FIG. KN 4D-20.09 5 FIG. TD 4D-20.12 8
FIG. KNO 4D-20.09 5 FIG. TE 4D-20.12 8
✔ FIG. KO 4D-20.09 6 FIG. TF 4D-20.12 8
FIG. KP 4D-20.09 6 FIG. TG 4D-20.12 8
✔ FIG. KR 4D-20.09 7 FIG. TH 4D-20.12 9, 10
FIG. KRO 4D-20.09 7 FIG. THN 4D-20.12 9, 10
FIG. KS 4D-20.09 7
✔ FIG. KT 4D-20.09 7
✔ FIG. KU 4D-20.09 8
✔ FIG. KUO 4D-20.09 8
FIG. KV 4D-20.09 9
FIG. KVO 4D-20.09 9
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIG. KW 4D-20.09 9
FIG. KWO 4D-20.09 9
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.00 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
1. General
Pipe support type shall be indicated on the support drawings by square or rectangular boxes
approximately 1/2" high enclosing the support data. The boxes shall be connected to the appropriate
support symbol location on the pipeline with a leader line. Leader lines should be as short as possible
and not cross over other leader lines.
PIPELINE
8" AA9
HA
HN 120'-6"
MORE THAN ONE BOX MAY BE REQUIRED

TO DESCRIBED A SUPPORT.
2. Support Designation
In general, the support data box shall be divided into 2 or 3 parts with the top part showing the pipe size.
The lower part(s) shall show the Figure No.(s) and assemblies as selected from the pipe support
standards.
3. Support Symbols
The symbols used on the pipeline shall identify the type of support, e.g.
PIPE SUPPORT (RESTING, HANGING, RESTRAINING, INCLUDING SPRINGS)

PIPE GUIDE (WITH OR WITHOUT SUPPORT)
AXIAL STOP (WITHOUT GUIDE)
ANCHOR-ROTATING (AXIAL STOP WITH GUIDE)
ANCHOR (FIXED-NO ROTATION)
LOCATION AND INSTALLATION DIRECTION OF ADDITIONAL PIPE

SUPPORT STEEL. (SHOWN ON PLAN VIEWS AND DESCRIBED
ONLY ON ISOMETRIC VIEWS)
LOCATION AND DIRECTION OF STRUT, SWAY BRACE, SNUBBER

OR OTHER SIMILAR DEVICES.
4. Abbreviations
A = Anchor
G = Guide
SH = Spring Hanger
SS = Spring Support
SB = Sway Brace
SN = Snubber
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
5. Deployment of Support Symbols
ANCHOR GUIDE
GUIDE ROTATING
SUPPORT
AXIAL STOP
(TYP.)
STRUT/SNUBBER
SUPPORT ON ELBOW
ORIENTATION OF SUPPORT
GUIDE @ SPECIFIED SYMBOL SHALL BE SHOWN
ELEVATION AT 90° TO PIPELINE (IN
VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL
PLANE) FOR ISOMETRIC
DRAWINGS.
GUIDE
ANCHOR
ISOMETRIC VIEW
(SAME PIPING SYSTEM SHOWN
IN PLAN VIEW BELOW)
SUPPORT ON ELBOW
C EL. (specify)
____
STRUT/SNUBBER DIRECTION
AND LOCATION
AXIAL STOP
0"
ADDITIONAL SUPPORT STEEL

SUPPORT OR AND SUPPORT LOCATION
SPRING ANCHOR ROTATING
GUIDE AT GUIDE
C EL. (specify)
____
BAY
LINE
PLAN VIEW
(SAME PIPING SYSTEM SHOWN BAY
IN ISOMETRIC VIEW ABOVE) LINE
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
6. Pipe Support Designation Examples
Rigid Hanger or Support
SYMBOL DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION
8" = PIPE SIZE

8"
FIELD INDICATED PIPE SUPPORT LOCATION ONLY. FIELD TO SELECT
SUITABLE SUPPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH D.S. 4D-20.00 AND
ASSOCIATED SUPPORT STANDARDS.
8" = PIPE SIZE

8"
HA UPPER COMPONENTS OF HANGER ASSEMBLY AS PER FIG. ASSEMBLY `HA'
HN OF D.S. 4D-20.03 SHT. 12.
LOWER COMPONENTS OF HANGER ASSEMBLY AS PER FIG. ASSEMBLY `HN'
OF D.S. 4D-20.03 SHT. 15 i.e. REFERENCE FIGURE 9A, (D.S. 4D-20.02
SHT. 7), DOUBLE BOLT PIPE CLAMP AND REFER TO TABLES A AND B FOR
REQUIRED ROD DIAMETER IF NOT SPECIFIED.
10" = PIPE SIZE
AR8 = FIG. ASSEMBLY ÀR' OF D.S. 4D-20.11 SHT. 8 MADE OF W4x13

(8 DESIGNATES STEEL SIZE) (REFERENCE TABLE `S' D.S. 4D-20.11
SHT. 1). DIMENSION A = 9"(GIVEN ONLY IF OTHER THAN PIPE SIZE)
10"
A=9"
AR8 18 = FIGURE 18 PIPE SHOE OF D.S. 4D-20.04 SHT. 2.
B=24"
18
DIMENSION B = 24" PIPE SHOE LENGTH (GIVEN ONLY IF GREATER OR
LESS THAN 18").
12" = PIPE SIZE

12"
18A 18A = FIG. 18A PIPE SHOE OF D.S. 4D-20.04 SHT. 2.
DIMENSION B = 24" PIPE SHOE LENGTH, DIMENSION A = 5" THERMAL

B=24"
A=5"
EXPANSION IN DIRECTION OF ARROW.
REFERENCE D.S. 4D-20.04 SHT. 1, TABLE G
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Rigid Hanger or Support (Continued)
12" = PIPE SIZE
12" EL.69'-10"
GG =3" GG = FIG. ASSEMBLY `GG' OF D.S. 4D-20.06 SHT. 4 GLIDING LUGS
MADE OF DUMMY PIPE
EL. 69'-10" SPECIFIES GLIDING ELEVATION OF LUGS AS PER FIG.

ASSEMBLY 'GG'.
=3 SPECIFIES MINIMUM 3" LUG OVERHANG AND APPROXIMATE

REQUIRED UNRESTRAINED PIPE CLEARANCE WITHIN PIPE SLEEVE AND
CURB OPENING FOR LATERAL PIPE MOVMENT.
Spring Hangers and Spring Supports
8" = PIPE SIZE
8"SH
SH = ABBREVIATION FOR SPRING HANGER
517
SPRING HANGER NUMBER AS LISTED ON SPING HANGER DATA SHEET

FOR THE PARTICULAR AREA. COMPLETE INFORMATION OF SPRING
HANGER AND HANGER ASSEMBLY IS SPECIFIED ON SPRING HANGER
DATA SHEET.
8" = PIPE SIZE
8"SS EL.61'-6" SS = ABBREVIATION FOR SPRING SUPPORT

519 EL. 61'-6" SPECIFIES CENTERLINE OF PIPE ELEVATION TO WHICH
SPRING SUPPORT IS APPLIED.
SPRING SUPPORT AS LISTED ON THE SPRING HANGER DATA SHEET FOR

THE PARTICULAR AREA. COMPLETE INFORMATION OF SPRING SUPPORT
AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY IS SPECIFIED ON THE SPRING HANGER
DATA SHEET.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Sway Braces (Spring Vibration Dampeners)
6" = PIPE SIZE
6"SB EL.72'-0" SB = ABBREVIATION FOR SWAY BRACE

517 EL. 72'-0" SPECIFIES ELEVATION AT WHICH SWAY BRACE IS APPLIED.
SWAY BRACE NUMBER AS LISTED ON SPRING HANGER DATA SHEET

FOR THE PARTICULAR AREA. COMPLETE INFORMATION OF SWAY BRACE
AND REQUIRED ASSEMBLY IS SPECIFIED ON SPRING HANGER DATA SHEET.
Pipe Line Anchors, Axial Stops and Guides
AXIAL STOP FOR 8" PIPE SIZE

8"A
B = 24
18 18 = FIGURE 18 PIPE SHOE OF D.S. 4D-20.04 SHT. 2.
KO DIMENSION B = 24" PIPE SHOE LENGTH
KO FIG. ASSEMBLY 'KO' OF D.S. 4D-20.09 SHT. 6.
ANCHOR FOR 6" PIPE SIZE

6"A EL.126'-0"
KC
EL. 126'-0" SPECIFIES ELEVATION AT WHICH ANCHOR IS APPLIED.
KC = FIG. ASSEMBLY 'KC' OF D.S. 4D-20.09 SHT. 2
ANCHOR FOR 6" PIPE SIZE

10"G EL.65'-0" EL. 126'-0" SPECIFIES ELEVATION AT WHICH ANCHOR IS APPLIED.
LE B = 20
B = 20" LENGTH OF GUIDE WEBS TO BE 20" LONG.
LE = FIG. ASSEMBLY 'LE' OF D.S. 4D-20.05 SHT. 2.
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Pipe Line Anchors, Axial Stops and Guides (Continued)
GUIDE FOR 24" PIPE SIZE

24"G
LA9 = FIG. ASSEMBLY 'LA' OF D.S. 4D-20.05. SHT. 2 GUIDE FRAMING
LA9 MADE OF W6 x 15 (REFERENCE TABLE 'S'
18A
B=18" DESIGN STANDARD 4D-20.11 SHT.1).
18A = FIGURE 18A PIPE SHOE OF D.S. 4D-20.04 SHT.2.
A=6"
DIMENSION B = 18" PIPE SHOE LENGTH

DIMENSION A = 6" THERMAL EXPANSION IN DIRECTION OF ARROWS
Additional Structural Pipe Support Steel:
DO NOT COMBINE STEEL WITH HANGER INFORMATION IN ONE BOX

ON THE DRAWING WHEN THE B.O.S. OR T.O.S. ELEVATION OF NEW SUPPORT
STEEL IS REQUIRED AS A REFERENCE. (SEE BELOW)
AA9 = FIG. ASSEMBLY ÀA' OF D.S. 4D-20.11 SHT.2.
AA9
W6 x 15 TO BE ADDED BY PIPING CONTRACTOR OR OTHER RESPONSIBLE
120'-6" PARTY (REFERENCE TABLE `S' D.S. 4D-20.11 SHT.1, 9 DESIGNATES STEEL SIZE)
BOTTOM OF STEEL ELEVATION OF NEW W6 x 15 SUPPORT

STEEL SPANNED BETWEEN EXISTING BEAMS.
Elevations, Rod Diameter, 'C', 'E', and '∆' and Other Information to be Shown Thus:
ROD=1 3/4"Ø
EL.120'-6"
C=6" FOR REFERENCES, REFER TO SPECIFIED DETAIL(S) INSIDE THE BOX
E=2'-0"
NOTE: REFERENCE AND ELEVATIONS, ETC..., ARE SHOWN OUTSIDE
=2" THE BOX (EXCEPT FOR STEEL ELEVATION OF NEW SUPPORT STEEL)
A=4"
B=18"
Special Support Details Not Covered by this Standard
SPECIAL SUPPORT DETAIL AS PER 'PIPE SUPPORT DETAILS'

DRAWING FOR THE PARTICULAR AREA.
REF. DWG.
No._ _ _ DRAWING NUMBER WHERE SUPPORT DETAIL No. 12 IS SHOWN.
SUPPORT DETAIL NUMBER
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE CLAMPS
The following sheets contain various clamp diagrams with specific applications. They are noted by a figure number.
Some are related to other support items which are to be found grouped in the pertinent Design Standard 4D-20.00
Pipe Support Specification (Index).
Notes for the Pipe Clamp figures in this standard are found below.
NOTES:
1. Clamps shall match the outside diameter of pipe as specified in Piping Classification Standards (4C series).
For outside diameter of SS piping see Design Standard 4S-02.01. Refer also to Paragraph 7.4 of Design
Standard 4D-20.00, Sheet 8.
2. Dimensions F & G are recommended only and may be modified providing load carrying capacities are
maintained with a minimum safety factor of 5.
3. Hanger rod diameter, if not specified with pipe support selection, shall be in accordance with these pipe clamp
selection tables or sized to suit actual pipe support weight per Table R of Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6.
4. Double riser clamps and lugs, when used for rigid hangers, may transfer load to one side only. A single rod
may carry total loading. See notes in Hanger Assemblies Standard.
5. Carbon steel pipe clamps on SS pipe shall have heat-resistant fabric as per Design Standard 4D-20.00, Sheet
8, Paragraph 7.4.
6. Riser lug(s) shall be used to support pipe lines 4” diameter and less. Reference Design Standard 4D-20.03,
Sheet 9, Figure 17, if required.
7. Riser clamps 4D-20.02, Sheets 10 & 11, (Figure 16 & 160) shall be used as follows:
− To support pipe lines 6” diameter and larger

− To support loads that require a rod ¾” and larger
8. Vertical SS pipe lines requiring riser clamp supports shall be reinforced as specified or with SS half-pipe
segments made from pipe of equal diameter, thickness and material, as the pipe line itself. Shear lugs shall be
welded to reinforcing pad.
9. Hanger rods of double riser clamps, double riser lugs and double riser trunnions shall be installed with Figure
11, 4D-20.03 Sheet 8, turnbuckle.
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Table J - Riser Clamps
(Dimensions in inches)
(See Note 7)
D Load E G F S A W
carrying
Nom. Clamp Fig. (Max.) Stock No. of bolts & size (where 2 sizes Spacer Shear lug size WxTx
capacity in
Pipe No. Size shown, the inner bolts precede the Length Length
lb. for rigid
Dia. hanger load bolts)
riser clamp
application
(see Note
7 below)
up to
750°F
6 16A 160A 3,500 13 5/16 ¾x6 (4) ¾ x 4¾ 1¼ 1½ 1x¾x3
8 16A 160A 3,250 14 5/16 ¾x6 (4) 5
/8 x 4 1 1¼ 1¼x¾x3
7
16B 160B 4,850 1x6 (4) /8 x 5 1½ 1¾ 1¼x1x3
3 5
10 16A 160A 3,060 15 /8 ¾x6 (4) /8 x 4 1 1¼ 1½x¾x3
16B 160B 6,500 1x7 (4) 1 x 5½ 1¾ 2 1½x1x4
12 16A 160A 4,250 16 3/8 1x6 (4) ¾x5 1¼ 1½ 1½x1x3
16B 160B 8,500 1¼x7 (4) 11/8 x 7¼ 2 2¼ 1½x1¼x4
14 16A 160A 4,070 17 1x6 (4) ¾x5 1¼ 1½ 1¾x1x3
16B 160B 8,000 1¼x7 (4) 11/8 x 7¼ 2 2¼ 1¾x1¼x4
7
16 16A 160A 5,030 20 1x7 (4) /8 x 5 1½ 1¾ 2x1¼x4
7
16B 160B 8,850 1¼x8 (4) /8 x 6 ¾ (2) 11/8 x 7¼ 2 2¼ 2x1¼x4
7
18 16A 160A 4,680 21 1x7 (4) /8 x 5 1½ 1¾ 2x1¼x3
7
16B 160B 8,120 1¼x8 (4) /8 x 6 ¾ (2) 11/8 x 7¼ 2 2¼ 2x1¼x4
16C 160C 10,010 1¼x9 (4) 1x7¼ (2) 1¼ x 7¾ 2¼ 2½ 2x1½x5
20 16A 160A 6,240 22 1¼x7 (4) 1x6¾ 1¾ 2 2x1¼x4
16B 160B 9,750 1¼x9 (4) 1x7¼ (2) 1¼ x 7¾ 2¼ 2½ 2x1½x5
16C 160C 14,050 1 ½ x 10 (4) 11/8 x 8¼ (2) 13/8 x 8¾ 2¼ 2¾ 2x¼x6
7
24 16A 160A 5,800 24 1¼x7 (4) /8 x 6 ¼ 1½ 1¾ 2½x1¼x4
7
16B 160B 9,000 1½x8 (4) /8 x 7 ¼ (2) 11/8 x 7¾ 2 2¼ 2½x1½x4
1
16C 160C 12,800 1 ½ x 10 (4) 1 /8 x 8¼ (2) 13/8 x 8¾ 2½ 2¾ 2½x1¼x6
16D 160D 15,000 1 ½ x 11 (4) 11/8 x 8¼ (2) 1½x9 2½ 3 2½x1½x6
30 16A 160A 6,250 28 1¼x9 (4) ¾x6¼ (2) 1x6¾ 1¾ 2 2½x1½x4
16B 160B 11,120 1 ½ x 10 (4) 1x7¾ (2) 1¼ x 8¼ 2¼ 2½ 2½x1¾x5
3
16C 160C 18,750 2 x 12 (4) 1 /8x10¼ (2) 1 ¾ x 11 3 3½ 2½x1¾x6
16D 160D 31,850 2 x 16 (4) 1 ¾ x 12 (2) 2 ¼ x 13 4 4½ 2½x2x9
7
36 16A 160A 5,370 31 1¼x9 (4) ¾x6 (2) /8 x 6 ¼ 1½ 1¾ 2½x1½x4
7
16B 160B 9,000 1 ½ x 10 (4) /8 x 7 ¼ (2) 11/8 x 7¾ 2 2¼ 2½x1¾x4
1
16C 160C 16,250 2 x 12 (4) 1 /8 x 9¼ (2) 1 ½ x 10 2½ 3 2½x1¾x6
16D 160D 35,600 2 x 20 (4) 1 ¾ x 12 (2) 2 ¼ x 13 4 4½ 2 ½ x 2 x 10
If loads are exceeded, information is to be given on pipe support detail drawing, as per specification on 4D-20.02,
Sheet 10.
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTE:
1. For application of clamps Figure 16A, 16B, 16C & 16D, see Design Standard 4D-20.03, Figures HSA, HSB,
HSC & HSD.
For clamps Figure 160A, 160B, 160C & 160D, see Design Standard 4D-20.03, Figures HTA, HTB, HTC & HTD.
2. Loads based on using ASTM A36 steel up to 750°F and using A387 Gr. D beyond 750°F, studs and nuts are to
be ASTM A193 B7 and A194.
3. When selecting hanger rods for double riser clamps and double riser lugs, used with rigid hangers, the size for
a single rod shall be based on the total riser load as only one of the two rods may carry the total load.
3
4. After clamp installation, shear lugs shall be symmetrically welded to the pipe with /8” (minimum) continuous fillet
welds, except in areas where lugs contact the riser clamp.
5. A strict contact tolerance must be guaranteed between shear lugs and riser clamp so that the riser clamp has
complete contact on all shear lugs simultaneously under all loading conditions.
6. Riser clamp bolts shall have all threads upset after installation to prevent nuts from vibrating loose.
7. Table J in Design Standard 4D-20.02, Sheet 2 reflects the Grinnell riser clamp Figure 261 S. For pipeline
temperatures above 750°F consult Stress Engineer.
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Dimensions in inches, Temperatures in °F
Figure 7 Moderate Loads Figure 7A Heavy Loads
Nom. Pipe Stock Size Capacity in lb* Recomm. Stock Size Capacity in lb* Max. Rod
Size F G Rod Size F G Note 5 Size
o o o
Note 1 Note 2 Note 2 650 750 Note 3 Note 2 Note 2 650 Note 3
3 1 3
½ /8 /8 x 1 500 445 /8
3 1 3
¾ /8 /8 x 1 500 445 /8
3 1 3
1 /8 /8 x 1 500 445 /8
3 1 3
1¼ /8 /8 x 1 500 445 /8
3 1 3
1½ /8 /8 x 1 800 715 /8
3
2 /8 ¼x1 1000 900 ½
3 ½ ¼x1 1000 900 ½
3½ ½ ¼x1 1000 900 ½
5 5
4 /8 ¼x1¼ 1000 900 /8
5 5
5 /8 ¼x1¼ 1000 900 /8
3
6 ¾ /8 x 1 ½ 1600 1400 ¾
3 7
8 ¾ /8 x 1 ½ 1600 1400 /8 Note A 1 ½x2½ 4865 1*
7 7 5
10 /8 ½x2 2400 2200 /8 Note A 1¼ /8 x 2 ½ 6000 1 1/8*
7 7
12 /8 ½x2 2400 2200 /8 Note A 1½ ¾x3 8675 1 ½*
7
14 /8 ½x2½ 2400 2200 1 Note A 1½ ¾x3½ 9120 1 ½*
7
16 /8 ½x2½ 2400 2200 1 Note A 1½ ¾x3½ 9120 1 ½*
5
18 1 /8 x 2 ½ 3000 2700 1 Note A 2 ¾x6 13800 1 ¾*
20 1 1/8 5
/8 x 2 ½ 3000 2700 1 ¼ Note A 2 1x5 15300 1 ¾*
5
24 1¼ /8 x 3 3000 2700 1 ¼ Note A 2¼ 1x6 16300 2*
30 1¾ ¾x4 3500 3100 1 ½ Note A 2½ 1¼x7 20500 2*
36 1¾ ¾x4 - - 1 ½ Note A 2¾ 1½x8 28000 2 ½*
42 1¾ ¾x4 - - 1 ½ Note A 2¾ 1 ¾ x 10 35000 2 ¾*
*Or as specified on drawings as per Table R of Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6.
NOTE A: 8” diameter & larger Figure 7 pipe clamps are primarily for clamp-on type pipe shoes, and may only be
used for hanger rod application if pipe load will not exceed rated pipe clamp load capacity.
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Dimension in inches, Temperatures in °F
Figure 9 Moderate Loads Figure 9A Heavy Loads
Nom. Pipe Stock Size Capacity in lb* Recom. Rod Stock Size Capacity in lb* Max. Rod Size
Size F G Size F G
Note 1 Note 2 Note 2 650° 750° Note 3 Note 2 Note 2 650° 750° Note 3
3
¾ ½ ¼x1 950 850 /8
3
1 ½ ¼x1 950 850 /8
3
1¼ ½ ¼x1 950 850 /8
5
1½ /8 ¼x1¼ 1500 1380 ½
5
2 /8 ¼x1¼ 1500 1380 ½
5 5
3 /8 ¼x1¼ 1500 1380 /8
5 5
3½ /8 ¼x1¼ 1500 1380 /8
3
4 ¾ /8 x 2 2500 2200 ¾
3
5 ¾ /8 x 2 2500 2200 ¾
3 7
6 1 /8 x 2 ½ 2800 2500 /8 1½ ½x4 8000 7100 1 ½*
3 7
8 1 /8 x 2 ½ 2800 2500 /8 1½ ½x4 8000 7100 1 ½*
10 1 ½x2½ 3200 2890 1 1¾ ¾x4 11000 9800 1 ¾*
12 1 ½x2½ 3200 2890 1 1¾ ¾x4 11000 9800 1 ¾*
5
14 1¼ /8 x 3 4300 3800 1 1/8 2 7
/8 x 4 ½ 12700 11300 1 ¾*
5
16 1¼ /8 x 3 4300 3800 1 1/8 2 7
/8 x 4 ½ 12700 11300 1 ¾*
5
18 1¼ /8 x 3 4300 3800 1 1/8 2 1x4 12700 11300 1 ¾*
20 1 3/8 ¾x3 5500 4900 1¼ 2 1x5 15000 15000 1 ¾*
24 1½ ¾x4 6000 5300 1¼ 2 1¼x6 15000 15000 1 ¾*
30 1¾ 1x5 8000 7000 1½ 2 1¼x6 15000 15000 1 ¾*
36 1¾ 1x5 8000 7000 1½ 2 1¼x6 15000 15000 1 ¾*
*Or as specified on drawings as per Table R of Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6.
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Figure 9B Moderate Loads Figure 9C Heavy Loads
Nom. Pipe Stock Size Capacity in lb* Rod Size Stock Size Capacity in lb* Max. Rod Size
Size F G F G
¾ ½ ¼x1 1050 940
1 ½ ¼x1 1050 940
1¼ ½ ¼x1 1050 940 Rod size
5
1½ /8 ¼x1¼ 1130 1130 specified on
5
2 /8 ¼x1¼ 1130 1130 drawing as
selected per
5
3 /8 ¼x1¼ 1600 1400 Table R of
5
3½ /8 ¼x1¼ 1600 1400 Design
3
4 ¾ /8 x 2 2600 2300 Standard
3
5 ¾ /8 x 2 2600 2300 4D-20.03,
3
6 1 /8 x 2 ½ 3000 2600 Sheet 6 1½ ½x4 8300 7300
3
8 1 /8 x 2 ½ 3000 2600 1½ ½x4 8300 7300 Rod size
10 1 ½x2½ 3400 3000 1¾ ¾x4 11500 10000 specified on
12 1 ½x2½ 3400 3000 1¾ ¾x4 11500 10000 drawing as
5 7
14 1¼ /8 x 3 4500 3900 2 /8 x 4 ½ 13200 11600 selected per
5 7
16 1¼ /8 x 3 4500 3900 2 /8 x 4 ½ 13200 11600 Table R of
5
18 1¼ /8 x 3 4500 3900 2 1x4 13200 11600 Design
20 1 3/8 ¾x3 5700 5000 2 1x5 15000 15000 Standard
24 1½ ¾x4 6200 5500 2 1¼x6 15000 15000 4D-20.03,
30 1¾ 1x5 8300 7200 2 1¼x6 15000 15000 Sheet 6
36 1¾ 1x5 8300 7200 2 1¼x6 15000 15000
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Figure 9D Moderate Loads Figure 9E Heavy Loads
Nom. Pipe Stock Size Capacity in lb* Recom. Rod Stock Size Capacity in lb* Max. Rod
Size F G Size F G Size
Rod size
5
1½ /8 ¼x1¼ 1000 700 specified on
5
2 /8 ¼x1¼ 1000 700 drawing as
selected per
5
3 /8 ¼x1¼ 1000 700 Table R of
5
3½ /8 ¼x1¼ 1000 700 Design
3
4 ¾ /8 x 2 1600 1100 Standard
3
5 ¾ /8 x 2 1600 1100 4D-20.03,
3
6 1 /8 x 2 ½ 1800 1300 Sheet 6 1½ ½x4 5000 3700
3
8 1 /8 x 2 ½ 1800 1300 1½ ½x5 5000 3700 Rod size
10 1 ½x2½ 2100 1500 1¾ ¾x4 6715 5000 specified on
12 1 ½x2½ 2100 1500 1¾ ¾x5 7200 5400 drawing as
5
14 1¼ /8 x 3 2800 2000 2 1x5 9300 6925 selected per
5
16 1¼ /8 x 3 2800 2000 2 1x5 9300 6925 Table R of
5
18 1¼ /8 x 3 2800 2000 2 1x5 9300 6925 Design
20 1 3/8 ¾x3 3200 2500 2 1x6 10280 7645 Standard
24 1½ ¾x4 3500 2700 2 1¼x6 10280 7645 4D-20.03,
30 1¾ 1x5 4600 3500 2 1¼x6 10280 7645 Sheet 6
36 1¾ 1x5 4600 3500 2 1¼x6 10280 7645
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Material - ASTM - _________ or equal
Pipe Temp = _________ °F
Design Pipe Load = _________ pounds
Eccentricity dimension “E” = _________ “
Stock Size “G” = _________”
Load Bolts “F” = _________” diameter - 2 req’d
Inner Bolts _________” diameter - _________ req’d
Dim. “S” = _________”
Dim. “A” = _________”
Shear Lugs “N” = (TxWxL), 4 req’d, fillet welds _________
Shear Lug Thickness equal to Riser Clamp Thickness
Hanger Rod Size = _________” diameter - 2 req’d shop fabricated
The above noted dimensions refer to Figure 16 - Double Riser Clamp.

Figure 19 Beam welding attachment shall suit hanger rod size load capacity.
NOTE:
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
This is a typical specification form giving detailed requirements for a riser clamp not listed in the support
Specification 4D-20.00/4D-20.02/4D-20.03.
PIPE CLAMPS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ENGINEERING DATA FOR HANGER ASSEMBLIES
TABLE ‘A’ Pipe lines up to 650°F with standard weight to XS wall thicknesses, insulated or uninsulated,
supported from structures that can utilize the maximum hanger spacing for the pipe.
Nominal Pipe Hanger Spacing, ft. Single Hanger Rod Double Hanger Rod
Pipe Liquid Steam, Pipe Clamp Rod Diameter Pipe Clamp Rod Diameter
Gas
Diameter Service Air Service Fig. No. Field Shop Fig. No. Field Shop
Inches Fab. Fab. Fab. Fab.
3 3
½ 7 9 7 /8” ** /8”
3 3
¾ 7 9 7, 9, 12 /8” ** /8”
3 3
1 7 9 7, 9, 12 /8” ** /8”
3 3
1¼ 8 10 7, 9, 12 /8” ** /8”
3 3
1½ 9 11 7, 9, 12 /8” ** /8”
3 3
2 10 13 7, 9, 12 /8” ** /8”
3 12 15 7, 9, 12 ½” ** ½”
3½ 13 16 7, 9, 12 ½” ** ½”
5
4 14 17 7, 9, 12 /8” ** ½"
5
5 16 19 7, 9 /8” ** ½"
5
6 17 21 7, 9 ¾” ** /8”
5
8 18 & Less 7A, 9 ¾” ** /8”
7 5
8 19 24 7A, 9 /8” ** /8”
7 5
10 21 & Less 7A, 9 /8” ** /8”
10 27 9 1” ** ¾”
7 5
12 17 & Less 7A, 9 /8” ** /8”
12 18 - 22 7A, 9 1” ** ¾”
1 7
12 30 9A 1 /8” ** /8”
7 5
14 15 & Less 7A, 9 /8” ** /8”
1 7
14 16 - 25 7A, 9 1 /8” ** /8”
7
14 33 9A 1 ¼” ** /8”
7 5
16 12 & Less 7A, 9 /8” ** /8”
1 7
16 13 - 22 7A, 9 1 /8” ** /8”
7
16 23 - 27 7A, 9A 1 ¼” ** /8”
16 35 9A 1 ½” ** 1”
** Trapeze Type Hanger Assemblies

NOTE: Pipe clamp figure numbers 7, 7A, 9 and 9A are referred to in Design Standard 4D-20.02
Sheet 7 and Sheet 9. Pipe clamp figure number 12 is referred to in Design Standard 4D-
20.03 Sheet 7.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ENGINEERING DATA FOR HANGER ASSEMBLIES
TABLE ‘A’ Continued
Pipe Liquid Steam, Gas Pipe Rod Diameter Pipe Clamp Rod Diameter
Clamp
Diameter Service Air Service Fig. No. Field Shop Fig. No.** Field Shop
18 13 & Less 7A, 9 1” ** ¾”
1 7
18 14 - 18 7A, 9 1 /8” ** /8”
18 19 - 28 7A, 9A 1 ½” ** 1”
1
18 37 9A 1 ½” ** 1 /8”
20 11 & Less 7A, 9 1” ** ¾”
7
20 12 - 20 7A, 9 1 ¼” ** /8”
1
20 21 - 30 7A, 9A 1 ½” ** 1 /8”
20 39 9A 1 ¾” ** 1 ¼”
24 8 & Less 7A, 9 1” ** ¾”
7
24 9 - 16 9 1 ¼” ** /8”
24 17 - 32 7A, 9A 1 ¾” ** 1 ¼”
24 42 9A 1 ¾” ** 1 ½”
1
30 15 & Less 9 1 ½” ** 1 /8”
30 16 - 29 7A, 9A 1 ¾” ** 1 ½”
30 30 - 33 7A 2” ** 1 ½”
30 42 ** 1 ¾”
1
36 11 & Less 9 1 ½” ** 1 /8”
36 12 - 22 7A, 9A 1 ¾” ** 1 ½”
36 23 - 35 7A 2 ¼” **
36 42 **
42 13 & Less ** 1 ¼”
42 14 - 19 **
42 20 - 36 7A 2 ½” **
42 42 ** 2”
Sheet 5 and Sheet 7.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
1. The suggested pipe support spacing, rod diameters, and clamp selections in Table ‘A’ - do not apply where
concentrated loads such as valves, heavy fittings, vertical risers, etc. occur. Where the piping system is subject
to concentrated loads, the pipe supports shall be placed as close as possible to these loads with the maximum
support spacing suitably reduced so as to prevent excessive sag, bending and shear stresses, and/or
overloading of pipe support components.
2. Whenever an offset occurs in the piping between two supports the maximum support spacing shall be reduced
25%.
3. Piping 18” diameter and larger may utilize maximum support spacing only if the angle of contact between pipe
perimeter and pipe support is a minimum of 120°, so as to prevent indentation of pipe wall at the support point.
4. Rod diameters do not apply for spring hangers, or to individually engineered hangers.
5. See Table ‘R’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6) for additional notes and rod load capacities.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ENGINEERING DATA
TABLE ‘B’ Pipe lines with Schedule 5S, Schedule 10S, or wall thicknesses specified in Design Standard
4S-02.01 supported from structures that can utilize maximum hanger spacing for the pipe.
See Scope of Specification 7.0 through 7.5 in Design Standard 4D-20.00
Pipe Pipe Clamp Rod Diameter Pipe Clamp Rod Diameter
Diameter Fig. No. Field Shop Fig. No.** Field Shop
3 3
¾ 7’ & Less 7, 9, 12 /8” 7** /8”
3 3
1 7’ & Less 7, 9, 12 /8” 7** /8”
3 3
1½ 7’ & Less 7, 9, 12 /8” 7** /8”
3 3
2 7’ & Less 7, 9, 12 /8” 7** /8”
3 10’ & Less 7, 9, 12 ½” 7** ½”
**
5
4 12’ & Less 7, 9, 12 /8” 7** ½”
5
5 12’ & Less 7 /8” 7** ½”
5
6 14’ & Less 7 ¾” 7** /8”
5
8 15’ & Less 7A, 9 ¾” 7A** /8”
7 5
10 16’ & Less 7A, 9 /8” 7A** /8”
7 5
12 14’ & Less 7A, 9 /8” 7A** /8”
7
12 15’ - 18’ 7A, 9 /8” 7A** ¾”
7
14 15’ & Less 7A, 9 /8” 7A** ¾”
14 16’ - 19’ See Note 3 7A, 9 1” 7A** ¾”
16 16’ & Less 7A, 9 1” 7A** ¾”
1
16 17’ - 20’ See Note 3 7A, 9 1 /8” 7A** ¾”
1
18 16’ & Less 7A, 9 1 /8” 7A** ¾”
7
18 17’ - 22’ See Note 3 7A, 9 1 ¼” 7A** /8”
7
20 12’ & Less 7A, 9 1” 7A** /8”
7
20 13’ - 19’ 7A, 9 1 ¼” 7A** /8”
20 20’ - 23’ See Note 3 7A, 9 1 ½” 7A** 1”
7
22 10’ & Less 7A, 9 1” 7A** /8”
7
11’ - 18’ 7A, 9 1 ¼” 7A** /8”
19’ - 24’ See Note 3 7A, 9A 1 ½” 7A** 1”
24 9’ & Less 7A, 9 1” 7A** 1”
10’ - 17’ 7A, 9 1 ½” 7A** 1”
18’ - 24’ See Note 3 7A, 9A 1 ¾” 7A** 1 ½”
30 12’ & Less 7A, 9 1 ½” 7A** 1”
13’ - 25’ See Note 3 7A, 9A 1 ¾” 7A** 1 ½”
36 As Specified on Drawings
42 As Specified on Drawings

Sheet 5 and Sheet 7. Pipe clamp figure number 12 is referred to in Design Standard 4D-
20.03 Sheet 7.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
1. The suggested pipe hanger spacing, rod diameters, and clamp selections in Table ‘B’ do not apply where
concentrated loads such as valves and vertical risers, etc. occur. Pipe hangers should be placed as close as
possible to concentrated loads with the maximum hanger spacing suitably reduced to prevent excessive sag,
bending and shear stresses, and/or overloading of pipe hanger components.
2. Whenever an offset occurs in the piping between two hangers the maximum hanger spacing shall be reduced
25%.
3. Reinf./wear pads per Figure 25 - 4D-20.04, Sheet 6 are required for piping resting on supports for lines 2”
diameter and larger to ensure wear protection and to allow maximum hanger spacing range on lines 14” dia.
and larger. Reinf. pads are not required when pipe clamps are used.
4. Maximum support spacing on pipes resting on support steel may only be used with reinforcing wear pad. See
Figure 25 and 25A (Design Standard 4D-20.04, Sheet 6 and 7).
5. Rod diameters do not apply for spring hangers or to individually engineered hangers. See Table ‘R’ (Design
Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6), for additional notes and rod load capacities.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ENGINEERING DATA
TABLE ‘R’ Load carrying capacities of threaded ASTM A36, A575 and A576 hot rolled carbon steel rod
Maximum Safe Load, Pounds Maximum Safe Load, Pounds

NOMINAL ROD Rod Temperature of 650°F Rod Temperature of 750°F (Note 4)
DIAMETER INCHES FIELD SHOP FIELD SHOP
THREADED THREADED THREADED THREADED
3
/8 (Note 3) 610 540
½ (Note 3) 1130 1010
5
/8 1810 1610
¾ 2710 2420
7
/8 3770 3360
1 4960 4410
1
1 /8 6230 5560
1¼ 8000 7140
1½ 11630 10370
1¾ See Note 2 15690 See Note 2 14000

2 20690 18460
2¼ 27200 24260
2½ 33500 29880
2¾ 41600 37066
3 50600 45085
NOTES:
1. Hanger rod diameter, if not specified with pipe support selection, shall be in accordance with clamp selection
tables (refer to Design Standard 4D-20.02).
2. Hanger rods 1 ¾” and larger shall be shop threaded.

3
3. In no case shall hanger rods less than /8” diameter be used for support of pipe 2” and smaller, or less than ½”
diameter rod for supporting pipe 2 ½” and larger.
4. Temperature of hanger rod shall be based on a temperature gradient of 100°F per inch distance from the
outside surface of the pipe.
5. When selecting hanger rods for double riser clamps, double riser lugs and double trunnions on risers used for
rigid hangers, the size for a single rod shall be based on the total riser load as only one of the two rods may
carry the total load.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
Nom. Pipe Rod. Dia. ‘A’ Bolt Dia. ‘G’ Capacity in Size of Clevis Stock Size
Diameter lbs.
UPPER LOWER
3 1 1
¾ /8 ¼ 610 /8 x 1 /8 x 1
3 1 1
1 /8 ¼ 610 /8 x 1 /8 x 1
3 1 1
1½ /8 ¼ 610 /8 x 1 /8 x 1
3 1 1
2 /8 ¼ 610 /8 x 1 /8 x 1
3 1 1
3 ½ /8 1130 /8 x 1 ¼ /8 x 1 ¼
5 3 1 1
4 /8 /8 1430 /8 x 1 ¼ /8 x 1 ¼
5 3 1
5 /8 ½ 1430 /16 x 1 ¼ /8 x 1 ¼
3 3
6 ¾ ½ 1940 /16 x 1 ½ /16 x 1 ½
5 3 3
8 ¾ /8 2000 /16 x 1 ¾ /16 x 1 ¾
FIG. 12 Adjustable clevis hanger for un-insulated lines 8” diameter and less. (Do not use hot lines).
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIG. 15 Hanger Lug Beam Attachment FIG. 17 Pipe Riser Lug
Hanger Pin or Hole Size of Fig. 15 Fig. 17

Rod Bolt Dia. Fillet
Dia. Dia. H F B B
Min. Max. D R T Min. Max. D R T
5 11 3
½ /8 /16 ¼ 1½ 3 2½ 1¼ ¼ 3 8 5 1½ /8
5 13
/8 ¾ /16 ¼ 1½ 3 2½ 1¼ ¼ 3 8 5 1½ ½
7 15 3
¾ /8 /16 ¼ 1½ 3 2½ 1¼ /8
7 1 3
/8 1 1 /8 ¼ 2 3 2½ 1¼ /8
1
1 1 /8 1¼ ¼ 2 3 3 1½ ½
1 3
1 /8 1¼ 1 /8 ¼ 3 4 3 1½ ½
3 5
1¼ 1 /8 1½ ¼ 3 4 4 2 /8
5 3
1½ 1 /8 1¾ /8 3 4½ 5 2½ ¾
7
1¾ 1 /8 2 ½ 3 4½ 5 2½ ¾
3
2 2¼ 2 /8 ½ 4 4½ 6 3 ¾
5
2¼ 2½ 2 /8 ½ 4½ - 6 3 ¾
7 5
2½ 2¾ 2 /8 /8 4½ - 8 4 1
1 5
2¾ 3 3 /8 /8 4½ - 8 4 1
NOTES:
1. When welding to U/S of loaded beams, the welding beads shall always be applied in a direction parallel to the
beam longitudinal centerline.
2. For loadings, see Table on Figure 19, Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 10.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIG. 19 - WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT (GRINNELL FIG. 66 OR EQUAL)
Rod Bolt Size Max. Load lb. Dimensions in inches Length Size of Fillet ‘W’
Size of weld
A 650°F 750°F E B H R S T L Min. Max.
3 9 7 1
/8 ½x2½ 610 510 2 2 /16 /8 1¼ ¼ ¾ /8 ¼
5 11 7 1
½ /8 x 2 ½ 1180 940 2 2 /16 /8 1¼ ¼ ¾ /8 ¼
5 13 7 3
/8 ¾x2¾ 1810 1510 2 2 /16 /8 1¼ ¼ ¾ /16 ¼
7 15 1 3 3
¾ /8 x 3 2710 2260 2 2½ /16 1 /8 1½ /8 ¾ ¼ /8
7 1 3 3
/8 1x4 3770 3150 3 2½ 1 /8 1¼ 2 /8 1¼ ¼ /8
1 3
1 1 /8 x 4 ½ 4960 4150 3 3 1¼ 1½ 2 ½ 1¼ /8 ½
1 3 3
1 /8 1¼x5 6230 5200 3 3 1 /8 1¾ 2¼ ½ 1¼ /8 ½
3 5 5
1¼ 1 /8 x 5 8000 6660 3 4 1½ 2 2½ /8 1¼ ½ /8
5 5
1½ 1 /8 x 6 11630 9700 4 5 1¾ 2½ 3 ¾ 1½ /8 ¾
7 1 5
1¾ 1 /8 x 7 /8 15700 14000 5 5 2 2¾ 3¾ ¾ 2¼ /8 ¾
1 3
2 2 ¼ x 7 /8 20700 18460 5 6 2 /8 3¼ 3¾ ¾ 2¼ ¾ ¾
5 5
2¼ 2 ½ x 7 /8 27200 24260 6 6 2 /8 3½ 4¼ ¾ 2¾ ¾ ¾
5 7
2½ 2 ¾ x 7 /8 33500 29880 6 6 2 /8 3¾ 4½ ¾ 3¼ ¾ ¾
1 5 5
2¾ 3x8¼ 41580 37066 5¾ 6 3 /8 4 3¾ /8 6 /8 ¾
3 5 5
3 3¼x8½ 50580 45085 6¼ 7 3 /8 4 3¾ /8 6 /8 ¾
5
3¼ 3½x8½ 60480 53906 7 7 3 /8 4½ 4¼ ¾ 7 ¾ 1
7
3½ 3¾x8½ 71280 63493 7½ 8 3 /8 4½ 4¼ ¾ 7 ¾ 1
NOTES:
1. When welding to U/S of a load beam, the welding bead ‘W’ should always be applied to a direction parallel to
the beam’s longitudinal centerline.
2. Reference Paragraph 5.3 of Design Standard 4D-20.00, Sheet 4.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIG. 20 - WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT IN INVERTED POSITION
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
FIG. 20 - Welded Beam Attachment in Inverted Position

Hanger Rod Size of Fig. 20
Dia. Fillet
A W B C E S T
3 7 7
/8 ¼ 2 2 /8 1 /8 1¼ ¼
7
½ ¼ 2 2 /8 1¾ 1¼ ¼
5 7
/8 ¼ 2 2 /8 1¾ 1¼ ¼
1 3
¾ ¼ 2½ 3 /8 1¾ 1½ /8
7 5 3
/8 ¼ 2½ 4¼ 2 /8 2 /8
1 ¼ 3 4½ 2¾ 2 ½
1
1 /8 ¼ 3 4¾ 2¾ 2¼ ½
7 5
1¼ ¼ 4 5 2 /8 2½ /8
3
1½ /8 5 6½ 4 3 ¾
1¾ ½ 5 7¾ 5 3¾ ¾
2 ½ 6 8¼ 5¼ 3¾ ¾
2¼ ½ 6 9½ 6¼ 4¼ ¾
5
2½ /8 6 9¾ 6¼ 4½ ¾
5
2¾ /8 6 9¾ 5¾ 3¾ ¾
NOTES:
1. When welding to U/S loaded beams, the welding beads ‘W’ should always be applied in a direction parallel to
the beam’s longitudinal centerline.
2. For loadings, see Table on Fig. 19, Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 10.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTE:
1. Rod size selection per pipe clamp capacity Table ‘R’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6) or as specified on
pipe support drawing.
2. Selection of pipe clamps and hanger spacing per Table ‘A’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 1), or ‘B’ (Design
Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 3).
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
1. Rod size selection per pipe clamp capacity Table ‘R’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6), to be specified on
pipe support drawing.
2. Load capacities, dimensions and other information refer to Table ‘J’, Design Standard 4D-20.02, Sheet 2.
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
LOADS, WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS (inches)
Rod Size A Maximum Weight Minimum Rod Take-Out ’E’ for

Recommended (Approx.) Beam Beam Flange Width of:
Load, lb lb Each Flange (Based on Basic Engineers Inc. Data.)
Thickness 4 5 6 7
3 9 3 13 1
/8 240 2.4 0.25 4 /16 4 /16 3 /16 3 /8
3 9 3 13 1
/8 415 2.4 0.32 4 /16 4 /16 3 /16 3 /8
3 9 3 13 1
/8 500 2.4 0.38 4 /16 4 /16 3 /16 3 /8
3 9 3 13 1
/8 590 2.4 0.43 4 /16 4 /16 3 /16 3 /8
11 5 15
½ 810 2.6 0.50 4 /16 4 /16 3 /16 3¼
11 5 15
½ 980 2.6 0.56 4 /16 4 /16 3 /16 3¼
5 3 5
/8 1150 2.7 0.60 4¾ 4 /8 4 3 /16
5 5 9
/8 1150 2.7 0.60 5 4 /8 4¼ 3 /16
5 1 11 5 5
/8 1150 2.7 0.60 5 /16 4 /16 4 /16 3 /8
NOTE:
Rod size selection per Table ‘A’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 1 - 3) or ‘B’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 4
& 5) or specified in pipe support drawing with reference to Table ‘R’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6) for rod
load capabilities
HY BEAM CLAMP FOR LIGHT LOADS (MAXIMUM PIPE SIZE 8” DIA.)
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
LOADS, WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS (inches)
Clamp Maximum Maximum Weight Minimum Beam B V
Size No. Rod Size Recommended (Approximate) Flange
A Load, lb lbs each Thickness (in)
5 1
4/5 • /8 1320 21.7/33.9 0.63 1½ 1 /8
5 1
4/5 • /8 1400 21.7/33.9 0.69 1½ 1 /8
5 1
4/5 • /8 1470 21.7/33.9 0.75 1½ 1 /8
1
4/5 • ¾ 1650 21.7/33.9 0.82 1½ 1 /8
1
4/5 • ¾ 1800 21.7/33.9 0.88 1½ 1 /8
1
4/5 • ¾ 1900 21.7/33.9 0.94 1½ 1 /8
1
4/5 • ¾ 2100 21.7/33.9 1.00 1½ 1 /8
ROD TAKE-OUT (inches)
1
CLAMP ROD TAKE-OUT, E (based on Grinnell Data)
SIZE
No. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
5 3 7 7 3 13
4 6 /8 6 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 4 /16 -- -- -- -- --
1 1 5 1
5• -- -- -- -- -- -- 8 /8 7¾ 7 /8 6 /8 6 /16
• Furnished with links
NOTE:
Rod size selection per Table ‘A’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 1 - 3), or ‘B’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet
4 & 5) or specified on pipe support drawing with reference to Table ‘R’ (Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheet 6) for rod
load capacities.
HZ Beam Clamp for Heavier Loads - Clamp Size 4 HZA • Clamp Size 5
HANGER ASSEMBLIES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE SHOES, SADDLES, PADS, WELDING AND COLLAR REINFORCING PAD (TRUNION)
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE GUIDES AND RESTRAINTS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PIPE GLIDING SUPPORTS AND TRAVELERS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
--
Pipe Dia. Plate "A" Plate "B" Channel Size "C" Dia. Dim "D" Dim "E"
(L x W x T) Threaded
Rod
8 14 x 14 x 5/8 10 x 5 x 5/8 C5 x 9 1 1/4 1 3/8 6
10 14 x 14 x 5/8 10 x 5 x 5/8 C5 x 9 1 1/4 1 3/8 6
12 14 x 14 x 5/8 10 x 6 x 5/8 C6 x 10.5 1 1/2 1 5/8 6
14 14 x 14 x 5/8 10 x 6 x 5/8 C6 x 10.5 1 1/2 1 5/8 6
16 18 x 16 x 5/8 12 5/8 x 8 x 5/8 C8 x 13.75 1 3/4 1 7/8 8
18 18 x 16 x 5/8 12 5/8 x 8 x 5/8 C8 x 13.75 1 3/4 1 7/8 8
20 20 x 18 x 5/8 16 x 10 x 5/8 C10 x 20 2 2 1/8 10
24 20 x 18 x 5/8 16 x 10 x 5/8 C10 x 20 2 2 1/8 10
30 20 x 18 x 5/8 16 x 10 x 5/8 C10 x 20 2 2 1/8 10
GZ Pump Suction Support
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.06 1
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
SPRING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.07 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.07 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.07 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BRACES, SWAY BRACES AND STRUTS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.08 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BRACES, SWAY BRACES AND STRUTS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.08 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
RIGID SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR.DATE OCT.04
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.09 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
SUPPORTS FOR FRP PIPELINES
Table “C” - Fibreglass reinforced plastic (FRP) pipelines supported from structures that can utilize the maximum
hanger spacing for the pipe.
SINGLE HANGER ROD DOUBLE HANGER ROD

Nominal Pipe Pipe Rod Diameter Rod Diameter
Pipe Hanger Clamp Field Shop Field Shop
Diameter Spacing Fig. No. Fab. Fab. Fab. Fab.
Inches Feet
Trapeze
3 3
2 7 & Less 7 /8 Type /8
3
3 7 & Less 7 ½ Hanger /8
5
4 7 & Less 7 /8 Ass’ys. ½
5
6 9 & Less 7 ¾ /8
7 5
8 10 & Less 7 /8 /8
7 5
10 11 & Less 7 /8 /8
7 5
12 12 & Less 7A /8 /8
7 5
14 13 & Less 7A /8 /8
7 5
16 14 & Less 7A /8 /8
18 15 & Less 7A 1 ¾
20 12 & Less 7A 1 ¾
13 - 15 7A 1 ¾
22 11 & Less 7A 1 ¾
1
12 - 16 7A 1 /8 ¾
1 7
24 13 & Less 7A 1 /8 /8
14 - 17 7A 1¼ 1
1
26 12 & Less 7A 1 /8 1
3
13 - 18 7A 1 /8 1
1
30 10 & Less 7A 1 /8 1
1
11 - 19 7A 1½ 1 /8
1
36 8 & Less 7A 1 /8 1
3
9 - 21 7A ? 1¾ 1 /8
3
42 14 & Less 7A ? 1¾ 1 /8
15 - 22 7A ? 2 ? 1¾
See Table “A”, Design Standard 4D-20.03, Sheets 1, 2, & 3 for notes and rod capacity. For pipe clamp figure
numbers, refer to Design Standard 4D-20.02, Sheet 5.
FRP PIPE SUPPORTS, ANCHORS AND GUIDES
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.10 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.10 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.10 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.10 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.10 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.10 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.10 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
STEEL CONNECTIONS
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
STEEL CONNECTIONS
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
STEEL CONNECTIONS
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
STEEL CONNECTIONS
ADDITIONAL STEEL
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.11 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
CONCRETE PADS AND ATTACHMENTS
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.12 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.13 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.13 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-20.13 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTE:
- Use for stock under 3% B.D. and white water.
- Suction to be fabricated without slope, any deviation to be upward on the pumpside.
* Diameter above this size to be checked for clearance.
D1 A D4 C E F *D3 Max. G
3” - 4” 1’ - 6” 2” 3” 6” 6” 2” -
6” - 8” 1’ - 10” 3” 6” 6” 6” 4” 6”
10” 2’ - 3” 4” 8” 6” 8” 6” 6”
12” - 14” 2’ - 7” 6” 8” 6” 8” 6” 6”
16” - 20” 2’ - 10” 6” 8” 6” 8” 12” 6”
24” 3’ - 4” 6” 8” 6” 8” 14” 6”
30” 3’ - 10” 6” 8” 6” 8” 16” 6”
36” 4’ - 4” 6” 9” 6” 8” 18” 6”
STAINLESS STEEL TAPERED PUMP SUCTION
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-22.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTE:
− When D1 is more than two pipe sizes greater than D2, do not use this type of pump suction.
− Suction to be fabricated without slope, any deviation to be upward on the pump side.
− Use for stock 3% B.D. and over.
D1 A X E F *D3 Max. C D4 G
6” - 8” 1’ - 10” 7” 9” 6” 4” 6” 3” 6”
10” 2’ - 3” 7” 9” 8” 6” 8” 4” 6”
12” - 14” 2’ - 7” 7” 9” 8” 6” 8” 6” 6”
16” - 20” 2’ - 10” 7” 9” 8” 12” 8” 6” 6”
24” 3’ - 4” 7” 9” 8” 14” 8” 6” 6”
30” 3’ - 10” 7” 9” 8” 14” 8” 6” 6”
36” 4’ - 4” 7” 9” 8” 18” 9” 6” 6”
STAINLESS STEEL STEPPED PUMP SUCTION
DESIGN STANDARD
4D-22.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-010112] C:\Documents and Settings\fernando.anacona\Desktop\MAPA 4C\4D\4D-22.03 Rev-0.DOC
APPENDIX C
4S DESIGN STANDARDS
(SAME AS REV. 0E)

AMEC CADE DESIGN STANDARDS
LIABILITY
These standards after approval by AMEC Cade are issued to AMEC Cade’s client (the "Owner") for use
only on the project for which they were approved and issued.
These standards may involve hazardous materials, operation and equipment. These standards do not
purport to address all of the safety problems associated with their use. It is the responsibility of the user
of these standards to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of
regulatory limitations prior to use.
As these standards were prepared solely for the benefit of the Owner, AMEC Cade disclaims all liability
for the completeness, correctness, and accuracy of these standards against all parties other than the
Owner.
AMEC-CADE makes no representations of any kind to any party other than the Owner.
LIABILITY AND COPYRIGHT
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-00.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S0001 Rev-0.DOC
1. SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION
1.1 This Specification covers the fabrication and shop testing of carbon and ferritic steel pressure piping.
1.2 Any deviation from this specification shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
2.1 Pipe line fabrication, assembly, examination, inspection, testing and cleaning shall conform to ASME B31.1
or B31.3 or the applicable code listed in the line nomenclature sheet.
2.2 For pipe line field erection, checking, testing and cleaning see Design Standard 4S-20.01.
2.3 Local and national codes and standards having jurisdiction over any part of the work covered in this
specification shall apply.
2.4 All codes and standards shall conform to the latest edition or revision.
3. QUALITY CONTROL
3.1 The pipe fabricator must have a suitable quality control policy and quality control manual that shall be
submitted to the Engineer/Inspector at the beginning of the contract.
4. GENERAL
4.1 Threaded pipe connections must be kept to a minimum and are generally only to be used for instrument
connections.
4.2 Only where absolutely necessary and after client approval can piping connections be underground in this
application nuts and bolts should be galvanized.
4.3 Piping for fire protection should avoid the used of chambers for underground flanges and valves, these
should be installed above ground. Exceptions to this must be approved by the client.
4.4 Carbon and ferritic steel piping shall be prefabricated in sections suitable for transporting and handling. Field
welds shall be held to a minimum. Where mitered elbows are used, the two end sections of the elbows may
be an integral part of the pipe eliminating the end butt welds.
4.5 Fabricated pipe sections shall have the line number and spool number neatly painted on each section with a
paint that will not wash off or fade.
4.6 The following details are specified on piping documentation:
4.7 Material classification standards.
4.8 The design pressure and test pressure.
4.9 Special fittings such as elbows other than 45° or 90°, short radius, odd degree and reducing elbows.
FABRICATION OF CARBON AND FERRITIC STEEL PRESSURE PIPING
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-01.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.01 Rev-0.DOC
4.10 Branch connections or elbows that require special reinforcing.
4.11 Cold spring.
4.12 Location of all drains, vents and steam traps.
4.13 Location of all instrument connections.
4.14 Pipe line slope.
4.15 Field trim allowance.
4.16 Welds that require inside grinding.
4.17 Location of start-up screens
4.18 Valve stands and chain operators.
4.19 Any further specific additional requirements.
5. MATERIALS
5.1 All material shall conform to those specified in the Piping Classification Standards.
5.2 All material shall be new and free of scaling or pitting.
5.3 Mill test reports for all material to be used shall be submitted before start or fabrication.
6. PIPE BENDS
6.1 Bending radii (see 2.10) tolerances are shown in PFI standard ES-24.
6.2 Bends shall be made so that the difference between the maximum and minimum diameters (ovality) is not
greater than 5% of the measured O.D. of the straight pipe. They shall be free of flat spots and corrugations.
6.3 Cold bends with a radius five times the nominal pipe diameter or less shall be stress relieved (see 2.3).
6.4 Bends shall not be used in fuel oil or fuel gas lines.
7. FLANGED CONNECTIONS
7.1 All flanges shall be welded perpendicular to the centre of the pipe.
7.2 Instrument orifice plate flange connections shall have all weld spatter removed, and have the insides of the
welds ground smooth.
7.3 Instrument orifice weld neck flanges shall have the inside diameter of the flange taper bored to suit the I.D. of
the matching pipe.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-01.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.01 Rev-0.DOC
7.4 Raised face flanges shall have either a spiral or concentric standard finish on the raised face
8. WELDING
8.1 Fabricator must be in possession of the appropriate welding procedure. The welding procedure shall be in
accordance with the applicable code and welding procedure documentation shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval before commencing work.
8.2 All butt welded joints shall have full penetration welds.
8.3 Mandatory welding pre-heat requirements shall conform to the applicable code.
8.4 Back rings or consumable insert rings shall not be used unless approved by the Engineer.
8.5 Ferritic steel piping (chrome moly or carbon moly steel) are to have the root pass (first pass) at all butt
welded connections welded with the gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) process (TIG).
8.6 All materials shall be dry and completely protected from the wind and weather during a welding operation.
8.7 Welding joints do not require beveled ends for pipes with a wall thickness less than 3/16". Welding joints
shall have a root opening of 1/16" after tack welding.
8.8 Pipe lines to be cold sprung shall be anchored at both terminals, and cold spring joints shall be dimensionally
checked by the Engineer before the ends are pulled together and welded.
8.9 Tack welds shall be made of the same quality as the final weld. It shall be made small enough to allow them
to be absorbed into the following beads and they shall have all flux and oxides removed in advance of
making the finished weld.
8.10 Welding safety requirements shall be in accordance with the following:
U.S.A Projects
O.S.H.A. code of Federal Regulations, Title 29, Chapter XVIII, Part 1310 Sub Part Q.
Canadian Projects
CSA W117.2 "Code for Safety in Welding and Cutting"
International Projects
Appropriate Governing International or Local Standard shall be applied.
The performance qualifications of welders and welding operations, shall conform to the applicable code.
The fabricator shall maintain a welding record in accordance with the applicable code which identifies all
welds related to the welder or the welding operation.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-01.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.01 Rev-0.DOC
9. TOLERANCES
9.1 Fabricating tolerance for pipe fittings and assemblies shall conform to the Pipe Fabrication institute standard
ES3.
9.2 Pipe diameters shall be true to dimensions and roundness for manufactured carbon steel pipe, as per
appropriated ASTM specifications.
9.3 Pipe straightness shall be as per appropriate ASTM specifications.
10. INSPECTIONS, TESTING AND REPAIRS
10.1 Unless specified otherwise, all welds shall be visually inspected for quality and workmanship. Visual
examination shall be in accordance with the applicable code, using the pipe fabrication institute (PFI)
standard ES-27 as a guide.
10.2 When radiographing of welds is specified in the piping material classification standards and/or contract
documents, the test shall conform to the applicable code.
10.3 Welds that do not meet test and inspection requirements, as specified in piping documentation, shall be
removed by grinding or machining. Repairs shall be made using the techniques specified in this standard,
and lines shall be re-tested or as per ASME B31.3 Paragraph 328.6 and 341.3.3.
11. SHIPPING AND STORING OF PIPE
11.1 Fabricated pipe sections being stored or shipped shall have the pipe ends protected with metal covers and
bands for outside storage.
11.2 Fabricated pipe sections shall be stored in a manner that will prevent them from being damaged
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-01.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.01 Rev-0.DOC
1. SCOPE References
This specification covers the manufacture of 18" to 72" diameter fabricated straight butt
seam, or spiral butt seam electric fusion welded steel pipe and fittings, and fabricated
flanges. This specification to be used only when specified on the Piping Classification
Standards.
2.1 The manufacture of fabricated steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the American AWWA C200
Water Works Association Standards. ASTM A139
2.1 Dimensions for fittings shall conform to referenced Standard. AWWA C208
2.3 Fabricated flanges shall conform to referenced Standard. AWWA C207
2.4 Pipe, fitting and flange sizes indicated are preferred sizes. For intermediate sizes see AWWA C207
referenced Standards. AWWA C208
3. SUPPLEMENTARY DETAILS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS
3.1. The wall thickness, design pressure and test pressure for each pipe line.
3.2. The laying length of pipe sections.
3.3. The working pressure and the test pressure.
3.4. The type of joint required.
3.5. Branch connections that require special reinforcing.
3.6. Short radius elbows.
4.1. All pipe line materials shall conform to those specified in the Piping Classification
Standard.
4.2. All pipe line coating materials shall conform to those specified in the Piping
Classification Standards.
4.3. Plate flange material shall conform to referenced Standard. ASTM A36
5. GENERAL DESIGN
5.1. The outside diameter of the pipe conforms to IPS Dimensions.
Metric dimensions are in mm and Imperial dimensions shown in [ ] brackets are in inches unless noted otherwise.
FABRICATED STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS AND FLANGES
SPECIFICATION
4S-01.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.02 Rev-0.doc
Pipe Size, Wall Thickness, Pressure-Temperature Range For ASTM A139 Grade A Pipe
All Dimensions In Inches
Nominal 18 20 24 30 36 42 48" Dia. and

Corr. Temp Pipe Size Up
Allow (Max)
Wall Thk .250 .375 .250 .375 .250 .375 .312 .375 .375 .500 .375 .500 As Specified
on Drawings
0.65 650°F psig 165 284 149 255 124 212 133 170 141 201 121 172
Notes: 1. Allowable stress for stress for ASTM, A139, Grade A pipe conforms to ASME code for pressure
piping ANSI B31.1, Appendix "A" - Table A1 99600 psi.
2. Pressure calculations are based on the modified Lame formula.
3. Thicknesses include corrosion allowance.
SPECIFICATION
4S-01.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.02 Rev-0.doc
SPECIFICATION
4S-01.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.02 Rev-0.doc
Table A
PIPE
=1-15° =16-30° =31-45° =46-60° =61-75° =76-90°
O.D.D
A F G H L R T R T R T R T R T R T
18 16 11 49 59 L=4(D2-D1) 37.5 4.9 23.0 6.2 27.9 11.6 23.0 13.3 25.9 19.9 23.0 23.0
20 18 12 54 64 L=4(D2-D1) 40.4 5.3 24.9 6.7 30.1 12.5 24.9 14.4 28.0 21.5 24.9 24.9
24 22 15 65 78 L=4(D2-D1) 46.2 6.1 28.8 7.7 34.6 14.3 28.8 16.6 32.3 24.8 28.8 28.8
30 25 16 76 90 L=4(D2-D1) 54.9 7.2 34.6 9.3 41.4 17.1 34.6 20.0 38.7 29.7 34.6 34.6
36 29 19 90 105 L=4(D2-D1) 63.6 8.4 40.4 10.8 48.2 20.0 40.4 23.3 45.1 34.6 40.4 40.4
42 33 21 103 120 L=4(D2-D1) 66.6 8.8 43.4 11.6 51.2 21.2 43.4 25.1 48.1 36.9 43.4 43.4
48 36 22 114 132 L=4(D2-D1) 69.6 9.2 46.4 12.4 54.2 22.4 46.4 26.8 51.1 39.2 46.4 46.4
54 41 25 129 150 L=4(D2-D1) 72.6 9.6 49.4 13.2 57.2 23.7 49.4 28.5 54.1 41.5 49.4 49.4
60 45 26 140 162 L=4(D2-D1) 75.6 10.0 52.4 14.0 60.2 24.9 52.4 30.2 57.1 43.8 52.4 52.4
66 48 29 154 177 L=4(D2-D1) 78.6 10.3 55.4 14.8 63.2 26.2 55.4 32.0 60.1 46.1 55.4 55.4
72 51 30 165 189 L=4(D2-D1) 81.6 10.7 58.4 15.6 66.2 27.4 58.4 33.7 63.1 48.4 58.4 58.4
Notes: 1. Standard dimensions are applicable to flanged end or welded end pipe. However, dimension ‘a’
may be extended tangent line if necessary to suit joint requirements.
2. This dimension should be adjusted to suit conditions.
3. For reducing fitting dimensions, refer to the larger pipe diameter.
4. When using “Dresser” couplings add 8" to the end of the fitting taking the coupling.
5. Whenever Victaulic coupling joints are specified, adaptor bands shall be welded on the pipe and
fitting ends to conform with standard Victaulic coupling sizes.
SPECIFICATION
4S-01.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.02 Rev-0.doc
Table B - Fabricated Plate Flanges - 150 Psig

Nominal A B C No. of Diameter T
Pipe Bolts of Bolts
Diameter
18 25 18-3/16 22-3/4 16 1-1/8 1-1/16

20 27-1/2 20-3/16 25 20 1-1/8 1-1/8
24 32 24-3/16 29-1/2 20 1-1/4 1-1/4
30 38-3/4 30-1/4 36 28 1-1/4 1-3/8
36 46 36-1/4 42-3/4 32 1-1/2 1-5/8

42 53 42-1/4 49-1/2 36 1-1/2 1-3/4
48 59-1/2 48-1/4 56 44 1-1/2 1-3/4
54 66-1/4 54-1/4 62-3/4 44 1-3/4 2-1/8
60 73 60-1/4 69-1/4 52 1-3/4 2-1/4

66 80 66-1/4 76 52 1-3/4 2-1/2
72 86-1/2 72-1/4 82-1/2 60 1-3/4 2-5/8
Notes: 1. Flanges 18” dia. and larger have a water service rating of 150 psig (AWWA C207 Class ‘D’).
2. Bolt holes shall be drilled 1/8” larger in diameter than the nominal diameter of the bolt.
SPECIFICATION
4S-01.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-01.02 Rev-0.doc
1. SCOPE
1.1. This specification covers the fabrication and shop testing of austenitic stainless steel pipe lines.
1.2. Any deviation from this specification shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
2.1 Pipe line fabrication, assembly, examination, inspection, testing and cleaning shall conform to ASME
B31.3 or the applicable code listed in Line Nomenclature sheet.
2.2 For pipe line field erection, checking, testing and cleaning, see Design Standard 4S-20.01.
2.3 Local and national codes and standards having jurisdiction over any part of the work covered in this
specification shall apply.
2.4 All codes and standards shall conform to the latest edition or revision.
3. QUALITY CONTROL
3.1 The pipe fabricator must have a suitable Quality Control policy and Quality Control manual that shall be
submitted to the Engineer/Inspector at the beginning of the contract.
3.2 All steps should be taken to avoid carbon steel contamination of stainless steel (e.g. weld preparation,
grinding, handling, shipping, storage, etc.).
4. GENERAL
4.1 Stainless steel piping shall be prefabricated in sections suitable for transporting and handling. Field
welds shall be held to a minimum. In order to reduce the amount of welding, the fabricator may saddle
branches directly into straight runs of pipe preferably using extruded outlets rather than stub-ins to
eliminate tees. Where mitered elbows are used, the two end sections of the elbows may be an integral
part of the pipe eliminating the end butt welds.
4.2 Fabricated pipe sections shall have the line number and spool number neatly painted on each section
with a paint that will not wash off or fade. Each piece of pipe or section is to be identified with the type
of stainless steel used, by means of manufacturer’s identification or a stamped stainless steel tag, tack
welded to the pipe or section.
4.3 The following details are specified on piping documentation:
4.3.1 Material classification standards.
4.3.2 The design pressure and test pressure.

o
4.3.3 Special fittings such as elbows other than 45 or 90°, short radius elbows, etc.
4.3.4 Branch connections or elbows that require special reinforcing.
4.3.5 Location of stiffener rings.
FABRICATION OF AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL PRESSURE PIPING
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-02.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.01 Rev-0.DOCJun
4.3.6 Location of all drains and cleanouts.
4.3.7 Location of all instrument connections.
4.3.8 Pipe line slope.
4.3.9 Field trim allowance when required.
4.3.10 Welds that require inside grinding.
4.3.11 Pipe sections that require special inside finish (e.g. cotton ball test).
4.3.12 Any further specific additional requirements.
4.4 Alternative Back-Up Flanges:
IPP Deltaflex type Bup-SDR, ductile iron convoluted flanges can be used as alternative for flange
connections. There is a potential cost saving especially for 2” & less.
For 2” & less flange application, MSS SP-43 type A stub-ends to match pipe schedule shall be used
with flanges.
5. MATERIALS
5.1 All material shall conform to those specified in the Piping Classification Standards.
5.2 All material shall be new and free of scaling or pitting.
5.3 The following grade filler metal shall be used for welding stainless steel.
STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL

FILLER METAL
304 SS ER 308L
304L SS ER 308L
316 SS ER 316L
316L SS ER 316L
317 SS ER 317L
317L SS ER 317L
CARBON STEEL TO ER 309 OR
STAINLESS STEEL ER 310
5.4 Seamless or straight seam welded pipe only shall be used, spiral butt seam welded pipe is not
acceptable.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-02.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.01 Rev-0.DOCJun
6. FLANGED CONNECTIONS
6.1 All flanges including Vanstone rings shall be welded perpendicular to the centre of the pipe.
6.2 Instrument orifice plate flange connections shall have all weld spatter removed, and shall have the
insides of the welds ground smooth.
7. PREPARATION FOR WELDING
7.1 The ends of the sheets or pipes to be jointed shall be prepared by shearing, machining, sawing, or
grinding, and all burrs shall be removed.
Cutting shall not be done with electric-arc or special gas cutting equipment, unless written approval has
been received from the Engineer. Plasma arc cutting (PAC) shall be used.
7.2 Equipment used in welding preparation shall be covered or faced with material that will prevent mild
steel particles from contaminating stainless steel material, equipment used to prepare welded joints
such as ground clamps, wire brushes, steel wool, chisels, files, and peen hammers shall be made from
stainless steel. All these items shall be marked “Stainless Steel”. Whenever the use of grinding wheels
is required, only those which have been used solely for stainless steel shall be permitted.
7.3 In order to prevent work hardening of the pipe material, equipment settings for a forming operation shall
be determined by a test specimen rather than material that will form the finished product.
7.4 All metal that is to be fused during welding shall be clean of lubricants, grease, paint, filings, and
cuttings. Cleaning may be done only with alcohol or acetone. (Do not use chlorinated solvents.)
7.5 All bulk pipe shall be square end unless specified otherwise.
For pipe (ASTM A312 and A358) and fittings (ASTM A403 and MSS SP-43), wall thickness of 0.12 in.
and less shall have end cut square or slightly chamfered. Wall thickness thicker than 0.12 in. shall
1
have bevels as illustrated in Figure 2 of ASME B16.25 (without backing ring) or 37 ½° with a /15 in.
root.
Prefabricated pipe sections that require bevelled ends shall have the field joints bevelled in the shop.
7.6 Gap for welding ends shall be as follows:
PLATE THICKNESS GAP
0.0625 in. & LESS TIGHT
0.078 in. 0.625 in. PLATE THICKNESS x 0.25

1
or /16 in. MAXIMUM
7.7 Joint alignment shall be done with mechanical devices and shall be free of depressions and bumps with
1
internal misalignment not to exceed /16 inch. Under no circumstances shall heat be used in the
alignment of joints.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-02.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.01 Rev-0.DOCJun
7.8 Fabrication of slip-on Vanstone ring to pipe shall have full strength fillet weld for outside of pipe and
Vanstone ring, seal weld for inside of Vanstone ring and end of pipe.
8. WELDING
8.1 Fabricator must be in possession of the appropriate welding procedure. The welding procedure
shall be in accordance with the applicable code and welding procedure documentation shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval before commencing work.
8.2 All butt welded joints shall have full penetration welds.
8.3 The inside of all welds shall be smooth and free of sharp projections or depressions. Particular
care shall be taken to achieve this on all stock pipe lines. Whenever grinding is specified in
order to acquire a smooth weld, it shall be done with a 160 grit grinding wheel or as specified in
the documentation.
8.4 The Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding process (GTAW), with shielding gas protection on the backside
of the weld shall be used for welding stainless steel. Consumable electrodes shall be used.
8.5 Tack welds shall be made of the same quality as the final weld. It shall be made small enough
to allow them to be absorbed into the following beads and they shall have all flux and oxides
removed in advance of making the finished weld.
8.6 All materials shall be dry and completely protected from the wind and weather during a welding
operation.
8.7 Carbon steel brackets welded to stainless steel pipe shall be seated on a stainless steel
reinforcing pad equal in thickness and material to that of the pipe to a maximum of 0.125” thick.
8.8 Carbon steel that is galvanized or tin coated must have all traces of the coating removed from
the weld area prior to welding.
8.9 Welding of galvanized steel to stainless steel is not permitted.
8.10 Welding safety requirements shall be in accordance with the following:
USA Projects
OSHA Code of Federal Regulations, Title 29, Chapter XVIII, Part 1910, Sub Part Q.
Canadian Projects
CSA W117.2 “Code of Safety in Welding and Cutting”.
International Projects
Appropriate Governing International or Local Standard shall be applied.
8.11 The performance qualifications of welders and welding operator shall conform to the applicable
code.
8.12 The fabricator shall maintain a welding record in accordance with the applicable code which
identifies all welds related to the welder or the welding operator.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-02.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.01 Rev-0.DOCJun
9. TOLERANCES
9.1 Fabricating tolerance for pipe fittings and assemblies shall conform to the Pipe Fabrication
Institute standard ES-3.
9.2 Pipe diameter shall be true to dimensions and All schedule pipe shall be as per appropriate
ASTM specification.
9.3 Pipe straightness as measured at mid point of length of pipe. See following table. All other
schedule pipe shall be as per appropriate ASTM specification.
Pipe Straightness = 0.025" per foot

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 1 1 1 1 5 3 7 7 1 9
/32 /16 /16 /8 /8 /32 /16 /32 /32 /4 /32
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 7 3 3 7 7 15 15
/16 /16 /8 /8 /16 /16 /32 /32 ½
10. INSPECTION, TESTING AND REPAIRS
10.1 Unless specified otherwise, all welds shall be visually inspected for quality and workmanship.
10.2 Welds that do not meet test and inspection requirements as specified in piping documentation,
shall be removed by grinding or machining. Repairs shall be made using the techniques
specified in this standard and lines shall be re-tested as per ASME B31.3, Paragraph 328.6 and
341.3.3.
10.3 When intergranular corrosion tests are specified by the Engineer they shall conform to ASTM
A262.
11. FINAL CLEANING
11.1 For non-pickled and passivated Pipe and Fittings:
All fabricated stainless steel parts shall be completely immersed for a minimum of 15 minutes in a
o
pickling solution of 6% nitric acid and 3% hydrofluoric acid at 140 F. Parts shall be free of iron particles
or other foreign material. A complete neutralizing operation, by immersion in a continuous fresh water
bath shall be required.
11.2 For pre-pickled and passivated Pipe and Fittings:
All local scale, oxides and discolouration of the pipe and welds shall be pickled and passivated. A
recommended product is “Avesta Pickling Paste and Neutralizing Paste”.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-02.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.01 Rev-0.DOCJun
12. SHIPPING AND STORING OF PIPE
12.1 Fabricated pipe sections being stored or shipped shall have wooden plugs or plastic caps
securely install in each end (except for ends with Vanstone rings) in order to prevent the pipe
ends from being banged or bent out of round.
Flanged ends of each fabricated piece shall be protected with wooden fabricated blanks.
12.2 Fabricated pipe sections shall be stored in a manner that will prevent them from being damaged or
contaminated with carbon steel during storage.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-02.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.01 Rev-0.DOCJun
1. SCOPE
1.1 This specification covers fabricated flanges 3" diameter and larger. Schedule pipefittings and flanges shall
be in accordance with appropriate ASTM specifications.
1.2 Any deviation from this specification shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
2.1 Fabrication, diameter and wall thickness shall conform to Specification 4S-02.01. Fittings shall conform to
ASTM A774.
2.2 Flange drilling and flange outside dimensions shall conform to Class 125 for cast iron (ASME B16.1).
3. QUALITY CONTROL
3.1 The fabricator and flange manufacturer must have a suitable Quality Control policy and Quality Control
manual that shall be submitted to the Engineer/Inspector at the beginning of the contract.
3.2 All steps should be taken to avoid carbon steel contamination of stainless steel (e.g. weld preparation,
grinding, handling, shipping, storage, etc.).
4. GENERAL
4.1 Butt weld Vanstone rings are preferred, for sizes 3" and 4" diameter use pressed Vanstone rings, for sizes
6" and larger use rolled angle Vanstone rings. However, slip-on Vanstone rings may be used whenever
specified elsewhere in the documents and inside diameter shall be 1/16" larger than outside diameter of
pipe.
4.2 When flanges are required on the small end of reducers, stub ends (MSS SP-43 length) shall be used
instead of Vanstone rings on diameters up to and including 12". On larger sizes, use length of pipe and
Vanstone ring to make up dimension Column "N" on Table A.
4.3 Pressure rating for flanges, design temperature below 250°F, shall be in accordance with Table B.
5. MATERIAL
5.1 Flange material shall be equal to that of the pipe.
5.2 Back-up flanges shall be made from mild steel plate material, ASTM A285, Grade C and flange drilling
shall be in accordance with ASME B16.1 and MSS SP-44.
5.3 Blind flanges shall be made from the same material as mild steel plate back-up flanges with a 1/16" thick
stainless steel cladding tack welded to one side of the flange.
FABRICATION OF AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL FLANGES
SPECIFICATION
4S-02.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST05-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.02 Rev-0.doc
5.4 Back-up flanges shall be hot dip galvanized.
Painted blind flanges shall be near white blast cleaned as per SSPC SP-10 and painted with one coat of
epoxy ester zinc chromate primer to a dry film thickness of 2 mils minimum.
5.5 Material of Vanstone rings shall be made from angle steel ASTM A479, for sizes 6" diameter and up, for 4"
diameter and less, ASTM A240.
5.6 If filler metal is used, the following grade shall be used for welding stainless steel:
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Filler Metal
304 ER 308L
304L ER 308L
316 ER 316L
316L ER 316L
317 ER 317L
317L ER 317L
Carbon Steel to Stainless Steel ER 309 or ER 310
6. FLANGE CONNECTIONS
All flanges including Vanstone rings shall be perpendicular to the centre of the pipe.
7. PREPARATION FOR WELDING
Shall be as per Section 7 of Specification 4S-02.01 as applicable for flanges.
8. WELDING
9. INSPECTION, TESTING AND REPAIRS
SPECIFICATION
4S-02.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST05-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.02 Rev-0.doc
11. FINAL CLEANING
All fittings shall be pickled and passivated:
All stainless steel fittings including Vanstone rings shall be completely immersed for a minimum of
15 minutes in a pickling solution of 6% nitric acid and 3% hydrofluoric acid at 140°F. Parts shall be free of
iron particles or other foreign material. A complete neutralizing operation by immersion in a continuous
fresh water bath shall be performed.
12. SHIPPING AND STORING OF FITTINGS
Shall be in accordance with Section 12 of Specification 4S-02.01 as applicable for fitting and flanges.
SEE TABLE ‘A’ FOR DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATION
4S-02.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST05-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.02 Rev-0.doc
TABLE A - Dimensions are in inches
NOM. G L ANGLE 'M' N S T X
DIA.
2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3/4 6
2 1/2 4 1/2 2 1/2 3 3/4 7
3 3 1/2 5 2 1/2 3 5/8 3/4 7 1/2
4 4 6 1/2 3 4 5/8 3/4 9
6 5 1/2 7.78 1 x 1 x 1/8 3 1/2 6 5/8 3/4 11
8 6 10.28 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1/8 4 8 5/8 3/4 13 1/2
10 7 12.78 1 1/2 x 1 1/2x 1/8 5 10 3/4 1 16
12 8 14.75 1 1/2 x 1 1/2x 1/8 6 12 3/4 1 19
14 13 16.75 1 1/2 x 1 1/2x 1/8 6 14 3/4 1 1/8 21
16 14 18 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/16 6 16 3/4 1 1/8 23 1/2
18 15 20.62 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/16 6 18 3/4 1 1/4 25
20 20 22.62 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/16 6 20 7/8 1 1/4 27 1/2
24 20 27.62 2 x 2 x 3/16 6 24 7/8 1 3/8 32
26 22 29.62 2 x 2 x 3/16 6 26 7/8 1 1/2 34 1/4
28 24 31.62 2 x 2 x 3/16 6 29 1 1/2 36 1/2
30 24 33 2 x 2 x 1/4 6 31 1 1/2 38 3/4
36 24 39 2 x 2 x 1/4 6 37 1 1/2 46
42 24 46 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 5/16 7 43 1/8 1 5/8 53
48 28 52 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 5/16 7 49 1/8 1 3/4 59 1/2
SPECIFICATION
4S-02.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST05-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.02 Rev-0.doc
TABLE B - Dimensions are in inches & bars
Maximum allowable pressure for Vanstone rings, (temperature up to 250°F)
VANSTONE
RING
304L 317L
Material 316L
Nom. Pipe Size
3 10.34 10.34
4 10.34 10.34
6 10.34 10.34
8 10.34 10.34
10 9.92 10.34
12 8.20 9.99
14 7.10 8.61
16 9.37 10.34
18 8.20 9.99
20 7.37 8.96
24 6.20 7.58
26 5.99 7.30
28 5.65 6.89
30 6.48 7.92
36 5.65 6.89
42 5.99 7.30
48 5.30 6.48
SPECIFICATION
4S-02.02 0
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST05-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-02.02 Rev-0.doc
1. SCOPE
This specification covers the requirements to provide frost protection or to prevent solidification of pipe line
fluids by steam tracing of pipe lines.
2.1 All listed specifications and standards shall conform to the latest edition or revision.
2.2 Local Codes and Standards having jurisdiction over any part of the work covered in this specification
shall apply.
2.3 Unless specified otherwise, fabrication and erection shall be in accordance with Design Standard 4S-
01.01.
3.1 Pipe lines that require steam tracing shall be specified on the pipe line nomenclature sheets.
3.2 Pressure and temperature of steam supply line.
3.3 Pressure and temperature control devices, that will prevent solidification, and deterioration from
overheating.
3.4 Steam traps. (See Paragraph 6.7 and 6.8)
3.5 Valves requiring steam tracing.
4.1 Unless specified otherwise, pipe line materials for headers and shut-off valves shall conform to those
specified in the appropriate steam and condensate classification standards.
Steam Item Nom. Conn. Description Specification

Temp. Size
Below Tubing ½” OD Mech Soft annealed seamless copper tubing, ASTM B75
420°F 0.035” wall
Tube Fittings ½” Mech Flareless self-centering ferule type. Swagelok or equal
Material: Brass
Above Tubing ½” OD Mech Low carb. Steel seamless cold-drawn SAE 1010
420°F annealed 0.035” wall
Tube Fittings ½” Mech Flareless self-centering ferule type. Swagelok or equal
Material: Steel
Lubricants Threads Molybdenum disulfide base Fel-Pro C-100
or equal
Tie-Wire 18 GA Stainless steel wire Type 304 soft temp
(Dead Soft annealed)
4.2 Unless specified otherwise, insulation shall be supplied by the insulating contractor.
SPECIFICATION FOR STEAM TRACING OF PIPE LINES
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-05.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-05.01 Rev-0.DOC
5. GENERAL DESIGN
5.1 Steam Header Size For Tracing
Saturated Steam Pressure 35 - 50 psig 100 - 150 psig

Steam No. of ½” Steam No. of ½”
Header Size Tracing Line Header Size Tracing Line
Take-Offs Take-Offs
¾” 2 ¾” 2-3
1” 3-5 1” 4-7
1 ½” 6 - 16 1 ½” 8 - 24
2 17 - 38 2” 25 - 54
Max. LG of Single Tracing 100’ 200’
5.2 Condensate Header Size

Condensate No. of ½”
Header Size tracing lines
¾” 2
1” 3-8
1 - ½” 9 - 27
Condensate to Sewer 2” 28 - 60
5.3 Number of ½” Lines for Tracing Process Lines
Type of Tracing \ Line Size 1” 1½” 2” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20”
5.3.1 Parallel Tracing for
frost protection & heating
lines in which solidification 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
may occur @ temp up to
75°F/horiz. lines only
5.3.2 Parallel Tracing
heating lines in which
solidification may occur 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
between 76 - 150°F / horiz.
lines only
5.3.3 Spiral Tracing pitch
9” 9” 12” 12” 12” 12” 12” 12” 12”
(inch/turn) vert. lines only
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-05.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-05.01 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-05.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-05.01 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-05.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-05.01 Rev-0.DOC
6. CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Steam tracing lines shall be supplied from a source that shall not have a shut off during operation or
shut down periods.
6.2 Steam tracing lines shall start at the highest point of the process line being traced with take-offs
form the top of the steam main closest to this high point.
6.3 Shut-off valves shall only be gate valves.
6.4 Tracing lines shall be attached to process lines by means of tie-wires spaced on approximately 2
foot centres for horizontal installations and on approximately 3 foot centres for vertical installations.
Tie-wires shall make the trace contact the pipe without crimping or deforming it, but should not
anchor the tubing, permitting unrestricted movement. Tracing lines of caustic piping systems shall
not be in direct contact with the piping. These lines shall have spacers of ‘Thermofab’ tape Style
1
300 (Albion Ind. Products) or equal 2” wide x /8” thick folded to ½” thickness located at
approximately 2 foot centres, (see Figure 2).
6.5 The accumulated vertical section of tracing lines (see Figure 9), and the total distance from the
steam supply valve to the stream trap, shall not exceed the following dimensions:

Accumulated vertical sections of tracing 6 ft 20 ft
Maximum length of tracing 100 ft 200 ft
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-05.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-05.01 Rev-0.DOC
6.6 Pockets in tracing lines shall be avoided in order to eliminate freezing during shutdown.
6.7 Each tracing line shall be provided with its own steam trap discharging downward to ensure that the
trap and lines remain freeze-proof during shutdown.
6.8 For outdoor installations in freezing temperatures use impulse type traps installed in the vertical
position with the inlet end up.
6.9 Tube unions on all steam tracing lines shall be located outside the insulation.
6.10 If process lines are located more than 3 feet away from steam or condensate headers, the copper
tubing shall be replaced with steel pipe and fittings up to the process line. (Material to be as per
appropriate Steam and Condensate Classification standards).
7. IDENTIFICATION OF TRACER LINES
7.1 Each tracer line shall be tagged with a 1½” x 2” tag made from 14 GA brass sheet, indicating all
items serviced by the tracer. The lettering shall be die-stamped and the tag shall be fastened with
brass wire, located near the shut-off valve at the starting point.
8. CLEANING, TESTING AND INSPECTION
8.1 After a visual inspection for damaged tubing, flattened or crimped spots, the tracing lines shall be
pressure tested with air or steam for tight connections in accordance with Design Standard 4S-
20.01.
8.1.1 After the pressure test the tracing lines shall be disconnected at the strainers and the iron
to copper adapter unions, and the steel header and tracing lines shall be blown out with
steam. Then all tracing lines shall be reconnected.
8.1.2 Insulation shall not be applied before all lines have been tested and inspected.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-05.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-05.01 Rev-0.DOC
CONTENT OF DESIGN STANDARD 4S-10.01
SECTION 1. SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION
2. CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES
3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 List of Materials
3.2 Shop Drawing
3.3 Performance Tests
4. MATERIALS
4.1 Resins
4.2 Resin Additives
4.3 Glass Fiber Reinforcing Materials
4.4 Synthetic Surfacing Materials
4.5 Resin Paste
5. F.R.P. LAMINATE
5.1 Construction
5.2 Liner
5.2.6 Resin for the Liner
5.3 Structural Laminates
5.3.1 Hand Lay-up Construction
5.3.2 Filament Winding Construction
5.4 Finishing of Outside Surfaces
5.5 Butt Joints
5.5.8 Resin for Joints
5.5.9 Material Supply for Field Joints
5.6 Appearance, Workmanship and Shop Condition
6. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES
7. PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL TEST METHODS

7.1 Hardness
7.2 Glass Content
7.3 Physical Properties for Inner Liner and Contact Molded Laminates
7.4 Properties of Filament Would Structural Laminates
7.5 Hydrostatic Leak Tests
8. REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS
9. IDENTIFICATION MARKS
10. INSPECTION
11. SHIPPING, HANDLING AND STORAGE
12. F.R.P. FIELD JOINTS - INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION
MANUFACTURE AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION FOR FRP STRUCTURES
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
1.1. This specification governs the manufacture and installation of glass fiber reinforced polyester pipe and
structures (further on referred to as FRP), manufactured by contact molding (hand lay-up and filament
winding) processes.
1.2. The purpose of this specification is to establish minimum acceptable standards for the fabrication and
installation of FRP structures.
1.3. If a fabricator takes exceptions to any requirement of this specification, he shall state so in his tender and
make appropriate alternate proposals.
1.4. Fabricating and installing product to this Standard may require the use of materials and equipment that
could be hazardous. This document does not purport to address all the safety aspects associated with
their use.
Anyone using this Standard has the responsibility to consult with manufacturers of constituent materials
and other appropriate authorities to establish appropriate health and safety practices in conjunction with
any existing applicable regulatory requirements prior to its use.
2. CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES
The following publications are applicable to this Standard.
2.1. Local Codes
2.2. ASTM methods for testing FRP laminates and components:
D635 Flammability D757 Flammability

D638 Tensile Properties D790 Flexural Properties
D648 Heat Distortion D2583 Barcol Hardness
D695 Compression Properties D2584 Ignition Loss (Glass Content)
2.3. Definition of terms for Reinforced Plastics, as published in Section 3 of CAN/CGSB-41.22-93.
3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1. Listing of Materials
Fabricators shall submit, with their quotation, a list of all component materials which they intend to use for
fabrication of the quoted order. This list shall include resins, catalysts, and promoters; ultra-violet light
inhibitors; thixotropic tinting and parting agents, etc.; and all reinforcing materials. It shall state the
manufacturer, and the product's name and identification marks.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
3.2. Shop Drawing
After receiving an order for fabrication of any FRP product (including pipes, flanges, and fittings), the
fabricator shall submit a fabrication drawing (3 copies), and have it reviewed by the Engineer before
commencing the work. After the drawing has been accepted as satisfactory, one sepia shall be supplied.
Fabrication drawings are required for all FRP products, and shall show dimensions, location of field
joints, spool numbers, wall thickness, laminate construction, and resin systems. Marked-up sepias of
Engineer's drawings are acceptable.
3.3. Performance Tests
3.3.1. The Engineer may request mechanical or chemical tests to be performed by the fabricator, in order to
verify the quality of FRP laminates or structures, and the compliance with the requirements of these
specifications.
3.3.2. Results of tests performed as part of routine quality control programs of either the fabricator or the resin
manufacturer may be acceptable.
3.3.3. The Engineer may select any item of an order for testing, during or after fabrication.
3.3.4. Test procedures shall be specified by the Engineer, and shall be performed as per Section 7 or as per
appropriate ASTM specifications. Other special tests may be agreed upon by the Engineer and the
fabricator.
3.3.5. If test results are within requirements of this specification, the fabricator will be paid the quoted hourly
rates for labor, the quoted unit rates for FRP products, and cost for all auxiliary materials and equipment.
3.3.6. If test results do not meet the requirements of this specification, all costs incurred and all costs for
materials used shall be borne by the fabricator.
3.3.7. If there is any failure of either pipe, flanges, fittings, or joints, the whole order covered by this test shall be
rejected, and no part of it shall be shipped unless two additional tests on materials from that order, again
selected by the Engineer, prove satisfactory.
The two additional tests, including all materials, shall be at the fabricator's expense.
3.3.8. Results of the glass content test described in Section 7.2 shall be submitted to the Engineer, if requested.
Tests shall be made for each type of construction, hand lay-up, and filament winding.
3.3.9. Tests by independent laboratories may be specified by the Engineer at any time. Those costs will be
paid for by the Purchaser directly.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
4. MATERIALS
4.1. Resins
4.1.1. Type of resin or a particular resin shall conform to that specified on the Piping Classification Sheets or
detail drawings.
4.1.2. Cure systems (catalyst and promoters) shall be as specified or recommended by the resin manufacturer.
4.1.3. When resin has been supplied by its manufacturer with an optimum monomer content for normal use,
styrene or other monomer shall not be added, except for minor adjustments of viscosity. Such additions
shall not normally be more than 5% by weight, and shall be consistent with the resin manufacturer's
recommendations.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
4.1.4. TABLE FOR ACCEPTABLE RESIN APPLICATIONS
Manufacturer Trade Name Type Description Comment

Resin
Reichhold ATLAC 382 B Bisphenol Fumarates ■
ATLAC FLEX. BLEND F Bisphenol Fumarates Flexilized ■
4010 Versions
ATLAC 580 V Vinyl Esters ■
ATLAC 570 H Various - Hi Heat Resistance ■
ATLAC 400 I Isophthalic □
ATLAC 711 FR Fire Retardant ■
ATLAC 297 X Speciality Resin □
Dow Chemical DERAKANE 411-45 V Vinyl Esters ■

Company DERAKANE 470-36 H Various - Hi Heat Resistance ■
DERAKANE 510-A FR Fire Retardant ■
DERAKANE 510-N H Various - Heat Resistance ■
Ashlands HETRON 700 B Bisphenol Fumarates □

Chemical HETRON 700C F Bisphenol Fumarates Flexilized □
(Hooker) Versions
HETRON 901 V Vinyl Esters □
HETRON 197 X Specialty Resin ■
HETRON 92 X Specialty Resin □
Koppers DION COR-RES 6694 B Bisphenol Fumarates ■

Company Inc. DION COR-RES 6695FR FR Fire Retardant □
DION COR-RES 7000A F Bisphenol Fumarates Flexilized □
Versions
Uniroyal VIBRIN 539 I Isophthalic ■
Reichold POLYLITE 33-402 I Isophthalic □
Rev 1 BASF Palatal A430 Epoxi- ■

vinylester base Fenol A
Rev 1 BASF Palatal A430 Epoxi- ■

vinylester base Novolac
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
Rev 1 BASF Palatal A430FR Epoxi- ■
vinylester with flame
retardent
Legend: ■ = Resins acceptable due to performance history

□ = Resins conditionally acceptable due to chemical similarity and resin
fabricators' case histories
Note: Other resins may be considered, if adequate performance can be documented by resin supplier.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
4.2. Resin Additives
4.2.1. The resin may contain thixotropic agents as required for viscosity control to a maximum of 3% by weight
with prior agreement from the Owner or Engineer.
4.2.2. Pigments, fire retardant agents, or other fillers which interfere with the visual inspection of the laminate
may only be used where specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer.
4.2.3. Ultra-violet light inhibitors shall be used in accordance with the resin manufacturer's recommendations in
all resins for laminates which will be exposed to direct sunlight.
4.3. Glass Fiber Reinforcing Materials
4.3.1. All glass fiber used as reinforcing materials, except surfacing veil, shall be a commercial Grade 'E' type
glass. Glass fiber made from other types of glass are acceptable, if physical and chemical properties are
equal to or better than Grade 'E' type glass.
4.3.2. Surfacing veil used on the surface exposed to chemical attack shall be a commercial Grade 'C' type
glass, unless specified otherwise on Piping Classification Sheets or detail drawings. (See Section 4.4 for
synthetic surfacing materials.)
4.3.3. All glass fibers shall have received a chemical surface treatment immediately after they were formed.
The sizing agent for this surface treatment shall be compatible with the resin to be used. The diameter of
the glass fibers and the sizing agent shall be selected by the manufacturer of the fibers for imparting
optimum properties to the FRP laminates.
4.3.4. Fiberglass reinforcing materials fabricated from these glass fibers shall be designated by the glass fiber
manufacturer as being suitable for the particular fabrication method selected by the FRP manufacturer,
and shall produce laminates with minimum physical properties specified in Section 5.
4.3.5. Continuous rovings shall be flat and untwisted ribbons of parallel untwisted strands of glass fibers, wound
into suitable spools. The number of strands per roving and the yield, expressed as yards of rovings per
pound, may be selected by the FRP manufacturer to suit his application, subject to Clause 4.3.4.
4.3.6. Woven rovings shall be a coarse and loosely woven fabric, produced from rovings of Clause 4.3.5. The
warp and weft of this fabric shall consist of an equal number of equal rovings per unit length. The weight
of the woven rovings fabric shall be 24 oz./sq.yd. 18 oz./sq.yd. woven rovings may be permitted under
special circumstances, if extra drapeability is required. Approval by the Engineer is required before 18
oz. woven rovings may be used.
4.3.7. Chopped strand mat shall be commercially available grade of "High Solubility Mat". It shall consist of a
1 1/2 oz./sq.ft. of chopped strands of glass fiber, 1" to 2" long, arranged in a random pattern and held
together with a resinous binder. This binder shall dissolve quickly in the monomer of the resin and shall
be compatible with the resin of the laminate. The binder shall not affect the glass to resin bond nor allow
liquids to penetrate along fibers into the laminate. It shall not impair the chemical resistance of the resin.
Chopped strands may be produced from either continuous rovings of Clause 4.3.5 or from spun rovings
(single strand looped upon itself and held together with a slight twist).
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
4.3.8. Surfacing mat (veil) shall consist of continuous glass fibers arranged in a random swirl pattern. The
fibers shall be held together with a resinous binder. The properties of this binder shall be as stated in
Clause 4.3.7. The thickness of the surfacing mat shall be approximately 0.01".
4.3.9. Glass reinforcing materials, not described in Clauses 4.3.5 to 4.3.8, or other weights of those materials
shall not be used unless specified on detail drawings.
4.3.10. Combination reinforcing materials, like woven rovings and chopped strand mat to be applied as one unit,
may only be used with the written permission of the Engineer.
4.3.11. Glass reinforcing materials shall be protected from moisture at all times. Material on which moisture can
be detected, or which are under suspicion of being damp, shall be rejected and may not be used for
fabrication of FRP items.
Once glass reinforcing material has been exposed to moisture and thereby becoming unusable, it cannot
be restored by drying.
To prevent condensation on glass reinforcing materials, they shall be stored in heated buildings or be
heated in vapor-proof bags to ambient workroom temperature.
4.4. Synthetic Surfacing Materials
Surfacing material made from chemical resistant synthetic fibers (such as Dynel, Orlon, Dacron and
Terylene) for use in specific environments may be approved or specified by the Engineer. These
synthetic surfacing materials shall be designed by their producers as being suitable for use with polyester
resins.
4.5. Resin Paste
4.5.1. Type A may be quick setting paste of polyester resin with a suitable filler. This paste may be a
commercially available compound (Carpatch) or may be prepared by the fabricator.
Resin paste Type A may only be used where not exposed to the corrosive environment, such as filling
crevices in butt joints with inside overlay or rounding re-entrant corners on structures or fittings.
4.5.2. Type B shall be used whenever the paste is not sealed within a laminate. This paste shall be prepared
from flexible resins as specified in Clause 5.2.6.
This resin shall be filled with short glass fiber and silica flour to a consistency of a very soft paste. It shall
remain sufficiently liquid for bonding to surfaces in contact with, but it shall not flow out of vertical or
overhead crevices. A small amount of talc or similar material may be added to improve workability.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
5. FRP LAMINATES
5.1. Construction
All FRP laminates shall have a liner (see 5.2) on surfaces that are exposed to the corrosive environment
and a structural laminate.
The structural laminate may be constructed either by hand lay-up (see 5.3) or by filament winding (see
5.4).
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
5.2. Liner (See Fig. 1 and 2)
The requirements of this Section 5.2 shall apply to liners of all FRP laminates, unless specifically
modified on Piping Classification Sheets or detail drawings.
5.2.1. The surface of the liner exposed to the corrosive medium shall be resin rich and reinforced with a
surfacing veil. Its minimum thickness shall be .01".
5.2.2. The liner behind the surface shall have a minimum thickness of 0.10", and shall be reinforced with not
less than 20% and not more than 30% by weight of non-continuous glass fibers. Such reinforcement
shall consist of nominal 3 oz./sq. ft. of chopped strands. Chopped strand mat shall conform to Section
4.3.7; Clause 5.3.1.2 shall also apply to liners.
Other methods of incorporating the chopped strand reinforcement into the laminate may be accepted by
the Engineer, if equivalent uniformity of fiber distribution can be ensured.
5.2.3. The surface of liners to be in contact with the corrosive medium shall cure without being exposed to the
oxygen of the air. They shall be constructed on suitable molds, whenever possible.
5.2.4. The exposed surface shall be free of cracks and crazing and shall have a smooth surface with an
average of not more than 2 pits/sq.ft., provided the pits are less than 1/8" in diameter and 1/32" deep.
Some wrinkles are permissible, provided their surface is smooth and free of pits. See also Clause 5.6.1.
5.2.5. The liner shall be more resilient than the structural laminate, in order to increase impact resistance and to
reduce the occurrence of stress cracks. It shall withstand the elongation of the structural laminate under
five times design pressure, without incurring stress cracks or crazing of its surface.
5.2.6. Resin for the Liner
Unreinforced castings of resin for the liner shall have a minimum elongation of 4% before rupturing, a
o
minimum tensile strength of 9,000 psi, and a heat distortion point lower than 200 F. Agents used for
increasing the flexibility of resin for making it acceptable for liners shall be approved by the resin
manufacturer. The chemical resistance of the resin shall not be impaired.
5.2.7. The initial cure of the liner shall be completed, and it shall have cooled off to below 100°F before the
structural laminate may be applied. [Heat developed during cure (exotherm) shall have dissipated.]
5.3. Structural Laminates
After completing the liner (see Section 5.2), the remainder of the wall thickness of FRP laminates shall be
built up to provide sufficient strength to meet the mechanical requirements.
This additional wall thickness may be constructed either by hand lay-up or by filament winding.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
5.3.1. Hand Lay-up Construction
5.3.1.1. For hand lay-up laminates, alternate layers of chopped strand mat and woven roving shall be added until
the required number of layers have been applied or the required wall thickness has been obtained. The
exterior of all hand lay-up laminates shall consist of a chopped stand mat. Mat and woven rovings shall
be lapped a minimum of 1". All overlaps shall be offset from those in previous layers.
5.3.1.2. Whenever possible, reinforcing materials shall be placed into a layer of liquid resin applied to the mold or
to the laminate already on the mold. The resin shall then be worked with suitable rollers through the
material from below its surface.
5.3.1.3. Glass content shall be between 30% and 50% by weight.
5.3.1.4. Laminates shall meet the mechanical properties of Table A, based on total thickness of laminate,
including liner. A factor of safety of 10 shall be applied for calculating allowable working stresses. (See
Section 7 for test procedures.)
5.3.1.5. Laminates over 3/8" total thickness may be designed on the following basis:
Assume an ultimate strength of 1500 lb./liner inch, in any direction for each layer, consisting of one mat
and one roving. Calculate the required number of mats and rovings for resisting 10 times the design
stress, add the inner liner (when applicable) and a mat on the outside. Inner liner and the cover mat are
assumed not to contribute to the structural strength.
The thickness of such laminate will vary, depending on the glass to resin ratio (see 5.3.1.3).
Therefore, the ultimate tensile strength of these structural laminates will vary approximately 15,000 psi at
30% glass to approximately 25,000 psi at 50% glass content. Flexural strength and tangent modulus
may be used as listed for 3/8" laminates, or as obtained through appropriate test.
o
TABLE A - MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF HAND LAY-UP LAMINATES AT 73 F
ASTM
PROPERTY AT 73ºF TEST 3/16" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" Over 3/8"
SPEC.
Ultimate tensile strength psi See

D638 9,000 12,000 13,500 15,000
minimum 5.3.1.5
See
Flexural strength psi D790 16,000 19,000 20,000 22,000
5.3.1.5
See
Tangent modulus of elasticity psi D790 700,000 800,000 900,000 1,000,000
5.3.1.5
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
5.3.2. Filament Winding Construction
5.3.2.1. Filament wound structural laminates shall be constructed by saturating continuous rovings in a resin bath,
and then winding these rovings in a controlled pattern on a suitable mold. The rovings shall be applied at
an angle to the axis of the mold. The winding angle shall be selected by the fabricator for obtaining the
desired hoop and longitudinal properties. It shall be uniform throughout the entire length and thickness of
the product. Each cover, or bi-directional layer, shall consist of two complete layers of continuous
rovings. Rovings of each layer shall be placed parallel and close together and should touch each other.
Each layer shall be placed at an equal angle to the axis of the mold, but in opposite direction. The
rovings of these two layers shall be interwoven with each other at frequent and uniform intervals. The
interval shall be selected by the fabricator to suit the dimension of the product. Its maximum length shall
be 6'. The winding pattern of each layer shall be closed when placing the last band of rovings of that
layer. The winding pattern shall be regular and shall produce a dense laminate without unreinforced resin
pockets. The continuous rovings, also called glass filaments, shall be placed at an equal and constant
tension throughout the laminate. A maximum of 10% rovings in a band at the start are permitted to drop
out during the winding process, provided Clauses 5.3.2.3 and 6.2 are satisfied.
5.3.2.2. Filament wound structural laminates shall consist of not less than two covers of two layers of rovings.
5.3.2.3. Glass content shall be between 60% and 70%, by weight.

o o
5.3.2.4. Winding angles shall not be less than 45 and not more than 70 off the horizontal axis.
5.3.2.5. The thickness of a filament wound structural wall shall be designed by the fabricator within the limitations
of Clauses 5.3.2.6 to 5.3.2.9. Fabricators may specify number of covers (bi-directional layers) required in
their design, after they established the thickness and glass content of these covers produced by their
fabrication methods.
5.3.2.6. Filament wound structural laminate is assumed to have a minimum ultimate hoop tensile strength of
o
1,000 psi for each 1% of glass content, and zero psi longitudinal strength when winding angle ß = 90 .
The strengths available in hoop and longitudinal direction at other winding angles shall be calculated by
these formulas:
2
Hoop tensile strength, in psi = 1,000 x % glass x sin ß
2
Longitudinal tensile strength, in psi = 1,000 x % glass x cos ß
Where ß = the winding angle off the horizontal axis.
A safety factor of 10 shall be applied to these calculated available strengths for obtaining allowable
o
working stresses in tension and compression. At operating temperature above 180 F, working stresses
shall be lowered as required to maintain a safety factor of 10.
5.3.2.7. The longitudinal elongation of pressure vessels due to internal pressure shall not be more than 0.1% at
design stresses.
5.3.2.8. Tensile and flexural module must be obtained and substantiated through appropriate tests, if they are
required for structural design.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
To estimate the behavior of pipe, a tensile modulus of 2,000,000 psi in hoop direction, and 1,000,000 in
o
longitudinal direction may be assumed for pipe with ß = 55 and 70% glass.
5.3.2.9. For pipe and pressure vessels, the longitudinal working stress calculated with formulas of Clause 5.3.2.6
shall be equal to or greater than the required minimum longitudinal strength to be calculated by
multiplying the hoop stress at the selected wall thickness and at design pressure with the appropriate
factor in Table B.
TABLE B -RATIO OF REQUIRED MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH TO HOOP STRESS AT

DESIGN PRESSURE
Underground and Above Ground Lines Supported Per Standard 4S-30.03 or 4D-20.10
NOM. PIPE PRESSURE GRAVITY to

50 psi 75 psi 100 psi 125 psi 150 psi
DIAMETER LINES 25 psi
2" 0.5 2.0 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8
3" 0.5 1.5 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7
Rev 1 4" to 60" 0.5 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6
5.3.2.10. If a fabricator proposes to deviate from these requirements for filament wound structures, he shall submit
detail engineering data and appropriate test results to the Engineer for evaluation.
5.4. Finishing of Outside Surfaces
5.4.1. All laminate surfaces not in contact with molds shall be coated for prevention of air-inhibition of the
exposed resin surfaces.
5.4.2. Pipe or other laminates to be used for further fabrication shall be cello-finished or shall receive a final
coat of non air-inhibited resin.
5.4.3. Pipe ends to be butt jointed in the field shall be cello-finished for a minimum of 12".
5.4.4. All other laminates surfaces not included above may receive a final coat of waxed resin instead of
finishes as per Clause 5.4.2. Wax shall be added to resin as per resin manufacturer's recommendation.
This waxed resin coat shall be applied during the final stages of the laminating work or during the initial
cure of the laminate, before the exotherm (heat of curing) develops.
If a waxed resin coat is applied after the exotherms have dissipated, heat shall be applied in a suitable
manner to cure this thin resin coat.
5.4.5. Cut edges of laminates, including those to be butt-jointed in the field, shall be sealed with a brush-coat of
non air-inhibited resin.
5.4.6. All cut edges of laminates not to be shop or field-jointed shall be rounded off and then brush-coated with
resin specified for inner liner, containing wax as per 5.4.4.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
5.5. Butt Joints (Made by Shop Manufacturer)
This type of joint shall be used for joining laminates of FRP structures, including pipe sections and
fittings, unless specified otherwise on drawings or purchase documents.
5.5.1. Laminate ends shall be fitted with a maximum gap of 1/2 the laminate thickness or 1/4", whichever is
smaller.
5.5.2. Surfaces to be overlaid shall be cleaned of parting agents, waxes, curing films, oil, grease, or other
contaminants. Cleaned surfaces shall be ground with suitable grinding equipment for removing surface
resin and resin paste, until glass reinforcing is exposed. Surface shall be roughened, with glass fiber
ends exposed. It shall not appear polished.
5.5.3. Gap between laminates to be joined shall be filled with resin paste (see Section 4.5). Resin paste shall
not protrude on the inside. After the paste has cured, the joint area shall be cleaned again by grinding.
All resin paste spread over the outside shall be removed.
5.5.4. Differences in laminate thickness shall either be ground down to a 10:1 slope or be built up with chopped
strand mat laminate. Resin paste shall not be used for filling of low spots when wall thicknesses differ.
5.5.5. Structural joint laminates shall be constructed with alternate layers of chopped strand mat and woven
roving, in accordance with Section 5.3.1. They shall be as strong as the laminates they join. Their
minimum width and the minimum layers of glass reinforcements shall be as shown in Table C.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
TABLE C - MINIMUM DIMENSION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINT LAMINATES
LAMINATE WIDTH - W IN INCHES NUMBER OF LAYERS OF GLASS
THICKNESS - T REINFORCING
UP TO 8" TO Over JOINTS ON HAND JOINTS ON FILAMENT
INCHES mm 6" 12" 14" LAY-UP PIPE WOUND PIPE
MAT WR MAT WR
3/16 .188 5 6 6 8 3 1 4 2
1/4 .250 6 6 8 10 4 2 4 2
5/16 .313 8 6 8 12 4 2 5 3
3/8 .375 10 8 10 12 5 3 6 4
7/16 .438 11 8 10 14 5 3 7 5
1/2 .500 13 8 12 14 6 4 9 7
9/16 .563 14 - 12 16 7 5 10 8
5/8 .625 16 - 14 16 8 6 11 9
11/16 .688 17 - 14 16 9 7 12 10
3/4 .750 19 - - 16 10 8 14 12
7/8 .875 22 - - 16 11 9 - -
1 1.000 25 - - 16 12 10 - -
Note: See Section 12 for special requirements of field joints.
5.5.6. All joint laminates shall start with two layers of 6" wide (minimum) chopped strand mat, centered over the
gap (6 joints shall have 4" wide mats). They shall be saturated with resin and thoroughly rolled out with
grooved metal rollers, before proceeding with the remainder of the laminate. Successive layers shall
increase in width to provide the minimum joint width specified in Table C. The additional layers may be of
uniform width. If they are uniform, they shall be placed so as to produce a joint laminate of the required
dimension. The minimum side and end lap of reinforcing layers shall be 4". Laps shall be staggered.
Only mat shall be in contact with cured laminates. All woven rovings shall be separated by mat. The top
layer shall be mat. If a joint laminate has to be constructed in two or more stages, each stage shall begin
and end with a layer of mat. At least one-half of the minimum joint width shall contain layers of woven
roving specified. The balance of the width shall taper smoothly on both sides to a feathered edge. The
center of the joint laminate shall be within 1" of the gap.
5.5.7. Gaps of butt joints on all pipe and structures with a diameter of 24" or more shall be overlaid on the liner
side with a laminate of the same construction as the liner (see Section 5.2). Gaps on a smaller pipe or
structure shall be overlaid whenever accessible. Minimum width of these overlays shall be 4".
5.5.8. Resin for Joints
Structural joint laminate on the outside of pipe or structures and made by the fabricator in his shop may
be made with resins specified for the structural laminate, provided that joint has an inside overlay.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
All other joint laminates shall be made with resins specified for the liner, unless specified otherwise on
Piping Classification Sheets or detailed drawings.
5.5.9. Material Supply for Field Joints
Fabricators of FRP pipe structures shall supply materials for each butt joint to be made in the field. This
material shall consist of:
a) Glass reinforcing materials, cut to length and width as in Tables A and B in Section 12 FRP Field
Joint & Installation Specifications. Material for each joint shall be packed in a waterproof 6 mil
(minimum) polyethylene bag, and be clearly labeled.
b) Resin at the rate of 2 times the weight of glass reinforcing (see Clause 5.5.8).
c) Bulk supply of promoters (in liquid form).
d) Bulk supply of catalyst (in liquid form).
e) Resin paste (see Section 4.5).
f) Instructions for promoting and catalyzing the resin at the temperature ranges expected during the
3
field installation, expressed in cm (cubic centimeters) per gallon of resin.
g) Priming agents when required (see Clause 5.5.10).
5.5.10. If new laminates have to be jointed to old laminates, the installation contractor shall make the appropriate
bonding test before commencing with the work. If bonds are not satisfactory, appropriate priming agents
shall be used to prepare the old laminates in accordance with recommendation of resin manufacturer.
5.6. Appearance, Workmanship, and Shop Condition
5.6.1. The laminate shall be as free as is commercially practicable from visual defects, such as dry spots, air
bubbles, pin holes, the inclusion of foreign matter, or other signs which may affect the quality of the
laminate. Sample laminates shall be used to establish acceptable limits, before placing an order for FRP
products.
Laminates with stress cracks or crazings will be rejected. See also Clause 5.2.4.
5.6.2. Laminates cured with excessive exotherm (as indicated by opaque discoloration, signs of styrene
evaporation, or brittleness) will be rejected.
5.6.3. A Barcol hardness of at least 90% of the resin manufacturer's minimum specified hardness for cured
resin castings is required before FRP items may leave the fabricator's shop. This applies to liners,
structural laminates, joints, and repair patches.
o
5.6.4. Laminates shall be constructed at ambient temperatures of 60 F or above in dry and draft-free work
areas. Laminates shall not be constructed in direct sunlight. After the outside surface has been
completed, as per Section 5.4, sunlight may assist curing laminates.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
6. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES
6.1. Dimensions of FRP structures shall be within ±1/8" or ±1/2%, or dimension given on fabrication drawings,
whichever is greater.
The inside diameter of pipe shall be within ± 1/8" or 1% of nominal diameter specified, whichever is
greater. For larger diameter pipe, which may sag under its own weight, the external circumference shall
be measured and shall be within ± 3% of the calculated nominal circumference.
6.2. Wall thickness 'T' of laminates (see Fig. 1 & 2) shall not be less than the nominal thickness specified by
the fabricator on fabrication drawings. Isolated spots may be accepted which are not less than 80% of
this nominal wall thickness.
The wall thickness 'T' may be larger than the specified nominal thickness, provided all reinforcing
materials are placed as specified, and the glass/resin ratio is within the specified limit.
6.3. Pipe and fittings shall be cut square with the axis of the pipe or fitting within ± 1/8" up to and including 24"
diameter, and ± 3/16" for all larger diameters.
7. PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL TEST METHODS
7.1. Hardness
The Barcol Impressor (Model GYZJ 934-1) shall be used for determining hardness. Calibration of the
Barcol instrument shall be verified by taking readings on a blank metal specimen of a known hardness.
At least 10 readings on the clean resin rich surfaces of FRP laminates shall be made. After eliminating
the two high and two low readings, the average of the remainder shall be the reported hardness reading.
7.2. Glass Content
7.2.1. Glass content shall be determined on a weight loss by ignition basis.
Sample tested may be the full thickness of the laminate, approximately one (1) square inch in area. Low
temperature pre-ignition prior to placing in a muffle furnace is recommended.
The average results of three samples shall be considered the glass content.
7.2.2. If liner and structural wall cannot be tested separately, the glass content of structural laminates may be
calculated by using the result of tests as per 7.2.1 and assuming a glass content of 25% for the inner
liner. This liner shall be assumed to be .11 inch thick for calculation purposes.
7.3. Physical Properties for Inner Liner and Contact Molded Laminates
7.3.1. Whenever possible, physical properties of contact molded laminates shall be tested on specimens taken
at random from laminates of production line items, and ASTM test procedures shall be modified to suite
the shape of these test specimens.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
7.3.2. If required, specimens shall be taken from a laminate laid up on a straight surface. It shall have the
same construction and thickness as the laminate whose physical properties are to be tested. The
molded surfaces shall not be machined.
7.3.3. The tensile, compressive, and flexural properties may be determined by using the appropriate ASTM test
procedures.
7.4. Properties of Filament Wound Structural Laminates
7.4.1. The properties of the filament wound structural laminates shall be determined by performing a hydrostatic
burst test on a section of the pipe in question. The length of this section shall be a minimum of five times
the internal diameter. Test pressure shall be increased at a maximum rate of 50 psi/min. Hoop and
longitudinal properties may then be calculated by applying the appropriate formulas:
o 2
If ß is 55 or smaller, use: f = Pd/(2t sin ß)
o
If ß is larger than 55 , use: f = Pd/(4t cos2ß)
d = inside diameter
t = laminate thickness (without inner liner)
P = pressure at burst in psi
ß = winding angle off horizontal axis
f = stress in filament wall in direction a winding angle ß at failure in psi. 'f' shall be equal to
or greater than 1,000 psi x % glass content.
7.5. Hydrostatic Leak Tests
7.5.1. A true failure of a filament wound laminate is difficult to obtain, due to premature leaks. Therefore, a leak
test may be substituted for a burst test. The leak test shall be performed on a section with a length of not
less then five times the diameter. The pipe shall be fitted with suitable domed end closures.
7.5.2. To be considered satisfactory, the leak test shall show that the pipe and fitting and joints (if applicable)
will withstand at least five times the design pressure for a period of not less than one hour, without any
leakage occurring. The test pressure shall be increased at maximum rate of 50 psi/min.
7.5.3. After completing a leak test successfully, the pressure shall be relieved and after a 5 minute rest period,
again be increased to failure or to the limit of the pumping equipment.
7.5.4. Pipe subjected to this leak test shall not be used in the piping installation.
7.6. Bonding Tests
Bonding tests may be requested by the Engineer at any time when new laminate is added to existing
laminates (secondary lay-ups), either in the fabrication shop or in the field.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
Bonding may be verified on full size normal production work like joint lay-ups on piping or other
secondary laminates, or with bond-test laminates.
The minimum dimensions of a bond-test laminate shall be 6" x 6" x 3/8". Such laminates shall be applied
near the joint to be verified, at the same time and with the same batch of resin used for the first lay-up.
After the test laminate did cure, it shall be removed with hammer, chisels and wedges.
If the bonding of a test laminate is unsatisfactory, then the bond of the production laminate shall also be
tested. For field joints, refer to Section 12.5.16.
8. REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS
8.1. Mechanical damage to FRP pipe or structures with fabrication blemishes may be repaired, if permitted by
the Engineer.
8.2. All repair work shall be performed under dry conditions, with ambient temperature above 60°F. At lower
ambient temperatures, suitable heaters shall be used.
8.3. Repair to Inner Liner
Air bubbles, dry spots, stress cracks or any other imperfection of the inner liner shall be overlaid with a
laminate identical to the liner. Stress cracks shall be completely removed by grinding. All other
imperfections may be overlaid after grinding the surface only. Repair patches shall be at least 2" larger
all around than the imperfection, and cello-finish must always be done.
In case of major damage, that section of pipe shall be replaced using two butt & strap joints. Repair of
damages to other FRP structures shall be discussed with the Engineer.
8.4. Repair to Structural Laminate
Only very minor damage to structural laminates may be patched. Mechanical damages to the structural
laminate of pipe or fittings shall be repaired with an overlay all around the pipe. Similar as specified for
butt joints in Section 5.5.
9. IDENTIFICATION MARKS
9.1. All FRP items shall have visible and durable identification tags. This tag shall be overlaid with one (1)
layer of chopped strand mat.
9.2. Identification tags shall show the following information:
a) Fabricator's name
b) Name of resin or resins used
c) Design pressure rating
d) Line number and spool number for fabricated piping systems, or equipment number
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
10. INSPECTION
10.1. Access
The fabricator shall allow the Engineer or his Agent free access to the work involving any phase of the
manufacture of the pipe, structures, or their components for the purpose of assuring compliance with this
specification and/or conditions contained in the Purchase Order for which the pipe or components are
manufactured.
10.2. The Engineer or his Agent shall be permitted to take any FRP laminates, component materials, or spool
pieces from the fabricator's premises for testing in outside laboratories. Payment shall be in accordance
with Section 3.3.
10.3. Notification
The fabricator shall notify the Engineer 7 days in advance or a proposed shipment of an FRP order, or
part of it.
No FRP order or part of it shall be shipped without having been cleared for shipment by the Engineer.
10.4. Acceptance
A clearance for shipment shall not be construed as an unconditional acceptance for the FRP order. The
fabricator's performance guarantees as to quality of materials and workmanship, and dimensional
conformity with drawings shall not be affected.
11. SHIPPING, HANDLING AND STORAGE
11.1. FRP structures shall be suitably protected from damage in storage, during shipping, and when handling.
11.2. Spooled section of pipe shall have flange faces suitably protected.
11.3. When nesting pipes of varying diameters for shipping, the liner of the receiving pipe shall be protected.
Scratch marks on the inner liner are not permissible. When nesting pipes, the pipes which are placed
inside other pipes must first be wrapped with 12" long bands of 1/4" thick foam plastic, taped in place, at
6' intervals.
Large diameter pipes, tanks, etc. shall be internally braced with spiders (at least 6 spokes). All spider
spokes shall rest against pieces of plywood which shall rest against pieces of plywood which, in turn, rest
on styrene foam or equal. Frequency of spider placement depends on the wall thickness of the laminate
and shall be determined by the Engineer.
The method of strapping on the truck shall be such that no point loading will occur. Use proper dunnage.
11.4. FRP pipe and structures shall be off-loaded with suitable lifting equipment. Rolling or dumping off trucks
shall not be permitted.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
11.5. Pipe, fittings, or structures which arrive in the field with apparent damage shall not be installed, unless
instructed by the Engineer. Damages shall be repaired as specified in Section 12.7.
11.6. Fabricator shall be liable for any shipping damage.
12. FRP FIELD JOINTS - INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION
12.1. Scope
This specification covers the installation of FRP butt and strap joints, and other FRP laminates made in
the field during installation of FRP piping and structures. It is not applicable to FRP laminates made by
fabricators in their shops. (For shop joints, see Section 5.5.)
12.2. Codes and Standards
Local safety codes and standards having jurisdiction over any part of the work shall apply.
12.3. Protection of Working Area
The curing of FRP laminates and their bond to existing laminates is affected by temperature and
humidity. Polyester resins are poor adhesives. New resins do not react with cured resins of the old
laminates. New resins do bond to the millions of treated glass fibers of the old laminate, which are
exposed by proper grinding. However, glass fibers are hydrophillic. They absorb water from humid air.
Resins will not bond to damp glass. To ensure good bonding of field joints, the working area shall be
protected or improved as specified. Colder temperatures make field jointing more difficult. Refer to
Clause 12.3.6.
12.3.1. Whenever possible, field joints shall be made in heated and ventilated building.
12.3.2. If field joints have to be made outside, they shall be made under suitable covers to provide shade during
sunny periods, and to protect the work against possible rain showers.
12.3.3. When the relative humidity is 70% or higher, field joints shall be made inside a protective enclosure. This
enclosure shall be heated until the relative humidity has decreased to 60% or less.
FRP field jointing is not permitted when the relative humidity in the working area is 70% or over.
However, under special circumstances, the Engineer may specify additional requirements for working in
humid environment and ask the contractor to proceed with the work.
12.3.4. Excavations for field joints on underground pipelines shall be kept free of standing water. If evaporating
moisture raises the relative humidity in the excavation above 70%, the bottom of the excavation inside
the protective enclosure shall be covered with polyethylene sheets and Clause 12.3.3 shall apply.
o
12.3.5. When the air temperature is less than 5 F above the dew point, Clause 12.3.3 shall apply.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
o
12.3.6. Field jointing in temperatures below 60 F is permitted, provided Clauses 12.3.3 and 12.3.5 are adhered
to, and provided the contractor has adequate curing chemicals on hand for promoting and catalyzing the
resin as specified by the resin supplier for cold weather work. In addition, the contractor must have
adequate and suitable heating equipment available. See also Clause 12.3.8.
Note: This viscosity of resin increases in cold weather. More viscous resins tend to make joint
laminates too resin rich. Resin rich laminates tend to sag off the pipe when the resin heats up
due to the curing process.
12.3.7. Glass reinforcing material shall be protected from moisture at all times. They shall be kept in their
polyethylene bags until used for lay-ups. The temperature of glass reinforcing kits shall be equal to or
warmer than the air temperature in the working area, before polyethylene bags may be opened.
12.3.8. Electric resistance heaters, and especially infra-red heat lamps, have proven to be the most suitable
source of heat for FRP field jointing. Combustion type heaters (Salamanders) are permitted, provided all
exhaust gasses are vented to the outside of the protective enclosure.
12.3.9. When working inside buildings, the contractor shall avoid spreading the grinding dust onto equipment or
into other working areas.
12.4. Preparation of Pipe Ends
12.4.1. Pipe ends shall be fitted to each other with a maximum gap of 1/4". After fitting, exposed glass on the
edges shall be brush coated with hot resin (see Clause 12.5.11).
12.4.2. Thin wall pipe, 20" or larger, shall be aligned with each other and fixed in place by inserting a suitable
expandable device. This alignment device shall hold the inside diameters concentric and provide a
backing for the gap between the pipe ends all around the circumference. The device shall be removed
after the joint is completed.
12.4.3. Pipe 18" or smaller, and pipe of adequate stiffness to retain its shape, may be held in place by external
means or may be secured with hot patches (see Clause 12.5.11). The inside diameters shall be
concentric.
12.4.4. Pipe ends shall be cleaned by grinding with a coarse disc (#16 grit) in a power grinder for the width of the
joint lay-up plus 4", equally spaced on either side of the gap. This grinding operation shall remove all
contamination and unreinforced resin from the surface, and shall expose the glass reinforcing of the pipe
laminate. High edges caused by differences in wall thickness shall be ground off to 8:1 slope (see also
Clause 12.4.7). Ensure grinding discs remain clean. Discs contaminated with uncured resin, wax and
others shall be replaced.
Note: Oil or grease on pipe ends shall be removed by washing with solvent or detergent. Wet pipe
ends shall be thoroughly dried before grinding may commence. Dried soil (mud) and wax
coating may be removed by grinding.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
12.4.5. Pipe ends may be ground in advance of fitting and installing the pipes, provided the ends can be kept dry.
During storage, all pre-ground pipe ends shall be covered with plastic bags secured with masking tape.
The maximum permissible interval between pre-grinding and lay-up of the field joint depends on the
prevailing weather conditions. It should not exceed 24 hours unless permitted by the Engineer.
12.4.6. When pipes are cleaned and secured in place, the gap between ends shall be cleaned of grinding dust
with a clean dry brush. Do not use compressed air. The clean gap shall be filled with resin paste (putty).
Resin paste Type A may be used, if an inside lay-up will be made. All gaps on joints without an inside
lay-up shall be filled with resin paste Type B.
12.4.7. Resin paste shall not be used as filler when wall thicknesses differ. All fillers between pipe and joint shall
consist of laminates, reinforced with chopped strand mat. The only resin paste permitted between old
and new laminate is an 1/2" maximum radius filler in the root of three-way fittings. Filler laminates shall
have cured and the exotherms shall have dissipated, before the joint laminate may be applied.
12.5. Lay-Up of Field Joint
12.5.1. After the resin paste is cured and immediately before commencing the lay-up of the joint laminate, the
pipe ends shall be cleaned again by lightly grinding the entire area under the first lay-up. This grinding
shall remove all resin smears, finger marks, soil stains, or other contaminates from the pipe walls. This
touch-up grinding shall also remove glass fibers which may have absorbed water from the air since the
major grinding of Clause 12.4.4. Clean glass fibers exposed by grinding with a coarse and clean disc is
the best assurance for a good bond. Wiping with acetone or any other liquid is not permitted.
12.5.2. The grinding dust shall be brushed off with a clean dry brush. Do not blow dust off with compressed air.
The grinding dust shall be completely dry and fall off the brush while brushing. If a damp pipe surface or
high humidity causes the dust to cake and to cling to the bristles, then the joint lay-up work shall be
terminated. (See Clauses 12.3.3., 12.3.4, and 12.3.5.)
12.5.3. The cleaned joint area shall be brush-coated with a thin layer of resin for 6" either side of the gap, and the
first lay-up of the joint shall then be applied.
12.5.4. Joint laminates shall be started by applying 2 chopped strand mats centered over the gap between the
pipe ends. These mats shall be well wetted out with resin and thoroughly rolled out with grooved steel
rollers. When all air bubbles within the mats and between pipe and mats have been removed, the
balance of the laminate shall be applied in alternate layers of woven roving and mat, ending with a layer
of mat. Woven roving shall never be in contact with pipe or cured laminates. The technique of applying
the laminates depends on the preference of the contractor, provided the resulting joint is of acceptable
quality.
However, if a joint consists of a single lay-up only, all rovings shall be applied to the pipe in full length and
one layer at a time. Ends shall be staggered. One mat may be applied together with each roving.
12.5.5. The joint laminate shall be uniformly wetted out without dry spots or resin rich areas. It shall be shaped
smoothly, and of uniform thickness; and contain 30% to 50% glass reinforcing, and 70% to 50% resin, by
weight. Air bubbles within the laminate or between pipe and laminate are not permitted. Joints in the
woven roving reinforcing shall overlap a minimum of 4" and shall be staggered.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
Note: The amount of glass in a field joint is fixed by Tables D and E.
When the glass content is 50%, then the weight or resin is equal to the weight of glass. When the
MEASURED glass content is low, then the amount of glass shall still be as specified by Tables D
and E; but, the laminate contains more resin than required. If the measured glass content is 30%,
then the laminate contains resin 2.33 times the weight of the glass. Laminates with 30% glass
are significantly thicker than laminates with 50% glass content.
12.5.6. Each lay-up shall consist of a minimum of 4 mats and 3 woven rovings. The maximum thickness per lay-
up shall be 7 mats and 4 rovings. The first lay-up shall have a minimum of 5 mats and 3 rovings. The
total number of mats and rovings to be used for various pipe sizes and pressure rating are listed below in
Tables D and E. Field joint kits supplied by FRP fabricators shall be checked and adjusted to comply
with this tabulation, if necessary.
Note: Glass reinforcements are supplied in lengths equal to the circumference of the pipe, plus overlap.
Reinforcing for larger pipes are rather long. To facilitate installation, reinforcing for pipe 24" and
larger may be cut into two equal lengths, provided the cut sections overlap a minimum of 3" each.
Cutting reinforcing into more than two sections is not permitted.
12.5.7. After the first lay-up has cured and the exotherms (heat produced while resin is curing) have dissipated,
the other lay-ups shall be completed in a similar manner as the first one. Before each new lay-up, the old
laminate under the increased width of the next lay-up shall be prepared as noted in Clause 12.5.1.
Unreinforced resin smears and other contaminates shall be removed by touch-up grinding. Grinding of
the first lay-up is not required, if its surface is clean and smooth, well cured and the second lay-up is
started with one hour after the first one is cured. Grinding dust shall be brushed off. All ground surfaces
of pipe and previous lay-up shall be brush coated with resin. The joint shall then be completed in the
sequences and to the dimensions shown on Table E.
12.5.8. If it seems likely that the next lay-up of a joint cannot be started within the next 2 hours, the fresh
laminate may be wrapped tightly with cellophane or similar material to prevent contamination and air
inhibition of the surface resin. Before commencing the next lay-up, the surface gloss, gross irregularities,
and unreinforced resin smears on each side of the laminates shall be removed by grinding.
12.5.9. Field joints and all ground areas near the joints shall be brush coated with waxed resins during the initial
cure of the last lay-up.
12.5.10. The pot life of resin for field joints shall be between 25 and 35 minutes. Pot life is the time the resin
remains usable after adding the catalyst. The pot life shall be adjusted by varying the ratio of resin and
curing chemicals as required by prevailing temperatures in accordance with recommendations by the
resin manufacturer. The recommended minimum ratio of catalyst shall be maintained at all times. If the
pot life is still too short at the minimum catalyst ratio, the contractor shall obtain advice from the fabricator
of the FRP pipe or from the Engineer.
12.5.11. Resin for brush coating cut edges or for hot patches shall have a pot life of 5 to 10 minutes.
12.5.12. Laminates which cannot be completed and properly rolled out with grooved steel rollers before the resin
commences gelling, shall be removed from the pipe while the resin is still soft. The pipe shall then be
cleaned and prepared again as noted in Clause 12.4.4, and a new lay-up shall be made. Lay-ups with
less than the number of glass reinforcing specified shall not be permitted.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
12.5.13. If resin in a laminate does not gel within 60 minutes, or its cure is not substantially complete within
2 hours of adding the catalyst, the contractor shall apply heat. The laminate shall be kept heated until its
cure is completed. Laminates not cured satisfactorily after 24 hours shall be removed from the pipe and
redone.
12.5.14. Laminates cured with excessive exotherms and which show evidence of brittleness or pinholes shall be
removed and redone.
12.5.15. The cost of remedial work noted under Clauses12.5.12, 12.5.13, and 12.5.14, including the cost of new
materials, shall be to the contractor's account.
12.5.16. The Engineer may, at any time, ask the contractor to remove a completed or partially completed field joint
from the pipe. If the bond between pipe and joint is satisfactory, and if the joint laminate is of an
acceptable quality, the contractor will get reimbursed for the cost of removing the joint and replacing it. If
either the bond or the quality of the laminate is not acceptable, the contractor shall remove additional
joints as instructed by the Engineer. The cost of removal and of all remedial work shall then be to the
contractor's account.
12.6. Inside Lay-Ups
Field joints on piping made as specified in this Section 12 do NOT require inside joint lay-ups. Inside
joints shall not be made unless specified on drawings by the Engineer.
All laminating work inside pipes or other confined spaces shall be subject to Clause 12.7.2.
12.7. Repair of Damaged FRP Structures
12.7.1. The intent of these instructions is to prevent crews with inadequate training or without appropriate
equipment from working in confined spaces with potentially harmful materials.
12.7.2. All repairs inside the vessels and repairs inside of pipes more than 30' from the open end shall be
performed by trained crews from an experienced fabricator and with appropriate safety precautions.
12.7.3. Repair of Structural Wall
12.7.3.1. Minor damage may be repaired with outside overlays equal in thickness and reinforcing as specified for
field joints. The overlay shall extend a minimum of 6" all around the damaged areas.
12.7.3.2. Major damage and damage with cracked liner shall be cut out and replaced with a section of pipe and
two field joints. If the damage is 3" or less in length, a patch of 3RW+5M over the damage, a minimum of
6" all around, plus a standard field joint are the minimum repair.
12.7.4. Repair of Corrosion Liner of Pipe
12.7.4.1. Prior to installation and while both ends of the pipe section are still open, damaged liners in large pieces
shall be repaired with an inside overlay at least equal to the liner.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
12.7.4.2. After pipe is in the trench and jointed to other pipe lengths, Clause 12.7.2 shall apply. When trained
crews are not available, repair damaged liners from the outside as specified in Clause 12.7.3.2.
13.0 Demoulding material
Rev 1 All demoulding material must be water soluble in order to avoid process contamination.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
TABLE D - TYPE OF LAY-UPS FOR DIAMETER AND PRESSURE RATING
See Table E for lay-up details
PRESSURE RATING
DIA. GRAVITY 50 psi 100 psi 150 psi
2" 50 mm TYPE 1 TYPE 1 TYPE 1 TYPE 1

3" 75 TYPE 1 TYPE 1 TYPE 1 TYPE 1
4" 100 TYPE 1 TYPE 1 TYPE 1 TYPE 1
6" 150 TYPE 1 TYPE 1 TYPE 1 + 2 TYPE 1 + 2

8" 200 TYPE 2 TYPE 1 + 2 TYPE 1 + 2 TYPE 1 + 2

14" 350 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3
16" 400 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 1 + 2 + 3

22" 550 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 1 + 2 + 3 TYPE 1 + 2 + 3
24" 600 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 1 + 2 + 3 TYPE 1 + 2 + 3

30" 750 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 1 + 2 + 3 TYPE 1 + 2 + 3*
36" 900 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 1 + 2 + 3 T 1 + 2 + 3 + 4*
42" 1050 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 2 + 3 + 4* T 2 + 3 + 3 + 4*

48" 1200 TYPE 2 + 3 TYPE 1+2+3 TYPE 2 + 3 + 4* T 2 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 4*
54" Rev. 1 1400 TYPE 2 + 3
Note: Joints marked thus *, shall be designed by the fabricator to suit the particular installation.
Joint design shall be approved by the Engineer.
If expert guidance is not available, then the combinations marked thus * are the minimum
requirements.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.01 1
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.01 Rev-0.DOC
CONTENT OF STANDARD 4S-10.02

3. STANDARD DIAMETERS
4. WALL THICKNESS
5. COLOUR CODING
6. FITTINGS
6.6.1 Elbows
6.6.2 Mitered Elbows
6.6.3 Reducers
6.6.4 Molded Tees
6.6.5 Stub-In Tees
6.6.6 Stub-In Laterals
6.6.7 Small Size Outlets
6.7 Vertical Riser Support
7. FLANGES
7.2 Construction of Flanges
7.2.3 Laminate
7.3 Full Face Flanges
7.4 Vanstone Type Flanges
7.5 Flanges Laminated onto Pipe or Fittings
7.6 Tolerances
7.7 Other Flange Systems
7.8 Bolting and Gasket Materials
7.9 Drilling
8. PIPING INSTALLATION
FRP PRESSURE PIPE, FITTINGS AND FLANGES
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
1. SCOPE
1.1. This specification is a supplement to Design Standard 4S-10.01, "Manufacture and Installation
Specification of FRP Structures", and specifies additional requirements for FRP Pressure Pipe,
Fittings and Flanges. Unless noted otherwise, materials shall conform to those specified in the
Piping Material Classification Standards.
1.2. For clarification and to avoid duplication, references are made herein to particular sections of Design
Standard 4S-10.01 identified thus ( )*; however, all requirements of Design Standard 4S-10.01 shall
be an integral part of this specification.
1.3. Dimensions in tables and other details of this specification may be used directly for design and
fabrication, when service conditions are within the stated limits. If service conditions are outside of
those limits, FRP system and components shall be designed in accordance with Design Standard
4S-10.01.
1.4. "WARNING" - FRP installation may be highly flammable. Therefore, it is imperative that the
CONTRACTOR review, understand, and follow the appropriate FRP safety procedures during
all FRP installation work.
2.1. N/A
2.2. Type of Surfacing Veil, if other than -C- Glass
2.3. Special Design or Thickness of Liner
2.4. Additional Chopped Strand Mat Cover on Outside of Filament Wound Pipe
2.5. U.V. Protection
2.6. Design Pressure and Test Pressure
2.7. Location of all Instrument Connections
2.8. Pipeline Slopes
2.9. Location of Drains
2.10. Location of Start-Up Screens
2.11. Location of Flange or other Joints
2.12. Type of Flanges (full face or Vanstone type)
2.13. Special Fittings (such as odd degree or short radius elbows, special tees, eccentric reducers, etc.)
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
2.14. Special Reinforcing for Local Stresses
2.15. Special Pipe Supports and Hangers
Size of pipe and fittings shall be indicated by their internal diameters, in inches or millimeters. Pipe
sizes expressed in millimeters are nominal only. Standard sizes are listed in Tables D and E.
4. WALL THICKNESS
4.1. Wall thickness shall be designed by the fabricator in accordance with Section (5.3.1)* or (5.3.2)* to
suit his fabrication methods. The fabricator shall state wall thicknesses in proposal and note them
on shop fabrication drawings. The fabricator shall be prepared to submit calculations and other
pertinent details upon request to the Engineer for evaluation.
4.2. The minimum amount of glass reinforcing in the structural laminate and the minimum wall thickness
are listed in Tables D and E.
4.2.1. Thicknesses in Tables D and E are based on single thickness liners, pressure rating, and stresses
caused by deflection between supports for liquids with specific gravity of 1.1.
4.3. Pipe for atmospheric pressure may be selected from 50 psi pipe of Tables D and E.
5. COLOUR CODING
5.1. The pressure rating of all pipe and fittings shall be indicated by one or more coloured filaments
visibly embedded in the laminate, as follows:
Gravity - No Color
50 psi - Orange
100 psi - Green
150 psi - Black
Do not use tints or pigments in resins. Unless specified on drawings, other methods of indicating
pressure rating may be acceptable.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
TABLE D - MINIMUM PIPE WALL THICKNESS - PRESSURE PIPE - HAND LAY-UP
Pressure Rating – PSI (180° F Max.)
Pipe Size 50 100 150
'T' 'T' 'T'
Minimum Minimum Minimum
I.D. Nom. Layers In mm Layers In mm Layers In mm Maximum
Inches mm M/R M/R M/R Support Spacing
Mat. Mat. Mat. See Standard
2 50 .188 5 .188 5 .188 5
Only Only Only 4D-20.10
3 75 " .188 5 " .188 5 2/1 .250 6.5
4 100 2/1 .250 6.5 2/1 .250 6.5 2/1 .250 6.5
6 150 2/1 .250 6.5 2/1 .250 6.5 4/3 .375 9.5
8 200 2/1 .250 6.5 3/2 .312 8 5/4 .438 11
10 250 2/1 .250 6.5 4/3 .375 9.5 6/5 .500 13
12 300 2/1 .250 6.5 5/4 .438 11 7/6 .562 14.5
14 350 3/2 .312 8 6/5 .500 13 8/7 .625 16

16 400 3/2 .312 8 7/6 .562 14.5 9/8 .688 17.5
18 450 4/3 .375 9.5 7/6 .562 14.5 10/9 .750 19

20 500 4/3 .375 9.5 8/7 .625 16 11/10 .810 20.5
24 600 5/4 .438 11 9/8 .688 17.5 13/12 .900 22
30 750 6/5 .500 13 11/10 .810 20.5 15/14 1.10 25.5
36 900 7/6 .562 14.5 12/12 .900 22
42 1050 8/7 .625 16

48 1200 9/8 .688 17.5
xxx = Limit for full vacuum services (above double line)

M/R = Required minimum numbers of chopped strand mat (M) and woven roving (R)
(mat for liner not included)
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
TABLE E - MINIMUM PIPE WALL THICKNESS - PRESSURE PIPE - FILAMENT WOUND
Pressure Rating - psi (180° F Max.)
Pipe Size 50 100 150
`T' `T' `T' Minimum
Minimum Minimum
I.D Nom. Covers In mm Covers In mm Covers In mm Maximum
In. mm Support
Spacing
2 50 2 .21 5.3 2 .21 5.3 2 .21 5.3 See Standard
3 75 2 .21 5.3 2 .21 5.3 2 .21 5.3 4D-20.10
4 100 2 .21 5.3 2 .21 5.3 2 .21 5.3
6 150 2 .21 5.3 2 .21 5.3 3 .26 6.6
8 200 2 .21 5.3 3 .26 6.6 3 .26 6.6

10 250 2 .21 5.3 3 .26 6.6 4 .31 7.9
12 300 3 .26 6.6 4 .31 7.9 5 .36 9.1
14 350 3 .26 6.6 5 .36 9.1 6 .41 10.4
16 400 3 .26 6.6 5 .36 9.1 6 .41 10.4
18 450 4 .31 7.9 6 .41 10.4 7 .46 11.7

20 500 4 .31 7.9 6 .41 10.4 8 .51 13.0
24 600 5 .36 9.1 7 .46 11.7 9 .56 14.2
30 750 6 .41 10.4 9 .56 14.2 12 .71 18.0
36 900 7 .46 11.7 11 .66 16.8 14 .81 20.6

42 1050 8 .51 13.0 13 .76 19.3 16 .91 23.1
48 1200 9 .56 14.2 15 .86 21.8 18 1.00 25.4
xxx = Limit for full vacuum services (above double line)

Covers = Filament wound structural laminates shall consist of a minimum of two layers
of rovings
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
6. FITTINGS
6.1. Fittings shall be designed by the fabricator in accordance with Sections 6.2 to 6.7. Fittings shall
resist all forces acting on them at the specified design pressures and test pressures, when in
service.
6.2. Dimensions shall confirm to Table F.
6.3. Flanges on fittings shall conform to Section 7.
6.4. Three-way fittings (such as Tees, Laterals, Wyes) shall be reinforced with additional laminates in
order to limit distortion under pressure.
The maximum distortion of any part of their outside surface at 1.5 times design pressure, or at
specified test pressure, whichever is higher, shall be 1% of the diameter of the smallest outlet,
measured from the centerline axis of the fitting.
Three-way fittings shall not develop stress cracks or crazing in the crotch area, inside or outside,
when pressurized as noted above.
6.5. Fabricators must be prepared to submit data from full scale tests to substantiate their fitting design.
6.6. Fittings are acceptable without full scale tests, if designed and fabricated within the following
guidelines.
6.6.1. Elbows
Structural laminate shall have 1.5 times the number of mat and woven rovings specified for hand
lay-up pressure pipe in Table D. Flanges shall be constructed as per Fig. 7.1, as an integral part of
the fitting laminate. Butt ends shall be tapered at approximately 10:1 to the minimum wall
thickness given in Table D.
6.6.2. Mitered Elbows
Standard pipe section may be mitered and overlaid with laminate specified for butt joints in Section
(5.5)* and (Table C)*. Miters shall not be more than 30°, unless noted otherwise on drawings.
Radius of elbows shall be 1.5 x nominal ID of pipe. Pipe length either side of the PI (Point of
Intersection of centerlines) may be of any length to suit piping layout and shipping restriction.
However, minimum distance D in Table F from first (or last) miter to flange face or field joint has to
be maintained.
In order to determine the minimum distance for locating flanges of field joints from P.I. (see Fig.
6.1), proceed as follows:
Step 1: Select Dimension D (from Table F)
Step 2: Calculate distance for 2 miter elbows as follows:
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
X2 = D - (R x tan ∆/4) + (R x tan ∆/2)
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
Calculate distance for 3 miter elbows as follows:
X3 = D - (R x tan ∆/6) + (R x tan ∆/2)
6.6.3. Reducers
The large end of the reducer will determine the wall thickness as specified in Table D. Flanges
shall be constructed as per Fig. 7.1 or 7.2, as an integral part of the fitting, including the stub
Dimension F for reducers R3, R4, R7 and R8. On the small side, flanges with back-up rings
require flanged stubs of Dimension L in Table H with butt joints.
6.6.4. Molded Tees
Liner and structural laminate shall be constructed with rounded transition between branch and run.
Radius of this transition shall be equal to 1/3 of the ID of the branch or 4" maximum. Use 1.5 times
the number of mat and woven rovings specified in Table D for pipe of equal diameter and pressure
rating to the run of tee. Taper butt ends at 10:1 to the nominal wall thickness in Table D. Flanges
shall be full face type, See Section 7.3.
Molded tees for design pressure over 75 psi shall be reinforced with bands of continuous filament
rovings wound at uniform tension diagonally across main run and circularly around branch
[see Fig. 6.2 (a) and (b)].
Width of bands shall be 1/3 of ID of branch, up to 4" maximum. Thickness of bands shall be 1/3 of
wall thickness of tee, but minimum shall be 1/8". Bands shall taper to feather edges. A filler-
laminate equal to wall thickness of the tee shall be placed centered under crossing of the bands. It
shall taper to a feather edge at a radial distance of 1/2 of the main run diameter.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
6.6.5. Stub-In Tees
Pipe section of equal or greater pressure rating than tee may be fitted together and overlaid with
laminate as specified for butt and strap joints in Section (5.5)* and (Table C)*. Diameter of main
run shall govern dimension -W-. Overlay laminate shall have 1.5 times the number of mat and
rovings specified for butt joints.
The minimum thickness shall be increased as required, or the tees shall be reinforced similarly as
specified for molded tees [see Fig. 6.2 (a) and (b)]. Distortion under pressure shall be within
limits specified in Clause 6.4.
Flanges conforming to Clause 7.5 may be located on any outlet. Minimum distance 'L to face of
flange has to be maintained.
Flanged stubs of Fig. 7.1 may be located on any outlet. Minimum distance 'L to face of flange has
to be maintained.
6.6.5.1. If size of branch is 2/3 of run or larger, overlay laminate shall completely envelop main run.
See Fig. 6.3.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
6.6.5.2. If size of branch is between 1/4 and 2/3 of run, overlay laminates shall extend at least 1/2 around
run (see Fig. 6.4).
6.6.5.3. If size of branch is 1/4 of run or smaller, overlay laminate on run shall be minimum of 1/2 W.
These small branches shall be reinforced with gussets or foam filled FRP cones, if subjected to
lateral forces. Forces shall be specified on Engineer's drawings (see Fig. 6.5).
6.6.6. Stub-In Laterals

o o
Branch lines may be joined to main run at any angle from 45 to 90 . All requirements of Section
6.6.5 shall apply. In addition, fabricators shall design reinforcing ribs, gussets, etc., as required for
distortion limits of Clause 6.4. Full scale pressure tests will be required for verification of new
designs. Dimensions shall conform to Table F.
6.6.7. Small Size Outlets
Details of Fig. 6.6, 6.7, or 6.9 may be used for small size outlets (instrument connections, sample
lines, etc.). Flanged stubs of Section 6.6.5 or molded tees with flange on branch shall be used
outside of dimensions noted in this Section.
6.6.7.1. Fig. 6.6: 1/2" or 3/4" NPT may be drilled and tapped into pipe wall. Increase wall thickness locally
with mat and roving laminate to a minimum of 3/4", before drilling, or drill into "butt and strap" joint
laminates. Insert nipple shall be Schedule 40S 316 SS, unless noted otherwise. Wrap thread with
Teflon tape.
6.6.7.2. Fig. 6.7: 1" or smaller PVC couplings may be embedded in mat and roving laminate. PVC
couplings shall be deformed for adequate mechanical interlock and couplings shall be coated with
special resin bonding PVC to polyester.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
6.6.7.3. Fig. 6.9: 1/2" to 3" flanged outlets may be attached to pipe or vessels to minimum sizes given in
Table G.
First stage of FRP build-up shall be constructed with chopped strand mat and woven roving
reinforcements. It shall be shaped to suit and shall be cured with the bolt ring embedded flush.
The second stage shall be an approximately 3/8" laminate overlay as shown in Fig. 6.9. It shall
consist of 4 layers of chopped strand mat with 3 layers of woven roving, placed alternately.
For flat and true gasket surface, embed a Saran wrapped plate flange into soft laminate and
remove later.
Minimum radius for all re-entrant corners shall be 1/2". The flange face shall be trued with a plate
of 3/4" plywood or steel while the resin of the second stage is curing.
Inside surfaces of bore holes 'S' shall be brush coated with hot waxed resin. Dimension S shall be
measured to the finished surface.
6.7. Vertical Riser Support
A reinforcing laminate as per Fig. 6.8 shall be provided for supporting or guiding vertical pipelines.
Apply a 5 mat/3 roving laminate. The minimum length shall be equal to the diameter of the pipe.
Wrap outside of laminate with Saran or 2 mil polyethylene. Heat carbon steel pipe clamp to
approximately 80°F and set clamp into soft laminate. Tighten bolts until a shoulder developed on
upper side of clamp. Shape laminate to suit clamp. For clamp and hanger details, see Design
Standard 4S-30.01 and
4D-20.10.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
7. FLANGES
7.1. Flanges shall be constructed as per Fig. 7.1 to 7.4 and dimensions of Table H as an integral part
of a stub or fitting, or as per Fig. 7.5 laminated onto a pipe of fittings.
7.2. Construction of Flanges
7.2.1. The inner liner, see Section (5.2)*, shall extend across the face of flanges.
7.2.2. Flange faces shall not be machined.
7.2.3. Laminate
• Each flanged stub or flanged fitting shall have a minimum of 2 layers of 24 oz./sq. yd. woven
rovings extending without break into the flange.
• The first layer of roving shall be close to the inner liner of pipe. The last layer shall be on the
outside, covered by one layer of mat. Flange thickness 'W' shall be made up of alternate
layers of mat and woven roving. As many of these composite layers are permitted by neck
dimensions 'X', shall taper out in shear section '4W' minimum, or in lay-up 'K' (see Table H).
The longest layers shall be placed towards the outside.
• Minimum glass content in flange and flange neck shall be 40% by weight. Stubs shall be
constructed as per Table D.
7.3. Full Face Flanges
Flanges for 100 psi and higher pressure ratings shall have a built-up FRP ring of thickness 'F' as
specified in Table H. This ring shall reinforce the flange and provide sufficient seating surface for
bolts and washers. It shall be constructed after flange and stub are cured.
Its laminate shall be constructed from alternate layers of chopped strand mat and woven rovings,
either parallel to or normal to flange face, or it may be wound with uni-directional filaments,
provided washers will have a smooth seating surface and filaments are well wetted out. The bond
between stub and ring shall be broken by applying a suitable parting agent under ring up to bolt
circle. Bolt holes may be molded into ring 'F'.
Full face FRP flanges shall not be bolted again raised face or Vanstone type flanges.
7.4. Vanstone Type Flanges
Unless specified otherwise, stubs with Vanstone type back-up flanges (Fig. 7.2) may be used,
except for diameter and pressure combinations noted in Table H. all details of Fig. 7.1 and
Section 7.3 are applicable unless modified in Section 7.4.1. Vanstone type flanges shall not be
bolted to full face FRP flanges.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
7.4.1. Steel back-up flange shall be embedded in wet laminate of either two layers of chopped strand
mat or FRP reinforcing 'F'. Apply parting agent to steel back-up ring to prevent bonding. If 'F'
(Fig. 7.2) is 3/8", use alternate chopped strand mat and woven roving parallel to flange face. If 'F'
is one inch or more, wind continuous rovings between flange stub and steel back-up flange. DO
NOT BREAK BOND TO STUB AND FLANGE STUB.
7.4.2. Back-up flanges shall either be fabricated from carbon steel, ASTM A283 to dimensions in
Table H, or cast ductile iron.
Ductile iron flanges shall be of adequate dimensions to prevent distortion when bolts are tightened
to seal flanges.
7.4.3. Back-up flanges shall be sand blasted and painted with one coat Epoxy Ester Zinc Chromate
Primer to a dry film thickness of 2 mils minimum, unless noted otherwise.
7.5. Flanges Laminated onto Pipe or Fittings
Full face of Vanstone type flanges may be laminated onto pipes or fittings, as per Fig. 7.5.
Pipe or fitting ends shall be cut true and square to the centerline. At the end, the structural wall
o
shall be beveled approximately 30 , exposing the liner. The liner of the flange face shall be laid-up
on a flange mold and pushed onto the pipe of fitting end while the liner (5.2)* is still soft. After the
liner has cured, complete the flange laminate as specified in Clause 7.2.3.
7.6. Tolerances
7.6.1. Flange thickness: ± 1/16"

o
7.6.2. Flange face shall be perpendicular to axis of pipe or fitting within 1/2 .
7.6.3. Flatness of flange face: ± 1/32"
Flatness of back-up flange: ± 1/32"
7.6.4. Flange insider diameter shall be within ± 1/8" or ±1%, whichever is greater, of nominal pipe size in
inches.
7.7. Other Flange Systems
Other flange systems shall not be used, unless they have been approved in writing by the
Engineer.
7.8. Bolting and Gasket Materials
7.8.1. Bolting and gasket materials shall conform to those specified in the piping classification standards.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
7.8.2. Gasket materials shall have a maximum Type A Durometer Hardness of 70 (ASTM D2240), and a
minimum thickness of 3/16" for flanges 12" and smaller, and 1/4" thickness for flanges larger than
12".
Only full face gaskets shall be used with full face flanges.
7.8.3. Galvanized steel washers as per ANSI B27.2, Type A shall be used under all bolt heads and nuts
on full face flanges.
If necessary, cut off a segment of washer (maximum 3/16"), for clearance between bolt and FRP
stub. DO NOT CUT LAMINATE to suit washer.
7.9. Drilling
7.9.1. Full face flange diameters, drilling of flanges and back-up flanges shall conform to the following
standards:
2" up to 24" sizes, ANSI B16.5 for 150# steel flanges
26" up to 48" sizes, ANSI B16.1 for 125# C.I. flanges
(Dimensions in Table H are based on the above standards.)
7.9.2. Bolt holes in flanges shall be drilled, not molded in, except as noted in Section 7.3 for built up ring
'F' (Fig. 7.2).
7.9.3. Inside of bolt holes and outside edge of flanges shall be brush coated with resin. Bolt holes shall
be drilled larger, so that after coating of exposed fibers, holes will have the required diameter.
8. PIPING INSTALLATION
8.1. FRP piping systems shall be supported in accordance with DS 4S-30.03 and 4D-20.10.
8.2. Anchors shall be placed as shown on piping layout drawings.
8.3. Field joints shall conform to Section (12)*.
8.4. Flanged stubs or fittings shall be bolted to equipment or to other fixed flanges, with proper gaskets
in place, before joining them with butt and strap joints to the piping system.
8.5. Bolts of FRP flanges shall be tightened uniformly with a torque wrench. Approximate torques
required for sealing full face FRP flanges:
Size up to 8" 40 ft. lb.

10" to 12" 100 ft. lb.
14" to 24" 150 ft. lb.
30" to 36" 200 ft. lb.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
8.6. Unless noted otherwise on drawings, FRP pressure pipe system shall be pressure tested at
1.5 times the design pressure rating for not less than one hour, without showing leaks, stress or
crazing.
The deflection of three-way fittings 14" and larger shall be monitored with a precision dial gauge
(see Section 6.4).
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
TABLE H - All Dimensions in Inches
FLANGE DIMENSIONS - Minimum Thickness, Drilling and Back-up Flanges
I.D. FLG. Pressure Rating In psi (Standard Flanges) Reducing

SIZE L K OD 50 100 150 Flanges
W F W F W W
2 6 6 6 1/2 - 9/16 - 5/8 3/4
3 6 6 7 1/2 1/2 - 5/8 - 7/8 7/8
4 6 6 9 9/16 - 11/16 - 7/8 7/8
6 8 6 11 3/4 - 7/8 3/8 1 1
8 8 8 13 1/2 7/8 - 1 3/8 1 1/8 1 3/8
10 10 8 16 1 - 1 3/16 3/8 1 1/4 1 1/2
12 10 10 19 1 1/4 - 1 3/8 3/8 1 1/2 2
14 12 10 21 1 1/4 3/8 1 1/2 1 1 1/2 2
16 12 12 23 1/2 1 3/8 3/8 1 5/8 1 1 5/8 2 1/4
18 15 12 25 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 3 1 5/8 2 3/8
20 15 12 27 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 5/8 3 1 5/8 1 1/2
24 15 12 32 1 5/8 2 1 5/8 3 1 5/8 2 3/4
30 15 12 38 3/4 1 7/8 3
36 15 12 46 2 3/16 Use full face flanges only 3 3/8
42 18 12 53 2 3/8 for sizes below thicker line
48 18 12 59 1/2 3
Standard Flanges Reducing Flanges
I.D.
'Z' See Bolt Bolt No. of Flg Bolt Bolt No. of
Flg 'X' 'Y' BC S R
7.4.2 Hole Size Bolts Red’n Hole Size Bolts
Size
2 3 4 5/8 4 3/4 3/4 5/8 4 4X2 9 7 1/2 3/4 5/8 8
3 4 1/4 5 1/4 5/8 6 3/4 5/8 4 6X3 11 9 1/2 7/8 3/4 8
4 5 1/4 6 3/4 3/4 7 1/2 3/4 5/8 8 6X4 11 9 1/2 7/8 3/4 8
6 7 5/8 8 5/8 3/4 9 1/2 7/8 3/4 8 8X6 13 1/2 11 3/4 7/8 3/4 8
8 9 7/8 10 7/8 3/4 11 3/4 7/8 3/4 8 10X8 16 14 1/4 1 7/8 12
10 12 13 1/4 1 14 1/4 1 7/8 12 12X10 19 17 1 7/8 12
12 14 5/8 16 1 17 1 7/8 12 16X12 23 1/2 21 1/4 1 1/8 1 16
14 16 1/2 17 5/8 1 1/8 18 3/4 1 1/8 1 12 18X14 25 22 3/4 1 1/4 1 1/8 16
16 18 3/4 20 1/8 1 1/8 21 1/4 1 1/8 1 16 20X16 27 1/2 25 1 1/4 1 1/8 20
18 20 1/4 21 1/2 1 1/4 22 3/4 1 1/4 1 1/8 16 22X18 29 1/2 27 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/4 20
20 2 3/8 23 3/4 1 1/4 25 1 1/4 1 1/8 20 24X20 32 29 1/2 1 3/8 1 1/4 20
24 26 3/4 28 1/8 1 3/8 29 1/2 1 3/8 1 1/4 20 28X24 36 1/2 34 1 3/8 1 1/4 28
30 33 34 5/8 1 3/8 36 1 3/8 1 1/4 28 34X30 43 3/4 40 1/2 1 5/8 1 1/2 32
36 30 41 1/8 1 1/2 42 3/4 1 5/8 1 1/2 32 40X36 50 3/4 47 1/4 1 5/8 1 1/2 36
42 45 1/2 47 7/8 1 5/8 49 1/2 1 5/8 1 1/2 36
48 52 54 3/8 1 3/4 56 1 5/8 1 1/2 44
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.02 Rev-0.DOC
CONTENT OF DESIGN STANDARD 4S-10.03
2. SUPPLEMENTARY DETAILS - SPECIFIED ON MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION

STANDARD, CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, OR PURCHASE ORDERS
4. WALL THICKNESSES
5 JOINTS
5.1 Shop Joints
5.2 Field Joints
5.3 Flanges
5.4 Bell and Spigot Joints
5.5 Mechanical Joint Clamps
6. FITTINGS
7. MANHOLES
8. SPOOLING OF SEWER SYSTEMS
FRP UNDERGROUND SEWER SYSTEMS
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
This Specification is a supplement to 4S-10.01, “Manufacture and Installation Specification of FRP

Structures”, and specifies additional requirements for FRP Underground Sewer Systems.
For clarification and to avoid duplication, references are made herein to particular sections of DS 4S-
10.01; however, all requirements of DS 4S-10.01 shall be an integral part of these specifications.
References to 4S-10.01 are identified thus (*).
Dimensions in tables and other details may be used directly for design and fabrication, provided service
conditions are within limits of Clause 4.2.1. If service conditions are outside of those limits, FRP system
and components shall be designed in accordance with DS 4S-10.01 and accepted engineering
practices.
“WARNING” - FRP installation may be highly inflammable. (Workers have died from fire during
installation.) Therefore, it is imperative that the CONTRACTOR review, understand, and follow
the FRP manufacturers’ safety procedures during all FRP installation work.
2. SUPPLEMENTARY DETAILS - SPECIFICATION ON MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS STANDARDS,

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, OR PURCHASE ORDERS
2.1. Type of Brand of Resin
2.2. Type of Surfacing Veil, if other than -C- Glass
2.3. Special Design or Thickness of Liner
2.4. Chopped Strand Mat Cover on Outside of Filament Wound Pipe
2.5. U.V. Protection
2.6. Depth of Bury
2.7. Design Loads (Soil and Traffic)
2.8. Design Pressure and Test Pressure
2.9. Pipeline Layout, including Diameter and other Dimensions
2.10. Pipeline Slopes
2.11. Pipeline Numbers
2.12. Type of Joints, if other than Butt and Strap
2.13. Location of Joints, if required for special circumstances
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
2.14. Type of Flanges
2.15. Type and Location of Manholes
2.16. Special Fittings
2.17. Special Reinforcing for Local Stresses
2.18. Special Installation and Backfill Conditions
2.19. Type and Thickness of Gasket Material
2.20. Size and Materials of Bolts, Nut, and Washers
2.21. Pipeline Spooling Instructions to Fabricator, if Section 8 is not applicable
2.22. Installation Specification for U/G FRP pipelines
Size of pipe and fittings shall be indicated by their internal diameters, in inches. Pipe sizes expressed in
millimeters are nominal only, unless noted otherwise on fabrication drawings.
Standard diameters are listed in Tables M and N.
4. WALL THICKNESS
4.1. Wall thickness shall be established by the fabricator in accordance with Section 4.2 to suit his
fabrication methods. The fabricator shall state wall thicknesses in proposal and note them on shop
fabrication drawings. The fabricator shall be prepared to submit calculations and other pertinent details
upon request to the Engineer for evaluation.
Note: The design criteria for wall thickness of underground FRP pipe in non-pressure service shall be
the ring compression stress due to external load and stiffness required for handling and installations.
4.2. Minimum wall thickness may be selected from Tables M and N, or shall be calculated with formula in
Clause 4.3, both subject to limitations in Clauses 4.2.1 to 4.2.3 and 4.4.
4.2.1. Thicknesses in Tables M and N are based on pipe with liners of 0.11" nominal thickness as per
Section (5.2)*, maximum operating pressures of 25 psi, maximum operating temperature of 180°F,
installation underground as specified in Design Standard 4S-30.03 and maximum depth of cover and
surface loads given in Tables M and N. If a thicker liner is specified, the total wall thickness shall be
increased by the thickness of the specified liner, minus 0.11".
4.2.2. Wall thicknesses in Table M require structural laminates specified in Section (5.3.1)* and (Table A)*.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
4.2.3. Wall thicknesses in Table N require structural laminates specification in Section (5.3.2)*. Glass content
shall be between 60 and 70% (by weight). Filament wound laminates of four covers or less shall have a
winding angle of 55° or less. Laminates of five covers or more shall have winding angles between 55°
and 60°. Minimum wall thickness shall be liner plus two covers.
4.3. Minimum wall thicknesses may be calculated with this formula:
t = dw/(288 Rc)
Where t = Minimum wall thickness in inches, including an 0.11" corrosion liner. Locally increased
thickness due to ribs, bells, etc., or liner thicknesses over 0.11" shall not be included.
d = Inside diameter, in inches

2
w = Total load on pipe, in lb/ft (w may be selected from Tables M or N), or w = (sh) + T
Rc = Allowable ring compression
s = Weight of soil per cu/ft., in lb.
h = Height from top of pipe to surface, in ft.

2
T = Effective traffic load at top of pipe, in lb/ft
TABLE K
Allowable Ring Compression Stress Rc, psi
Due to Soil Load up Due to Soil Load plus

to 15 ft cover Traffic, or Soil Load
over 15 ft cover
Filament Wound Pipe 500 psi 750 psi

Hand Layup Pipe 400 psi 600 psi
4.4. Pipe Stiffness
Pipe with wall thickness calculated as per Clause 4.3 will be, in most cases, too flexible for satisfactory
handling, shipping, and installation. These minimum wall thicknesses shall be increased, or pipe shall
be stiffened with ribs or other suitable means as required. If a fabricator proposes wall thicknesses less
than those indicated in Tables M and N, or if size and loading conditions are beyond those tables,
fabricators shall demonstrate satisfactory stiffness with test and/or calculations acceptable to the
Engineer.
4.5. Ribbed Pipe
4.5.1. Minimum acceptable wall thickness for ribbed pipe is indicated by dashed lines in Table N.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
4.5.2. Winding angle shall be 55° or less (off horizontal axis).
4.5.3. Ribs shall be hollow FRP laminate, or be filled with compressible foam. Ribs of other material, solid
FRP ribs, or ribs filled with a hard core material are not acceptable.
4.5.4. The width of rib laminate in contact with the pipe shall be at least equal to the height of the rib. Rib
laminates shall taper smoothly to zero on the pipe wall at a maximum rate of 1/8 inch per inch.
4.5.5. Maximum distance between ribs shall be equal to diamter of pipe.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
Table M: Hand Lay-up Sewer Pipe - Minimum Wall Thickness
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
Table N: Filament Wound Sewer Pipe - Minimum Wall Thickness
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
5. JOINTS
5.1. Joints made by fabricators in their shops shall conform to Section 5.5 and Table C, DS 4S-10.01.
5.2. Joints to be made in the field shall be butt & strap joints as specified in Section 12, DS 4S-10.01, unless
noted otherwise on drawings or purchase orders.
5.3. Flanged Joints
5.3.1. Full Face Flanges
5.3.1.1. Flanges shall be constructed as per Fig. 5.1 and dimensions of Table O as an integral part of a stub or
fitting, or laminated onto a pipe as per Fig. 5.2.
5.3.1.2. The inner liner, see Section (5.2)*, shall extend across the face of flanges.
5.3.1.3. Flange faces shall not be machined.
5.3.1.4. Laminate
Each flanged stub or flanged fitting shall have a minimum of two layers of 24 oz/sq. yd. woven rovings
extending without breaking into the flange.
The first layer of roving shall be close to the inner liner or pipe. The last layer shall be on the outside,
covered by one layer of mat. Flange thickness "W" shall be made up of alternate layers of mat and
woven roving. As many of these composite layers, as permitted by neck dimensions 'X', shall taper out
in shear section '4W' or in lay-up 'K', see Table O. The longest layers shall be placed towards the
outside.
Minimum glass content in flange and flange neck shall be 40% by weight. Stubs shall be constructed
as per Section 4 and Table M. Fittings shall conform to Section 6.
5.3.1.5. Resin for stubs and flanges shall conform to Clause (5.2.6)*.
5.3.1.6. A full face FRP flange may be bolted only against another full or flat face flange.
5.3.2. Vanstone Type Flanges
5.3.2.1. Vanstone type flanges shall be constructed as per Fig. 5.3 and dimension of Table O as an integral part
of a stub or fitting, or be laminated onto a pipe or fitting as per Fig. 5.2. All details of Clauses 5.3.1.2 to
5.3.1.5 shall apply.
5.3.2.2. Steel back-up ring shall be embedded in the soft laminate of the flange or of two additional layers of
chipped strand mat. Apply parting agent to steel back-up ring to prevent bonding.
5.3.2.3. Back-up ring shall either be fabricated from carbon steel, ASTM A283 to dimensions in Table O, or be
of ductile iron, case to fabricator's design. Ductile iron back-up ring shall be of adequate dimensions to
prevent rolling when bolts are tightened to seal flanges when pressure in pipe is 50 psi.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
5.3.3. Flanges Laminated Onto Pipe or Fittings
Full face of Vanstone type flanges may be laminated onto pipe or fittings. Details and dimensions shall
conform to Fig. 5.2.
Pipe or fitting end shall be cut true and square to the centerline. The structural wall shall be beveled
approximately 30°, exposing the liner. The liner of the flange face shall be laid-up on a flange mold
mounted on pipe or fitting end. After the liner has cured, the flange laminate shall be completed as
specified in Clause 5.3.1.4.
5.3.4. Tolerances
Flange thickness: ± 1/16"
Flange face shall be perpendicular to axis of stub or fitting within 1/2".
Flatness of flange face: ± 1/32"
Flatness of flange back, if back-up ring is used: ± 1/32"
Flange insider diameter shall be within ± 1/8" or ± 1%, whichever is greater, of nominal pipe size in
inches.
5.3.5. Other Flange Systems
Press molded flanges are not acceptable. Other flange systems shall not be used, unless they have
been approved in writing by the Engineer.
5.3.6. Bolting and Gasket Materials
5.3.6.1. Bolting and gasket materials will be specified on piping classification sheets or on drawings.
5.3.6.2. Gasket materials shall have Type A Durometer Hardness of 60-80 (ASTM D2240), and a minimum
thickness of 1/8" for flanges 12" and smaller, and 1/4" thickness for flanges larger than 12".
5.3.6.3. Steel washers shall be used under all bolt heads and nuts on full face flanges.
Minimum standard for washers: USAS B27.2, Type A - Wide. Cut off a segment of washer (maximum
3/16"), if required for clearance between bolt and FRP stub. DO NOT CUT LAMINATE OF STUB by
reaming out to suit washer.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
5.3.7. Drilling
5.3.7.1. Full face flange diameters, and drilling of flanges except bolt sizes, shall conform to the following
standards:
2" up to 24" sizes: ANSI B16.5 for 150# steel flanges

26" up to 48" sizes: ANSI B16.1 for 125# C.I. flanges
54" up to 72" sizes: AWWA C207, Class B
Applicable dimensions in Table O are based on those standards.
5.3.7.2. Unless noted otherwise on drawings, bolt sizes shall conform to AWWA C207, Class B (all dimensions
are identical to ANSI specifications; however, bolts are smaller). See Table O for AWWA bolts.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
TABLE O - FLANGE DIMENSIONS FOR U/G SEWER PIPE
Minimum Thickness, Drilling, Back-up Flanges
See Section 5, Fig. 5.1., 5.2, and 5.3
(All dimensions in inches)
Pipe L K OD X Y W Z BC No. AWW ANSI

Size of A Bolt Bolt
Bolts Size Size
2 6 6 6 3 4 1/2 5/8 4 3/4 4 3/4 5/8

3 6 6 7 1/2 4 1/4 5 1/4 1/2 3/4 6 4 3/4 5/8
4 6 6 9 5 1/4 6 3/4 9/16 1 7 1/2 8 3/4 5/8
6 8 6 11 7 5/8 8 5/8 3/4 1 9 1/2 8 3/4 3/4
8 8 8 13 1/2 9 7/8 10 7/8 7/8 1 11 3/4 8 3/4 3/4
10 10 8 16 12 13 1/4 1 1 1/4 14 1/4 12 3/4 7/8

12 10 10 19 14 5/8 16 1 1/4 1 3/8 17 12 3/4 7/8
14 12 10 21 16 1/2 17 5/8 1 1/4 1 1/4 18 3/4 12 3/4 1
16 12 12 23 1/2 18 3/4 20 1/8 1 3/8 1 1/2 21 1/4 16 3/4 1
18 15 12 25 20 1/4 21 1/2 1 3/8 1 1/2 22 3/4 16 3/4 1 1/8
20 15 12 27 1/2 22 3/8 23 3/4 1 1/2 1 5/8 25 20 3/4 1 1/8

24 15 12 32 26 3/4 28 1/8 1 5/8 1 3/4 29 1/2 20 3/4 1 1/4
30 15 12 38 3/4 33 34 5/8 1 7/8 2 36 28 7/8 1 1/4
36 15 12 46 39 41 1/8 2 3/16 2 5/8 42 3/4 32 7/8 1 1/2
42 18 12 53 45 1/2 47 7/8 2 3/8 3 49 1/2 36 1 1 1/2
48 18 12 59 1/2 52 54 3/8 3 3 1/4 56 44 1 1 1/2

54 21 15 66 1/4 58 1/4 60 7/8 3 1/4 62 3/4 44 1 1/4 1 3/4
60 21 15 73 64 1/2 67 3/8 3 1/2 69 1/4 52 1 1/4 1 3/4
66 24 15 80 71 74 1/8 3 3/4 76 52 1 1/4 1 3/4
72 24 15 86 1/2 77 80 5/8 4 82 1/2 60 1 1/4 1 3/4
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
5.3.7.3. Bolt holes in flanges shall be drilled, not molded in.
Inside of bolt holes shall be brush-coated with resin. Bolt holes shall be drilled slightly larger, so that
after coating of exposed fibers, the holes will have the required diameter, which is 1/8" larger than the
bolt size.
5.3.7.4. Bolts of FRP flanges shall be tightened uniformly with a suitable torque wrench.
5.4. Bell and Spigot Joints
Bell and spigot slip joints with an elastomeric seal shall be designed by the fabricator to meet the
following requirements.
5.4.1. Joints shall provide a tight seal for liquids specified in purchase documents at a pressure equal to 1.5
times design pressure or test pressure, whichever is higher, plus 25 psi. Configuration of joints and
material selection shall give confidence that joints will maintain satisfactory seals for the service life of
the pipeline.
5.4.2. Fabricators shall document the performance of their joint design for each pipe size with case histories
and/or performance tests, both acceptable to the Engineer.
5.4.3. Bells and spigots may be molded while laminating pipe and fittings, or may be machined after pipe and
fittings have cured. Machining shall not cut into structural laminates.
5.4.4. Dimensions shall be within the tolerances given by the fabricator for his design. All bells and splits on
pipe of equal size for a particular project shall be interchangeable.
5.4.5. Deflection forces due to soil and traffic load shall be transferred between pipes by contact between bell
and split laminates, and not by additional compression forces on the elastomeric gasket.
5.4.6. 'O' rings of neoprene are preferred. PVC is not acceptable. Other elastomeric materials may be
acceptable, if adequate service histories are available. 'O' ring configuration, dimensions, and hardness
shall be selected by the fabricator.
5.4.7. Fabricators shall provide, on spool drawings, installation instructions and permitted maximum deflection
for each type and size of their bell and spigot joints.
5.5. Mechanical Joint Clamps
Mechanical joint clamps shall be supplied by the fabricator from a suitable supplier when indicated on
drawings, and for all field joints that require field trim allowances on bell and spigot jointed pipelines.
Joint clamps shall consist of a tube type gasket of neoprene and half round profile thickening near the
ends and a sheet-metal band with bolts for tensioning the band over the tube. Consult the Engineer for
sources of suitable clamps.
Clamps without tube type gasket, or clamps designed for pipe of other materials than FRP shall not be
used.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
6. FITTINGS
6.1. Fittings shall be designed by the fabricator within requirements of Section 6.
6.2. Dimensions shall confirm to Table P, unless noted otherwise on construction drawings.
6.3. Flanges on fittings shall conform to Section 5.
6.4. Three-way fittings (i.e., Tees, Laterals, Wyes) shall be reinforced by extra laminate thickness or other
means to limit distortion under pressure. The maximum distortion of any part of their outside surface at
1.5 times design pressure, or at specified test pressure, whichever is higher, shall be 1% of the
diameter of the smallest outlet, measured from the centerline axis of the fitting. Such tests may be
performed before or after fittings are assembled into piping spools, and before or after pipelines are
back-filled.
6.5. Fabricators shall be prepared to submit data from full scale tests to substantiate their fitting design.
6.6. Fittings are acceptable without full scale tests, if designed and fabricated within the following guidelines.
6.6.1. Elbows
Structural laminate shall have 1.5 times the number of woven rovings specified in Table M for pipe of
equal diameter. Flanges shall be constructed as pr Fig. 5.2 in Section 5, as an integral part of the fitting
laminate. Butt ends shall be tapered at approximately 10:1 to the minimum wall thickness given in
Table M.
6.6.2. Mitered Bends
Standard pipe section may be mitered and overlaid with laminate specified for butt joints in
Section (5.5)* and (Table C)*. Maximum deflection per miter shall be 30°. Radius of bends shall be 1.5
x nominal ID of pipe. Pipe length either side of the PI (Point of Intersection of centerlines) may be of
any length to suit piping layout and shipping restriction. However, minimum distance D in Table P from
last miter to flange face or field joint has to be maintained. For locating flange face or field joint off PI
proceed as follows (see Fig. 6.M, Geometry of Miter Bends):
1. Select dimension D from Table P.

2. Calculate length of pipe from PT (Point of Tangency) to first miter:
= R x tan ∆/2 (for one miter bend)
= R x tan ∆/4 (for two miter bend)
= R x tan ∆/6 (for three miter bend)
3. Subtract length calculated as per note 2 from dimension D.
4. Calculate tangent length PI to PT = R tan ∆/2.
5. Add lengths calculated as per notes 3 and 4. Resulting dimension is the minimum distance a
flange or field joint can be located from PI of pipe centerlines.
NOTE: special designs by fabricators of modified 90° - three miter bends with flanges as tangent point
(Dimension A in Table P) are acceptable as substitute for bend Fig. 6.M3 subject to Clause 6.5.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
6.6.3. Reducers
Structural laminate shall be as specified in Table M for hand lay-up pipe with diameter equal to large
end of reducer.
6.6.4. Molded Tees and Laterals
Liner and structural laminate shall be constructed on suitable mold with rounded transition between
branch and run. Radius of this transition shall be equal to 1/3 of the ID of the branch of 4" maximum.
Use 1.5 times the number of woven rovings specified in Table M for pipe of equal diamter and loading
to the run of tee. Taper but ends at 10:1 to the nominal wall thickness in Table M. Flanges shall be full
face type Fig. 5.1, See Section 5.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
TABLE P FITTING DIMENSIONS U/G SEWER PIPE
See Section 6 and Fig. Numbers as noted
Dimensions in inches
Fig. # 6.E1 6.M 6. 6.T1 6.ST 6.SL
SIZE A D E G H I J
INCHES
2 4 7 Pipe may extend to 6 8 7 10

3 6 7 nearest flange, fitting, 7 9 8 11
4 6 8 or field joint, subject to 8 9 8 12
6 9 10 minimum length -D- 10 12 10 17
8 12 12 and shipping. See 12 15 13 22
piping spool drawings.
10 15 14 14 18 15 26
12 18 15 16 19 16 29
14 21 14 19 18 25 30
16 24 19 20 26 21 38
18 27 19 21 27 21 40
20 30 20 22 28 22 42
24 36 20 24 30 22 47
30 45 21 30 33 23 54
36 54 22 33 36 24 62
42 63 23 36 39 26 70
48 72 23 42 42 27 78
54 81 24 45 45 29 83
60 90 24 48 48 30 90
66 99 24 51 51 32 98
72 108 24 90 90 34 105
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
6.6.5. Stub-In Tees
Pipe sections may be fitted together and overlaid with laminate as specified for butt and strap joints in
Section (5.5)*. Width of overlays 'O' shall be equal to one-half of dimension -W- in (Table C)* plus 1".
See also Fig. 6.ST. Diameter of branch line shall govern dimension -O-.
6.6.5.1. The minimum overlay shall be increased in thickness or the Tee shall be reinforced as required to limit
distortion under pressure as specified in Clause 6.4.
6.6.5.2. Flanges conforming to Clause 5.2 may be located on any outlet. Minimum distance 'L' to face of flange
has to be maintained.
Flanged stubs of Fig. 5.1 may be fitted as branch outlets with dimension G, Table P. Increase
dimension L of Fig. 5.1 as required.
6.6.6. Stub-In Laterals
Branch lines may be joined to main run at any angle from 45° to 90°. All requirements of Section 6.6.5
shall be applicable. In addition, fabricators shall design reinforcing ribs, gussets, etc., as required for
meeting distortion limits of Clause 6.4. Full scale pressure tests will be required for verification of new
designs. Minimum dimension shall conform to Table P. Diamter of main shall govern dimensions I and
J.
6.6.7. Small Size Outlets
1/2" or 3/4" NPT outlets may be drilled and tapped into pipe wall. Increase wall thickness locally with
mat and roving laminate to a minimum of 3/4" before drilling, or drill into butt and strap joint laminate.
Insert nipple shall be 316 SST or better alloy. Wrap thread with Teflon tape. Do not use
thermoplastic nipples.
One inch or smaller PVC couplings may be embedded in mat and roving laminate. PVC couplings shall
be deformed and adequate mechanical interlock and shall be coated with special resin for bonding PVC
to Polyester.
Larger outlets shall be fabricated with stub-in or molded Tees with flanges on branch.
7. MANHOLES
7.1. Manholes shall be designed by the fabricator in accordance with dimensions and typical details shown
on construction drawings.
7.2. Wall thickness of manholes shall be selected from Tables M or N, and shall be governed by diameter of
manhole, depth of cover on lowest pipe entering manhole, and fabrication method selected by
fabricator.
7.3. Inlet and outlet pipes on manholes shall conform to applicable details of Section 6 (Fittings) and
Fig. 6.SR (Stub-In Tee).
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
8. SPOOLING OF SEWER SYSTEMS
8.1. Underground sewer systems shall be spooled by the fabricator in accordance with Section (3.2)* to
dimensions on construction drawings and applicable details in this supplementary specification.
8.2. Spool pieces shall be of largest dimensions permitted by shipping and handling requirements. All miter
joints, special fittings, stub-in joints, etc., shall be completed in the fabricator's shop. The number of
field joints shall be kept to a minimum.
8.3. Secondary laminates for fittings or other spooling requirements shall not overlap. Fabricators shall
propose appropriate modification to standard details or dimensions on construction drawing to avoid
such overlaps. If overlapping secondary laminates cannot be avoided, both laminates shall be
constructed simultaneously as a single interwoven lay-up.
8.4. Geometry of Sewer Branch Line Connection
8.4.1. Sewer branch lines shall be jointed to main lines with rolled 60° stub-in lateral and single miter bend as
detailed in Fig. 8.1. Branch lines 10" and smaller may be joined with rolled stub-in tee and single miter
bend, provided main line is 18" or larger.
8.4.2. Definition of Symbols
PI = Intersection of main branch line centerlines as given on drawings.

Da = Deflection angle between centerline of branch line and centerline of main.
h = Difference in elevation between centerline of branch line and centerline of main, measured at
PI, unless slope of branch lines is larger than 1%. (Use centerline, not invert elevations.)
L = Length of branch stub from centerline of main to centerline of branch at miter joint.
R = Roll angle of lateral.
A = Horizontal angle (in plan) between branch stub and line perpendicular to main centerline with
lateral at roll angle R.
H = Horizontal angle (in plan) between branch line and rolled branch stub.
V = Vertical angle of branch stub, off horizontal.
C = True angle of single miter bend.
D = Minimum dimension from miter joint to field joint (see Table P).
a,b,c = Dimensions for locating miter joint in relation to PI (see Fig. 8.1).
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
8.4.3. Geometric Relationships (with rolled 60°° lateral)
Maximum L = The larger of 24" or

L = h (0.5 x Diameter main +
.866 sin R 1.5 x Diameter branch)
-1
}{ R = sin h
.866L
Maximum R = 30°
}{ A = tan
-1
.5774
cos R
H = A + Da - 90° (H = A, if Da = 90°)
{ V
} = sin
-1
h
L
-1
C = Cos (cos H x cos V)
a = b tan (90° - Da) (a = 0, if Da = 90°)
b = L
2 tan A
c = b (c = b, if Da = 90°)
cos (90° - Da)
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-10.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-10.03 Rev-0.DOC
1. SCOPE
This specification covers the procedure for field erection, checking, testing and cleaning of piping systems.
2.1 Local codes and standards having jurisdiction over any part of the work covered in the specification shall
apply.
2.2 Hydrostatic tests shall conform to the applicable code as listed in Line Nomenclature sheet.
2.3 Pneumatic tests shall not be used in lieu of other means of testing except when owner's specifications
permit.
2.4 Pipe line assembly, erection, examination, inspection, testing and cleaning shall conform to the ASME
Section 1, ASME B31.1 or B31.3 as listed in Line Nomenclature sheet.
2.5 When heat treatment of welded joints and bends is required it shall conform to the applicable code.
2.6 Repair of weld defects shall conform to the applicable code.
2.7 Welding procedure qualification shall be in accordance with the following:
U.S.A. Projects: Safety & Health Regulations for Construction

O.S. & H. Standards
Sub-part J - Welding & Cutting
Standard 1926.350 - 1926.354
Canadian Projects: CSA W117.2 - “Code for Safety In Welding and Cutting”
2.8 When radiographing of welds is specified in the Piping Material Classification Standards and/or contract
documents, the test shall conform to the applicable code.
2.9 Visual examination shall be in accordance with the applicable code, using the Pipe Fabrication Institute
(PFI) Standard ES-27 as the guideline.
3. GENERAL
3.1 "Piping Test Packs" shall be completed by the Contractor for all piping systems, as listed on the line
nomenclature list, when the Contractor has completed the installation of each line. One line no. per folder.
For content of test packs see 4S-20.05.
PIPE LINE FIELD ERECTION, CHECKING, TESTING AND CLEANING SPECIFICATION
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.01 Rev-0.DOC
3.2 A record sheet entitled "Pipeline Check-Out Record" shall be completed by the Contractor for each
pipeline on a form to be provided by the Consultant (sample attached).
When the Contractor has completed the installation, he shall initiate the "Pipeline Check-Out Record"
sheet by filling in the pipeline number or system description, indicate the completion of installation by
signing Section 4 of the sheet; setting out the testing and cleaning required by the specification by
checking or crossing in the squares provided; and if witnessing of testing is required by special
authorities, such as government or insurance agencies, naming the authority and stating the date that
the testing is to take place.
3.3 During the installation of each pipeline the following measurements shall be recorded on the "Pipeline
Check-Out Record" sheet in the presence of the Consultant:
3.3.1 Cold Spring Gap (Section 1, on the "Pipeline Check-Out Record" sheet).
The pipeline shall be supported and anchored according to the drawings before the cold spring
gap is recorded, and before the pipelines are drawn together for the final connection.
3.3.2 Expansion Joint Space (Section 2, on the "Pipeline Check-Out Record" sheet).
The pipeline shall be supported and anchored according to the drawings before the measurement
between the two flanges is taken and the expansion joint installed.
3.3.3 Orifice Flange Tappings (Section 3, on the "Pipeline Check-Out Record" Sheet).
All burrs shall be removed from the tapped holes prior to flange assembly. Checkout shall be
recorded on the "Pipeline Check-Out Record" sheet.
3.4 On completion of the installation, each pipeline or pipeline system shall be checked, then tested as
specified on the pipeline Nomenclature drawing and flushed or blown according to the procedures set out
in the specifications, all in the presence of the Consultant.
4. FIELD ERECTION
4.1 Pipelines shall be hung or supported in accordance with Design Standard 4D-20.00.
1
4.2 Erected pipelines may have a dimensional tolerance of ± /2"; greater deviations from drawings are only
permissible with written approval from the Engineer.
4.3 Erection of S.S. lines shall only be done with nylon lifting slings. Equipment used in the field welding
preparation shall be covered or faced with material that will prevent mild steel particles from contaminating
stainless steel material. Equipment used to prepare welded joints such as ground clamps, pipe stands,
pipe cart, wire brushes, steel wool, chisels, files and peen hammers shall be made from stainless steel or
clad with stainless steel. All these items shall be marked "stainless steel". Whenever the use of grinding
wheels is required, only those which have been used solely for stainless steel shall be permitted.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.01 Rev-0.DOC
4.4 Flange bolts, when tightened, shall expose two threads (minimum) and four threads (maximum) past the
nut.
4.5 All pipe threads shall be cleaned to remove any cutting oil or grease before applying thread lubricants
specified in the piping material classification standards.
4.6 Fast curing thread sealant with teflon, loctite S.S. PST-567 or Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize should be used
for threads, except for oxygen service, where teflon thread tape must be used.
4.7 Whenever teflon thread tape is used for oxygen service, the wrapping shall start approximately two
threads from the end of the pipe.
4.8 Apply teflon tape so that it will tighten when the joint is screwed together.
4.9 Whenever teflon taped joints are broken, all traces of the old tape shall be removed before applying new
tape and reassembling the joint.
4.10 Unless specified otherwise, valves 2" dia. and smaller located in vertical branch connections shall have the
handwheel operator spindle located at right angle to centre line of pipe.
5. INSPECTION
5.1. After the Contractor has initiated the "Pipeline Check-Out Record" sheet for a pipeline or pipeline system,
the Consultant shall check the pipeline or system.
5.2. If radiographic inspection is required according to the specifications, or at the discretion of the Consultant if
not called for in the specification, the Consultant will arrange to have the inspection done at this time.
5.3. When the Consultant is satisfied that the piping has been installed according to the specification he will
sign Section 5 of the "Pipeline Check-Out Record" sheet.
6. REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTING AND CLEANING
6.1 Before commencing the testing and cleaning of pipelines, the procedures to be used by the contractor
shall be submitted to the Consultant for acceptance. Methods of temporary anchors and plugs shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. See also PFI standards ES-4 and ES-5.
6.2 Pipelines that are to be hydrostatically tested shall have temporary air vents and vacuum breakers located
where necessary by the Contractor. The materials used for the vents shall conform to those of the pipe.
6.3 Pipelines with test pressures that exceed the pressure limits of the equipment or vessel to which they are
attached, must be isolated from these items during the pressure test.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.01 Rev-0.DOC
6.4 When the Consultant is satisfied that the requirements for testing and cleaning the pipelines as set out by
the Contractor are correct according to the specification and test pack (if applicable), he will sign Section 6
of the sheet and the Contactor may then proceed with the testing and cleaning.
7. TESTING
7.1 All pipelines shall be tested as specified on the "Piping Line Nomenclature" drawing, the Material
Classification Standards and the Material Fabrication and Installation Specifications.
Irrespective of the requirements of the specifications which in all cases shall govern, or if testing is not
described in the specification, testing shall generally be a hydraulic or pneumatic pressure test except:
1) Pipelines which are open to atmosphere at one end shall be tested under working conditions.
2) Sanitary sewer lines shall be tested by plugging the low end and filling the pipe and manhole at high
end with water.
7.2 Spring hanger blocks must be in place when hydraulically testing pipe lines. In the event that the spring
hanger blocks are lost during erection, the Contractor shall provide temporary rigid hangers for the
hydraulic test. Spring hanger blocks and temporary rigid hangers shall be removed when the test is
completed and accepted.
7.3 Expansion joints shall be temporarily locked or restricted prior to a hydrostatic test so they will not be
damaged and the locks or restriction shall be removed when the test is completed and accepted.
7.4 Control valves & equipment shall be removed or isolated prior and during testing.
7.5 After a pipeline or system has been tested as specified the Contractor shall sign Section 7 of the sheet,
and if the testing is to the satisfaction of the Consultant, the Consultant will sign Section 7 and the
Contractor may proceed with cleaning the lines.
8. CLEANING
8.1 All pipelines (including underground pipelines) shall be cleaned according to this specification and to the
Material Classification Standards when applicable.
8.2 Irrespective of the requirements set out on the Material Classification Standards, which in all cases shall
govern, cleaning shall consist of flushing the pipe with clean water, or blowing the pipe with air, inert gas or
steam.
8.3 In the case of underground sewers, if the testing water drains freely, the sewer line need not be flushed.
8.4 Care shall be taken to protect the site and all facilities on the site from damage resulting from the cleaning
operation.
8.5 The following pieces of equipment shall be left out during erection and replaced by temporary spool pieces
before cleaning:
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.01 Rev-0.DOC
1) Flow nozzles and lined magnetic flow meters
2) All control valves, except butterfly valves 6" dia. and larger or V-ball valves 4" dia. and larger.)
8.6 The following pieces of equipment shall either be left out during erection or removed from pipelines before
cleaning:
1) Orifice plates
2) Internal parts of consistency regulators
3) Desuperheater nozzles
4) Rupture discs
5) Spray nozzles
6) Temperature elements
8.7 The following pieces of equipment shall be blanked-off or isolated before cleaning:
1) Safety relief valves

2) Instrument connections
3) Equipment inlets and outlets
8.8 Flushing
8.8.1 Flushing shall consist of running clean water or flushing oil as specified, through the pipeline either
by gravity or by pump at a sufficient velocity to keep the pipe filled with liquid and to remove the dirt
in the pipe. Such flow to continue until, in the opinion of the Consultant, the pipeline is discharging
a clean fluid.
8.8.2 When pipelines are flushed into a vessel, the vessel shall be drained, cleaned and inspected by
the Consultant on completion of the flushing, and if such vessels are to be used as a source of
supply for flushing another pipeline, the cleaning and inspection of the vessel shall be completed
before such use.
8.8.3 Piping systems that require pickling and passivating according to the Material Classification
Standards shall have this done immediately prior to start-up in accordance with 4S-20.02.
8.8.4 After flushing, all potable water lines shall be disinfected as specified in the Material Classification
Standards.
8.9 Air Blowing
8.9.1 Mill air supply lines and headers shall be blown with air from the mill air compressors or a similar
source.
8.9.2 Instrument air supply lines and headers shall be blown with clean, dry, oil-free air from the
instrument air compressor only, and from no other source.
8.9.3 Lines that are to be air blown shall be blown at a sufficient velocity to loosen all dirt and shall be
blown until, in the opinion of the Consultant, the discharge is entirely free from dust.
8.10 Steam Blowing
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.01 Rev-0.DOC
8.10.1 Steam lines and other lines that are to be steam blown shall be blown in the following manner and
sequence:
1) Check that all spring hanger blocks are removed and that the cold load spring setting is in
accordance with the drawings.
2) Install temporary atmospheric vents, anchors and guides and have the installation checked by
the Consultant before commencing a steam blow.
3) Close the shut-off valves to steam trap assemblies.
4) Heat the pipe or system slowly to operating temperature and while the pipe or system is being
heated, check that all expansion joints are working, that all expansion shoes and roller
saddles are of the proper length, and that floor and wall opening clearances are adequate.
5) As the pipe is being heated, open all pipe line drains and slag pocket drains and clean them if
necessary.
6) Steam blow the lines for about 15 minutes at a sufficient velocity to loosen and remove dirt
and scale.
7) Cool the pipe gradually over a period of 30 minutes to atmospheric temperature.
8.10.2 Repeat steps 4) to 7) above at least 4 times or until, in the opinion of the Consultant, the pipes are
clean as measured by a copper or brass coupon to a maximum impingement pattern of 1 per sq.
inch.
8.10.3 In the case of pipelines for dry chlorine or wet chlorine gas, on completion of the steam blowing,
the entire system shall be thoroughly dried, tested and hermetically sealed until start- up, all in
accordance with the Material Classification Standards.
8.11 When the Contractor has completed the cleaning operations, as called for in the specification, he shall sign
Section 8 of the sheet, and if the cleaning is to the satisfaction of the Consultant, the Consultant will sign
Section 8 as well.
8.12 If any pipelines or vessels are flushed or blown into a pipe line or system that has been previously cleaned,
the pipeline or system shall be re-cleaned as set out herein, and a new sheet shall be filled out for the
cleaning operation only.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.01 Rev-0.DOC
9. SPECIAL AUTHORITIES (GOVERNMENT INSURANCE, ETC.)
9.1 Where the specifications require the inspection, testing and/or cleaning to be performed in the presence of
any authority having jurisdiction over the work, the Contractor shall determine the authorities having
jurisdiction and shall notify them of the inspection, testing and/or cleaning in advance, according to the
requirements of the authority and shall obtain the signature of such authority on the sheet (Section 9) to
indicate their satisfaction and approval.
10. ACCEPTANCE
10.1 When the testing and cleaning are completed and checked by the Consultant and by any special authority,
the Contractor shall remove all temporary piping and re-install the parts removed or isolated pursuant to
Par. 8.5, 8.6 & 8.7 above, and shall close valves to isolate the pipeline. The Contractor then signs Section
10.
10.2 When the Consultant is satisfied that all of the deficiency lists, test packs, testing and cleaning
requirements have been properly completed, and all of the parts re-installed pursuant to Par. 8.5, 8.6 and
8.7 above, the Consultant will indicate his satisfaction by signing Section 10 of the sheet, and will mark the
pipe to indicate that it has been completed and accepted.
10.1 "Attachments to Equipment" shall be in accordance with Para. 4.9 of the Mechanical Installation
Specification 2S-20.01.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.01 Rev-0.DOC
PIPELINE CHECK-OUT
RECORD:
Pipeline Number or System Description Mat’l Classification No.
Note: On completion of installation, Contractor shall fill in pipe and material description (Required)
above and shall complete check-out procedure required on this form: (Not Required)
1 Cold Spring Gap: .................... ...........................

...............inches Date Consultant
2 Expansion Joint Space: ...............inches .................... ...........................

Date Consultant
3 Orifice Flange Tappings: Checked: .................... ...........................

Date Consultant
4 Installation: Completed: .................... ...........................

Date Contractor
5 Completion: Checked: .................... ...........................

Date Consultant
Radiographic weld examination by: Full Examination: .................... ...........................

Date Inspector
.................................................................... Spot Examination: .................... ...........................

Name of Company Date Inspector
6 Requirements for Testing & Cleaning: Completed: .................... ...........................

Date Contractor
Piping Test Pack: Required Completed Approved: .................... ...........................

Date Consultant
7 Testing: Hydraulic Pneumatic Other (Specify): .....................................

Working Condition: Completed: .................... ...........................
.......................psig Date Contractor
Test Pressure: Completed: .................... ...........................

.......................psig Date Consultant
8 Cleaning: Pickling and Passivating Hydraulic Flushing .................... ...........................

Date Consultant
Disinfecting Air Blow Steam Blow Air Drying .................... ...........................

Date Consultant
9 Special Authorities (Government, Insurance, etc.): ..................................................................................

Inspection of Installation & Testing by
Required on: …………………….. Approved: .............………..........

.............…............... Authority
10 Completion: ...............………... ............................ ................... .....................

Date Contractor Date Consultant
11 Remarks: .............................................................................................................................
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.01 Rev-0.DOC
This specification covers pickling of carbon steel pipe and fittings for the removal of ALL mill scale, rust, paint, tar
and other contaminants.
2. PROCESS & PROCEDURE
2.1 Pickling shall be done in the following sequence:
2.2 Surfaces shall be de-greased with either tri-chlor ethylene, or chlorothene.
2.3 Surface oxides shall be removed using a 15% sulphuric (by weight) acid solution with added inhibitors to
minimize attack on the base metal.
2.3.1 The 15% sulphuric acid hot water solution (160°F - 190°F) shall be agitated during the pickling
operation so that the solution will circulate through the inside of the pipe. Pickling time in this
solution is between four and six hours. The iron concentration in the bath shall be less than 6% by
weight.
2.3.2 The fluid shall be agitated six times per hour by lifting the pipe from the acid vat.
2.4 Wash the pipe in hot water (160°F - 190°F) for 15 minutes to remove the pickling solution.
2.5 Surfaces shall be neutralized by an alkaline rinse as described below.
2.5.1 The alkaline rinse solution shall contain ½% caustic soda, and ¾% trisodium phosphate in hot
water (180°F to boiling). Neutralizing time in this solution is one hour minimum.
2.6 A further rinsing in hot water (160°F - 190°F) for 15 minutes is required before drying.
3. INSPECTION
When the entire process is completed, the interior surface of the pipe shall be inspected by the Engineer.
3.1 The inspection shall be visual. One pipe length will be selected at random by the Engineer, possibly the
smallest diameter.
The twenty foot length shall be sawn in half and a centre two foot sample sawn longitudinally and visually
inspected with reference to the SSPC-SP5 photographic comparison.
The labour provided for the inspection shall be considered part of the pickling contract. If this sample is
unsatisfactory then the total order shall be reprocessed until satisfactory results are attained.
STILL PICKLING OF CARBON STEEL PIPE & FITTINGS
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
06Nov2000
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.02 Rev-0.DOC
4. ACCEPTANCE
4.1 Upon acceptance by the Engineer, the pipe surface and particularly the interior shall be coated with an
anti-rust compound “Imperial Esso Procon 2290” (or approved equal) which is compatible and soluble in
most hydraulic oils.
5. SHIPPING FROM PICKLING PLANT
When the pipe has to be shipped or stored, the ends shall be “Dip Sealed” or plastic capped and shrink sealed.
This sealing shall not be removed until the pipe fabrication has commenced and only when those pipe pieces are
required.
NOTE:
The basic information for this specification was taken from the “American Society of Metals”, Volume, 2, Hydraulic
Manufacturers literature and SSPC SP5 and SP8.
STILL PICKLING OF CARBON STEEL PIPE & FITTINGS
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
06Nov2000
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.02 Rev-0.DOC
1. PREAMBLE
1.1 The intent of this flushing procedure is to describe, in practical terms, our acceptable requirements for the
piping only. The hydraulics as a system shall be flushed at a later date as directed by the hydraulic system
vendor.
1.2 It should not be assumed that the Owner or the Vendor will allow the Contractor to use their equipment for
flushing the piping system.
1.3 The system power unit is generally designed to provide laminar flow, with a maximum Reynolds number of
2000 at 40°C. Turbulent flow with a Reynolds number of 4000 to 500,000 is required for flushing
purposes.
1.4 If permission is given to use the system power unit, it may require modification for flushing purposes.
1.5 If the hydraulic system Vendor insists on a more stringent piping flushing procedure to qualify for his
guaranty, then his procedure shall take precedence.
2. GENERAL INFORMATION AND DIRECTION
2.1 The duration for the flushing of cold drawn pipe or tubing may require less than one half hour but the
duration will be greatly increased for pickled hot rolled pipe.
2.2 It should be noted that time has to be provided for the connecting and disconnecting of the temporary
flushing components and bypass hoses.
2.3 Sensitive components (i.e. low tolerance to contamination or turbulent flow, servo or metering valves,
accumulators, pressure reducing valves, etc.), designated by the Engineer, shall be bypassed or removed
from the system.
2.4 The hydraulic piping system requiring this material classification shall be flushed with oil specified for the
system at 75°C to 80°C.
3. PUMP CAPACITIES
3.1 The largest pipe in the system should dictate the flushing pump GPM:
Suggested Pump Capacities for Material Classification Sheets
4C-16.32, 4C-16.35
4C-16.55, 4C-16.59
3
NOMINAL /4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
BORE
GPM 40+ 60+ 100+ 140+ 200+
FLUSHING PROCEDURE FOR HYDRAULIC PIPING, TUBING & HOSE
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
27Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.03 Rev-0.DOC
4C-16.33, 4C-16.36
NOMINAL 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 31/2" 4"-5"

BORE
GPM 115+ 180+ 270+ 400+ 400 TO 800 TO

548+ 1000+
4C-16.30, 4C-16.51
1 3 1 5 3
TUBING /4" /8" /2" /8" /4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
O.D.
PUMP 5+ 10+ 15+ 20+ 35+ 50+ 70+ 100+ 200+

GPM
3.2 Should a flushing pump of required capacity and horsepower not be available, consult the client’s oil
supplier for availability of a flushing fluid compatible with the system’s operating fluid and pump. Submit
this flushing fluid’s technical data sheet and pump specifications to the Engineer for approval.
4. EQUIPMENT
4.1 The filters shall be non-bypass type and the final degree of filtration shall be B10 = 75, or the same rating
as specified by the hydraulic supplier, or whichever is the finer filtration rating. Large capacity filter
elements are beneficial and economical for this procedure.
4.2 The flushing pumping unit, filter cartridges, contamination analyzer (“comparative” test - not “black and
white” test), pressure testing pump, etc. and labour required for the procedures shall be supplied by the
Contractor or flushing specialist (unless otherwise noted).
4.3 Impulse flows greatly assist in dislodging micronic particulate on the pipe bore and these conditions can be
provided with accumulators as part of the flushing rig design.
5. PROCEDURE
5.1. The flushing reservoir shall be filled with oil passed through a clean filter of B10 = 75 or finer filtration rating
per Paragraph 4.1. Therefore, all oil in the flushing reservoir is now clean to approx. 20/18 or better.
5.2. Three special oil samples (using laboratory clean bottles) shall be taken from the first oil drum from the
refinery and also from the discharge of the filling cart. Those samples shall be sent to the nearest
laboratory for I.S.O. cleanliness level tests.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
27Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.03 Rev-0.DOC
5.3. During the flushing procedure, the pipe or tube length should be rapped with a piece of wood (not a
hammer) to dislodge particulates and promote turbulence by vibration. The use of pneumatic vibrators
could be used effectively for this purpose.
5.4. First, “reverse flow flushing” is required for sufficient duration to attain the stated cleanliness level.
5.5. Subsequent flush in the system’s normal flow direction shall be of sufficient duration per pipe line or loop to
attain the stated cleanliness level.
5.6. Samples shall be taken above the horizontal centreline of the pipe, within 5 ft. of the inlet of the flushing
pump filter, during full flow.
6. ACCEPTANCE
6.1 The Engineer shall witness the flushing procedure and verify that an appropriate contamination level of
16/13 SAE 4 to 15/11 SAE 2.5 (ANSI B93.30M) has been attained.
6.2 The average result of 3 consecutive samples from a contamination analyzer is acceptable.
6.3 This clean oil shall be retained within the piping system for pressure testing purposes and then discarded.
(See Note 3).
6.4 Three special oil samples (using laboratory clean bottles), shall be sent to the nearest laboratory with this
capability for final verification that the samples are within the acceptable level of cleanliness 16/13 to 15/11.
NOTES:
1. It must be realized that oil supplied by a refinery can have a contamination level of 21/19.
2. All filter ratings are absolute.
3. Should it be considered to re-use the flushing oil, samples shall be sent to a laboratory for testing to
verify that all the oil additives are in their correct proportions and that the oil is recommended for re-
use.
4. High points in the piping system require air vents.
5. Oil sample points shall be provided in the piping system.
6. Oil drain points shall be provided in the piping system.
7. Oil samples taken from the reservoir are not considered representative of the piping cleanliness.
8. Oil samples should be taken at regular intervals for cleanliness and quality. A log of the results should
be kept for the life of the hydraulic equipment.
9. This standard is based on I.S.O. 68 Hydraulic oil. This oil is commonly used for hydraulic drives
(indoors).
10. Cleanliness levels of hydraulic fluid shall be in accordance with SAE J 1165.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
27Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.03 Rev-0.DOC
1. PREAMBLE
1.1 The intent of this flushing procedure is to describe, in practical terms, our acceptable requirements for the
piping only. The turbo generator lubrication as a system shall be flushed at a later date as directed by the
Vendor, (i.e. Flush No.2 ).
1.2 It should not be assumed that the Owner or the Vendor will allow the contractor to use their equipment for
the flushing of the piping system.
1.3 The system power unit is generally designed to provide laminar flow, with a maximum Reynolds number of
2000 at 40°C. Turbulent flow with a Reynolds number of 4000 to 500,000 is required for flushing
purposes.
1.4 If permission is given to use the system power unit it may require extensive modification for flushing
purposes. Pumps, motor horsepower, filters, etc. may be inadequate.
1.5 If the turbine lubrication Vendor insists on a more stringent piping flushing procedure to qualify for his
guaranty, then his procedure shall take precedence.
2. GENERAL INFORMATION & DIRECTION (for Flush No.1)
2.1 The duration per flush of cold drawn carbon steel pipe, tubing or stainless steel pipe may require twenty
hours or more but the duration will be greatly increased for pickled hot rolled pipe and may not be
economical.
2.2 It should be noted that sufficient time has to be provided for the connecting and disconnecting of the
temporary flushing components and bypass hoses.
2.3 Sensitive components, (i.e. low tolerance to contamination or turbulent flow, turbo generator bearings,
servo or metering valves, accumulators, pressure reducing valves, etc.) designated by the Vendor or the
Engineer shall be bypassed or removed from the system.
2.4 The lubrication piping system requiring this material classification shall be flushed with oil specified for the
system at 75°C - 80°C.
3. PUMP CAPACITIES
3.1 The largest pipe in the system should dictate the flushing pump GPM:
4C-16.40, 4C-16.80, 4C-16.81

Nominal ½” ¾” 1” ¼” 1 ½” 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10”
Bore
GPM 14 to 25 to 40 to 70 to 95 to 140 to 225 to 350 to 600 to 1400 to 2500 to 4000 to
20+ 35+ 50+ 90+ 125+ 180+ 300+ 450+ 800+ 2000+ 3400+ 5300+
NOTE: When the required GPM is greater than the available pumps 4.3 or 4.4 may have to be considered.
FLUSHING PROCEDURE FOR TURBO GENERATOR LUBRICATION PIPING, TUBING & HOSE
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
21Dec1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.04 Rev-0.DOC
3 5
Tubing ¼” /8” ½” /8” ¾” 1” 1 ¼” 1 ½” 2”
OD
Pump 4 to 5+ 7 to 10+ 11 to 15+ 18 to 20+ 26 to 35+ 34 to 50+ 55 to 70+ 84 to 100+ 160 to 200+
GPM
4. EQUIPMENT
4.1 The filters shall be non-bypass type and the final degree of filtration shall be B6 = 200, or the same rating
as specified by the turbine supplier, or whichever is the finer filtration rating. Large capacity filter elements
are beneficial and economical for this procedure.
4.2 The flushing pumping unit, filter cartridges, contamination analyser (comparative test - not black and white
test), pressure testing pump, etc. and supervision required for the procedures shall be supplied by the
contractor or flushing specialist (unless otherwise noted).
4.3 Impulse flows greatly assist in dislodging micronic particulate on the pipe bore and these conditions can be
provided in some instances with accumulators as part of the flushing rig design.
4.4 Turbine systems tend to have low oil pressure and hence this impulse energy can be better provided with
o
5 filter regulated moisture free instrument air. Nozzles shall be provided in the piping system for this
purpose.
5. PROCEDURE
5.1 The flushing reservoir shall be filled with oil passed through a clean filter of B6 - 200 or finer filtration rating
20
per Paragraph 4.1. Therefore, all oil in the flushing reservoir is now clean to approximately /18 or better.
Note: the filter cart may require modification to accept this filter cartridge.
5.2 Three special oil samples (using laboratory clean bottles) shall be taken from the first oil drum from the
refinery and also from the discharge of the filling cart. Those samples shall be sent to the nearest
laboratory for ISO cleanliness level test.
5.3 During the flushing procedure, the pipe or tube length should be rapped with a piece of wood (not a
hammer) to dislodge particulates and promote turbulence by vibration. The use of pneumatic vibrators
could be used effectively for this purpose.
5.4 First, “reverse flow flushing” is required for sufficient duration to attain the stated cleanliness level. This is
only required on the first flush and may not always be feasible due to the particular piping configuration.
5.5 Subsequent flush in the systems normal flow direction shall be of sufficient duration per pipe line or loop to
attain the stated cleanliness level.
5.6 Samples shall be taken on or above the horizontal centreline of the pipe, within 5 ft. of the inlet and outlet
of the turbo generator bearings and servo system.
6. ACCEPTANCE
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
21Dec1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.04 Rev-0.DOC
6.1 The Engineer shall witness the flushing procedure and verify that an appropriate contamination level of
14
13/g to /12 (ANSI B93.30M) has been attained.
6.2 The average result of 3 consecutive samples from a contamination analyzer is acceptable.
6.3 This clean oil shall be retained within the piping system for pressure testing purposes and then discarded
(see note 3).
6.4 Three special oil samples (using laboratory clean bottles), shall be sent to the nearest laboratory with this
14
capability for final verification that the samples are within the acceptable level of cleanliness 13/g to /12.
NOTES:
1. It must be realized that oil supplied by a refinery can have a contamination level of 21/19.
2. All filter ratings are absolute.
3. Should it be considered to re-use the flushing oil, samples should be sent to a laboratory for testing to verify that
all the oil additives are in their correct proportions and that the oil is recommended for re-use.
4. High points in the piping system require air vents.
5. Oil sample points shall be provided in the piping system.
6. Oil drain points shall be provided in the piping system.
7. Oil samples taken from the reservoir are not considered representative of the piping cleanliness.
8. Oil samples should be taken at regular intervals for cleanliness and quality. A log of the results should be kept
for the life of the turbo generator.
This standard is based on ISO 30 lubricating oil. This oil is commonly used for turbo generator lubrication.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.04 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
21Dec1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.04 Rev-0.DOC
1. SCOPE
To specify those activities that are to be implemented to control the compilation, review and approvals of piping
Test Packs from the time that fabrication/installation commences through to final handover of the contract works.
2. TEST PACK CONTENTS
All Test Packs, as a minimum, shall contain the following documentation:
2.1 Pipe Line Nomenclature (Portions showing applicable lines, Identifying Line Classification, Test Pressure,
Codes, etc.).
2.2 Flow Diagram (identifying the extent of the test).
2.3 Isometrics (as applicable) or field sketch.
2.4 Pipeline Check Out Record (Refer to 4S-20.01).
2.5 Weld Map (Marked up Isometrics).
2.6 Non-Destructive Examination Reports.
2.7 Contractor Inspection Reports.
2.8 Deficiency Report (Pre-Hydro Punch List).
2.9 Permit to Pressure/Service Test a Pipe Line.
2.10 Test Pressure Gauge, Calibration Certificate.
2.11 Deficiency Report (Pre-Handover Punch List)
2.12 Material Specification Certification (if required - e.g. coded pipe for boilers).
3. PROCEDURE
3.1 The Piping Contractor shall compile Test Packs in accordance with the agreed index, on an ongoing basis,
ensuring that the packs are available as needed to comply with the installation schedule.
3.2 The Piping Contractor shall generate a Test Pack register that is to be submitted for review at least 14
days prior to the first pressure test.
3.3 The Piping Contractor shall submit each Test Pack for approval at least 4 days prior to the applicable
pressure test. At this stage the pack shall contain the following minimum requirements - refer to contents
items 2.1 to 2.4 inclusive.
3.4 At least two full working days prior to the pressure test, the Piping Contractor shall submit the suitably
completed Test Pack for review and permission to pressure test. At this point in time the minimum
SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD PIPING TEST PACKS
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
28Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.05 Rev-0.DOC
contents of the pack shall be 2.1 to 2.10 inclusive. (Items 2.5 and 2.6 should be submitted to Non-
Destructive Examination (N.D.E.) Inspector for signature of Step 5 on 4S-20.01 sheet 6).
3.5 Upon completion of the review of documentation and surveillance of the works, Project Approval (as noted
below) will:
3.5.1 Add further items, if applicable, to the deficiency report and prioritize all outstanding items.
Priority 1 - To be completed prior to pressure testing.
Priority 2 - May be left until after the test.
3.5.2 When all Priority 1 items have been closed out and it is considered suitable to conduct the
pressure/service test, issue a permit to test by signing Step 6 on 4S-20.01 sheet 6.
3.6 The Piping Contractor shall present the Test Pack for signature upon the successful completion of
pressure/service testing.
3.7 After completion of re-instatement and cleaning of the line, the Piping Contractor shall submit the Test
Pack for final inspection by Project Approval (as noted below). At this stage, the pack shall contain all
documents, Index items 2.1 to 2.12 signed off as applicable. The Contractor shall have transferred all
outstanding deficiency items to the pre-handover Punch list and shall have added any further deficiencies
that have been identified by the Q.C. department.
3.8 Having completed the documentation review and surveillance of the works, Project Approval (as noted
below) will:
3.8.1 Add further items, if applicable, to the Deficiency Report, identify and prioritize all outstanding
items.
Priority 1 - To be completed prior to commissioning.
Priority 2 - To be completed within a limited period after commissioning.
Priority 3 - To be completed within a specified period prior to contract completion.
3.8.2 When all deficiencies have been closed out, sign off item 10 of the Pipeline Check Out Record
(i.e. Priority 1, 2 & 3 items).
Examples of Deficiency Priorities:
Priority 1 - Items that would stop commissioning:
- Welds not complete

- Flange bolts loose
- Instruments or valves not installed
- Critical pipe supports not complete
- Valve seat installed wrong side
Priority 2 - Items that must be done shortly after commissioning:
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
28Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.05 Rev-0.DOC
- Minor pipe supports
- Insulation heat conservation or personnel protection
- Re-installation of mag-meters or instruments after line tested & flushed/cleaned
Priority 3 - Items that have no effect on line operation:
- Painting flanges
- Anti-sweat insulation
- Painting pipe supports
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-20.05 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
28Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-20.05 Rev-0.DOC
1.1. This specification illustrates the methods to be used for anchoring of underground pressure pipes by
means of anchor blocks, anchor rods and clamps or other mechanical restraint methods at every change
in direction of 11 1/4° and over, or where required because of unusual pressure or soil conditions.
1.2. With the exception of flanged or welded steel pipes and fittings, socket welded plastic pipes and fittings,
or flanged or butt and strap jointed FRP pipes and fittings, all pressure pipes fabricated of other materials
and with push-on type joints installed below ground level shall be anchored or restrained.
1.3. Ductile iron or cast pipes and fittings shall be restrained by using mechanical joint restrain anchor rods
and pipe clamps, or other approved joint restraint devices, except as noted in paragraph 1.4.
1.3.1. Other pipes using cast iron or ductile iron fittings shall be restrained with anchor rods from fitting to fitting
or with approved joint restraint devices at joints.
Where non-iron fittings are used, or where iron fittings are located far apart (in excess of 75 feet),
concrete anchor blocks or approved joint restraint devices shall be used.
1.4. Concrete anchor blocks may be used where pipes will be installed in solid bedrock.
Concrete anchor blocks shall not be used to support vertical building risers.
2.1. Codes and standards, other than those mentioned below, governing the work of this section shall be
followed without deviation in executing this work.
2.2. Pipe anchors and restraints (anchor rods, harnesses, etc.) for pipe conveying water for fire protection
systems (WFP) shall be installed in accordance with current regulations of the insurance underwriter
having jurisdiction (F.M., N.F.P.A., or others).
3. ANCHOR RODS AND PIPE CLAMPS
3.1. Rods, clamps, straps and washers shall be of carbon steel to ASTM A575.
3.2. Cast iron washers shall be Class 'A' grey cast iron to ASTM A126.
3.3. Bolts shall be carbon steel American Standard Machine Class 2 fit to ASTM A307 Grade B and nuts
ASTM A563 Grade A heavy hex.
3.4. Rod couplings or turnbuckles shall be Cupola malleable iron to ASTM A197.
3.5. All rods, clamps, straps and washers, bolts and nuts shall be covered with two coats of heavy duty
asphalt mastic protective coating, Polyguard CA-9, or equal. Surface preparation and application shall be
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.
UNDERGROUND PIPING - ANCHOR DETAILS
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.02 Rev-0.doc
TABLE A
PIPE SIZE 4” 6” 8” 10” 12”
CLAMPS 1/2” x 2” 1/2” x 2” 5/8” x 2 1/2” 5/8” x 2 1/2” 5/8” x 3”
ROD (DIA.) 3/4" 3/4" 3/4” 1” 1”
BOLTS “X” 5/8” Ø x 3” 5/8” Ø x 3” 5/8” Ø x 3” 3/4" Ø x 3” 7/8” Ø x 4”
STEEL WASHERS 5/8” x 3” Ø 5/8” x 3” Ø 5/8” x 3” Ø 3/4" x 3 1/2” Ø 3/4" x 3 1/2” Ø
DIMENSION “A” 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 5 3/4"
DIMENSION “B” 2 3/4" 2 3/4" 2 3/4" 2 3/4" 2 3/4"
DIMENSION “C” 4 13/16” 6 7/8” 9 1/16” 11 1/8” 13 3/16”
DIMENSION “D” 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Notes:
1. Bolt or rod holes shall be 1/8” larger than the bolt or rod diameter.
2. Rod washers shall be either round or square with holes 1/8” larger than the rod diameter.
3. Pipes larger than 12” diameter require more than two anchor rods or a combination of rods other than shown
above; consult the Engineer.
4. Rod diameter and number based on NFPA requirements. Note that F.M. guidelines may require more or
larger rods.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.02 Rev-0.doc
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.02 Rev-0.doc
See 4D-12.04 for riser detail
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.02 Rev-0.doc
TABLE B
DIMENSION "X” : ANCHOR ROD LENGTHS IN FEET
MINIMUM DEPTH OF THE PIPE BURY : 3 FT.
BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL : WELL GRADED SAND; FOR OTHER MATERIAL
CONSULT THE ENGINEER
PIPE SIZE 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20"
O.D. FT. .575 .754 .925 1.1 1.275 1.45 1.625 1.8
FLUID PRESSURE 200 PSI
22 1/2° BEND 5.5 7.0 8.5 10.0 11.0 12.5 13.5 14.5
45° 11.0 14.0 16.5 19.5 22.0 24.5 27.0 29.0
90° 22.5 29.0 35.0 41.0 46.5 51.5 57.0 62.0
22 1/2° BEND 7.0 9.0 10.5 12.5 14.0 15.5 17.0 18.5
45° 13.5 17.5 21.0 24.0 27.5 30.5 33.5 36.0
90° 28.5 36.5 43.5 51.0 58.0 64.5 71.0 77.0
22 1/2° BEND 8.5 10.5 12.5 14.5 16.5 18.5 20.0 22.0
45° 16.5 21.0 25.0 29.0 32.5 36.5 40.0 43.5
90° 34.0 43.5 52.5 61.0 69.5 77.5 85.5 92.5
4. JOINT RESTRAINT DEVICES
4.1. Joint restraint devices for ductile iron and PVC pipe include locking wedge mechanical joint retainer
glands (e.g., “Megalug”), locking gaskets for push-on joints (e.g., “Field-Lok” gaskets), and serrated
clamp type restraint harnesses (e.g., “EBAA 1500”, “Robar 4400”, “Uni-Flange 1300”). Such devices
shall be UL/ULC listed and Factory Mutual approved where required for the application.
4.2. Joint restraint devices shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
4.3. All nuts and bolts shall be high strength, low alloy steel in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
When used in very aggressive soils, the restrainer and joint shall be poly-wrapped in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5.
5. CONCRETE ANCHOR BLOCKS
5.1. Anchor blocks shall be made of concrete with a minimum of 2500 PSI, 28-day strength.
5.2. Anchor blocks shall be so placed that all pipe joints will remain accessible for inspection and repair.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.02 Rev-0.doc
5.3. Concrete for anchor blocks shall be placed against undisturbed soil faces.
5.4. The following Table is based on bearing area against the undisturbed vertical wall of a trench in soil
equivalent to sand and gravel cemented with clay having a soil resistance of 2000 pounds per sq. ft. and
a water pressure of 200 psi.
BEARING FACE AREA OF THRUST BLOCKS IN SQ. FT.
Tees, Plugs,
Nominal Pipe Size 1/4 Bend 1/8 Bend Caps & Hydrants
4" 2 2 2
6" 5 3 4
8" 8 5 6
10" 13 7 9
12" 18 10 13
14" 25 14 18
16" 32 18 23
5.5. For other soils, the values in the above Table should be multiplied by the following factors
Soil Factor
Soft clay 4
Sand 2
Sand and Gravel 1.33
Shale 0.4
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.02 Rev-0.doc
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.02 Rev-0.doc
1. SCOPE
This specification covers the excavation and preparation of trenches, and the installation and backfill of
underground F.R.P. pipe lines.
2. SUPPLEMENTARY DETAILS MAY BE SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS
3. HANDLING AND STORING OF F.R.P. PIPE
3.1. F.R.P. pipe shall be lifted with wide belt slings or soft nylon ropes. Spreader bar shall be used when
necessary. Rolling or dumping of pipes from trucks and the use of wire ropes or chains is not permitted.
Point loadings and sharp impacts must be prevented. Any damage to the structural wall or the inner liner
through impacts, point loading or scratching, shall be repaired by the contractor as instructed by the
Engineer.
3.2. All costs of repairing damages due to handling shall be to the Contractor's account. Damages that have
occurred during shipment to the site shall be reported to the Engineer before unloading.
4. COMPACTION
The percentages noted in this specification refers to the required minimum dry density of the compacted soil
when 100% is its maximum dry density at optimum moisture content, measured as specified in ASTM D698.
5. EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF TRENCH
5.1. Trenches shall be excavated in straight lines between control points shown on drawings. These control
points are either manholes or points where the horizontal or vertical alignments change. Trench
cross-section shall be as shown on Typical Trench Section, Figure 1, unless noted otherwise on drawings.
5.2. The bottom of the trench shall be graded and compacted with suitable equipment, until the resulting density
at 6" below trench invert is a minimum of 100% (see section 4) and, a minimum of 90% at 12" below the
invert.
5.3. If unsuitable materials are found at the trench invert, these unsuitable materials should be excavated to a
minimum depth of 12" or as instructed by the Engineer and replaced with suitable material approved by the
Engineer. The bottom of the over excavation shall be compacted as per note 5.2 unless instructed
otherwise by the Engineer. Backfill to the trench invert shall be compacted to 100%.
Large boulders below the trench invert level shall be removed if they prevent uniform compaction of the soil.
Loose rock in trenches blasted through rock ledges shall be removed and replaced with granular fill.
5.4. If the existing ground is below the top of the proposed pipe line, then well-compacted fill shall be placed
along the route for a minimum of 5 pipe diameters on either side of the proposed centerline to a minimum
height of 12" above the top of the pipe. The trench shall then be excavated as per 5.1 to 5.3.
5.5. The compacted trench bottom shall be below invert elevation of the pipe to allow for sand bedding as noted
in Fig. 1 and be true to grade +1".
INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION FOR UNDERGROUND FRP PIPE LINES
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.03 Rev-0.DOC
5.6. Local excavations shall be provided for butt and strap field joints. These local excavations shall be 12" to
18" lower than the bottom of the pipe and extend approximately 3 ft either side of the joints, for the full width
of the trench.
5.7. Trench and local excavations shall be kept free of water at all times until pipe is installed and backfilled.
Installation of dewatering systems is the responsibility of the Contractor.
6. F.R.P. PIPE INSTALLATION
6.1. A bedding layer of sand shall be spread over the trench bottom prior to lowering pipes into the trench. (See
4S-31.01, Fig. 1) This bedding layer shall remain uncompacted. Top of bedding shall be at invert elevation
of pipelines, +3/4".
Note: unless stated otherwise in the contract document, the Contractor shall supply bedding sand.
6.2. The FRP pipe shall be laid in the trench on the loose sand. The pipe shall be aligned to within 1" of true line
and grade between control points.
6.3. If a pipe end deviates more than 1" from the true line and grade between control points, after plain ends of
pipes have been placed with the maximum gap of 1/4", or bell and spigot joints have been pulled together as
specified by the pipe fabricator, the Contractor shall re-align pipes. He shall either make one or two mitre
cuts with butt and strap field joints, or remove misaligned pipe sections and re-install them as required by
these specifications. Pulling of joints to correct mis-alignments shall not be permitted.
6.4. Aligned pipe lengths shall be secured in place with soil or loosely filled sand bags. Wooden or other types of
temporary supports are not permitted in the trench.
6.5. Butt and strap field joints shall be completed as per section 12 of Design Standard 4S-10.01. Mechanical
joint clamps shall be installed as specified on drawings.
6.6. F.R.P. lay-ups inside underground pipes shall only be made by contractors and workmen skilled in such
work and with competent supervision. Adequate ventilation shall be ensured. No smoking and other safety
rules shall be strictly enforced. Acetone shall not be permitted inside underground pipes. The Contractor
shall use disposable tools or clean tools outside of the pipe.
7. BACKFILL
7.1. The intention of these backfill specifications is to provide stable support for the thin walled and flexible F.R.P.
pipes, without damaging the walls, lifting the pipes during compaction or distorting their shape. Modifications
required to suit special local conditions shall be approved by the Engineer.
7.2. Before placing the first layer of backfill, soil shall be placed and compacted manually under the haunches of
all pipes in the trench.
7.3. Backfill shall then be placed in layers and stages, uniformly on both sides of all pipes in the trench, as
detailed in Fig. 1 (Typical Trench Section).
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.03 Rev-0.DOC
7.4. Backfill material up to 12" above the top of the pipe shall be select granular fill and each layer shall be
compacted to a minimum of 98% (see section 4). The density shall be verified by the Engineer before the
next layer may be placed.
Note: Contract documents shall state if the Contractor is to import granular materials for the backfill
around pipes. If it is not stated, the Contractor shall assume that suitable materials can be selected
on site.
7.5. Backfill for the remainder of the trench may be native material, unless noted otherwise on drawings. It shall
be placed in layers and compacted to a 90 - 95%. Under roads or railroads this material shall be compacted
to 98%.
7.6. Bedding and backfill material shall be near optimum moisture content when placed and compacted.
7.7. If the depth of backfill above top of pipe is less than 4 ft, or if loads greater than H20 are likely, additional
protection may be required. Such extra protection shall be specified on construction drawings.
7.8. FRP pipes shall not be encased in concrete.
8. BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL
A great variety of non-plastic soils will provide a stable envelope around flexible F.R.P. pipes, provided the
soils can be compacted to the required densities and remain stable after compaction even when saturated
with water. If in doubt, consultant an Engineer skilled in Soil Mechanics.
For stable support of pipes with shallow cover and when exposed to heavy surface loads, or when specified
on drawings, pipe shall be bedded and backfilled to a minimum of 12" above top of pipe with crushed gravel.
Road mulch, as specified by local highway departments as base course material under asphalt pavements.
8.1. Material Specifications (Unless noted otherwise on drawings).
8.1.1. Bedding Sand: Sieve Size Passing

No. 1 100%
No. 200 5%
8.1.2. Select backfill to 12" above pipes. Sieve Size Passing

3/4" 100%
No. 200 0 - 10%
8.1.3. Crushed gravel (Typical Gradation): Sieve Size Passing

1" 100%
3/4" 65 - 100
3/8" 30 - 70
#4 15 - 40
#8 10 3
#50 5 - 15
#200 0-5
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.03 Rev-0.DOC
9. REMEDIAL ACTIONS
9.1. Pipe lengths which floated in the trench, pipes with excessive deflection, and pipes which were lifted during
backfill operations shall be removed from the trench and re-installed.
9.2. When the backfill of the trench is complete, the maximum deflection or elongation of pipes shall be 3% of
the diameter. Pipes with excessive deflection shall be removed from the trench and re-installed. If pipes are
deflected more than 3% before installation, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer before placing them into
the trench. If such pipes are cleared for installation the longer axis shall be placed vertically.
9.3. Non-uniform compaction around pipes, as indicated by local bulges in the pipewall, shall be rectified by
excavating the pipe locally and recompacting the backfill.
9.4. Impact damage which occurred during installation shall be repaired as instructed by the Engineer. Damaged
inner liners may be overlaid from the inside. Minor damage to the structural wall shall be repaired from the
outside. Major damage to the structural wall shall be repaired by replacing a section of pipe and joining it
with standard butt and strap joints.
9.5. The cost of remedial work as outlined in Sections 9.1 to 9.4 or as specified by the Engineer, shall be to the
Contractor's account.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.03 Rev-0.DOC
NOTES: 1. The first layer must be compacted very carefully to avoid lifting or shifting of the pipe. However, loose
bedding on the side of the pipe shall be compacted together with this layer.
2. The top of this layer shall be flush with the top of the pipe. Do not run compaction equipment over the
top of the pipe on this layer.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-30.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.03 Rev-0.DOC
1. SCOPE References
This specification covers the coating and lining for corrosion protection of steel piping and
other steel materials to be installed underground.
2. SUPPLEMENTARY DETAILS TO BE SPECIFIED ON CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

OR IN PURCHASING DOCUMENTS
• Extra coating or thicknesses required for installations underwater or in difficult

trenching conditions.
• If an inside lining is required, it shall be so stated explicitly for each pipeline.
• Special testing procedures.
3. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
All steel pipe to be installed underground shall have an outside coating.
For inside lining see Section 5.
Unless specified otherwise on construction drawings and documents, the Vendor may
select any of the coating systems or linings listed in this Specification. The selection shall
be approved by the Purchaser.
If the Vendor proposes any other coating system, such coating system shall be approved
by the Area Project Engineer.
Materials for coating fittings and field welds shall be supplied and installed by the
Installation Contractor to suit the pipe coating system.
All other steel materials shall be coated by the Installation Contractor in accordance with
Clause 4.1.4.
4. OUTSIDE COATINGS SYSTEMS
Materials, general application procedures and specifications are listed here for reference.
In case of conflict, the recommendations by the Manufacturer of a particular coating
product shall govern.
COATING AND LINING OF STEEL PIPING AND MATERIALS
SPECIFICATION
4S-30.04 01
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.04 Rev-0.doc
4.1. High Density Polyethylene Sheath (Shaw "Yellow Jacket" Or Approved Equal) AWWA C215
4.1.1. Pipe
• Blast clean outside of pipe per referenced standard. SSPC-SP#6,

Commercial
Clean
• Preheat pipe to remove moisture, if required.
• Apply polymerized rubber undercoating.
• Extrude the high-density polyethylene sheath over the pipe, immediately following the
undercoating.
• Minimum thickness shall conform to referenced standard. Thicknesses vary with pipe AWWA C215
size.
• Keep pipe ends clear of coating for 9", but apply undercoating to end of pipe.
4.1.2. Fittings, Including Welded Joints:
Protect fittings, short sections of pipe and welded shop or field joints with cold-applied AWWA C209
plastic film tapes in accordance with referenced standard and Manufacturer’s
recommendations. Tape and primer shall be supplied together from a single
manufacturer.
• Acceptable systems are: Polyken, Polyguard #600, or approved equals.
• Clean fitting and un-coated pipe ends (wash with detergent solution, wire brush, etc.).
• Remove weld splatter and sharp projections.
• Preheat fitting to remove moisture, if required.
• Apply primer.
• Apply a single wrap of double layer tape, to a minimum thickness of 35 mills, or as

specified on drawings. (Extra thickness may be required for more severe service
conditions.)
• Minimum overlap shall be 1".
SPECIFICATION
4S-30.04 01
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.04 Rev-0.doc
4.1.3. Welded Joints On Straight Pipe:
• Protect welded joints on straight pipe as specified for Fittings under 4.1.2, or
• Clean pipe ends and weld (wash with detergent solution, wire brush, etc.).
• Remove weld splatter and sharp projections.
• Install Heat-shrink Polyethylene Tube or Wraparound Sleeve with integral

primer/undercoating in accordance with the Manufacturer’s instructions.
4.1.4. Irregular Surfaces (Flanges, Bolts, Tie-Rods, Couplings, Valves, Etc.):
Steel with irregular surfaces shall be protected with mastic coatings, applied in accordance
with the Manufacturer’s instructions.
Acceptable mastics are Polyguard #CA-9, Denso, or approved equals.
4.2. Coal-Tar Enamel Coating AWWA C203
4.2.1. Pipe
• Clean and prime pipe in accordance with the AWWA specification.
• Apply coal-tar enamel; together with glass fiber mat as per referenced standard. AWWA C203,
Section A.1.5 of
Appendix A
• If specified on drawings or in purchasing documents add second layer of coal-tar

enamel together with a non-asbestos pipeline felt. (Extra protection may be required
when service conditions are severe, i.e., aggressive soils, underwater pipeline, etc.)
• Finish pipe with a kraft paper wrap. (White wash shall not be used.)
• Keep pipe ends clear of coating for 9", but apply primer to end of pipe.
4.2.2. Fittings And Welded Joints (Applied In Shop Or In Field)
• Clean and prime fittings or pipe ends in accordance with the applicable specifications.
Then either:
• Apply a double layer of hot-applied coal-tar enamel tapes in accordance with AWWA C203,
referenced standard. Section 3
SPECIFICATION
4S-30.04 01
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.04 Rev-0.doc
Or:
• Apply a single wrap of double layer cold-applied, prefabricated plastic film tape in AWWA C209
accordance with the manufacturers specifications, all in accordance with referenced
standard, as noted under 4.1.2, Fittings.
4.2.3. Irregular Steel Surfaces
Protect irregular surfaces as specified under 4.1.4, irregular surfaces.
4.3. Cold-Applied Tape Coating AWWA C214
4.3.1. Pipe
Pipe may be protected with cold-applied plastic tape systems in accordance with AWWA C214
referenced standard and the Manufacturer’s instructions. Such tape systems shall be
approved by the Area Project Engineer.
4.3.2. Fittings And Welded Joints, Irregular Surfaces
All other parts of the pipeline and welded joints shall be protected as specified under 4.1.2
and 4.1.4.
4.4. Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating
4.4.1. Pipe
Pipe may be protected with fusion bonded epoxy systems in accordance with referenced AWWA C213
standard and the Manufacturer’s instructions. Such coating systems shall be approved by
the Area Project Engineer.
4.4.2. Fittings And Welded Joints, Irregular Surfaces
All other parts of the pipeline and welded joints shall be protected as specified under 4.1.2
and 4.1.4.
5. INSIDE OF STEEL PIPE
Inside coatings shall NOT be applied unless specified on construction drawings or in

purchasing documents.
The inside of all steel pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of mill scale, rust and other
contaminants by wire brushing or sand blasting.
SPECIFICATION
4S-30.04 01
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.04 Rev-0.doc
When specified, linings shall be installed in accordance with the noted AWWA standard
and the Manufacturer’s instructions.
Type of linings that may be specified for particular pipelines:
5.1. Coal-Tar Enamel AWWA C203
Coal-tar enamel lining may only be used for pipe lines carrying treated effluent and when
pipes are 27” or larger (to permit access for repairing the lines after welding).
5.2. Cement Mortar AWWA C205
The thickness of the lining shall be per AWWA C205 Sec. 4.4 Table 1.
1
5.3. Fusion Bonded Epoxy Lining AWWA C213
6. TESTING OF PROTECTIVE COATINGS
Protective coatings shall be tested for flaws over their entire surface with an Electric
Holiday Detector. The test voltage and testing procedure shall be as recommended by the
Manufacturer of the coating system.
If the Manufacturer’s recommendations are not available, then procedures and voltages NACE (National
shall conform to the recommendations of referenced. Association of
Corrosion
Engineers)
Standard RP
0274.
Pipe shall be tested in the coating shop before shipment.
Coating applied in the field shall be tested by the installation contractor in the field.
If the pipe coating was damaged during shipment or during installation, then the Engineer
may request re-testing of part of the pipeline or of the entire pipeline.
Damaged coating shall be repaired as recommended by the Manufacturer of the coating

system.
The cost of retesting and coating repair shall be to the contractor’s account, unless he has
advised the Engineer of the damages when the pipe arrived at the construction site.
SPECIFICATION
4S-30.04 01
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
[DST03-030128] C:\W40071\4S\4S-30.04 Rev-0.doc
1.1. This specification governs the excavation and preparation of pipe trenches for the installation of
underground pipes, culverts and casing pipes, as well as backfilling and compacting of trenches after
completed pipe installation.
2.1. Excavations, trenching, shoring and all work directly or indirectly affected by it shall be carried out in
conformity with the following regulations:
Canada: Canadian Occupational Safety and Health Laws (Work is governed by different laws or acts in
every province and covers work under Federal jurisdiction as well).
U.S.A.: O.S.H.A. Safety and Health Regulations for Construction (Code of Federal Regulations, Title 29,
Chapter XVII, Part 1926, Subpart P)
2.2. The installation of cast iron or ductile iron water mains shall conform to the American Water Works
Association Standard AWWA C600.
2.3. Underground pipe anchors shall conform to Standard 4S-30.02.
3.1. Location of protective casings.
3.2. Protective casing material and pipe supports.
3.3. Special anchors for pipes.
4. EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF THE TRENCH
4.1. Trench excavations shall have a straight line finish between pipe joints or batter boards.
Local excavation is required to accommodate pipe bells and couplings.
4.2. Trench shoring and draining shall be provided whenever ground conditions, safety regulations or work
schedules make this necessary.
4.3. Wherever the existing ground elevation is below the horizontal centerline elevation of the pipe, the grade
shall be brought up to the horizontal centerline elevation, compacted and re-excavated to suit the pipe
installation.
5. INSTALLATION
5.1. Pipe and fittings shall be clean inside when lowered into trenches; open ends shall be plugged when work
is stopped to prevent stones and other foreign material from entering.
INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND PIPES
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-31.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-31.01 Rev-0.doc
5.2. Pipes with outside protective coatings shall be handled with stout, wide belt slings, and wide padded skids
designed to prevent damage to the coating.
5.3. Temporary supports and sills shall not be used to install pipes.
5.4. Pipes shall be supported continuously throughout their length on the lower quadrant, except at bells or
couplings.
6. BEDDING AND BACKFILL
6.1. Bedding and backfill material to 12" above the top of the pipe shall be granular material free of organic
matter and shall be placed in 6" lifts, and compacted to a minimum density equal to 95% of the maximum
dry density at the optimum moisture content as established by standard test methods for moisture-density
relations of soil in accordance with the latest revisions of AASHTO Designation T99, or ASTM
Designation D698.
6.2. Backfill for the remainder of the trench shall be excavated material placed in 12" lifts and containing no
rocks greater than 6" compacted as follows: at road or rail crossings the entire trench shall be
compacted as described in 6.1. In all other areas the compaction of the trench backfill shall have a
density of 90 - 95%.
6.3. Where unsuitable material or a soft sub-grade is encountered at the bottom of the trench, it shall be
excavated and replaced with granular material and compacted as described in 6.1.
6.4. Backfill shall be compacted around the pipe to prevent settlement or lateral movement, and shall contain
no ashes, cinders, or other corrosive material.
6.5. Backfill shall be compacted to the final grade elevation in such a manner as to prevent damage to outside
pipe coatings. Rodding with metal rods will not be permitted.
6.6. Backfilling shall not be done in freezing weather unless written approval is given by the Engineer. The
backfill shall not consist of frozen material and shall not be placed on frozen material already in the
trench.
6.7. Pipes shall be backfilled between joints before testing. The joints however shall not be backfilled until
testing is complete and test results have been accepted.
7. TESTING
7.1. Pipes shall be tested in accordance with the requirements listed on the material classification sheets
and/or the Piping Line Nomenclature sheet.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-31.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-31.01 Rev-0.doc
8. FLUSHING AND BLOWING
8.1. All pipes and connections to the pipes shall be flushed with clean water to remove possible sediment or
foreign material before connecting to piping inside buildings.
8.2. Where flushing with water cannot be tolerated due to the intended service, the pipe shall be free of oil and
blown clean with either compressed air or inert gas such as nitrogen, or other suitable gas acceptable to
the authority having jurisdiction.
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-31.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-31.01 Rev-0.doc
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-31.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-31.01 Rev-0.doc
This specification covers the installation of molded pipe insulation materials.
2. GENERAL
2.1 Materials shall be applied in accordance with Manufacturers' Specifications. All testing of the piping
system shall be performed prior to the application of insulation.
2.2 Surfaces to be insulated shall be cleaned of all dirt, scale, oil or grease.
2.3 Adjoining sections of insulation shall butt firmly together.
2.4 Double layer construction molded pipe insulation shall have staggered joints and shall be used where the
following conditions exist:
o
- Operating temperatures above 600 F.
- Services requiring insulation thicknesses 3" and up.
2.5 Insulation shall be secured or fastened in the following manner, except as noted in 2.5.1
− Pipes 12” dia. and less − Stainless steel wire on 12” centres
Single layer insulation
− Pipes 14” dia. and up − Stainless steel bands on 12” centres

Single layer insulation
− Pipes 14” dia. and up − Stainless steel wire for the first layer on 12” centres
Double layer staggered joint insulation
− Stainless steel bands for the second layer on 12” centres
2.5.1 The following insulation shall be fastened with stainless steel bands on 12" centres, for all pipe sizes.
- Cellular glass
- Materials with a protective vapour barrier covering
2.6 Voids and cracks shall be filled with insulating cement (whenever cement is specified). Double layer
construction shall have the voids and cracks of the first layer filled before the second layer is installed.
2.7 Molded pipe insulation at non-insulated flanged joints shall be tapered back far enough to permit the
removal of flange bolts. Edge is sealed with mastic.
INSTALLATION OF MOLDED PIPE INSULATION
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.01 Rev-0.DOC
2.8 Fittings 3½” dia. and larger:
- Cover with mitered sections of molded pipe insulation

- Secure each mitered section in place with a minimum of one loop of stainless steel wire or one
band.
- Fill all voids and cracks with insulating cement (whenever cement is specified)
2.9 Fittings and Valves 3" dia. and less:
- Apply insulating cement as per Standard 4S-41.05 Section 3.
2.10 Insulated flanges, and valves 3½” dia. and larger:
- Cover with formed sections of molded pipe insulation so that the segments overlap the pipe
insulation by not less than the thickness of the pipe insulation.
- Secure each section in place with a minimum of one loop of stainless steel wire or one band.
- Fill all voids and cracks with insulating cement (whenever cement is specified).
3. INSULATION MATERIALS WITH A PROTECTIVE VAPOUR BARRIER COVERING
3.1 Longitudinal seams and butt joints shall be sealed with a vapour barrier lap adhesive. (Do not use
staples).
4. CELLULAR GLASS THERMAL INSULATION
4.1 The inside surface (next to the pipe) and the butt ends of cellular glass thermal insulation shall be coated
with a fire resistant anti-abrasion material.
4.2 Cellular glass thermal insulation applied in double layers shall have, in addition to the coatings described in
4.1, both the outside of the first layer and the inside of the outer layer coated with fire resistant
anti-abrasion material.
5. FLASHING
5.1 A complete moisture or vapour seal shall be made in the following locations:
- Metal to insulation joints

- Protrusions through the insulated surface
- Ends of pipe insulation
5.2 Exposed ends of jacketed pipe insulation shall be flashed as per 4S-41.06, Fig. 5.2, other types shall be
sealed off.
INSTALLATION OF MOLDED PIPE INSULATION
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.01 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.01 Rev-0.DOC
This specification covers the installation of block and board insulation materials.
2. GENERAL
2.1 Materials shall be applied in accordance with Manufacturers’ Specifications.
2.2 Surfaces to be insulated shall be cleaned of all dirt, scale, oil or grease.
2.3 Adjoining blocks or boards shall butt firmly together.
2.4 Adjacent rows as well as double layers of block or board shall have staggered joints.
2.5 Double layer construction shall be used where the following conditions exist:
- Operating temperatures above 300°F
2.6 Block and board insulation shall be secured or fastened by a band machine. Band spacing shall be as
follows:
For Mastic Finishes:

- Bands shall be located at 9” centres for Mineral Fibre Insulation (Fibreglass)
- Bands shall be located at 12” centres for rigid materials
For Metal Clad Finishes:

- Bands shall be located at 24” centres
2.7 Voids and cracks shall be filled with insulating cement (whenever cement is specified) in order to form a
smooth surface. Double layer construction shall have the voids and cracks of the first layer filled, before
the second layer is installed.
2.8 Insulation steel supporting members attached to the outside of vessels, ducts, and equipment shall be
spot welded to the surface.
2.9 Supporting members shall be located to clear any appurtenances by not less than 2 inches.
2.10 Unless specified otherwise, the width of supporting members for block and board insulation shall be as
follows:
- Insulation thickness up to 1”: ¼” less than insulation thickness

- Insulation thickness above 1”: ½” less than insulation thickness
INSTALLATION OF BLOCK AND BOARD INSULATION
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
28Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.02 Rev-0.DOC
3. VERTICAL VESSELS
3.1 Horizontal insulation support rings shall be economically spaced to fit the block or board sizes available,
but shall not exceed 15ft. centre to centre distance.
3.2 Vessels with dished heads shall have support rings located at both the lower and upper tangents of the
vessel.
3.3 Vessel tops do not require supporting angles or welding stud fasteners.
4. HORIZONTAL VESSELS
4.1 Vessels 6 ft. diameter and larger shall have two longitudinal supports attached to the shell approximately
30” below the horizontal centreline, measured on the vertical centreline.
5. DISHED VESSEL HEADS
5.1 Insulation type welding stud fasteners shall be spaced at 12” centres over the surface of the following
dished heads:
- Dished heads on horizontal vessels

- Dished heads on the bottom of vertical vessels
6. EXPANSION JOINTS
6.1 Expansion joints shall be formed at insulation steel supporting members.
6.2 The blocks or boards shall have a 1” space left between them and the supporting member.
6.3 The 1” space shall be packed with loose insulation material and flashed.
7. EQUIPMENT & DUCTS
7.1 Insulation type welding and fasteners shall be located at 12” centres on the following surfaces:
- Curved
- Vertical
- Bottom
8. FLASHINGS
8.1 A complete moisture or vapour seal shall be made in the following locations:

INSTALLATION OF BLOCK AND BOARD INSULATION
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.02 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
28Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.02 Rev-0.DOC
This specification covers the installation of blanket insulation materials.
2. GENERAL
2.2 Surfaces to be insulated shall be cleaned; without traces of dirt, scale, oil or grease.
2.3 Adjacent rows of blankets shall have staggered joints.
2.4 Blanket insulation shall be secured in the following manner:
- Bands located at 12” centres shall be stretched and fastened by machine

- All seams between blankets shall be laced together with 18 gauge stainless steel wire on 12” centres
2.5 Insulation steel supporting members attached to the outside of vessels, ducts, and equipment, shall be
spot welded to the surface.
2.6 Support members shall be located to clear any appurtenances by not less than 2 inches.
2.7 Appurtenances and projections shall be prepared in the following manner:
− The blanket shall be cut to allow a 1” gap

− The 1” gap shall be filled with loose insulating material
− A collar of non-asbestos cloth shall be wired to both the insulation and the appurtenance or projection,
with 18 gauge stainless steel wire
− The complete joint shall be flashed
3. VERTICAL VESSELS
3.1 Horizontal insulation support rings shall be economically spaced to fit the insulation blankets.
3.2 The lower edge of the blanket shall rest on the supporting ring. The upper edge of the blanket shall have a
1“ gap between the next support ring. The 1” gap shall be packed with loose insulation material and
flashed.
3.3 Vessels with dished heads shall have horizontal support rings located at both the lower and upper tangents
of the vessel.
INSTALLATION OF BLANKET INSULATION
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
28Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.03 Rev-0.DOC
4. HORIZONTAL VESSELS
4.1 Vessels 6 ft. diameter and larger shall have two longitudinal supports attached to the shell approximately
30” below the horizontal centreline, measured on the vertical centreline.
4.2 Insulation type welding stud fasteners shall be spaced at 12” centres over the surface of the vessel.
5. DISHED VESSEL HEADS
5.1 A steel ring shall be located at the centre of dished heads for the purpose of anchoring the bands.
5.2 Insulation type welding stud fasteners shall be spaced at 12” centres over the surface of the following
dished heads:
- Dished heads on horizontal vessels

- Dished heads on the bottom of vertical vessels
5.3 Dished heads on the top of vertical vessels do not require welding stud fasteners.
6. EQUIPMENT & DUCTS
6.1 Insulation type welding stud fasteners shall be located at 12” centres on the following surfaces:
- Curved
- Vertical
- Bottom
6.2 Top surfaces shall have insulation type welding stud fasteners located at 24” centres.
7. FLASHINGS
7.1 A complete moisture and vapour seal shall be made in the following locations:

INSTALLATION OF BLANKET INSULATION
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.03 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
28Aug1998
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.03 Rev-0.DOC
This specification covers the installation of metal jackets.
2. GENERAL
2.2 A vapour or moisture barrier material shall be applied to the inside of the metal jacket.
2.3 Metal jackets shall always be lapped against the weather.
2.4 Prefabricated metal jacket seams shall have weatherproof seals.
2.5 S-Clips shall conform to the following details:
3. STRAIGHT PIPE
3.1 Longitudinal Edges
− The crimped edge shall overlap the inner edge by 2”.

− The edges of adjacent sections shall form a straight line.
− The lap shall be located in the lower half of the pipe with the overlapped edge facing down to
assure proper water run-off.
3.2 Circumferential Laps
− Overlapping shall be 2”.

− The overlapped edge shall face down on pitched or vertical pipe lines.
3.3 Metal pipe jackets secured with screws shall have screws at 6” centres along the seam. Metal pipe
jackets secured with bands shall have one band at each circumferential joint, and additional bands
between, not exceeding 18 “ spacing.
3.4 Circumferential joints on vertical piping shall have S-clips to prevent the jacket sections from slipping.
3.5 Whenever mastic is specified for fitting jackets, the pipe jacket shall always overlap the fittings except
for the top joint of vertical pipe lines. In such case, a complete moisture seal shall be made. The
overlapping of fibreglass fabric and mastic shall be 2”.
INSTALLATION OF METAL JACKETS
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.06 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.06 Rev-0.DOC
4. FITTINGS
4.1 Prefabricated fitting jackets:
Whenever prefabricated fitting jackets are specified, the longitudinal joints of jacket halves shall be
sealed with silicone sealing compound before installing screws. Prefabricated jackets shall be fastened
with screws as per Fig. 4.1 & 4.2 of this standard.
5. FLANGES
5.1 The metal jackets, covering insulated flanges shall be prefabricated so they may be removed and re-
installed without damage being done to the jacket. (See Fig. 5.1 of this standard).
5.2 The prefabricated jackets shall have 2” long (minimum) sleeves to allow 2” overlap of pipe insulation
jackets. (See Fig. 5.2 of this standard).
6. VALVES
6.1 The metal jackets, covering insulated flanges shall be prefabricated so they may be removed and
reinstalled without damage being done to the jacket.
7. VESSEL SHELLS & STACKS
7.1 Bands shall be stretched and fastened by machine and shall be located on the following centres:
Pressure vessels 4 ft. maximum

Stacks 3 ft. maximum
Storage tanks 2 ft. maximum
7.2 Longitudinal laps
− For corrugated material, the lap shall be one corrugation

− For plain material, the lap shall be 3” minimum
7.3 Longitudinal lap joints shall be fastened together with blind rivets located on 6” centres (maximum).
7.4 Circumferential laps shall be 3” minimum.
7.5 Circumferential lap joints shall be fastened together with stainless steel S-clips located on 12” centres.
At supporting rings, metal jacketing shall be fastened to supporting steel with stainless steel metal
screws at 12” centres.
8. VESSEL HEADS & ROOFS
8.1 Jackets may be pre-formed or made from triangular shaped gores.
8.2 Laps between gores shall be 2” minimum.
8.3 Gores shall be fastened together with screws located on 9” centres (maximum).
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.06 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.06 Rev-0.DOC
9. FLASHING
9.1 A complete moisture and vapour seal shall be made in the following locations:
− steel to metal jacket joints

− metal jacket butt joints
− cut outs or penetrations in the metal jackets (pipe, nozzles, etc.)
− longitudinal and circumferential joints on horizontal vessels
− the lapped joints of triangular shaped gores on vessel heads and roofs
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.06 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.06 Rev-0.DOC
This specification covers the installation of coatings, sealers and adhesives.
2. GENERAL
2.2 Mastic coatings shall be applied at temperatures recommended by the Manufacturer.
2.3 Where specified, insulation surfaces shall be smoothed off with insulating cement before applying
mastic coatings.
2.4 Insulation materials as well as insulating cement shall be fully dry before applying mastic coatings.
(This applies particularly to vapour barrier type mastic coatings).
2.5 Mastic coatings shall be protected from rain until cured.
2.6 Whenever galvanized wire mesh is used as reinforcing for mastic coatings, it shall be tightly stretched
and fastened over the dry insulated surface before the first coat is applied.
2.7 Whenever glass fabric reinforcing is used it shall be fully and smoothly embedded into the first coating
of wet mastic. Sufficient mastic shall be used to completely cover the fabric.
2.8 Fibreglass fabric joints shall be lapped a minimum of 4”.
2.9 Fibreglass fabric, covering sharp insulated corners shall be lapped a minimum of 4” to form a double
layer of fabric protection.
3. WATER VOLATILE MASTICS (ASPHALT EMULSION)
3.1 Absorbent insulation materials shall be primed and the primer allowed to cure before water volatile
mastics are applied.
3.2 First coat (tack coat) wet film thickness used to embed fibreglass fabric shall be 40% of the finish coat
wet film thickness.
4. SOLVENT VOLATILE MASTICS (CUT-BACK MASTIC)
4.1 The area in which mastics of the this type are being applied shall be cleared of any industrial operation,
such as burning or welding, that could drop sparks on the wet flammable mastic.
4.2 First coat (tack coat) wet film thickness used to embed fibreglass fabric shall be 40% of the finish coat
wet film thickness.
INSTALLATION OF COATINGS, SEALERS AND ADHESIVES
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.07 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.07 Rev-0.DOC
5. MASTIC (BAKELITE 130-11 AND BAKELITE 120-13)
5.1 Surfaces subject to movement or wear shall have a heavy duty application. Glass fabric reinforcing
1 3
shall be embedded into the first /16” wet film. A top coating of /32” thickness shall be applied over and
smoothed to a uniform even finish.
5.2 Insulation surfaces that that to dust shall be primed with Bakelite 930-17 and allowed to dry before
coatings applied.
5.3 Bakelite “Unimastic System” application procedures shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
prior to application.
6. MONOLAR MASTIC (HYPALON BASE)
6.1 Surfaces subject to movement or wear shall have a non-asphalt impregnated fibreglass reinforcing
smoothed into the first coat of wet mastic (3 US gal./100 sq ft). When the first coat is cured, apply the
finish coat (5 US ga./100 sq ft).
6.2 Insulation surfaces that tend to dust shall be primed with Benjamin Foster Co. 30-35 or equal and
allowed to dry before coatings applied.
7. CANVAS COVERS
7.1 Canvas cover shall be commercial cotton duck fabric (8 oz/sq yd). Joints shall have 2” laps (minimum).
7.2 Canvas covers shall be pasted in place with suitable lagging adhesives designed for this type of work.
(Benjamin Foster Co. 81-42 W or equal).
8. FLASHING
8.1 Flashing shall extend a minimum of 2” on either side of the joint or protrusion through the insulated
surface.
1
8.2 A vapour barrier type sealer shall be applied over the surfaces to be flashed ( /8” wet thickness).
8.3 Embed fibreglass fabric reinforcing into the wet coating and smooth out all wrinkles.
1
8.4 Immediately apply a vapour barrier type sealer ( /8” wet thickness) and allow to dry for 8 hours.
8.5 Apply a jacket or finish over the dried flashing equal to that specified for the piping, vessel, duct or
equipment.
INSTALLATION OF COATINGS, SEALERS AND ADHESIVES
DESIGN STANDARD
4S-41.07 0
ISSUED FOR
PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
C:\W40071\4S\4S-41.07 Rev-0.DOC
APPENDIX D
VALVES STANDARDS
(MODIFICATED AND NEW DATASHEETS)

INDEX OF VALVE STANDARDS

Number Title
V-0121 Sample Stock
V-0521 Sampling All SS 316
V-1119 Gate - Wedge All Bronze
V-1131 Gate - Solid Wedge Cast Iron - Bronze Trim
V-1132 Gate - Solid Wedge Cast Iron - Bronze Trim
V-1133 Gate - Wedge Cast Iron - Bronze Trim
V-1139 Gate – Wafer, Knife ‘V’ Port Cast or Fabricated 316 SS, Metal to Metal Seat
V-1142 Gate - Wafer, Knife Cast or Fabricated 304 SS, Metal to Metal Seat
V-1151 Gate - Wafer Knife (Bi-Directional) Ductile Iron Body, 317 SS Disc with Safety Lockout
V-1211 Gate - Wedge, U-Bolt Clamp Type All Iron
V-1215 Gate Solid Wedge All Bronze Gate Valve
V-1216 Angle Valve All Bronze Hose Valve
V-1217 Angle Valve All Bronze Hose Valve
V-1219 Gate - Wedge All Bronze, Underwriters Approved
V-1220 Gate - Wedge All Bronze, Underwriters Approved
V-1221 Gate - Wedge All 316 SS
V-1230 Gate – Wafer, Knife 254 SMo Body and Gate, Metal to Metal Seat
V-1232 Gate - Wedge Cast Iron/Bronze Trim, Underwriters Approved
V-1233 Gate - Wedge (Underwriters Pattern With Post Indicator) Cast Iron Body - Bronze Trim
V-1236A Gate - Wedge Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-1236 Gate - Wedge Cast Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-1237 Gate - Wedge 3% Nickel Iron - 316 SS Trim
V-1240 Gate - Wedge Cast Carbon Steel Body - 316 SS Trim, Wheel
V-1241 Gate - Wafer, Knife - Resilient Seat Cast Steel Body, FRP Lined
V-1251 Gate - Wedge All SS 316
V-1271 Gate - Wedge Cast Iron, Bronze Trim, AWWA Spec. C-500
DESIGN STANDARD INDEX 0

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
V-1272 Gate - Wedge Cast Iron - Bronze Trim, Underwriters Approved
V-1275 Gate - Solid Wedge Cast Iron Body With Bronze Trim, AWWA Approved
V-1276 Gate - Wedge for Indicator Post (Buried Service) Cast Iron / Bronze Trim, Underwriters Approved
V-1291 Gate - Wafer, Knife, Resilient Seat Cast and Fabricated 316 SS
V-1292 Gate - Wafer, Knife, Resilient Seat Cast and Fabricated 317 SS
V-1435 Gate - Wedge Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-1438 Gate - Wedge Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-1516 Gate - Wedge Forged Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel Trim
V-1536 Gate - Wedge Cast Carbon Steel Half Stellite Trim
V-1537 Gate - Wedge Cast Carbon Steel Full Stellite Trim
V-1555 Gate - Forged Duplex 2205
V-1556 Gate - Wedge Forged Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-1557 Gate - Wedge Forged Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-1563 Gate - Wedge Cast Carbon Steel (X-ray Quality), Full Stellite Trim
V-1565 Gate - Parallel Slide Cast or Forged Steel (X-ray Quality), Full Stellite Trim
V-1669 Gate - Wedge Chrome Moly Steel (X-ray Quality), Full Stellite Trim
V-1756 Gate - Wedge Forged Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
V-1768 Gate - Wedge Chrome Moly Steel (X-ray Quality), Full Stellite Trim
V-1851 Gate - Wedge Forged Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-1852 Gate - Wedge Forged Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-1868 Gate - Wedge Chrome Moly Steel (X-ray quality), Full Stellite Trim
V-2131 Globe All Iron
V-2132 Globe Cast Iron, Bronze Trim
V-2188 Globe All Bronze
V-2211 Globe Cast Iron Body and Trim
V-2215 Globe Angular Hose Valve
V-2218 Globe All Bronze
V-2221 Globe All 316 SS
V-2231 Globe Cast Carbon Steel Body With Alloy Trim
V-2236 Globe Cast Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-2238 Globe - Steam Jacketed ‘Y’ Pattern Ductile Iron, 316 SS Plug
V-2242 Globe - ‘Y’ Pattern All 316 SS
V-2267 Globe - ‘V’ Port Disc Cast Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-2442 Globe Cast or Forged Steel, Monel Trim
V-2465 Globe Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-2468 Globe - ‘V’ Port Disc Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-2469 Globe Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-2516 Globe Forged Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-2557 Globe Forged Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
V-2558 Globe Chrome Moly, Full Stellite Trim
V-2568 Globe - ‘V’ Port Disc Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-2569 Globe Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-2669 Globe Cast Chrome Moly, Full Stellite Trim
V-2757 Globe - ‘Y’ Pattern Forged Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-2758 Globe - ‘Y’ Pattern Forged Chrome Moly, Full Stellite Trim
V-3118 Check – Swing, ‘Y’ Pattern All Bronze
V-3120 Check – Swing, ‘Y’ Pattern All Bronze Underwriters Approved UL/FM
V-3131 Check - Swing All Iron
V-3133 Check – Swing Cast Iron, Bronze Trim Underwriters Approved UL/FM
V-3134 Check - Swing Cast Iron, Bronze Trim
V-3135A Check – Spring, Wafer Cast Iron, Aluminum Bronze Trim
V-3135 Check – Spring, Wafer Cast Iron, Aluminum Bronze Trim
V-3136 Check – Spring, Wafer Cast Iron, 316 SS Trim
V-3138 Check – Spring, Wafer Cast Iron, 316 SS Trim
V-3139 Check – Spring, Wafer Cast Iron, Carbon Steel Trim
V-3141 Check - Horizontal Lift Cast Iron, Plastic Lined - See Note
V-3142 Check - Vertical Lift Cast Iron, Plastic Lined - See Note
V-3143 Check – Spring, Wafer Cast Iron, Aluminum Bronze Trim
V-3145 Check – Spring, Wafer Cast Iron, Bronze Trim UL/FM Approved
V-3188 Check – Swing, ‘Y’ Pattern All Bronze
V-3192 Check - Ball Ductile Iron, Kynar Lined
V-3221 Check - Piston 304 SS
V-3222 Check - Swing All 316 SS
V-3222K Check - Swing All 317 SS
V-3223 Check - Piston 316 SS

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
V-3230 Check – Spring, Wafer All 316 SS
V-3233 Check – Spring, Wafer Carbon Steel, 316 SS Trim
V-3236 Check - Swing Cast Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-3238 Check - Piston All 316 SS
V-3241 Check -Tilt Disc Cast or Fabricated 304 SS
V-3242 Check - Tilt Disc Cast or Fabricated 316 SS
V-3243 Check - Tilt Disc Cast or Fabricated 317L SS
V-3245 Check – Swing, ‘Y’ Pattern All 316 SS
V-3249 Check - Horizontal Lift Cast Steel, Plastic Lined
V-3250 Check - Vertical Lift Cast Steel, Plastic Lined
V-3266 Check - Swing Cast Steel, Half Stellite
V-3292A Check - Ball Ductile Iron Body, PFA Lined
V-3293 Check - Swing All PVC
V-3411 Check - Swing, ‘Y’ Pattern All Malleable Iron
V-3439 Check - Swing Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3441 Check - Swing Cast Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3452 Check - Spring All 316 SS
V-3468 Check - Swing Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3517 Check – Ball, Full Port Forged Carbon Steel, 18% Chr. Ball
V-3538 Check - Swing Cast Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
V-3551 Check – Swing, Standard Port Forged Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3552 Check – Lift, Standard Port 316 SS, Half Stellite Trim
V-3555 Check – Forged Duplex 2205 steel, piston Y
V-3556 Check – Lift, Standard Port Forged Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-3557 Check - Swing, Standard Port Forged Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-3558 Check - Lift Piston, Standard Port Chrome Moly, Full Stellite Trim
V-3568 Check - Swing Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3666 Check - Lift, Pressure Seal Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3669 Check - Lift, Pressure Seal Cast Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3756 Check - Lift, Standard Port Forged Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
V-3759 Check - Piston, ‘Y’ Pattern Forged Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3766 Check - Lift, Pressure Seal Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
V-3801 Check - Lift 316 SS, Stainless Steel 17-4 PH Trim
V-3831 Check - Cartridge Carbon Steel
V-4114 Ball Ductile Iron, Chrome Plated Ball
V-4121 Ball - Two Piece, Standard Port All 316 SS
V-4122A Ball - Two Piece, Full Port All 317 SS
V-4212 Ball Ductile Iron, 316 SS Ball
V-4215 Ball Bronze Body with Chrome Plated Ball UL/FM Approved
V-4222 Ball - Full Port All 316 SS
V-4232 Ball - Standard Port, Short Body Dutile Iron, 316 SS Trim
V-4233A Ball – Full Port Dutile Iron, Plastic Lined (see note)
V-4234L Ball - Full Port All 316 SS – Metal Seat
V-4234 Ball - Full Port All 316 SS – Metal Seat
V-4235L Ball - Full Port All 304 SS – Metal Seat
V-4235 Ball - Full Port All 304 SS – Metal Seat

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
Number Title
V-4236 Ball Ductile Iron, Polypropylene Lined
V-4237 Ball - Standard Port, Short Body Cast Carbon Steel, 316 SS Trim
V-4238 Ball - Full Port - CPVC Body and trim
V-4242 Ball - Standard Port, Short Body All 316 SS
V-4243 Ball - Full Port All 304SS
V-4243G Ball - Full Port All 304SS
V-4244 Ball - Full Port All 316 SS
V-4245 Ball - Standard Port Cast Aluminum, 316 SS Trim
V-4249 Ball - Full Port Cast Carbon Steel, 316 SS Trim
V-4251 Ball - Full Port, 3 Piece All Duplex Steel (2205)
V-4255 Ball - Full Port - CPVC Body and trim
V-4292 Ball - Standard Port All 316 SS
V-4411 Ball - Standard Port Carbon Steel, Monel Ball
V-4414 Ball - Full Port, 3 Piece All 304SS
V-4414X Ball - Full Port, 3 Piece All 304SS
V-4421 Ball - Full Port All SS 316
V-4434 Ball - Full Port All 316 SS, Stellite Seats
V-4437 Ball - Standard Port Cast Carbon Steel, 316 SS Trim
V-4441 Ball - Standard Port All 316 SS
V-4442 Ball - Standard Port, Short Body (Class150 Length) All 316 SS
V-4451 Ball - Standard Port, 3 Piece All 316 SS
V-4453 Ball - Standard Port, 3-Piece Cast Carbon Steel, 316 SS Trim
V-4454 Ball - Full Port, 3 Piece All 316 SS
V-4455 Ball - Standard Port, 3 Piece Cast Carbon Steel, 316 SS Trim
V-4456 Ball - Standard Port, 3 Piece All 316 SS
V-4810 Ball Carbon Steel, Bar Stock
V-4812 Ball Forged Carbon Steel
V-4816 Ball - 3 Way Diverting Carbon Steel

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE

Number Title
V-4833 Ball - Straightway Carbon Steel
V-5111 Diaphragm - Weir Type Cast Iron, Unlined
V-5131 Diaphragm - Weir Type Cast Iron, Unlined
V-5139 Diaphragm - Weir Type Ductile Iron, PTFE Lined
V-5140 Diaphragm - Weir Type Ductile Iron, Kynar Lined
V-5149 Diaphragm - Weir Type 316 SS Unlined
V-5242 Diaphragm - Weir Type Cast Iron, Saran Lined
V-5243 Diaphragm - Weir Type Cast Iron, Polypropylene Lined
V-6118 Plug All Bronze
V-6141 Plug Cast Iron, Saran Lined
V-6231 Plug Ductile Iron, Teflon Sleeve
V-6232 Plug Ductile Iron, PFA Sleeve
V-6234 Plug Ductile Iron Body and Trim, Lined With FEP
V-6236 Plug - Short Pattern Cast Steel
V-6237 Plug Cast Steel
V-6239 Plug - Jacketed Body Cast Carbon Steel, 316 SS Plug
V-6240A Plug Cast Steel, Plastic Lined
V-6241 Plug All 316 SS
V-6242 Plug - Duplex 2205 steel, Full port
V-6244 Plug Ductile Iron, PTFE Lined
V-6416 Plug - Short Pattern Cast Carbon Steel
V-6417 Plug Cast Carbon Steel, Monel Plug
V-6433 Plug - Regular Pattern Cast Carbon Steel With Coated Plug
V-6436 Plug Cast Carbon Steel, Monel Plug
V-6437 Plug - Short Pattern Cast Carbon Steel With Coated Plug
V-6442 Plug - Duplex 2205 steel, Full port
V-6511 Plug - Coated Regular Pattern All Carbon Steel With Coated Plug

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
V-6513 Plug - Regular Pattern Cast Carbon Steel With Coated Plug
V-7229 Needle - Globe Alloy 20

Number Title
V-7807 Needle - Globe Carbon Steel
V-8131 Pump Surges Relief Valve - Hydraulic Control Cast Iron Body With Bronze Trim
V-8132 Air Inlet Discharge Valve Cast Iron Body with SS Float
V-8133 Kinetic Air Valves for Water Main Cast Iron Body With Rubber Balls
V-8231 Safety Relief - Pilot Operated Cast Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel Trim
V-8236 Safety Relief Cast Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel Trim
V-8436 Safety Relief - Bellows Seal Cast Carbon Steel, Hastelloy ‘C’ Trim
V-9134A Butterfly - Lug Type Cast Iron Body, Rubber/SS Seat
V-9137 Butterfly - Semi-Lug Cast Iron, Bronze or Nylon Coated Disc
V-9146 Butterfly - Lug Type Ductile Iron, 316 SS Disc - EPDM Seat
V-9201 Butterfly - Lug Type All 316 SS, Metal to Metal Seat
V-9202 Butterfly - Lug Type All 317 SS, Metal to Metal Seat
V-9203 Butterfly - Lug Type All 316 SS, Teflon Seat
V-9204 Butterfly - Lug Type All 317 SS, Teflon Seat
V-9209 Butterfly, Fire Protection UL/FM
V-9231 Butterfly Cast/Ductile Iron, Buna ’N’ Seat
V-9232 Butterfly Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc, Buna ’N’ Seat
V-9237 Butterfly - Wafer Sphere Carbon Steel Body, 316 SS Disc, Teflon Seat & Seal
V-9238 Butterfly Cast Iron
V-9239 Butterfly Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc, Viton Seat
V-9240A Butterfly – Lug Type Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc, EPDM Seat
V-9240 Butterfly Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc, EPDM Seat
V-9242 Butterfly All 316 SS, Teflon Seat
V-9243 Butterfly, High Performance double offset 316 SS Body & Disc, RTFE Seat
V-9248 Butterfly – Lug, Wafer All SS 316 with mod. Tefon seat
V-9290 Butterfly - Lug Type Cast/Ductile Iron, Buna ‘N’ Seat
V-9291 Butterfly - Lug Type Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc - Buna ‘N’ Seat
V-9292 Butterfly - Lug Type Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc - EPDM
V-9293 Butterfly Cast or Ductile Iron, Fully Teflon Lined
V-9443 Butterfly, High Performance double offset 316 SS Body & Disc, RTFE Seat
V-9445 Butterfly, High Performance double offset Duplex 2205 Body & Disc, RPTFE Seat

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
APPR. APPR. DATE
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Sample VALVE. NO.: V-0121
Stock
SERVICE: REV. NO.: 00
CLASS: PROJECT NO.: MAPA
IMPERIAL PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING METRIC PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
150 psig at Ambient ° F 1034 kPa(g) Ambient ° C

psig at °F kPa(g) °C
END CONNECTION: Threaded SEALS: Viton or Buna ‘N’

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Quick Lever BALL: --
STEM: 316 SS DISC: 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
SIZE
Dimensions Vary With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue

A
Dimensions are composite and for approximate clearance only. For construction, use manufacturer’s catalogue or drawing.
CODE / REGULATIONS / NOTES:
OWNER APPROVAL: DATE: DOC. NO.:

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Sampling VALVE. NO.: V-0521
All SS 316
o o
max 600 psig at max 450 F max 4137 kPa(g) max 232 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Threaded SEALS: Teflon

BONNET: SS 304 Bolted PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Crank Handle BALL: --
STEM: SS 416 DISC: SS 316
BODY: SS 316 (CF8M) PACKING: Teflon
SEAT: --
SIZE 3 3 3 3
/4 /4 /4 /4 1 1 1 1
A
137/8 177/8 217/8 257/8 157/16 197/16 237/16 277/16
B
0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wedge VALVE. NO.: V-1119
All Bronze
CLASS: 125 PROJECT NO.: MAPA
o o
200 max psig at -20 to 150 F 1379 max kPa(g) -28 to 65.5 C
o o
170 psig at 250 F 1172 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
140 psig at 350 F 965 kPa(g) 177 C
o o
125 psig at 406 max F 862 kPa(g) 208 max C
END CONNECTION: Threaded SEALS: --

BONNET: Screwed PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Wheel BALL: --
STEM: Rising - Bronze DISC: Solid - Bronze
BODY: Bronze PACKING: Teflon
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3
A
115/16 2 23/16 27/8 213/16 33/16 33/8 4 411/16 51/4
B
5 4 3/ 4 5 1/ 2 6 5/ 8 7 7/ 8 91/8 107/16 123/4 151/8 175/8
C
2 1/ 2 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 2 3 3 1/ 2 4 1/ 8 4 1/ 8 5 1/ 8 5 1/ 2 6

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Solid Wedge VALVE. NO.: V-1131
Cast Iron - Bronze Trim
To 12” 125 psig at 450 ° F To 12” 862 kPa(g) 232 ° C

14” & 16” 125 psig at 350 ° F 14” & 16” 862 kPa(g) 177 ° C
18” to 24” 125 psig at 250 ° F 18” to 24” 862 kPa(g) 121 ° C
END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS: --

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: --
STEM: Rising O. S. & Y. DISC: Bronze or Bronze Face
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL.B PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
A
7 7 1/ 2 8 9 10 101/2 111/2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 24 28
B
1615/16 177/8 21 253/8 293/8 321/2 411/8 525/16 60 1/4 689/16 751/2 841/4 945/8 114 142 163
C
7 8 9 10 12 12 16 18 18 21 22 24 26 32 36 42

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
To 12” 125 psig at 450 ° F 862 kPa(g) 232 ° C

14” & 16” 125 psig at 350 ° F 862 kPa(g) 177 ° C
18” to 24” 125 psig at 250 ° F 862 kPa(g) 121 ° C
20” to 36” 115 psig at 200 ° F 793 kPa(g) 93 ° C

STEM: Rising O. S. & Y. DISC: Bronze or Bronze Face
SEAT: Cast Iron
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
A
7 7 1/ 2 8 9 10 101/2 111/2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 24 28
B
1615/16 177/8 21 253/8 293/8 321/2 411/8 525/16 601/4 689/16 751/2 841/4 945/8 114 142 163
C
7 8 9 10 12 12 16 18 18 21 22 24 26 32 36 42

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
To 12” 125 psig at 450 F To 12” 862 kPa(g) 232 C
o o
14” & 16” 125 psig at 350 F 14” & 16” 862 kPa(g) 177 C
o o
18” to 24” 125 psig at 250 F 18” to 24” 862 kPa(g) 121 C
o o

OPERATOR: Wheel - See Note BALL: --
STEM: Non-Rising - Bronze DISC: Bronze or Bronze Face
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE
2 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
7 71/2 8 9 10 101/2 111/2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20
B
125/8 1515/16 153/4 193/16 2313/16 2413/16 361/4 393/8 451/16 521/8 575/8 6513/16 691/2 831/2
C
75/8 8 8 10 12 12 16 18 18 21 22 24 24 30
NOTES:
To be supplied with 2” square nut operator for underground use.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate – Wafer, Knife ‘V’ Port VALVE. NO.: V-1139
Cast or Fabricated 316 SS, Metal to Metal Seat
CLASS: 125/150 PROJECT NO.: MAPA
o o
To 24” 150 psig at Ambient F To 24” 1034 kPa(g) Ambient C
max psig at o
F kPa(g) o
C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Drilled to ASME Class 150 SEALS: --

BONNET: Bonnetless - ‘T’ Bar Yoke PLUG: --
STEM: Rising SS DISC: --
BODY: 316 SS PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: 316 SS GATE: 316 SS
SIZE
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
17/8 2 2 21/4 23/4 23/4 3 3 31/2 31/2 41/2 41/2
B
163/8 181/8 203/4 283/4 331/2 41 453/4 531/8 591/2 671/2 723/8 841/2
C
10 10 10 14 14 18 18 20 20 24 24 30
D

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wafer, Knife VALVE. NO.: V-1142
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
17/8 2 2 21/4 23/4 23/4 3 3 31/2 31/2 41/2 41/2
B
163/8 181/8 203/4 283/4 331/2 41 453/4 531/8 591/2 671/2 723/8 841/2
C
10 10 10 14 14 18 18 20 20 24 24 30

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
To 24” 150 psig at Ambient ° F To 24” 1034 kPa(g) Ambient ° C


SIZE
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
1⅞ 2 2 2¼ 2¾ 2¾ 3 3 3½ 3½ 4½ 4½
B
16⅜ 18⅛ 20¾ 28¾ 33½ 41 45¾ 53⅛ 59½ 67½ 72⅜ 84½
C 10 10 10 14 14 18 18 20 20 24 24 30
Dimensions are composite and for approximate clearance only. For construction, use manufacturer's catalogue or drawing.
-Valve to be lockable in open or closed positions.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Drilled to ANSI Class 150 SEALS: --

SIZE
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
17/8 2 2 21/4 23/4 23/4 3 3 31/2 31/2 41/2 41/2
B
163/8 181/8 203/4 283/4 331/2 41 453/4 531/8 591/2 671/2 723/8 841/2
C
10 10 10 14 14 18 18 20 20 24 24 30

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wafer Knife (Bi-Directional) VALVE. NO.: V-1151
Ductile Iron Body, 317 SS Disc with Safety Lockout
SERVICE: Line Blind (For WCB) REV. NO.: 00
o o
To 20” 150 psig at 100 F To 20” 1034 kPa(g) 38 C
o o
125 psig at 200 F 862 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
100 psig at 300 F 689 kPa(g) 148 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bonnetless PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Wheel: 2” - 10”, Gear: 12” - 20” BALL: --
STEM: Rising SS DISC: 317 SS
BODY: Ductile Iron ASTM A-395 PACKING: --
SEAT: EPDM - HTP
SIZE
Dimensions Vary With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All Bronze
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Solder Joint SEALS: --

STEM: Non-Rising, Bronze DISC: Solid - Bronze
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3
A
13/4 21/4 23/4 31/8 31/2 33/4 4 41/2 51/4 6
B
31/2 33/4 47/16 51/16 57/8 65/8 71/4 85/8 101/16 111/4
C
21/8 21/4 21/2 23/4 3 31/2 43/8 43/4 5 511/16
Note: Solder Joint Valves should not be used in services where the
temperature of the fluid being handled is higher than the point
at which the solder begins to soften.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wedge, U-Bolt Clamp Type VALVE. NO.: V-1211
All Iron
200 max psig at -20 to 150 ° F 1379 max kPa(g) -28 to 65.5 ° C
175 psig at 250 ° F 1206 kPa(g) 121 ° C
150 psig at 350 ° F 1034 kPa(g) 177 ° C
125 psig at 450 max ° F 862 kPa(g) 232 max ° C

STEM: Rising - Steel DISC: Ductile Iron
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL.B PACKING: Teflon
SEAT: Iron
SIZE 1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4
A
2 7/ 8 2 7/ 8 3 3 1/ 4 3 7/ 8 4 1/ 8 4 1/ 4 5 5 3/ 8 5 3/ 4 5 5/ 8
B
5 3/ 8 5 3/ 8 69/16 711/16 9 105/8 12 145/16 177/16 1913/16 221/4
C
2 1/ 2 2 1/ 2 2 3/ 4 3 3 1/ 4 4 1/ 8 41/8 515/16 6 7 7 1/ 2

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate Solid Wedge VALVE. NO.: V-1215
All Bronze Gate Valve
SERVICE: Fire Protection AWWA Approved REV. NO.: 00
UL FM Approved
175 psig at Cold Water ° F 1207 kPa(g) Cold Water ° C

0 psig at 300 ° F 0 kPa(g) 149 ° C

BONNET: Threaded PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Square Nut BALL: --
STEM: Non Rising DISC: Rubber
BODY: Bronze ASTM B62 PACKING: Bronze
SEAT:
½ ¾ 1 1¼ 2 3 4 6 8
SIZE
Face to Face Varies With Each Supplier – See Manufacturer´s Catalogue
A

30Aug96 D3620014
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Angle Valve VALVE. NO.: V-1216
All Bronze Hose Valve
UL FM Approved
300 max psig at Cold Water ° F 2068 kPa(g) Cold Water ° C

0 psig at 300 ° F 0 kPa(g) 149 ° C

BONNET: Bronze ASTM B62 PLUG: --
OPERATOR: BALL: --
STEM: Rising DISC: Renewable
BODY: Bronze ASTM B62 HOSE CAP GASKET: Rubber
SEAT: HOSE CAP & CHAIN: Bronze
½ ¾ 1 1¼ 2 3 4 6 8
SIZE
A Face to Face Varies With Each Supplier – See Manufacturer´s Catalogue
Dimensions are composite and for approximate clearance only. For construction, use manufacturer’s catalogue or drawing..

30Aug96 D3620015
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Angle Valve VALVE. NO.: V-1217
All Bronze Hose Valve
UL FM Approved
175 max psig at Cold Water ° F 1207 kPa(g) Cold Water ° C

0 psig at 300 ° F 0 kPa(g) 149 ° C

BONNET: Bronze ASTM B62 PLUG: --
OPERATOR: BALL: --
STEM: DISC: Renewable
BODY: Bronze ASTM B62 PACKING: --
SIZE ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 2 3 4 6 8
A Face to Face Varies With Each Supplier – See Manufacturer´s Catalogue

30Aug96 D3620016
VALVE STANDARD
All Bronze
o o
o o
240 psig at 250 F 1655 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
180 psig at 350 F 1241 kPa(g) 177 C
o o

SEAT: Bronze
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3
A
21/16 21/16 25/16 29/16 27/8 33/16 31/2 4 43/4 51/4
B
5 5 51/2 65/8 77/8 91/4 107/16 123/4 151/8 175/8
C
21/2 21/2 21/2 3 31/2 41/8 45/8 51/8 51/2 6

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All Bronze, Underwriters Approved
o o
o o
325 psig at 300 F 2241 kPa(g) 148 C
o o
250 psig at 450 F 1724 kPa(g) 232 C
o o

BODY: Bronze PACKING: Teflon or to Suit Temperature
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
25/16` 25/8 3 31/2 4 43/4
B
57/8 63/4 75/8 83/4 93/4 113/4
C
3 35/16 35/8 4 43/8 47/8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All Bronze, Underwriters Approved
o o
200 max psig at Cold Water F 1379 kPa(g) Cold Water C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Threaded Female to Hose SEALS: --

STEM: Non-Rising - Bronze DISC: Solid - Bronze
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE
1 11/2 2 21/2 3
A
715/16
B
113/8
C
5

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

STEM: Rising, O. S. & Y. - 316 SS DISC: 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon or to Suit Temperature
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
A
2 1/ 8 2 1/ 8 3 3 1/ 2 4 4 1/ 2 5 5 3/ 4
B
6 1/ 2 6 1/ 2 8 1/ 4 8 5/ 8 97/16 107/8 121/8 141/4
C
3 3 3 1/ 2 4 4 1/ 2 5 6 7

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate – Wafer, Knife VALVE. NO.: V-1230
254 SMo Body and Gate, Metal to Metal Seat
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: 254 SMO PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: Integral GATE: 254 SMO
SIZE
3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
2 2 21/4 23/4 23/4 3 3 31/2 31/2 41/2 41/2
B
167/16 193/16 253/4 3113/16 361/16 433/4 53 60 653/8 7111/16 833/8
C
8 8 11 12 16 16 20 20 20 235/8 235/8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron/Bronze Trim, Underwriters Approved
o o
175 max psig at Cold Water F 1207 kPa(g) Cold Water C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising - Bronze DISC: Solid Wedge - Bronze
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14
A
71/2 8 9 10 101/2 111/2 13 14 15
B
17 209/16 2513/16 28 331/8 407/8 501/8 59 67
C
71/2 8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wedge (Underwriters Pattern With Post Indicator) VALVE. NO.: V-1233
Cast Iron Body - Bronze Trim
o o
175 max psig at Cold Water F 1207 max kPa(g) Cold Water C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Flanged - 125# SEALS: --

BONNET: Bolted - C.I. PLUG: --
OPERATOR: 2” Sq. Nut - Ind. Post Plate BALL: --
STEM: Non-Rising - Bronze DISC: Parellel Double Disc - C.I.
BODY: Cast Iron PACKING: --
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE
Dimensions Vary - Consult Manufacturer’s Catalogue

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim
285
psig 100 ° F 1965 kPa(g) 38 ° C
at260
psig 200 ° F 1793 kPa(g) 93 ° C
at230
psig 300 ° F 1586 kPa(g) 149 ° C
at
170 psig 500 ° F 1172 kPa(g) 260 ° C
at
STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Flexible - 13 Chr. Faced
BODY: Cast Carbon ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: Braided (Reinforced & Lubricated)
SEAT: Stellite Faced - Seal Welded
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
A
7 7 1/ 2 8 9 101/2 111/2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 24 28
B
161/4 171/8 20 231/4 40 48 56 67 751/2 831/4 863/4 945/8 1101/2 135 1501/4
C
8 8 10 10 14 18 20 20 24 26 27 30 30 36 42

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wedge VALVE. NO.: V-1236A
Cast Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim
285
psig 100 ° F 1965 kPa(g) 38 ° C
at260
psig 200 ° F 1798 kPa(g) 93 ° C
at230
psig 300 ° F 1586 kPa(g) 149 ° C
at
170 psig 500 ° F 1172 kPa(g) 260 ° C
at
STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Flexible - Stellite Faced
BODY: Cast Carbon ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: Braided (Reinforced & Lubricated)
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
A
7 7 1/ 2 8 9 101/2 111/2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 24 28
B
161/4 171/8 20 231/4 40 48 56 67 751/2 831/4 863/4 945/8 1101/2 135 1501/4
C
8 8 10 10 14 18 20 20 24 26 27 30 30 36 42

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
3% Nickel Iron - 316 SS Trim
o o
o o
175 psig at 250 F 1207 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
150 psig at 350 F 1034 kPa(g) 177 C
o o

STEM: Rising OS & Y 316 SS DISC: Solid 316 SS
BODY: 3% Nickel Iron PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
7 71/2 8 9 10 101/2 111/2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 24
B
17 171/4 191/2 24 27 321/2 41 50 575/8 66 751/4 841/4 92 1073/4 134
C
8 8 9 10 12 12 14 18 20 24 24 26 30 30 36

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel Body - 316 SS Trim, Wheel

END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS: PTFE

STEM: Rising OS & Y 316 SS DISC: Wedge Flexible 316 SS
BODY: Cast CS ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: PTFE
SEAT: 316 SS
2 2½ 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
SIZE
A 7 7½ 8 9 10 10 ½ 11 ½ 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 24
B
17 17 ¼ 19 ½ 24 27 32 ½ 41 50 575/8 66 75 ¼ 84 ¼ 92 107 ¾ 134
C 8 8 9 10 12 12 14 18 20 24 24 26 30 30 36
1/ Parts containing Copper, Aluminum or Zinc not

permitted

30Aug96 D3620027
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wafer, Knife - Resilient Seat VALVE. NO.: V-1241
Cast Steel Body, FRP Lined
SERVICE: CLO2 Gas REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at Varies - See F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at Manufacturer’s F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at Recommdenation F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Cast Steel Body FRP (Derakane) PACKING: TFE/Graphite With SS Follower
SEAT: Teflon (Resilient Seat) GATE: FRP (Derakane)
SIZE
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
31/8 31/4 31/4 31/4 33/4 33/4 5 5 6 6 6 6
B
145/16 171/16 1913/16 2611/16 353/8 413/8 493/8 493/8 5613/16 637/8 711/8 84
C
8 8 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 20 20 20
Note: This valve is not rated for reverse pressure.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 316 SS DISC: Split - 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated or To Suit Temp.
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
4 1/4 45/8 5 61/2 7 71/2 8 9 101/2 111/2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20
B
8 81/4 87/8 11 17 171/2 181/2 223/4 301/4 373/4 481/4 573/4 65 75 845/16 93 107
C
4 4 41/2 6 8 8 10 10 14 18 20 20 235/8 235/8 291/2 291/2 311/2

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 317 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 317 SS DISC: Split - 317 SS
BODY: 317 SS ASTM A351 CG8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated or To Suit Temp.
SEAT: 317 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
41/4 45/8 5 61/2 7 71/2 8 9 101/2 111/2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20
B
8 81/4 87/8 11 17 171/2 181/2 223/4 301/4 373/4 481/4 573/4 65 75 845/16 93 107
C
4 4 41/2 6 8 8 10 10 14 18 20 20 235/8 235/8 291/2 291/2 311/2

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All SS 316
o o
275 psig at -20 to 100 F 1896 kPa(g) -28 to 38 C
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
215 psig at 300 F 1482 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
195 psig at 400 F 1345 kPa(g) 204 C
END CONNECTION: Socket Weld SEALS: SS 316

OPERATOR: Hand Wheel BALL: --
STEM: SS 316 DISC: SS 316
BODY: SS 316L PACKING: PTFE
SEAT: SS 316L
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2
A
25/8 27/8 33/8 43/8 45/8
B
73/4 8 83/4 107/8 131/4
C
31/2 31/2 37/8 51/2 63/4

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
END CONNECTION: Butt Weld SEALS: --

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Flexible - 13% Chr. Faced
BODY: Cast CS ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: Braided (Reinforced & Lubricated)
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
A
8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 221/2 24 26 28 32 36 40
B
17 18 25 29 40 48 56 67 751/2 831/4 863/4 945/8 1101/2 135 1673/4
C
8 8 10 10 14 18 20 20 24 26 27 30 30 36 42

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Bronze Trim, AWWA Spec. C-500
o o
Up to 12” 200 psig at Cold Water F Up to 12” 1379 kPa(g) Cold Water C
o o
14” & up 150 psig at Cold Water F 14” & up 1034 kPa(g) Cold Water C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Mech. Joint - AWWA C111-53 SEALS: --

OPERATOR: 2” Sq. Wrench Nut BALL: --
STEM: Non-Rising: Inside Screw DISC: Wedge - Bronze
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 Gr.B. PACKING: ‘O’ Ring Stuffing Box
SEAT: Bronze, Screwed In
SIZE
3 4 6 8 12 14
A

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron - Bronze Trim, Underwriters Approved
Up to 12” 200 psig at Cold Water °F Up to 12” 1379 kPa(g) Cold Water °F
14” & up 150 psig at Cold Water °F 14” & up 1034 kPa(g) Cold Water °F
psig at °F kPa(g) °F
END CONNECTION: Push-on Joint or Flanged or SEALS: --

Mech. Joint - AWWA C111-53
STEM: Non-Rising: Inside Screw DISC: Wedge - Bronze
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 Gr.B. PACKING: ‘O’ Ring Stuffing Box
SEAT: Bronze Screwed In
SIZE 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A Dimensions Vary - Consult Manufacturer’s Catalogue

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron Body With Bronze Trim, AWWA Approved
o o
4” - 12” 200 psig at Cold Water F 4” - 12” 1379 kPa(g) Cold Water C
o o
14” 175 psig at Cold Water F 14” 1207 kPa(g) Cold Water C
o o
16” & up 150 psig at Cold Water F 16” & up 1034 kPa(g) Cold Water C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

OPERATOR: 2” Sq. Nut BALL: --
STEM: Non-Rising DISC: Bronze - Solid
BODY: Cast Iron - A 126 Gr. B PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE
Waiting for clean picture


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wedge for Indicator Post (Buried Service) VALVE. NO.: V-1276
Cast Iron / Bronze Trim, Underwriters Approved
o o
Up to 12” 175 psig at Cold Water F Up to 12” 1207 kPa(g Cold Water C
14” & up 150 psig at Cold Water o
F 14” & up 1034 )kPa(g Cold Water o
C
psig at o
F )kPa(g o
C
psig at o
F )kPa(g o
C
)
END CONNECTION: Hub End - AWWA C111-53 SEALS: --
STEM: Non-Rising - Inside Screw DISC: Wedge
BODY: Cast Iron - ASTM A126 Gr.B PACKING: ‘O’ Ring Stuffing Box
SEAT: Bronze - Screwed In
SIZE
4 6 8 10 12 14
A


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wafer, Knife, Resilient Seat VALVE. NO.: V-1291
Cast and Fabricated 316 SS
o o
150 max psig at Ambient F 1034 kPa(g) Ambient C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SEAT: Viton GATE: 316 SS
SIZE
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
17/8 2 2 21/4 23/4 23/4 3 3 31/2 31/2 41/2 41/2
B
163/8 181/8 203/4 283/4 331/2 41 453/4 531/8 591/2 671/2 723/8 841/2
C
10 10 10 14 14 18 18 20 20 24 24 30

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Wafer, Knife, Resilient Seat VALVE. NO.: V-1292
Cast and Fabricated 317 SS
o o
150 max psig at Ambient F 1034 kPa(g) Ambient C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SEAT: Viton GATE: 317 SS
SIZE
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
17/8 2 2 21/4 23/4 23/4 3 3 31/2 31/2 41/2 41/2
B
163/8 181/8 203/4 283/4 331/2 41 453/4 531/8 591/2 671/2 723/8 841/2
C
10 10 10 14 14 18 18 20 20 24 24 30

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 304 SS


STEM: Rising OS & Y 304 SS DISC: Solid - 304 SS
BODY: 304 SS - ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated or to Suit
SEAT: 304 SS
½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2
SIZE
3 3½ 4 4½ 5 5¾
A
B
85/8 85/8 10 105/8 135/8 15 ½
C 4 4 5 5 7 8

30Aug96 D3620039
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 316 SS DISC: Solid - 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS - ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated or to Suit Temp.
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
3 31/2 4 41/2 5 53/4
B
85/8 85/8 10 105/8 135/8 151/2
C
4 4 5 5 7 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 300#/260°C(500F) Steam: 300#/412°C(775F) Steam REV. NO.: 00

STEM: Rising OS & Y - SS or 13 Chr. DISC: Flex - Stellite Faced
BODY: Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SEAT: Stellite Faced
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 30 33 36 39 45 55
B
201/8 21 27 32 42 51 61 72 75 91 911/16 993/4 1221/2 1453/4
C
8 10 10 10 14 18 20 22 26 30 30 30 36 36

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 300# Boiler Feed Water: Drum Chemical Feed REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - SS or 13 Chr. DISC: Flex - 13% Chr. Faced
BODY: Cast CS ASTM A216 PACKING: Braided (Reinforced and Lubricated)
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
81/2 91/2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 30 33 36 39 45 55
B
201/8 21 27 32 42 51 61 72 75 91 911/16 993/4 1221/2 1453/4
C 36
8 10 10 10 14 18 20 22 26 30 30 30 36
Note: Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particles inspection

(MP1) of exterior and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34
Annex C (C/W documentation).

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
SERVICE: 300#/900F Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - SS or 13 Chr. DISC: Flex - Stellite Faced
BODY: Chrome Moly ASTM A217 WC6 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
81/2 91/2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 30 33 36 39 45 55
B
201/8 21 27 32 42 51 61 72 75 91 911/16 993/4 1221/4 1453/4
C 8 10 10 10 14 18 20 22 26 30 30 30 36 36
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particles inspection
(MP1) of exterior and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34
Annex C (C/W documentation)
2. Cast bodies require radiographic testing (RT) of all critical areas

to ANSI B16.34 Annex B (C/W documentation)
3. Require closure test to MSS-SP-61.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 316 SS DISC: Flex - 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated or to Suit Temp.
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
51/2 6 61/2 71/2 81/2 91/2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 30 33 36 39 45
B
91/8 91/8 113/8 173/8 173/8 193/16 27 32 42 51 61 72 75 91 883/8 981/8 1147/8
C
5 5 6 10 10 10 10 12 16 18 22 22 24 30 30 30 36

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Socket Weld SEALS: --

BODY: 316 SS - ASTM A351 CF8N PACKING: Teflon Impregnated or to Suit Temp.
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
3 31/2 4 41/2 5 53/4
B
81/8 81/8 10 101/2 135/8 151/2
C
4 4 5 5 7 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 300#/260°C(500°F) Steam: 300#/412°C(775°F) Steam REV. NO.: 00

STEM: Rising OS & Y SS or 13 Chr. DISC: Flex - Stellite Faced
BODY: Cast CS ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE
1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
7 1/ 2 8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 30 33 36 39 45 55
B
173/4 201/8 21 27 32 42 51 61 72 75 91 911/16 993/4 1121/2 1453/4
C
7 8 1/ 2 10 10 10 14 18 20 22 26 30 30 30 36 36

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y SS or 13 Chr. DISC: Flex - 13% Chr. Faced
BODY: Cast CS ASTM A216 PACKING: Braided (Reinforced and Lubricated)
SIZE
11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
71/2 81/2 91/2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 30 33 36 39 45 55
B
173/4 201/8 21 27 32 42 51 61 72 75 91 911/16 993/4 1221/4 1453/4
C
7 81/2 10 10 10 14 18 20 22 26 30 30 30 36 36
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particles inspection
(MP1) or exterior and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 300# /482.2°C(900F) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y SS or 13 Chr. DISC: Flex - Stellite Faced
BODY: Cast CS ASTM A217 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE
11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
71/2 81/2 91/2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 30 33 36 39 45 55
B
173/4 201/8 21 27 32 42 51 61 72 75 91 911/16 993/4 1221/2 1453/4
C
7 81/2 10 10 10 14 18 20 22 26 30 30 30 36 36
NOTE:
1. Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particles inspection
(MP1) or exterior and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34
Annex C (C/W documentation)
2. Cast bodies require radiographic testing (RT) of all critical areas to

ANSI B16.34 Annex B (C/W documentation)

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel Trim

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Solid - 13% Chr. Faced
BODY: Forged Carbon Steel ASTM A105 PACKING: Braided (Reinforced and Lubricated)
SEAT: Hard Faced
SIZE 1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4
A
3 1/ 4 3 1/ 4 3 1/ 4 39/16 4 3/ 8 5 5 55/16 7 8 9
B
6 5/ 8 6 5/ 8 6 5/ 8 651/8 85/16 101/16 101/16 111/4 141/16 173/4 201/2
C
3 5/ 8 3 5/ 8 4 4 5 1/ 8 6 1/ 4 6 1/ 4 7 8 9 3/ 4 12

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: 316 SS - ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated or to Suit Temp.
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
21/8 21/8 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 53/4
B
65/8 65/8 85/8 87/8 10 11 135/8 151/2
C
3 3 4 4 51/2 6 7 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel Half Stellite Trim

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Flex - 13% Chr. Faced
BODY: Cast CS ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: Braided (Reinforced and Lubricated)
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
A
111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55 65 82
B
207/16 22 29 34 45 54 62 65 693/4 87 89 955/8 1121/2 133 156
C
10 10 10 14 20 24 24 30 30 36 36 36 42 -- --
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI)
of exterior and all accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34
2. Require high pressure (hydro) closure test to MSS-SP-61.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel Full Stellite Trim
SERVICE: 600# / 412.8°C(775F) Steam REV. NO.: 00

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Flex - Stellite Faced
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
A
111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55 65 82
B
207/16 22 29 34 45 54 62 65 693/4 87 89 955/8 1121/2 133 156
C
10 10 10 14 20 24 24 30 30 36 36 36 42 -- --
NOTES:

ANSI B16.34 Annex B (C/W documentation).

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Cast CS ASTM A217 WC6 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
B
207/16 22 29 34 45 54 62 65 693/4 87 89 951/8 1121/2
C
10 10 10 14 20 24 24 30 30 36 36 36 42
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y DISC: Split - 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS - ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Braided (Reinforced and Lubricated)
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
61/2 71/2 81/2 91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33
B
91/2 91/2 113/4 183/8 221/4 231/2 29 34 45 55 623/4 75
C
5 5 6 8 10 10 12 16 20 24 24 28

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Duplex Steel

STEM: Rising OS & Y DISC: Solid – Duplex 2205
BODY: Forged Duplex 2205 Steel (F60) PACKING: Teflon Impregnated to suit Temp.
SEAT: Duplex 2205
1 3 1 3
SIZE /4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/2 43/8 5 5 51/2
B 65/8 65/8 65/8 65/8 81/2 101/16 101/16 111/4
C 4 4 4 4 43/4 6 6 7

27Jun19 D362026X
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Carbon Steel, Half Stellite Trim

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Solid - 13% Chr. Faced
BODY: Forged CS ASTM A105 PACKING: Braided (Reinforce and Lubricated)
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
31/4 31/4 31/4 31/2 43/8 5 5 51/2
B
65/8 65/8 65/8 65/8 81/2 101/16 101/16 111/4
C
4 4 4 4 43/4 6 6 7

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Carbon Steel, Full Stellite Trim

BONNET: Welded PLUG: --
STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Solid - Stellite Faced
BODY: Forged CS ASTM A105 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE 1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
A
3 1/ 4 3 1/ 4 3 1/ 4 39/16 4 3/ 8 5 5 5 1/ 4
B
611/16 611/16 611/16 611/16 83/16 101/16 101/16 11
C
3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 4 4 3/ 4 6 6 7

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Moly ASTM A182 F11 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /4 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
31/4 31/4 31/4 39/16 43/8 5 5 51/4
B
611/16 611/16 611/16 611/16 83/16 101/16 101/16 11
C
31/2 31/2 4 4 43/4 6 6 7

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: 316 SS ASTM A182 F316 PACKING: Teflon Impregnated or to Suit Temp.
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
31/4 31/4 31/4 31/2 5 5 51/4 6
B
65/8 65/8 85/8 85/8 10 101/16 133/4 151/2
C
31/2 31/2 4 43/4 6 6 7 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel (X-ray Quality), Full Stellite Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Pressure Seal PLUG: --
SIZE
21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
81/2 10 12 18 23 28 32 35 39 43 47 55
B
221/4 235/8 303/8 423/4 521/2 62 71 781/2 851/2 93 106 117
C
14 14 14 24 24 30 30 36 36 36 42 48
NOTES:
of exterior and all accessible interior surface to ANSI B16.34


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

SIZE
1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
9 1/ 2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
B
17 207/16 221/2 29 34 45 54 62 75 741/2 903/4 94 945/8 1121/2
C
8 10 10 12 14 22 24 26 30 36 36 35 36 42
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI) of
exterior and all accessible interior surface to ANSI B16.34 Annex C
(C/W documentation).


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Gate - Parallel Slide VALVE. NO.: V-1565
Cast or Forged Steel (X-ray Quality), Full Stellite Trim
SERVICE: 600# / 412.8°C(775°F) Steam: 600# Boiler Feed Water REV. NO.: 00

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Parallel Slide - Stellite Faced
BODY: ASTM A216 WCB or A105N PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE
2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
See Manufacturer’s Catalogue
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Flex - 13% Chr. Faced
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
A
111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55 65 82
B
207/16 221/2 29 34 45 54 62 75 741/2 903/4 94 955/8 1121/2 133 156
C
10 10 12 14 22 24 26 30 36 36 36 36 42 34 34
Dimensions are composite and for approximate clearance only. For construction, use manufacture’s catalogue or drawing.
NOTES:
exterior and al accessible interior surface to ANSI B16.34 Annex C

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 600# / 454.4°C(850oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
B
17 181/2 22 29 34 45 54 62 75 693/4 87 89 965/8 1121/2
C
8 10 10 10 14 20 20 24 30 30 36 36 36 42
NOTES:
2. Cast bodies require radiographic testing (RT) of all critical areas to ANSI
B16.34 Annex B (C/W documentation).

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
12 12 14 20 26 31 36 39 43 48 52 61
B
221/4 23 331/4 443/4 55 67 751/4 801/4 89 98 82 95
C
14 14 18 24 26 36 36 36 36 36 48 48
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection
(MPI) of exterior and all accessible interior surface to ANSI
B16.34 Annex C (C/W documentation).
2. Cast bodies require radiographic testing (RT) of all critical

areas to ANSI B16.34 Annex B (C/W documentation).

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Chrome Moly Steel (X-ray Quality), Full Stellite Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
12 12 14 20 26 31 36 39 43 48 52 61
B
221/4 23 331/4 443/4 55 67 751/4 801/4 89 98 82 95
C
14 14 18 24 26 36 36 36 36 36 48 48
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Seal Welded PLUG: --
STEM: Rising OS &Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Solid - 13% Chr. Faced
BODY: CS ASTM A105N PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /4 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
31/2 31/2 4 43/4 53/8 73/4 73/4 10
B
81/8 81/8 81/2 101/2 107/8 133/8 133/4 161/8
C
4 4 51/2 53/4 7 8 8 93/4

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 900# / 482.2°C(900oF) Steam: 1500# / 510°C(950oF) REV. NO.: 00
Steam
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS &Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Solid - Stellite Faced
SEAT:
SIZE Stellite Faced
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
31/2 31/2 4 43/4 53/8 73/4 73/4 10

B
81/8 81/8 81/2 101/2 107/8 133/4 133/4 161/8

C
4 4 51/2 53/4 7 8 8 93/4

D

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 1500# Boiler Feed Water: Drum Chemical Wedge REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
51/2 61/2 7 81/2 10 12 16 22 28 34 39 42 47 53 58 761/2
B
13 133/4 171/4 181/2 241/8 25 273/4 443/8 535/8 621/4 681/4 741/2 98 108 1231/4 98
C
5 5 8 8 14 14 14 26 30 36 36 48 48 48 60 60
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Chrome Moly Steel (X-ray Quality), Full Stellite Trim
SERVICE: 1500# / 510°C(950oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
51/2 61/2 7 81/2 10 12 16 22 28 34 39 42 47 53 58 761/2
B
13 133/4 171/4 181/2 241/8 25 273/4 443/8 535/8 621/4 681/4 741/2 98 108 1231/4 98
C
5 5 8 8 14 14 14 26 30 36 36 48 48 48 60 60
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
5 51/8 65/16 71/8 91/4 10
B
87/8 11 11 137/8 161/2 17
C
53/4 8 8 8 12 12

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
5 51/8 65/16 71/8 91/4 10

A
87/8 11 11 137/8 161/2 17

B
53/4 8 8 8 12 12
C

30Aug96 D3620063
F0163001 Rev.00/v1852 new.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Chrome Moly Steel (X-ray quality), Full Stellite Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
13 141/2 18 24 30 36 41 44 49 55 62 66
B
241/8 25 39 431/8 53/34 631/2 673/4 903/8 94 1055/8 97 115
C
24 24 24 30 36 36 48 48 48 60 60 72
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Globe VALVE. NO.: V-2131
All Iron
200 max psig at -20 to 100 ° F 1379 max kPa(g) -28 to 38 ° C

170 psig at 275 ° F 1172 kPa(g) 135 ° C
150 psig at 350 ° F 1034 kPa(g) 177 ° C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - Steel DISC: Cast Iron
SEAT: Cast Iron
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A
8 8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 111/2 14 191/2 241/2 271/2 31
B
133/16 14 151/2 181/2 211/2 261/8 323/4 323/4 383/4
C
8 8 9 10 12 16 20 22 26

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Bronze Trim

175 psig at 250 ° F 1207 kPa(g) 121 ° C
150 psig at 350 ° F 1034 kPa(g) 177 ° C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - Brass DISC: Bronze
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A
8 81/2 91/2 111/2 14 191/2 241/2 271/2 31
B
133/16 14 151/2 181/2 221/8 261/8 341/8 413/16 463/4
C
8 8 9 11 14 16 21 23 26

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All Bronze
o o
125 max psig at 406 max F 862 max kPa(g) 208 max C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Solder Joint SEALS: --

STEM: Inside Screw - Bronze DISC: Bronze - Renewable TFE
BODY: Bronze ASMT B62 PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE 3 1 3
/8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
21/2 33/4 47/16 415/16 51/2 6 71/4
B
35/8 413/16 57/16 61/8 613/16 73/8 81/8
C
21/4 211/16 3 31/4 41/4 45/8 5
NOTE:
Solder joint valves should not be used in services where the temperature
of the fluid being handled is higher than the point at which the solder
begins to soften.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron Body and Trim
o o
o o
215 psig at 250 F 1482 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
185 psig at 350 F 1276 kPa(g) 177 C
o o

BONNET: Union PLUG: --
STEM: Rising - Inside Screw DISC: Steel or Cast Iron
SEAT: Integral or Renewable
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
21/4 21/2 3 35/8 41/8 45/8 53/8 69/16
B
41/16 41/16 511/16 63/8 71/8 73/4 87/8 913/16
C
21/4 23/4 3 31/4 35/8 311/16 45/8 51/8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Globe - Angular Hose Valve VALVE. NO.: V-2215
All Bronze Gate Valve
SERVICE: Fire Protection UL FM Approved REV. NO.: 00

175 psig at Cold Water ° F 1207 kPa(g) Cold Water ° C

END CONNECTION: Threaded NPT-F inlet SEALS: --

Storz 2” outlet
BONNET: Threaded PLUG: Bronze
STEM: Non Rising DISC: --
BODY: Bronze ASTM B62 PACKING: Bronze
SEAT: Rubber Ring
½ ¾ 1 1¼ 2 3 4 6 8
SIZE

A
Dimensions are composite and for approximate clearance only. For construction, use manufacturer’s catalogue or drawing

30Aug96 D3620014
VALVE STANDARD
All Bronze
o o
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising - Inside Screw DISC: Bronze - Renewable TFE
BODY: Bronze ASTM B62 PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: Bronze
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
25/16 21/2 213/16 35/16 4 41/2 51/16 61/8
B
43/16 411/16 53/4 63/8 63/4 75/8 81/2 913/16
C
21/2 21/2 3 31/2 41/8 45/8 51/8 51/2

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 316 SS DISC: Plug Type - 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS ATM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
A
3 1/8 3 1/8 3 5/8 4 3/8 5 6 6 3/4 8 1/4
B
6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/16 8 3/16 10 8 7/8 11 1/8 11 7/8
C
3 3 4 4 4 5 1/2 5 1/2 6 3/8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel Body With Alloy Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Plug Type - 13% Chr.
BODY: Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 PACKING: Braided (Reinforced and Lubricated)
SEAT: 13% Chrome or HF
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
A
8 81/2 91/2 111/2 16 191/2 241/2 271/2 31 36 381/2
B
18 18 19 22 283/16 333/4 38 42 60 507/8 381/2
C
8 10 10 10 14 18 20 24 24 24 24


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Plug Trype - 13% Chr.
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
A
8 81/2 91/2 111/2 16 191/2 241/2 271/2 31 36 381/2
B
18 18 19 22 283/16 333/4 38 42 60 507/8 53
C
8 10 10 10 14 18 20 24 24 24 24

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Globe - Steam Jacketed ‘Y’ Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-2238
Ductile Iron, 316 SS Plug
o o
285 max psig at -20 to 100 F 1965 max kPa(g) -28 to 38 C
o o
230 psig at 300 F 1586 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
170 psig at 500 F 1172 kPa(g) 260 C
o o

STEM: Rising OS & Y DISC: Plug Type 316 SS
BODY: Ductile Iron ASTM A395 PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE
11/4 x 2 11/2 x 21/2 2 x 3 3 x 4 4 x 6 6 x 8 8 x 10
A
101/2 12 13 15 18 22 251/2
B
183/8 181/16 185/8 207/8 265/16 353/4 423/4
C
9 9 9 10 12 16 18

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

BODY: 316 SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
41/4 45/8 5 51/2 61/2 8 81/2 91/2 111/2 16 191/2 241/2 271/2
B
63/4 75/16 101/4 101/2 121/4 133/4 147/8 16 21 233/8 32 41 45
C
4 4 41/2 41/2 8 8 10 10 10 14 18 18 22

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Globe - ‘Y’ Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-2242
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
51/2 6 61/2 8 9 11 121/2 141/2 181/2 231/2 261/2 301/2
B
71/4 71/4 91/2 12 13 15 171/2 231/2 30 42 50 59
C
3 3 41/2 5 6 7 8 10 12 16 18 20

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
215 psig at 300 F 1482 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
195 psig at 400 F 1345 kPa(g) 204 C
END CONNECTION: Socket Weld SEALS:

STEM: Rising O.S. & Y-316 SS DISC: Plug Type 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS ASTMA A351 CF8M PACKING: PTFE
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 1 1/ 2 2
A
3 3/ 8 3 5/ 8 4 1/ 8 5 3/ 8 6 3/ 8
B
6 1/ 2 6 1/ 2 6 3/ 4 7 3/ 4 9 1/ 8
C
3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 3 7/ 8 5 1/ 2 6 3/ 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
A
8 81/2 91/2 111/2 16 191/2 241/2 271/2 31 36 381/2
B
145/8 153/4 19 22 283/16 333/4 38 42 60 51 53
C
8 10 10 10 14 18 20 24 24 24 24

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Globe - ‘V’ Port Disc VALVE. NO.: V-2267

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: ‘V’ Port - 13% Chr.
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10
A
8 -- 9 1/ 2 111/2 16 191/2 241/2
B
155/8 -- 195/8 211/4 283/8 333/8 351/4
C
8 -- 10 14 14 18 18

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising O.S. & Y - 316 SS DISC: Plug Type - 316 SS
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3
A
27/8 27/8 33/4 43/8 5 6 63/4 81/4 63/4 8
B
63/4 63/4 91/8 91/8 101/8 87/8 133/4 151/4 121/4 141/8
C
3 3 4 4 6 5 1/2 7 9 7 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y DISC: Plug Type - 316 SS
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10
A
6 7 8 81/2 9 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 22 241/2
B
63/4 75/16 83/16 87/8 97/8 141/4 151/2 167/8 22 24 32 387/8
C
3 31/2 4 41/2 5 8 8 10 12 16 20 263/4

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast or Forged Steel, Monel Trim
SERVICE: Chlorine REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - Hasteloy ‘C’ DISC: Monel - Teflon Insert
BODY: Cast or Forged Steel PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: Monel
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
A
61/2 71/2 81/2 91/2 111/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2
B
75/8 8 83/4 123/4 131/2 191/2 203/4 241/2 311/4
C
4 4 43/4 7 8 9 10 13 18

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

BODY: Cast SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3
A
2 7/ 8 2 7/ 8 3 3/ 4 4 3/ 8 5 6 6 3/ 4 8 1/ 4 6 3/ 4 8
B
6 3/ 4 6 3/ 4 9 1/ 8 9 1/ 8 101/8 8 7/ 8 133/4 151/4 121/4 141/8
C
3 3 4 4 6 5 1/ 2 7 9 7 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Plug Type - Stellite Faced
SIZE
1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A
9 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 22 241/2 28 33
B
155/8 191/2 201/2 24 261/2 291/2 411/2 45 467/8 533/4
C
8 9 10 10 14 20 24 27 30 42
Dimensions are composite and for approximate clearance only. For construction, use manufacture’s catalogue or drawing.
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI) of
exterior and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A
9 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 22 241/2 28 33
B
155/8 191/2 201/2 24 261/2 291/2 411/2 45 467/8 533/4
C
8 9 10 10 14 20 24 27 30 42
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI) of exterior
and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C (C/W documentation).

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8
A
9 101/2 -- 121/2 14 171/2 22
B
161/2 181/2 -- 233/4 253/4 311/4 363/4
C
8 8 -- 10 14 18 18
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle
inspection (MPI) of exterior and all accessible interior
surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C (C/W documentation).

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 300#/260°C(500 °F) Steam: 300#/412.8°C(775 °F) Steam REV. NO.: 00

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: ‘V’ Port - Stellite Faced
SIZE
1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8
A
9 101/2 -- 121/2 14 171/2 22
B
161/4 181/4 -- 233/4 253/4 311/4 363/4
C
8 8 -- 10 14 18 18
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 300#/482.2°C(900 oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Moly ASTM A217 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
SIZE
11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A
9 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 22 241/2 28 33
B
155/8 191/2 201/2 24 261/2 291/2 411/2 45 467/8 533/4
C
8 9 10 10 14 20 24 27 30 42
NOTE:
of exterior and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Plug Tyep - 13% Chr.
SEAT: Stellite
SIZE 1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
A
3 1/ 4 3 1/ 4 3 3/ 4 4 4 5/ 8 6 1/ 4 6 1/ 4 8
B
7 1/ 8 7 1/ 8 7 1/ 8 7 1/ 8 87/16 183/8 105/8 115/8
C
4 4 4 4 5 6 6 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SEAT: 316 SS
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
23/4 23/4 33/4 43/8 5 61/4 63/4 81/4
B
65/8 65/8 91/8 91/8 101/8 113/4 133/4 151/4
C
31/4 31/4 51/2 51/2 65/16 77/8 77/8 93/4

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE
11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33
B
181/2 195/8 217/8 231/4 281/8 385/8 443/4 421/2 52
C
9 10 12 14 18 24 24 30 34
NOTES:
of exterior and all accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex
C (C/W documentation).

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

2 2 1/ 2 3 4
SIZE
A
111/2 -- 14 17
201/2 -- 25 29
B
10 -- 14 18
C
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic

particle inspection (MPI) of exterior and all
accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34
Annex C ( C/W documentation)
2. Require high pressure (hydro) closure test

to MSS-SP-61

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2537.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Plug Type - 316 SS
BODY: 316 SS ASTM A182 F316 PACKING: Teflon Impregnated
SEAT: Integral
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
31/4 31/4 33/4 41/4 5 61/4 61/2 73/4

A
71/8 71/8 91/8 91/8 101/8 103/4 133/4 151/4

B
4 4 4 4 6 6 7 9
C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2551.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: Steam, Condensate and Boiler Feed Water REV. NO.: 00

1 /4 3 /8 1 /2 3 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
A
31/4 31/4 31/4 4 45/8 61/4 61/4 8
71/8 71/8 71/8 71/8 87/16 103/8 105/8 115/8

B
4 4 4 4 51/16 61/8 61/8 8

C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2556.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: Steam, Condendsate and Boiler Feed Water REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Forged CS ASTM A105 PACKING: Braided (Reinforced and Lubricated)
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
A
31/4 31/4 31/4 4 45/8 61/4 61/4 8
71/8 71/8 71/8 71/8 87/16 103/8 105/8 115/8

B
4 4 4 4 4 51/16 61/8 8
C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2557.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Chrome Moly, Full Stellite Trim
SERVICE: 600# / 454°C(850oF) Steam: 300# /482°C(900oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y DISC: Stellite Faced
SEAT: Stellite
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
27/8 27/8 27/8 31/4 31/2 5 5 8

A
413/16 413/16 413/16 71/8 75/16 813/16 813/16 111/8

B
4 4 4 4 6 8 8 8
C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2558.doc
VALVE STANDARD

1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
9 1/ 2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33
A
175/8 195/8 217/8 231/4 281/8 385/8 47 49 53

B
8 10 12 14 18 24 24 275/8 34
C
NOTES:
exterior and all accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2566.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 600#/413°C(775°F) Steam REV. NO.: 00

1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
A
91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33
175/8 195/8 217/8 231/4 281/8 385/8 47 49 53

B
8 10 12 14 18 24 24 26 34
C
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies an bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI) of


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2567.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 600# / 412.8°C(775°F) Steam REV. NO.: 00

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: ‘V’ Port - Stellite Faced
SIZE
2 3 4
A
111/2 14 17
B
201/2 25 29
C
10 14 18
NOTES:
(MPI) of exterior and all accessible interior surfaces to ANSI
16.34 Annex C (C/W documentation).


30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 600# /454°C (850oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Moly ASTM A217 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
81/2 91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33

A
10 175/8 191/2 211/4 231/4 231/8 385/8 47 49 53

B
6 8 10 12 14 18 24 24 30 34
C
NOTES:
of exterior and accessible interiors surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2569.doc
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
A
Dimensions Vary - Use Manufacturer’s Catalogue
NOTES:
of exterior and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2667.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Chrome Moly, Full Stellite Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
A
NOTES:
of exterior and accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2669.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: Boiler Feed Water REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Lip-Seal Welded PLUG: --
BODY: Forged CS ASTM A105 PACKING: Braided (Reinforced and Lubricated)
1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
47/8 47/8 53/4 73/4 73/4 101/8

A
9 91/8 11 1213/16 1213/16 151/4

B
6 5 93/4 12 12 12
C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2756.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 600# / 413°C (775 oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Unwelded (In Line Repairable) PLUG: --
STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chr. DISC: Stellite Faced
BODY: Forged CS ASTM A105 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
SIZE
6 6 6 71/4 71/4 101/8 12 12 12

A
111/2 111/2 133/4 165/8 165/8 1915/16 207/16 191/2 191/2

B
81/2 81/2 81/2 143/8 143/8 143/8 16 16 16

C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2757.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Chrome Moly, Full Stellite Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Steel ASTM A182 F22 PACKING: Graphite C/W Corrosion Inhibitor
1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
SIZE
6 6 6 71/4 71/4 101/8 12 12 12

A
111/2 111/2 133/8 165/8 165/8 1915/16 207/16 191/2 191/2

B
81/2 81/2 81/2 143/8 143/8 143/8 16 16 16

C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2758.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 1500# Boiler Feed Water: Drum Chemical REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chrome DISC: Plug Type - Stellite Faced
21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
A
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2766.doc
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: Rising OS & Y - 13% Chrome DISC: Plug Type - Stellite Faced
21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
A
Dimensions Vary - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2768.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 2500# / 526.6°C(980 oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00

o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SIZE 1
/2 3
/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
A
6 6 6 71/4 71/4 101/8 12 12 12
B 111/2 111/2 133/8 133/8 165/8 1915/16 207/16 191/2 191/2


C 81/2 81/2 81/2 81/2 143/8 143/8 16 16 16

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2857 new.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 2500# / 526°C(980 oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
SIZE
6 6 6 71/4 71/4 101/8 12 12 12

A
111/2 111/2 133/8 133/8 165/8 1915/16 207/16 191/2 191/2

B 
81/2 81/2 81/2 81/2 143/8 143/8 16 16 16
C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2858.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 2500# / 486.6°C(908 oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
A
Dimensions Vary - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies an bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI) of
exterior and all accessible interior surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v2869.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check – Swing, ‘Y’ Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-3118
All Bronze
o o
o o
170 psig at 250 F 1172 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
140 psig at 350 F 965 kPa(g) 177 C
o o

BONNET: Screwed Cap PLUG: --
OPERATOR: -- BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: Composition or Teflon
SEAT: Bronze
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
A
21/2 23/8 3 33/8 4 41/2 51/2 61/2
11/8 11/8 111/16 2 21/2 3 31/2 4

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3118.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All Bronze Underwriters Approved UL/FM

175 max psig at Cold Water ° F 1.207 kPa(g) Cold Water ° C


STEM: -- DISC: Bronze
SEAT: Bronze
¼ 3/8 ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2
SIZE
2½ 23/8 3 33/8 4 4½ 5½ 6½
A
B 11/8 11/8 111/16 2 2½ 3 31/2 4

30Aug96 D3620118
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Swing VALVE. NO.: V-3131
All Iron
Up to 12” 125 psig at 450 ° F Up to 12” 862 kPa(g) 232 ° C


STEM: -- DISC: Cast Iron
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL.B PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
8 8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 111/2 14 191/2 241/2 271/2 31 36 381/2 42 51 60
B
5 5 5/ 8 6 83/4 1013/16 13 145/8 1611/16 171/4 191/16 24 279/16 31 38

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check – Swing VALVE. NO.: V-3133
Cast Iron, Bronze Trim Underwriters Approved UL/FM

Up to 12” 175 psig at Cold Water ° F 1207 kPa(g) Cold Water ° C


STEM: -- DISC: Bronze or Bronze Face
SEAT: Bronze B61
2 2½ 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
SIZE
8 8½ 9 ½ 11 ½ 14 19 ½ 24 ½ 27 ½ 31 36 38 ½ 42 51 60
A
B 5 55/2 6 8 ¾ 1013/16 13 145/2 1611/16 17 ¼ 191/16 24 279/16 31 38

30Aug96 D3620120
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Bronze Trim
o o
Up to 12” 125 psig at 450 F Up to 12” 862 kPa(g) 232 C
o o
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: -- DISC: Bronze or Bronze Face
SEAT: Bronze B61
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
8 81/2 91/2 111/2 14 191/2 241/2 271/2 31 36 381/2 42 51 60
B
5 55/2 6 83/4 1013/16 13 145/2 1611/16 171/4 191/16 24 279/16 31 38

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check – Spring, Wafer VALVE. NO.: V-3135
Cast Iron, Aluminum Bronze Trim
2”-12” 200 max psig at 150 °F 1379 max kPa(g) 65.5 °C

2”-12” 175 psig at 250 max °F 1207 kPa(g) 121 max °C
o
30”-48” 75 psig at 250 max °F 517 kPa(g) 121 max C
END CONNECTION: For 125# Flanges - Flat Face SEALS: Buna ‘N’ - O-Ring
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: Aluminum Bronze
SIZE Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL.B PACKING: --
BODY:
SEAT: -- SPRING: 316 SS
A
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 32 42 48 to 72
B
2 1/ 8 2 3/ 8 2 5/ 8 2 5/ 8 3 3/ 4 5 5 1/ 2 7 1/ 8 7 1/ 4 7 1/ 2 8 8 3/ 8 8 3/ 4 12 141/2 17 205/8
C
4 1/ 8 4 7/ 8 5 3/ 8 6 7/ 8 8 3/ 4 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2
D

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check – Spring, Wafer VALVE. NO.: V-3135A
2” to 12” 200 max 150 o o

psig at F 1379 max kPa(g) 65.5 max C
2” to 12” 175 250 max o o
psig at F 1207 kPa(g) 121 C
14” to 24” 150 max 150 o o
14” to 24” 125 250 max o o
30” to 48” 150 max 150 o o
30” to 48” 75 250 max o o
END CONNECTION: For 125# Flanges - Flat Face SEALS: --

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY:
SEAT: Viton/Cast Iron SPRING: 316 SS
A
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 32 42 48 to 72
B
21/8 23/8 25/8 25/8 33/4 5 51/2 71/8 71/4 71/2 8 83/8 83/4 12 141/2 17 205/8
C
41/8 47/8 53/4 67/8 83/4 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/8 343/4 411/4 48 541/2
D

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, 316 SS Trim

2 - 12” 200 max psig at 150 ° F 1379 max kPa(g) 65.5 °C

2 - 12” 175 psig at 250 ° F 1207 kPa(g) 121 °C
14-24” 150 max psig at 150 ° F 1034 max kPa(g) 65.5 °C
14-24” 125 psig at 250 ° F 862 kPa(g) 121 °C
30-48” 150 max psig at 150 ° F 1034 max kPa(g) 65.5 °C
30-48” 75 psig at 250 ° F 517 kPa(g) 121 °C
END CONNECTION: For 125# Flanges - Flat Face SEALS: EPDM - O-Ring
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: 316 SS
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 32 42 48 to 72
A
2 1/ 8 2 3/ 8 2 5/ 8 2 5/ 8 3 3/ 4 5 5 1/ 2 7 1/ 8 7 1/ 4 7 1/ 2 8 8 3/ 8 8 3/ 4 12 141/2 17 205/8
B
4 1/ 8 4 7/ 8 5 3/ 8 6 7/ 8 8 3/ 4 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2
C

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, 316 SS Trim

o
30”-48” 75 psig at 250 max °F 517 kPa(g) 121 max C
END CONNECTION: For 125# Flanges - Flat Face SEALS: Buna ‘N’ O-ring
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY:
A
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 32 42 48 to 72
B
21/8 23/8 25/8 25/8 33/4 5 51/2 71/8 71/4 71/2 8 83/8 83/4 12 141/2 17 205/8
C
41/8 47/8 53/8 67/8 83/4 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2
D

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Carbon Steel Trim
o o
2”-12” 200 max psig at 150 F 1379 kPa(g) 65.5 C
o o
2”-12” 175 psig at 250 max F 1206 kPa(g) 121 max C
o o
o o
o o
o o
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: Carbon Steel ASTM A216 WCB
BODY:
A
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 32 42 48 to 72
B
21/8 23/8 25/8 25/8 33/4 5 51/2 71/8 71/4 71/2 8 83/8 83/4 12 141/2 17 205/8
C
41/8 47/8 53/8 67/8 83/4 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2
D

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Horizontal Lift VALVE. NO.: V-3141
Cast Iron, Plastic Lined - See Note

STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: As Lining POPPET: 1 - 3” Solid PTFE, Glass Filled: 4 - 8”
1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8
SIZE
7 7 5/ 8 8 5/ 8 8 7/ 8 103/4 141/2 181/2 231/8

A
4 3/ 8 5 3/ 8 6 1/ 2 7 3/ 8 8 5/ 8 11 151/4 187/16
B
NOTE:
Available with saran, polypropylene or PFA lining - specify which.

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3141.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Vertical Lift VALVE. NO.: V-3142
Cast Iron, Plastic Lined - See Note

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: ASTM A126 CL.B Lined PACKING: --
SEAT: As Lining POPPET: 1 - 3” Solid PFTE, Glass Filled: 4 - 8”
1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8
SIZE
6 3/ 8 7 1/ 8 8 1/ 8 8 1/ 2 9 3/ 4 12 141/2 171/8
A
5 3/ 8 5 5/ 8 6 3/ 4 7 8 3/ 8 9 3/ 4 123/4 161/8
B
NOTE:
Available with saran, polypropylene or PFA lining - specify which

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3142.doc
VALVE STANDARD
o o
o o
2”-12” 175 max psig at 250 max F 1207 kPa(g) 121 max C
o o
o o
o o
o o
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SIZE
A 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 32 42 48 to 72
B 21/8 23/8 25/8 25/8 33/4 5 51/2 71/8 71/4 71/2 8 83/8 83/4 12 141/2 17 205/8
C 41/8 47/8 53/8 67/8 83/4 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2
NOTE:
UL & FM approved.

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3143.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Bronze Trim UL/FM Approved

See note psig at °F kPa(g) °C

END CONNECTION: For 125# Flanges - Flat Face SEALS: Buna Integral with Body
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: -- PACKING: 316 SS
2 2½ 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 32 42 48 To 72
SIZE
21/8 23/8 25/8 25/8 3 ¾ 5 5 ½ 71/8 7¼ 7½ 8 83/8 8¾ 12 14 ½ 17 205/8

A
41/8 47/8 53/8 67/8 8¾ 11 133/8 161/8 17 ¾ 201/4 215/8 237/8 28 ¼ 34 ¾ 41 ¼ 48 54 ½

B
Note:
Size 2 - 12” 200 max PSIG at 150°F
175 PSIG at 250 max°F


UL & FM approved.

30Aug96 D3620129
VALVE STANDARD
All Bronze
o o
200 max psig at -20 to 150 F 1379 kPa(g) -28 to 65.5 C
o o
170 psig at 250 F 1172 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
140 psig at 350 F 965 kPa(g) 177 C
o o
END CONNECTION: Solder SEALS: --

SEAT: Integral
1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3
SIZE
33/16 315/16 45/16 5 59/16 67/8 73/4 93/16

A
2 27/16 31/16 35/8 43/16 51/16 61/16 73/16

B
NOTE:
Be sure solder alloy melting point is high enough to withstand
line pressure and temperature conditions.

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3188.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Ball VALVE. NO.: V-3192
Ductile Iron, Kynar Lined
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: -- BALL: PTFE
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Ductile Iron ASTM A395 PACKING: --
SEAT: Kynar
1 11/2 2 3 4 6 8
SIZE
A
6 7 7 8 101/2 151/2 1911/16
5 61/2 71/4 9 111/2 171/4 171/4

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3192.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Piston VALVE. NO.: V-3221
304 SS


BODY: 304 SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
SIZE
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2
A
3 5 /8 3 5 /8 4 7 /8 5 7 /8 6 3 /8
B
2 3 /4 3 3¼ 4 1 /8 4¾
C

30Aug96 D3620132
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

BODY: 316 SS ATM A351 CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
SIZE
¼ ⅜ ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2
A
3¼ 3¼ 3¾ 4⅜ 5 5½ 6¾ 8¼
B
27/16 27/16 2⅞ 3 3¾ 3¾ 4⅜ 413/16

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Swing VALVE. NO.: V-3222K
All 317 SS


SEAT: Integral
¼ 3/8 ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2
SIZE
3¼ 3¼ 3¾ 43/8 5 5½ 6¾ 8¼
A
27/16 27/16 27/8 3 3¾ 3¾ 43/8 413/16

B

30Aug96 D3620134
VALVE STANDARD
316 SS


SEAT: Integral
SIZE
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2
A
35/8 35/8 47/8 57/8 63/8
B
2¾ 3 3¼ 41/8 4 ¾
C

30Aug96 D3620135
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
275 max psig at -20 to 100 ° F 1896.1 max kPa(g) -28 to 38 ° C

205 psig at 350 ° F 1413 kPa(g) 176 ° C
180 psig at 450 ° F 1241 kPa(g) 232 ° C
155 psig at 550 max ° F 1068.7 kPa(g) 288 max ° C
END CONNECTION: For 150# Flanges - Raised Face SEALS: --

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Integral SPRING: 316 SS
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 to 72
A
2 3/ 8 2 5/ 8 2 7/ 8 2 7/ 8 3 7/ 8 5 5 3/ 4 7 1/ 8 7 1/ 4 7 1/ 2 8 8 5/ 8 8 3/ 4 13 151/4 17 205/8
B
4 1/ 8 4 7/ 8 5 3/ 8 6 7/ 8 8 3/ 5 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

275 max psig at -20 to 100 °F 1896 max kPa(g) -28 to 38 °C

205 psig at 350 °F 1413 kPa(g) 177 °C
180 psig at 450 °F 1241 kPa(g) 232 °C
155 psig at 550 max °F 1069 kPa(g) 288 max °C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Viton SPRING: 316 SS
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 to 72
A
2 3/ 8 2 5/ 8 2 7/ 8 2 7/ 8 3 7/ 8 5 5 3/ 4 7 1/ 8 7 1/ 4 7 1/ 2 8 8 5/ 8 8 3/ 4 13 151/4 17 205/8
B
4 1/ 8 4 7/ 8 5 3/ 8 6 7/ 8 8 3/ 5 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2
C

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
o o
255 psig at 155 F 1758 kPa(g) 68 C
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY: Cast SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Buna ‘N’ O-Ring SPRING: 316 SS
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 to 72
A
23/8 25/8 27/8 27/8 37/8 5 53/4 71/8 71/4 71/2 8 85/8 83/4 13 151/4 17 205/8
B
41/8 47/8 53/8 67/8 83/4 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel, 316 SS Trim
o o
o o
270 psig at 150 F 1862 kPa(g) 66 C
o o
260 psig at 200 F 1793 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
END CONNECTION: For 150# Flanges - Raised Face SEALS: Buna ‘N’ O-Ring
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY: Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: --
SEAT:
SIZE
2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 to 72
A
23/8 25/8 27/8 27/8 37/8 5 53/4 71/8 71/4 71/2 8 85/8 83/4 13 151/4 17 205/8
B
41/8 47/8 53/8 67/8 83/4 11 133/8 161/8 173/4 201/4 215/8 237/8 281/4 343/4 411/4 48 541/2

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

STEM: -- DISC: 13% Chrome Faced
BODY: Cast CS ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: --
SEAT: Stellite
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
8 8 1/ 2 91/2 111/2 14 191/2 241/2 271/2 31 36 381/2 40 51
B
6 1/ 4 6 3/ 4 7 1/ 2 81/2 103/4 123/4 151/2 161/2 187/8 211/2 231/2 257/8 283/4

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
SERVICE: Oxygen REV. NO.: 00
285 psig at -20 to 100 ° F 1965 kPa(g) -28 to 38 ° C

260 psig at 200 ° F 1793 kPa(g) 93 ° C
200 psig at 400 ° F 1379 kPa(g) 204 ° C
170 psig at 500 ° F 1172 kPa(g) 260 ° C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Teflon PISTON: 316 SS
SIZE
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
8 8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 111/2 14 191/2 241/2 271/2
NOTE:
Factory cleaned for oxygen service.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check -Tilt Disc VALVE. NO.: V-3241
Cast or Fabricated 304 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: -- BALL: -
BODY: 304 SS PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
8 91/2 111/2 14 18 213/4 251/2 28 30 31 321/2 391/2

A
8 93/4 111/2 131/2 16 19 213/4 25 28 291/2 323/4 383/4

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3241.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Tilt Disc VALVE. NO.: V-3242
Cast or Fabricated 316 SS

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Integral
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3242.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Tilt Disc VALVE. NO.: V-3243
Cast or Fabricated 317L SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: 317L SS
BODY: 317L SS PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
8 91/2 111/2 14 18 213/4 251/2 28 30 31 321/2 391/2

A
8 93/4 111/2 131/2 16 19 213/4 25 28 291/2 323/4 383/4

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3243.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

SEAT: Integral
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
41/4 45/8 5 51/2 61/2 8 81/2 91/2 111/2 14 191/2 241/2 271/2 31 34 381/2 381/2 51
B
31/4 37/16 315/16 315/16 45/8 53/8 6 63/16 73/4 95/8 113/8 141/16 141/2 161/8 183/8 203/8 221/2 243/8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Cast 316 SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
SIZE
1 11/2 2
A
53/4 71/4 81/2
B
211/16 39/16 45/16

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 304 SS


SEAT: Integral
½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 2½ 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
A 4¼ 45/8 5 5½ 6½ 8 8½ 9 ½ 11 ½ 14 19 ½ 24 ½ 27 ½ 31 34 38 ½ 38 ½ 51
B
3¼ 37/16 315/16 315/16 45/8 53/8 6 63/16 7¾ 95/8 113/8 141/16 14 ½ 161/8 183/8 203/8 22 ½ 243/8

30Aug96 D3620146
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Horizontal Lift VALVE. NO.: V-3249
Cast Steel, Plastic Lined - See Note
o o
Saran 275 psig at 175 F Saran 1896 kPa(g) 79 C
o o
Polypropy. 275 psig at 225 F Polypropy. 1896 kPa(g) 107 C
o o
Kynar 275 psig at 275 F Kynar 1896 kPa(g) 135 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: ASTM A216 WCB, Lined PACKING: --
SEAT: As Lining POPPET: PTFE 1” to 3” Lined Steel 4” to 8”
1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8
SIZE
7 77/8 85/8 87/8 103/4 141/2 181/2 231/8

A
43/8 53/8 61/2 73/8 85/8 11 151/4 187/16

B
NOTE:
Available linings:
Saran
Polypropylene 
All sizes
Kynar - all sizes except 2“ & 8”
Specify which

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3249.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Vertical Lift VALVE. NO.: V-3250
Cast Steel, Plastic Lined - See Note
o o
o o
Polypropy. 275 psig at 225 F Polypropy. 1896 kPa(g) 107 C
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: ASTM A216 WCB, Lined PACKING: --
SEAT: As Lining POPPET: PTFE 1” to 3” Lined Steel 4” to 8”
1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8
SIZE
7 77/8 85/8 87/8 103/4 141/2 181/2 231/8

A
43/8 53/8 61/2 73/8 85/8 11 151/4 187/16

B
NOTE:
Available linings:
Saran
Polypropylene 
All sizes
Kynar - all sizes except 21/2 “ & 8”

Specify which

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3250.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
275 psig at -20 to 100 ° F 1896 kPa(g) -28 to 38 ° C

240 psig at 200 ° F 1655 kPa(g) 93 ° C
215 psig at 300 ° F 1482 kPa(g) 149 ° C
195 psig at 400 ° F 1345 kPa(g) 204 ° C

SEAT: Integral
1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2
SIZE
A
3 5/ 8 3 5/ 8 4 7/ 8 5 7/ 8 6 3/ 8
2 3/ 4 3 3 1/ 4 4 1/ 8 4 3/ 4
B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3251.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Steel, Half Stellite

STEM: -- DISC: 13% Chr. Steel
2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
SIZE
8 8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 111/2 14 191/2 241/2 271/2 31 34/36 36/381/2 381/2/40 48/51 55/60 68

A
6 1/ 4 6 3/ 4 7 1/ 2 8 5/ 8 103/4 123/4 151/2 161/2 187/8 211/2 231/2 257/8 283/4 38 42

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3266.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Ball VALVE. NO.: V-3292A
Ductile Iron Body, PFA Lined
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Flanged ANSI B16.5 SEALS: --

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: -- BALL: Solid PTFE
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Ductile Iron PFA Lined PACKING: --
SEAT: PFA
1 11/2 2 3 4 6
SIZE
A
6 7 8 9.5 11.5 14
2.8 3.25 3.7 5 5.7 8

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3292a.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All PVC
1” to 3” 150 o o
psig at 30 to 70 F 1034 kPa(g) -1 to 21 C
1” to 3 100 o o
psig at 120 F 689 kPa(g) 49 C
o o
4” to 6” 100 psig at 30 to 70 F 689 kPa(g) -1 to 21 C
o o
4” to 6” 60 psig at 120 F 414 kPa(g) 49 C
o o
8” 70 psig at 30 to 70 F 483 kPa(g) -1 to 21 C
o o
8” 40 psig at 120 F 276 kPa(g) 49 C
END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS: EPDM

STEM: -- DISC: PVC
BODY: PVC PACKING: --
SIZE
SEAT: Integral
3
A /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8
B 5.5 6.3 7.1 7.9 9.5 10.3 11.8 15.8 19.7
C 3.5 4.7 5.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 8.4 11.1 13.2

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3293.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Swing, ‘Y’ Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-3411
All Malleable Iron

900 psig at 250 ° F 6205 kPa(g) 121 ° C
800 psig at 400 ° F 5516 kPa(g) 204 ° C
700 psig at 550 max ° F 4826 kPa(g) 288 ° C

STEM: -- DISC: Malleable Iron
BODY: Malleable Iron ASTM A197 PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
SIZE
2.76 3.28 4.05 4.74 5.40 6.62

A
1.68 1.99 2.45 2.86 3.29 4.28

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3411.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SEAT: Integral
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/2 2
SIZE
23/4 23/4 41/2 5 51/2 63/4 81/4

A
25/32 25/32 43/4 51/4 51/4 51/4 53/4

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3421.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

SEAT: Inetgral
1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
SIZE
6 7 81/2 9 91/2 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 21 241/2 28 33 34

A
31/2 37/8 41/2 5 65/16 611/16 75/16 71/8 811/16 105/8 125/8 143/8 161/8 18 197/8
B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3431.doc
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
81/2 91/2 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 21 241/2 28 33 34 381/2 40 53

A
311/16 63/8 71/4 81/4 83/4 91/4 12 135/8 161/2 18 203/4 231/8 245/8 277/8 313/4
B 
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI)

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3436.doc
VALVE STANDARD

STEM: -- DISC: Stellite Faced
1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 21 241/2 28 33 34 381/2 40 53

A
311/16 6 3/ 8 7 1/ 4 8 1/ 4 8 3/ 4 9 3/ 4 12 135/8 161/2 18 203/4 231/8 245/8 277/8 313/4

B
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI)
of exterior and all accessible interior surface to ANSI B16.34

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3439.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Chrome Moly Steel, Full Stellite Trim
SERVICE: 300#/482°C(900oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Moly ASTM A217 WC6 PACKING: --
1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
81/2 91/2 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 21 241/2 28 33 34 381/4 40 53

A
311/16 63/8 71/4 81/4 83/4 93/4 12 135/8 161/2 18 203/4 231/8 245/8 277/8 313/4
B
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3441.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

SEAT: Integral
1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2
SIZE
4 1/ 2 5 5 1/ 2 6 3/ 4 8 1/ 4
A
4 3/ 4 5 1/ 4 5 1/ 4 5 1/ 4 5 1/ 2
B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3451.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Spring VALVE. NO.: V-3452
All 316 SS
450 max psig at 500 max ° F 3102 kPa(g) 260 ° C


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: See Note SPRING: 316 SS
1/ 3/ 1/
4 8 2 1 2
SIZE
A
3.16 3.16 3.16 3.75 4.68
REGISTRATION
A) Register and obtain Canadian Registration Number in

accordance with CSA B51-M1986.
B) Register with the Branch Design Office, British Columbia
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Safety Branch .
NOTE:
To be factory cleaned for oxygen service.
Available seat material:
- 316SS
- Viton Specify Which

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3452.doc
VALVE STANDARD

1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
8 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 21 241/2 28 33 34 381/2 40 53

A
311/16 63/8 7 1/ 4 8 1/ 4 8 3/ 4 9 3/ 4 12 135/8 161/2 18 203/4 237/8 245/8 277/8 313/4

B
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3465.doc
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
81/2 91/2 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 21 241/2 28 33 34 381/2 40 53

A
311/16 63/8 71/4 81/4 83/4 93/4 12 135/8 161/2 18 203/4 231/8 245/8 277/8 313/4
B
NOTE:
Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3466.doc
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Moly ASTM A217 PACKING: --
1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
81/2 91/2 101/2 111/2 121/2 14 171/2 21 241/2 28 33 34 381/2 40 53

A
311/16 63/8 71/4 81/4 83/4 93/4 12 135/8 161/2 18 203/4 231/8 245/8 277/8 313/4
B
NOTE:


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3468.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check – Ball, Full Port VALVE. NO.: V-3517
Forged Carbon Steel, 18% Chr. Ball
2000 max psig at 100 ° F 13790 kPa(g) 38 ° C

1735 psig at 500 ° F 11962 kPa(g) 260 ° C
1305 psig at 700 ° F 8998 kPa(g) 371 ° C
600 psig at 900 max ° F 4137 kPa(g) 482 ° C

BODY: Forged Carbon Steel ASTM PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
SIZE
A
3 3/ 8 3 7/ 8 55/16 5 1/ 2 5 5/ 8 6 3/ 4

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3517.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SEAT: Integral
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
A
23/4 23/4 41/2 5 51/2 6 63/4 8
29/32 29/32 51/16 51/16 51/16 43/4 63/8 71/8

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3521.doc
VALVE STANDARD

SIZE
1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
B
7 1/ 4 8 8 3/ 4 93/4 117/8 143/16 171/4 201/2 211/4 253/4 291/2 311/2 305/16 343/8
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle

surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C (C/W documentation)
2. Require high pressure (hydro) closure test to MSS-SP-61

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
9 1/ 2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
A
7 1/ 4 8 8 3/ 4 9 3/ 4 117/8 143/16 171/4 201/2 211/4 253/4 291/2 311/2 305/16 343/8
B
NOTES:

3. Require closure test to MSS-SP-6

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3537.doc
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Moly Steel ASTM A217 PACKING: --
SIZE
11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
B
71/4 8 83/4 93/4 117/8 143/16 171/4 201/2 211/4 253/4 291/2 311/2 305/16 343/8
NOTES:

surfaces to ANSI B16.34 Annex C (C/W documentation)

areas to ANSI B16.34 Annex B (C/W documentation)
3. Require closure test to MSS-SP-61

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

SEAT: Integral
1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
61/2 71/2 81/2 9 91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33

A
51/8 51/8 51/8 415/16 63/8 71/8 81/8 93/8 105/8 13 157/8 183/8 19
B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3541.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check – Swing, Standard Port VALVE. NO.: V-3551
Forged Steel, Full Stellite Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Forged Steel ASTM A105 PACKING: --
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
31/4 31/4 39/16 45/16 5 61/2 61/2 8
B
21/8 21/8 25/16 27/8 51/2 63/8 63/8 615/16

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check – Lift, Standard Port VALVE. NO.: V-3552
316 SS, Half Stellite Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
31/4 31/4 33/4 41/4 5 5 61/2 73/4

A
21/8 21/8 311/16 311/16 313/16 33/4 513/16 61/2

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3552.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Piston Check – Y Pattern, bolted bonnet VALVE. NO.: V-3555
Forged Duplex Steel
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: -- DISC: Duplex 2205
BODY: Forged Duplex 2205 Steel (F60) PACKING: --
SEAT: Duplex 2205
1 3 1 3
SIZE /4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3555.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check – Lift, Standard Port VALVE. NO.: V-3556
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
31/4 31/4 33/4 4 45/8 61/4 61/4 8

A
21/4 21/4 25/8 25/8 31/16 41/2 41/2 415/16

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3556.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Swing, Standard Port VALVE. NO.: V-3557

1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
SIZE
3 1/ 4 3 1/ 4 39/16 45/16 5 6 1/ 2 6 1/ 2 8
A
2 1/ 2 2 1/ 8 25/16 2 7/ 8 5 1/ 2 6 3/ 8 6 3/ 8 615/16
B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3557.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Lift Piston, Standard Port VALVE. NO.: V-3558
Chrome Moly, Full Stellite Trim
SERVICE: 600#/454.4°C(850oF) Steam: 300#/482.2°C(900oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Moly ASTM A182 F11 PACKING: --
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /8 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
27/8 27/8 27/8 31/4 31/2 5 5 8

A
21/8 21/8 21/8 21/8 25/16 33/8 33/8 33/8

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3558.doc
VALVE STANDARD

1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
9 1/ 2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
A
7 1/ 4 8 8 3/ 4 9 1/ 2 113/8 143/16 163/8 195/8 211/16 253/4 291/2 311/2 311/2 343/8
B
NOTES:

areas to ANSI B16.34 Annex B (C/W documentations).

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3565.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 600# Boiler Feedwater: Drum Chemical Feed REV. NO.: 00

BODY: Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WCB PACKING:

SIZE
1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
A
9 1/ 2 1 1/ 2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
B
7 1/ 4 8 8 3/ 4 91/2 113/8 143/16 183/8 195/8 211/16 253/4 291/2 311/2 311/2 343/8
NOTES:



30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Chrome Moly ASTM A217 WC6 PACKING:

11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
SIZE
91/2 111/2 13 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43 47 55
A
71/4 8 83/4 91/2 113/8 143/16 163/8 195/8 211/16 253/4 291/2 311/2 311/2 343/4
B
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3568.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Lift, Pressure Seal VALVE. NO.: V-3666
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
10 12/15 14/18 20/24 26/29 31/33 36/39 39/401/2

A
71/2 11 121/8 183/8 221/4 251/2 261/4 283/4

B
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3666.doc
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
10 12/15 14/18 20/24 26/29 31/33 36/39 39/401/2

A
71/2 11 121/8 183/8 221/4 251/2 261/4 283/4

B
NOTES:


30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3669.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Lift, Standard Port VALVE. NO.: V-3756
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BODY: Forged CS ASTM A105 PACKING: --
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
SIZE
4 4 4 5 6 73/4 73/4 9
A
27/8 27/8 27/8 31/16 43/16 55/8 55/8 67/16

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3756.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Piston, ‘Y’ Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-3759
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
SIZE
6 6 6 71/4 71/4 101/8 12 12 12

A
315/16 315/16 315/16 53/4 53/4 77/8 71/2 71/2 71/2

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3759.doc
VALVE STANDARD
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C

21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
A
Face to Face Varies With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue.
NOTES:
inspection (MPI) of exterior an all accessible interior

3. Require closure test to MSS-SSP-61.

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3766.doc
VALVE STANDARD
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C

21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
SIZE
A
Face to Face Varies With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue.
NOTES:
inspection (MPI) of exterior an all accessible interior

3. Require closure test to MSS-SSP-61.

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3768.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Lift VALVE. NO.: V-3801
316 SS, Stainless Steel 17-4 PH Trim
6000 psig at 70 o 41369 kPa(g) 21 o

F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
END CONNECTION: Swagelok SEALS: --

STEM: -- DISC: SS 17-4 PH
BODY: 316 SS Bar Stock PACKING: --
SEAT: Integral
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4
SIZE
27/16 27/8 315/16 315/16

A
13/32 111/32 113/16 113/16

B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3801.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Check - Cartridge VALVE. NO.: V-3831
Carbon Steel
SERVICE: Hydraulic Oil REV. NO.: 00
o o
3
/4& 1” 5000 max psig at 212 F 34474 kPa(g) 100 C
o o
1 /4 “ 4000 max
1
psig at 212 F 27579 kPa(g) 100 C
o o
11/2 & 2” 3000 max psig at 212 F 20684 kPa(g) 100 C
o o
21/2 “ 2500 max psig at 212 F 17237 kPa(g) 100 C
o o
3” 2000 max psig at 212 F 13789 kPa(g) 100 C
END CONNECTION: SAE Code 61 Flange SEALS: Buna ‘N’

TYPE: Cartridge PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: CS DIN ST52 PACKING: --
SEAT: CS SPRING: CS
3
SIZE /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3
A 3.94 4.72 5.5 6.1 7.09 7.48 7.87

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3831.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
o o
3
/4 “ 5000 max psig at 212 F 34474 kPa(g) 100 C
o kPa(g) 100 o
1“ 5000 max psig at 212 F 34474 C
o kPa(g) 100 o
11/4 “ 5000 max psig at 212 F 34474 C
o kPa(g) 100 o
11/2 “ 5000 max psig at 212 F 34474 C
o kPa(g) 100 o
2” 5000 max psig at 212 F 34474 C
END CONNECTION: SAE Code 62 Flange SEALS: Buna ‘N’

STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: CS SPRING: CS
SIZE
3
/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
3.94 4.72 5.5 6.1 7.09
B

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3832.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
21/2 “ 4000 max psig at 212 o 27579 kPa(g) 100 o

F C
3” 3500 max psig at 212 o 24132 kPa(g) 100 o
F C
14,000 burst psig at 212 o 96527 kPa(g) 100 o
F C
13,000 burst psig at 212 o 89632 kPa(g) 100 o
F C
END CONNECTION: SAE + 2 Flange SEALS: Buna ‘N’

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Carbon Steel DIN ST52 PACKING: --
SEAT: Carbon Steel SPRING: Cabron Steel
SIZE
21/2 3
A 7.48 7.87

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3833.doc
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
o o
2“ 5000 max psig at 212 F 34474 kPa(g) 100 C
o o
2 /2 “ 4700 max psig at
1
212 F 32405 kPa(g) 100 C
o o
3“ 4700 max psig at 212 F 32405 kPa(g) 100 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Square DIN Flange SEALS: Buna ‘N’

STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: CS SPRING: CS
2 21/2 3
SIZE
7.09 7.48 7.87

A

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3834.doc
VALVE STANDARD
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C

SIZE
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
A
47/8 47/8 6 6 6 71/4 81/4 103/4 127/8 127/8 127/8
B
35/8 35/8 315/16 315/16 47/8 53/4 53/4 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD

psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C

SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
A
47/8 47/8 6 6 6 71/4 81/4 103/4 127/8 127/8 127/8
B
35/8 35/8 315/16 315/16 47/8 53/4 53/4 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8

30Aug96 D3620174
F0163001 Rev.00/v3852 new.doc
VALVE STANDARD
SERVICE: 2500#/526.6°C(980oF) Steam REV. NO.: 00
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C
psig at o kPa(g) o
F C

SIZE 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A Face To Face Varies With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue.
NOTES:
1. Cast bodies and bonnets require magnetic particle inspection (MPI) of exterior and all accessible interior surfaces
to ANSI B16.34 Annex C (C/W documentation).
2. Cast bodies require radiographic testing (RT) of all critical areas to ANSI B16.34 Annex B (C/W documentation).

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v3868.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball VALVE. NO.: V-4114
Ductile Iron, Chrome Plated Ball
o o
500 max psig at 100 F 3447 max kPa(g) 38 C
o o
300 psig at 250 F 2068 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
100 psig at 350 F 689 kPa(g) 177 C
o o

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever BALL: CS - Chrome Plated
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Ductile Iron Type A395 PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
1 3 1 3
SIZE /4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3
A 27/16 27/16 25/8 215/16 33/8 315/16 41/8 43/4 63/4
B 15/16 15/16 13/8 13/4 21/16 25/8 25/8 33/16 41/8
C
313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 5 5 --

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v4114.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Two Piece, Standard Port VALVE. NO.: V-4121
All 316 SS
CLASS: 800 lb PROJECT NO.: MAPA


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever BALL: 316 SS
STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: RTFE
1/
SIZE
¼ 8 ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2
A 215/16 215/16 215/16 3 311/16 43/16 4 5/ 8 5½
B
21/16 21/16 2¼ 2½ 2¾ 37/16 39/16 315/16
C
4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 5 1/8 515/16 611/16 7 1/8 81/16

30Aug96 D3620177
F0163001 Rev.00/v4121.docx
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Two Piece, Full Port VALVE. NO.: V-4122A
All 317 SS
o o
150 max psig at 450 F 1034 kPa(g) 232 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Threaded SEALS: Mod. Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: 317 SS ASTM A351 CG8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Mod. Teflon
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /4 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
215/16 215/16 215/16 3 311/16 43/16 45/8 51/2
B
21/16 21/16 21/4 21/2 23/4 37/16 39/16 315/16
C
47/8 47/8 41/2 51/8 515/16 611/16 71/8 81/16

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Ductile Iron, 316 SS Ball
o o
o o
300 psig at 250 F 2068 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
100 psig at 350 F 689 kPa(g) 177 C
o o

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Ductile Iron Type A395 PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3
A
27/16 27/16 25/8 215/16 33/8 315/16 41/8 43/4 63/4
B
15/16 15/16 13/8 13/4 21/16 25/8 25/8 33/16 41/8
C
313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 5 5 --

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Bronze Body with Chrome Plated Ball UL/FM Approved

psig at 100 ° F kPa(g) 38 ° C


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever BALL: Cast Bronze Chrome Plated
STEM: Bronze ASTM B-584 DISC: --
BODY: PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE
¼ 3/8 ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 3
A
27/16 27/16 25/8 215/16 33/8 315/16 41/8 43/4 63/4
B
15/16 15/16 13/8 1¾ 21/16 25/8 25/8 33/16 41/8
C
313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 313/16 5 5 --
D

30Aug96 D3620197
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Full Port VALVE. NO.: V-4222
All 316 SS
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Threaded SEALS: Mod. Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: 316 SS DISC: --
SEAT: Mod. Teflon
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /4 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
29/16 29/16 215/16 33/4 43/8 51/16 53/8 6
B
21/16 21/16 23/4 215/16 31/8 35/8 45/16 43/4
C
47/8 47/8 47/8 57/8 6 6 8 8

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Standard Port, Short Body VALVE. NO.: V-4232
Dutile Iron, 316 SS Trim
o o
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
210 psig at 300 F 1448 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS: Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 3 4 6 8
A
41/4 45/8 5 61/2 7 8 9 101/2 111/2
B
31/2 39/16 43/8 45/8 47/8 71/4 715/16 113/16 1213/1
C
6 6 611/16 813/16 813/16 223/4 223/4 333/4 333/4

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball – Full Port VALVE. NO.: V-4233A
Dutile Iron, Plastic Lined (see note)
0 psig at °F kPa(g) °C
END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS:

BONNET: -- PLUG: Ductile Iron – Plastic Lined
OPERATOR: Lever – Ductile Iron BALL: 316 SS
STEM: Plastic Lined – Stainless Steel DISC: --
BODY: Ductile Iron - Plastic LIned PACKING: PTFE
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE
1 1 1/ 2 2 3 4 6
A
5.02 6.51 7.02 8.02 9.02 10.92
B
5.04 5.54 6.03 8.02 10.70 11.85
C
8.00 8.00 8.00 11.5 9.00 12.00

Note:
Available linings:
PFA
FEP
Specify which or see Piping Class Sheet

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS – Metal Seat


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Metal – 316 SS / Stellite
3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
A 8 9 15 ½ 18 21 24
B
63/8 93/8 13 ½ 161/8 175/8 205/8
C 2½ 2½ 25/8 3½ 3¾ 5¼
D 12 ¼ 12 ¼ 12 ¼ 14 ¼ 195/8 195/8

30Aug96 D3620201
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Full Port VALVE. NO.: V-4234L


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever (with limit switch closed) BALL: 316 SS
4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
9 15 ½ 18 21 24
A
93/8 13 ½ 161/8 175/8 205/8
B
2½ 25/8 3½ 3¾ 5¼
C
12 ¼ 12 ¼ 14 ¼ 195/8 195/8
D
NOTE:

30Aug96 D3620202
VALVE STANDARD


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
A 8 9 15 ½ 18 21 24
B
63/8 93/8 13 ½ 161/8 175/8 205/8
C 2½ 2½ 25/8 3½ 3¾ 5¼
D 12 ¼ 12 ¼ 12 ¼ 14 ¼ 195/8 195/8
NOTE:

30Aug96 D3620203
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Full Port VALVE. NO.: V-4235L


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever (with limit switch closed) BALL: 304 SS
4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
A 9 15 ½ 18 21 24
B
93/8 13 ½ 161/8 175/8 205/8
C 2½ 25/8 3½ 3¾ 5¼
D 12 ¼ 12 ¼ 14 ¼ 195/8 195/8
NOTE:

30Aug96 D3620204
VALVE STANDARD
Ductile Iron, Polypropylene Lined
o o
250 psig at 100 F 1724 kPa(g) 38 C
o o
150 psig at 180 F 1034 kPa(g) 82 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS: TFE

OPERATOR: Lever BALL: Ductile Iron - PPL Lined
STEM: Ductile Iron DISC: --
SEAT: RTFE
SIZE
1 11/2 2 3 4 6
A
5 61/2 7 8 9 101/2
B
43/4 51/16 53/8 67/16 73/8 9
C
61/2 81/2 81/2 131/2 131/2 161/2

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel, 316 SS Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever or Gear BALL: 316 SS
BODY: Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
41/4 45/8 5 61/2 7 71/2 8 9 101/2 111/2 13 14
B
31/2 39/16 43/8 45/8 47/8 43/4 71/4 715/16 113/16 121/4 - 181/2
C
6 6 61/2 71/2 9 9 223/4 223/4 333/4 - 161/8 -

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
CPVC Body and trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever (up to 3”) or Gear (4”&up) BALL: CPVC
STEM: Plastic DISC: --
BODY: CPVC PACKING: --
SEAT: Viton
SIZE 2 21/2 3 4 6

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY: Cast SS A351 CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Reinforced Teflon
1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
4 1/ 4 4 5/ 8 5 6 1/ 2 7 7 1/ 2 8 9 101/2 111/2 13 14
A
3 1/ 2 39/16 4 3/ 8 4 5/ 8 4 7/ 8 4 3/ 4 71/4 715/16 113/16 121/2 - 181/2

B
6 6 6 1/ 2 7 1/ 2 9 9 223/4 223/4 333/4 - 161/8 -

C

30Aug96 D3620107
F0163001 Rev.00/v4242.doc
VALVE STANDARD
All 304SS


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY: 304SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2½ 3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
A 4¼ 45/8 5 6½ 7 7½ 8 9 15 ½ 18 21 24
B
39/16 315/16 41/8 5½ 5¾ 61/8 613/16 81/8 123/16 14 16 ½ 16 ½
C 55/16 611/16 611/16 91/16 14 15 ¾ 157/8 1915/16 393/8 591/8 - -

30Aug96 D3620208
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Full Port VALVE. NO.: V-4243G
All 304SS


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Gear BALL: 304 SS
BODY: 304SS ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2½ 3 4 6 8 10 12
SIZE
A 4¼ 45/8 5 6½ 7 7½ 8 9 15 ½ 18 21 24
B
39/16 315/16 41/8 5½ 5¾ 61/8 613/16 81/8 123/16 14 16 ½ 16 ½
C 55/16 611/16 611/16 91/16 14 15 ¾ 157/8 1915/16 393/8 591/8 - -

30Aug96 D3620209
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
41/4 45/8 5 61/2 7 71/2 8 9 151/2 18 21 24
B
39/16 315/16 41/8 51/2 53/4 61/8 613/16 81/8 123/16 14 161/2 161/2
C
55/16 611/16 611/16 91/16 14 153/4 157/8 1915/16 393/8 591/8 - -

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Standard Port VALVE. NO.: V-4245
Cast Aluminum, 316 SS Trim
SERVICE: Hydrogen Peroxide REV. NO.: 00
o o
o o
175 psig at 200 F 1207 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
125 psig at 300 F 862 kPa(g) 149 C
o o

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY: Aluminum ASTM B26 Alloy PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 3 4
A
41/4 45/8 5 61/2 7 8 9
B
31/2 31/2 39/16 43/16 43/8 53/4 63/4
C
51/16 51/16 611/16 813/16 813/16 14 14

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10
A
41/4 45/8 5 61/2 7 71/2 8 9 151/2 18 21
B
39/16 33/4 45/16 43/4 53/8 63/16 73/8 101/4 1213/16 191/4 1911/16
C
51/2 611/16 71/16 133/4 133/4 153/4 193/4 20 393/8 591/16 -

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Full Port, 3 Piece VALVE. NO.: V-4251
All Duplex Steel (2205)
CLASS: 150 (min.) PROJECT NO.: MAPA
o o
87 psig at 400 F 600 kPa(g) 204 C
END CONNECTION: Socket Weld SEALS: Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever BALL: Duplex 2205 Steel
BODY: ASTM A890 CD3MN (2205) PACKING: --
SEAT: Reinforced PTFE for high
temperature
1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
SIZE
A 29/16 29/16 211/16 215/16 33/4 4 3/ 8 51/16 5 3/ 8
B 113/16 113/16 25/16 27/16 37/16 3 5/ 8 49/16 4 3/ 4
C 47/16 47/16 5 5 5 3/ 4 6 7 8

18Jul19 D3620239X
VALVE STANDARD
CPVC Body and trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: SW Sch 80 – NPT Threaded SEALS: Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever BALL: CPVC
STEM: Plastic DISC: --
BODY: CPVC PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1
/2 3
/4 1 11/2 2
A 41/4 45/8 5 61/2 7
B 31/2 39/16 43/8 45/8 47/8
C 6 6 61/2 71/2 9

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE
2 1/ 2 3 4
A
7 1/ 2 8 9
B
613/16 141/4 15
C
12 18 18
NOTES:
To be factory cleaned for oxygen service.

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel, Monel Ball
o o
o o
600 psig at 200 F 4137 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
350 psig at 300 F 2413 kPa(g) 149 C
o o

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever BALL: --
STEM: Monel DISC: Monel
BODY: Carbon Steel ASTM A216 WCB PACKING: --
SEAT: Modified Teflon
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/2 2 3
A
215/16 215/16 51/2 6 61/2 71/2 81/2 111/8
B
25/8 25/8 39/16 313/16 47/16 5 55/8 8
C
41/8 41/8 57/16 57/16 65/8 65/8 73/4 151/8
NOTES:
To be factory cleaned for chlorine service.

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 304SS


BONNET: -- PLUG: --
¼ 3/ 8 ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2
SIZE
A 29/16 29/16 211/16 215/16 3 ¾ 4 3/ 8 51/16 5 3/ 8
B
113/16 113/16 25/16 27/16 37/16 3 5/ 8 49/16 4¾
C 47/16 47/16 5 5 5¾ 6 7 8

30Aug96 D3620215
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Full Port, 3 Piece VALVE. NO.: V-4414X
All 304SS

END CONNECTION: Socket Weld / Threaded SEALS: Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
¼ 3 /8 ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2
SIZE
A 23/8 23/8 2¾ 3 3 5/ 8 4 1/ 8 4¾ 5 3/ 8
B
113/16 113/16 25/16 27/16 37/16 3 5/ 8 49/16 4¾
C 47/16 47/16 5 5 5¾ 6 7 8

30Aug96 D3620216
VALVE STANDARD
All SS 316
SERVICE: 600 REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever BALL: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
2.205 2.205 2.362 2.195 3.386 3.7 4.587 5.267
B
1.913 1.913 2.004 2.285 2.455 2.957 3.189 4.028
C
3.937 3.937 3.937 5.118 5.118 6.102 6.102 7.283
NOTES:

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS, Stellite Seats
SERVICE: Digester Blow REV. NO.: 00

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Actuator BALL: --
STEM: Integral DISC: 316 SS
SIZE
1 1/ 2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A
7 1/ 2 8 1/ 2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4 30
NOTES:
Face to Face Dimension may vary with Manufacturer.

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever or Gear BALL: --
BODY: Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 PACKING: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
51/2 6 61/2 71/2 81/2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 221/4
B
31/2 35/8 43/8 45/8 413/16 75/16 715/16 113/16 131/2 175/16 191/4
C
6 6 61/2 813/16 91/16 223/4 223/4 333/4 393/8 591/16 -
NOTES:
Face to face dimension may vary with Manufacturer.

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
51/2 6 61/2 71/2 81/2 111/8 12 157/8 161/2 18 193/4
B
39/16 33/4 43/8 43/4 415/16 75/16 715/16 113/16 131/2 1515/1 183/8
C
6 6 61/2 91/16 91/16 221/4 221/4 39 60 - -

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Standard Port, Short Body (Class150 Length) VALVE. NO.: V-4442
All 316 SS

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SIZE 1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A
5 1/ 2 6 5 6 1/ 2 7 8 9 101/2 111/2 13 14
B
3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 39/16 4 3/ 8 49/16 65/16 75/8 113/16 131/2 - -
C
51/16 51/16 611/16 813/16 813/16 221/4 221/4 221/4 30 - -

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Standard Port, 3 Piece VALVE. NO.: V-4451
All 316 SS

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SIZE 1/
4
3/
8
1/
2
3/
4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
29/16 29/16 211/16 215/16 33/4 43/8 51/16 53/8
B
113/16 113/16 25/16 27/16 37/16 35/8 49/16 43/4
C
47/16 47/16 5 5 531/4 6 7 8

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Standard Port, 3-Piece VALVE. NO.: V-4453
SERVICE: Natural Gas: Propane Gas REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
29/16 29/16 211/16 215/16 33/4 43/8 51/16 53/8
B
113/16 113/16 25/16 27/16 37/16 35/8 49/16 43/4
C
47/16 47/16 5 5 53/4 6 7 8

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SIZE 1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
A
29/16 29/16 211/16 215/16 33/4 4 3/ 8 51/16 5 3/ 8
B
113/16 113/16 25/16 27/16 37/16 3 5/ 8 49/16 4 3/ 4
C
47/16 47/16 5 5 5 3/ 4 6 7 8

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
29/16 29/16 211/16 215/16 33/4 43/8 51/16 53/8
B
113/16 113/16 25/16 27/16 37/16 35/8 49/16 43/4
C
47/16 47/16 5 5 53/4 6 7 8
NOTES:

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Teflon
SIZE 1/ 3/ 1/ 3/
4 8 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2
A
29/16 29/16 211/16 215/16 33/4 4 3/ 8 51/16 5 3/ 8
B
113/16 113/16 25/16 27/16 37/16 3 5/ 8 49/16 4 3/ 4
C
47/16 47/16 5 5 5 3/ 4 6 7 8
NOTES:

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel, Bar Stock
o o
6,000 max psig at 212 F 41369 kPa(g) 100 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Female SAE Straight Thread SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Manual Hand Lever BALL: Carbon Steel - Hard Chrome Plated
STEM: Carbon Steel DISC: --
BODY: Carbon Steel PACKING: --
SEAT: Delrin & Molydisulfide
SIZE 1 3 1
/4 /8 /2
A
2.70 2.84 3.26
B
2.65 2.615 2.463
C
4.53 4.53 4.53

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Manual Hand Lever BALL: CS - Hard Chrome Plated
STEM: CS DISC: --
BODY: CS PACKING: --
SIZE 3
/4 1
A
3.735 4.425
B
1.90 2.000
C
7.874 7.874

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
BODY: Forged CS PACKING: --
SIZE
11/4 11/2 2
A
4.389 5.118 5.512
B
2.78 2.78 3.202
C
9.45 9.45 9.45

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Female NPTF SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Manual Hand Lever BALL: Carbon Steel - Hard Chrome Plated
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE 1 3 1
/4 /8 /2
A
2.72 3.11 4.065
B
2.65 2.615 2.463
C
4.53 4.53 4.53

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
4,500 max psig at 212 F 31027 max kPa(g) 100 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Female NPTF SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE 3
/4 1
A
4.00 4.68
B
1.90 2.00
C
7.874 7.874

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Female NPTF Taper Thread SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE
11/4 11/2 2
A
4.389 5.118 5.512
B
2.780 2.780 3.202
C
9.450 9.450 9.450

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - 3 Way Diverting VALVE. NO.: V-4816
Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Female SAE Straight Threads SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE 1 3 1
/4 /8 /2
A
2.717 2.835 3.268
B
1.496 1.614 1.614
C
5.90 5.90 5.90
D
1.35 1.417 1.63

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE 3
/4 1
A
3.74 4.449
B
2.28 2.36
C 7.875 7.875
D
1.94 2.28

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE
11/4 11/2 2
A
4.33 5.118 5.512
B
2.90 3.23 3.425
C
9.449 9.449 9.449
D
2.559 3.149 3.54

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: SAE Code 61 SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE
11/4
A
9.81
B
2.78
C
9.45

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: SAE Code 61 Flange SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE 3
/4 1
A
8.84 9.53
B
1.90 2.00
C
7.874 7.874

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: SAE Code 61 SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE
11/2 2
A
11.249 12.445
B
2.78 3.202
C
9.45 9.45

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Ball - Straightway VALVE. NO.: V-4833
Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: SAE Code 61 Flange 4,000 psi max. SEALS: Viton
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE
11/4
A
3.937
B
3.573
C
12.50
D
5.70

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE
11/2 2
A
4.331 4.567
B
3.928 4.558
C
12.50 12.50
D
6.50 7.80

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
o o
6,000 max psig at 212 F 41369 kPa(g 100 C
psig at o
F )kPa(g o
C
psig at o
F )kPa(g o
C
psig at o
F )kPa(g o
C
)
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A
2.95 3.15 3.46 3.937 4.331 4.567
B
2.00 2.25 2.375 3.573 3.928 4.558
C
6.90 7.80 7.80 12.50 12.50 12.50
D
3.07 3.85 4.64 5.70 6.50 7.80

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
SERVICE: Hydraulic Oil & Lubricating Oil REV. NO.: 00
o o
21/2 “ 4,000 max psig at 212 F 21/2 “ 27579 max kPa(g) 100 C
o o
3” 3,500 max psig at 212 F 3” 24132max kPa(g) 100 C
o o
4” 3,000 max psig at 212 F 4” 20684 max kPa(g) 100 C
o o
5” 2,500 max psig at 212 F 5” 17237 max kPa(g) 100 C
END CONNECTION: SAE + 2 Flanges SEALS: Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE
21/2 3 4 5
A
5.906 5.512 6.693 8.268
B
6.535 6.772 7.874 8.583
C
21.00 21.00 21.00 21.00
D
7.80 8.27 10.16 11.61

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: SAE Code 61 Flange 5,000 psi max SEALS: Viton
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1
A
2.95 3.15 3.46
B
2.00 2.25 2.375
C
6.90 7.80 7.80
D
3.07 3.85 4.64

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE 3
/4 1
A
8.840 9.53
B
1.90 2.00
C
7.874 7.874

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Forged Carbon Steel
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: CS DISC: --
SIZE
11/4 11/2 2
A
9.81 11.249 12.445
B
2.78 2.78 3.202
C
9.45 9.45 9.45

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Diaphragm - Weir Type VALVE. NO.: V-5111
Cast Iron, Unlined
o o
½” – 1” 200 max psig at 120 F 1379 kPa(g) 49 C
o o
½” – 1” 165 psig at 200 F 1138 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
1 ½” – 2” 175 max psig at 120 F 1207 kPa(g) 49 C
1 ½” – 2” max max
140 psig at 200 o
F 965 kPa(g) 93 o
C
o o
2 ½” – 3” 150 max psig at 120 F 1034 kPa(g) 49 C
o o
2 ½” – 3” 125 psig at 200 F 862 kPa(g) 93 C

STEM: Non-Indicating DISC: --
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B PACKING: --
SEAT: -- DIAPHRAGM: Neoprene
1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3
SIZE
A 13/4 13/4 21/2 31/4 41/4 43/4 51/2 61/2 8 10
B 213/16 213/16 31/8 315/16 411/16 57/16 623/32 719/32 911/32 97/8
C 21/16 21/16 21/2 31/4 31/4 33/4 6 6 73/4 73/4

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Unlined
o o
psig at See Note Below F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
STEM: Non-Indicating DISC: --
1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
SIZE Face To Face Varies With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue
Dimensions
D are composite and for approximate clearance only. For construction, use manufacturer's catalogue or drawing.
NOTES:
1
/2 - 1” :200 max PSIG (1379 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
1
/2 - 1” :160 PSIG (1103 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
11/4 - 2” :175 max PSIG (1207 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
11/4 - 2” :140 PSIG (965 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
21/2 - 3” :150 max PSIG (1034 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
21/2 - 3” :122 PSIG (841 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
4” :150 max PSIG (1034 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
4” :120 PSIG (827 kPa) at 200 max oF (93°C)
6” :100 PSIG (689 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
8” :83 PSIG (572 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
10 - 12” :65 max PSIG (448 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
10 - 12” :55 PSIG (379 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
14 - 20” :50 max PSIG (345 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
14 - 20” :43 PSIG (296 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Ductile Iron, PTFE Lined



STEM: Indicating DISC: --
SEAT: PTFE DIAPHRAGM: Neoprene - Teflon Faced
SIZE
½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 3 4 6 8
A

30Aug96 D3620244
VALVE STANDARD
Ductile Iron, Kynar Lined


LINING: Kynar DIAPHRAGM: Neoprene - Teflon Faced
SIZE 1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2 3 4 6 8
A
Face To Face Varies With Each Supplier - See Manufacturers’s Catalogue

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
316 SS Unlined
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

1 3
SIZE /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
A Face To Face Varies With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue
NOTES:
1
/2 - 1”: 200 max PSIG (1379 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
1
/2 - 1”: 160 PSI (1103kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
11/4 - 2”: 175 max PSIG (1207 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
11/4 - 2”: 145 PSIG (1000 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
21/2 - 3”: 150 max PSIG (1034 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
21/2 - 3”: 125 PSIG (862 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)
4”: 150 max PSIG (1034 kPa) at 120oF (49°C)
4”: 118 PSIG (814 kPa) at 200 max oF (93°C)
6”: 100 PSIG (689 kPa) at 200 maxoF (93°C)

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Saran Lined
psig at See Note Below ° F kPa(g) °C


LINING: Saran DIAPHRAGM: Neoprene - Teflon Faced
1/ 3/
SIZE 2 4 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4 6 8
A Face To Face Varies With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue
NOTES:
1/2 - 1”: 200 max psig (1379 kPa) at 120 °F (49°C)
1/2 - 1”: 170 psig (1172 kPa) at 180 max °F (82°C)
11/4 - 2”: 175 max psig (1207 kPa) at 120 °F (49°C)
11/4 - 2”: 150 psig (1034kPa) at 180 max °F (82°C)
21/2 - 3”: 150 max psig (1034 kPa) at 120 °F (49°C)
21/2 - 3”: 130 psig (896 kPa) at 180 max °F (82°C)
4”: 150 max psig (1034 kPa) at 120 °F (49°C)
4”: 126 psig (869 kPa) at 180 max °F (82°C)
6”: 126 max psig (869 kPa) at 120 °F (49°C)
6”: 106 psig (731 kPa) at 180 max °F (82°C)
8”: 100 max psig (689 kPa) at 120 °F (49°C)
8”: 87 psig (600 kPa) at 180 max °F (82°C)

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Polypropylene Lined
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

LINING: Polypropylene DIAPHRAGM: Neoprene - Teflon Faced
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8
A
Face To Face Varies With Each Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue
NOTES:
1/2 - 1”: 200 max psig (1379 kPa) at 120°F (49°C)
1/2 - 1”: 148 psig (1020 kPa) at 225 max °F (107°C)
1 1/4 - 2”: 175 max psig (1207 kPa) at 120°F (49°C)
1 1/4 - 2”: 132 psig (910 kPa) at 225 max °F (107°C)
21/2 - 3”: 150 max psig (1034 kPa) at 120°F (49°C)
21/2 - 3”: 114 psig (786 kPa) at 225 max °F (107°C)
4”: 150 max psig (1034 kPa) at 120°F (49°C)
4”: 108 psig (745 kPa) at 225 max °F (107°C)
6”: 126 max psig (869 kPa) at 120°F (49°C)
6”: 92 psig (634 kPa) at 225 max °F (107°C)
8”: 100 max psig (689 kPa) at 120°F (49°C)
8”: 78 psig (538 kPa) at 225 max °F (107°C)

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug VALVE. NO.: V-6118
All Bronze
o o
150 max psig at 250 max F 1034 kPa(g) 121 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: Cast Bronze ASTM B62
OPERATOR: Wrench - Square Head BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Cast Bronze ASTM B62 PACKING: Non Asbestos
SEAT: --
SIZE 1 3 1 3
/4 /8 /2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3
A
19/16 113/16 21/8 27/16 3 31/2 313/16 43/4 61/2
B
11/4 17/16 13/4 115/16 23/16 27/8 31/4 33/4 51/16

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, Saran Lined
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Cast Steel - Saran Lined
OPERATOR: Wrench BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL.A PACKING: PTFE
LINING: Saran - PVDC
SIZE
1 11/2 2
A
51/2 61/2 7
B
6 71/16 73/4
C
12 18 18

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Ductile Iron, Teflon Sleeve
175 max psig at 150 ° F 1206 max kPa(g) 65.5 ° C

165 psig at 200 ° F 1138 kPa(g) 93 ° C
140 psig at 300 ° F 965 kPa(g) 149 ° C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Ductile Iron - Teflon Sleeve
OPERATOR: Wrench to 4”: Gear 4” & Up BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Ductile Iron ASTM A395 PACKING: PTFE
SEAT: --
SIZE 1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4W 4G 6 8 10 12
A
4 1/ 4 4 5/ 8 5 6 1/ 2 7 7 1/ 2 8 9 9 101/2 111/2 13 14
B
413/16 413/16 413/16 5 5/ 8 65/16 7 1/ 2 7 1/ 2 9 189/16 207/8 247/8 2815/16 3315/16
C
7 7 8 14 18 24 24 30 101/4 101/4 16 16 181/16

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Ductile Iron, PFA Sleeve
175 max psig at 150 ° F 1206 max kPa(g) 65.5 ° C

165 psig at 200 ° F 1138 kPa(g) 93 ° C
140 psig at 300 ° F 965 kPa(g) 149 ° C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Ductile Iron - PFA Sleeve
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Ductile Iron - PFA lined PACKING: PTFE
SEAT: --
1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4W 4G 6 8 10 12
4 1/ 4 4 5/ 8 5 6 1/ 2 7 7 1/ 2 8 9 9 101/2 111/2 13 14
413/16 413/16 413/16 5 5/ 8 65/16 7 1/ 2 7 1/ 2 9 189/16 207/8 247/8 2815/16 3315/16
7 7 8 14 18 24 24 30 101/4 101/4 16 16 181/16
SIZE

30Aug96 D3620239
A
VALVE STANDARD
Ductile Iron Body and Trim, Lined With FEP
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Flanged - 150# ANSI SEALS: --

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Ductile Iron With FEP Lining
OPERATOR: Lever Up To 4” - Gear Over 4” BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Ductile Iron PACKING: --
SEAT: FEP
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 3 4 5 6
A
4.25 4.63 5 6.5 7 8 9 9 10.5
B
- - 3.75 4.56 5.13 5.69 7.06 11.06 11.56
C
6.38 6.38 7.38 11.25 23 23 29 6 8

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug - Short Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-6236
Cast Steel

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Cast Steel - Low Friction Coated
STEM: -- DISC: -
SEAT: --
SIZE
1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4
A
5 1/ 2 6 1/ 2 7 7 1/ 2 8 9
B
7 8 1/ 4 8 1/ 4 101/2 113/4 127/8

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Steel

OPERATOR: Gear BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: --
SIZE
6 8 10 12 16
A
Dimensions Vary With Supplier - See Manufacturer’s Catalogue.
Rockwell Norstrom Are Long Pattern. Serck-Audco Are Short Pattern.
B

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug - Jacketed Body VALVE. NO.: V-6239
Cast Carbon Steel, 316 SS Plug
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: 316 SS With Teflon Sleeve
OPERATOR: Lever & Gear BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: --
1 3
SIZE /2 /4 1 11/2 2 3 4 4 6
A
5 61/2 7 71/2 8 9 101/2 101/2 111/2
D
41/4
7
41/2
7
51/4
12
59/16
16
65/16
24
81/8
24
9
36  Lever
Operator
189/16 205/8
8 8  Gear
Operator
NOTES:
1. The jacket is designed for 150# saturated steam.
2. Valves have oversize flanges:
1
/2 “ Valve - 1” Flanges 2” Valve - 3” Flanges
3
/4 “ Valve - 11/2” Flanges 3” Valve - 4” Flanges
1” Valve - 2” Flanges 4” Valve - 6” Flanges
11/2 “ Valve - 21/2” Flanges 6” Valve - 8” Flanges

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug VALVE. NO.: V-6240A
Cast Steel, Plastic Lined
o o
o o
Polyprop. 275 psig at 225 F Polyprop. 1896 kPa(g) 107 C
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Cast Steel - As Lined
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr. WCB PACKING: PTFE
SEAT: As Lined
SIZE
1 11/2 2
A
51/2 61/2 7
B
6 71/16 73/4
C
12 18 18
NOTES:
Available Linings:
Saran - All Sizes

Polypropylene - All Sizes
Kynar - All Sizes
Specify Which

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: 316 SS With Teflon Sleeve
STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: --
SIZE 1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4W 4G 6 8 10 12 14
A
4 1/ 4 4 5/ 8 5 6 1/ 2 7 7 1/ 2 8 9 9 101/2 111/2 13 14 15
B
413/16 413/16 413/16 5 5/ 8 65/16 7 1/ 2 7 1/ 2 9 189/16 207/8 247/8 2815/16 3315/16 259/16
C
7 7 8 14 18 24 24 30 101/4 101/4 16 16 181/16 16

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug, Free Cavities VALVE. NO.: V-6242
All Duplex Steel
END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS: PTFE for high temperature

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Duplex 2205 Steel
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: ASTM A890 CD3MN PACKING: --
Duplex 2205 Steel
SEAT: PTFE for high temperature
SIZE
1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4W 4G 6 8 10 12 14
A
B 4 1/ 4 4 5/ 8 5 6 1/ 2 7 7 1/ 2 8 9 9 101/2 111/2 13 14 15
C 413/16 413/16 413/16 5 5/ 8 65/16 7 1/ 2 7 1/ 2 9 189/16 207/8 247/8 2815/16 3315/16 259/16
7 7 8 14 18 24 24 30 101/4 101/4 16 16 181/16 16

D

27Jun19 D362023X
VALVE STANDARD
Ductile Iron, PTFE Lined
o o
o o
240 psig at 150 F 1655 kPa(g) 65.5 C
o o
225 psig at 200 F 1551 kPa(g) 93 C
o o

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Ductile Iron - PTFE Lined
OPERATOR: Wrench To 4”: Gear 4” & Up BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: -- LINING: PTFE
SIZE 1 1
/2 /2 1 11/2 2 3 4W 4G 6 8
A
41/4 45/8 5 61/2 7 8 9 9 101/2 14
B
5 51/8 61/8 611/16 71/2 83/8 105/16 193/16 21 231/8
C
71/2 71/2 85/8 147/8 23 23 30 81/2 81/2 1515/16

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: --
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
A
41/4 41/4 41/2 51/2 51/2 71/4 - 10 -
B
65/8 65/8 7 711/16 711/16 77/8 - 87/8 -

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel, Monel Plug
o o
o o
600 psig at 240 max F 4137 kPa(g) 116 C
psig at o
F kPa(g) max o
C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Monel With Teflon Sleeve
STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: --
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2
A
31/4 31/4 45/8 51/2 61/2
B
413/16 413/16 413/16 51/2 65/16
C
63/8 63/8 83/4 121/2 18

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug - Regular Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-6433
Cast Carbon Steel With Coated Plug
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: CS - Low Friction Coated
OPERATOR: Worm Gear BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Cast CS A216 Gr. WCB PACKING: --
SEAT: --
6 8 10 12 16
SIZE
16.75 19.75 23.5 28 31.5
A
22.88 26.25 28.72 33.06 38.09
B
23 26 26 29 32
C

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Carbon Steel, Monel Plug
o o
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Monel With Teflon Sleeve
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Cast Carbon ASTM A351 CF8M PACKING: --
SEAT: --
SIZE 1 3
/2 /4 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4W 4G 6 8 10 12
A
51/2 6 61/2 71/2 81/2 111/8 111/8 12 12 157/8 161/2 18 191/2
B
413/16 413/16 413/16 51/2 65/16 511/16 71/2 9 11 111/2 131/2 1615/16 1815/16
C
63/8 63/8 83/4 121/2 18 24 24 30 8 8 - - -

30Aug96 D3620238
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Carbon Steel - Coated
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Cast CS A216 GR. WCB PACKING: --
SEAT: --
SIZE
1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
A
6.25 7.5 8.5 9.5 11.13 12
B
7 7.68 7.88 7.88 8.88 9.5
C
7 14 14 14 17.5 21

waiting for clean picture

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug, Free Cavities VALVE. NO.:
V-6442
All Duplex Steel
END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS: PTFE for high temperature

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: Duplex 2205 Steel
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: ASTM A890 CD3MN PACKING: --
Duplex 2205 Steel
SEAT: PTFE for high temperature
SIZE
1/ 3/
2 4 1 1 1/ 2 2 2 1/ 2 3 4W 4G 6 8 10 12 14
A
B 4 1/ 4 4 5/ 8 5 6 1/ 2 7 7 1/ 2 8 9 9 101/2 111/2 13 14 15
C 413/16 413/16 413/16 5 5/ 8 65/16 7 1/ 2 7 1/ 2 9 189/16 207/8 247/8 2815/16 3315/16 259/16
7 7 8 14 18 24 24 30 101/4 101/4 16 16 181/16 16

D

27Jun19 D362023X
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug - Coated Regular Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-6511
All Carbon Steel With Coated Plug
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Flanged - 600# ANSI SEALS: --

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: CS - Coated
OPERATOR: Worm Gear BALL: --
STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: --
SIZE
3 4 6 8 10 12
A
14 17 22 26 31 33
B
173/4 181/2 2015/16 2315/16 2615/16 299/16
C
20 20 20 20 26 26

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Plug - Regular Pattern VALVE. NO.: V-6513
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: Bolted PLUG: CS - Coated
STEM: -- DISC: --
BODY: Cast CS A216 Gr. WCB PACKING: --
SEAT: --
SIZE
1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
A
8.5 9.5 11.5 13 14 17 22
B
5.8 6.6 6.6 7.6 7.6 8 10.4

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Needle - Globe VALVE. NO.:
V-7229
Alloy 20
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Threaded SEALS: PTFE

BONNET: Screwed NEEDLE: Alloy 20
OPERATOR: ‘T’ Handle BALL: --
STEM: Alloy 20 DISC: --
BODY: Alloy 20 PACKING: --
SEAT: RPTFE
SIZE
1 1 3 1 3
/8 /4 /8 /2 /4 1
A
13/4 21/2 27/8 27/8 33/8 41/4
B
35/16 35/16 33/4 41/8 51/4 57/8
C
25/8 25/8 25/8 35/8 41/4 43/4
D

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Needle - Globe VALVE. NO.: V-7807
Carbon Steel
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

OPERATOR: ‘T’ Handle BALL: --
SEAT: Integral
SIZE 1 1 3 1 3
/8 /4 /8 /2 /4 1
A
13/4 21/2 27/8 27/8 33/8 41/4
B
35/16 35/16 33/4 41/8 51/4 57/8
C
25/8 25/8 25/8 35/8 41/4 43/4

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Pump Surges Relief Valve - Hydraulic Control VALVE. NO.: V-8131
Cast Iron Body With Bronze Trim
o o
180 max psig at F 1241 kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

OPERATOR: Hi-Low Pressure Pilot BALL: --
STEM: Bronze DISC: --
SEAT: --
SIZE
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
A
14 173/4 237/8 247/8 30 34 377/8 413/4 423/8 481/2 633/4
B
223/4 25 281/2 301/4 331/4 361/4 37 391/2 391/2 413/4 52

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Air Inlet Discharge Valve VALVE. NO.: V-8132
Cast Iron Body with SS Float
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Flanged 125# SEALS: --

STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: -- FLOAT: SS
SIZE
4 6 8 10
A
9 11 131/2 16
B
171/2 211/4 271/2 301/4
C
81/2 105/8 13 151/4

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Kinetic Air Valves for Water Main VALVE. NO.: V-8133
Cast Iron Body With Rubber Balls
o o
50 WP psig at F 344.7 wp kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: -- BALL: Rubber
STEM: -- DISC: --
SEAT: Integral
SIZE
11/2 2 3 4 5 6 8
A
11/2 2 3 4 5 6 8
B
101/2 113/8 113/2 131/4 161/4 181/4 213/4
C
107/8 117/8 141/8 161/8 22 243/4 277/8

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Safety Relief - Pilot Operated VALVE. NO.: V-8231
Cast Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel Trim
CLASS: 150 (Other Classes Available PROJECT NO.: MAPA
o o
15 - 720 psig at -65 to 515 F 103 – 4964 kPa(g) -54 to 268 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Flanged SEALS: Teflon (Soft Goods)

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: -- PILOT: SS
STEM: -- NOZZLE: SS
BODY: SA216 WCB Cast CS TRIM: SS
SEAT: Teflon or Peek (Soft Goods)
SIZE
NOTES:
- Dimensions to suit Manufacturer’s catalogue.
- Please see attached dimensions and weights sheet.
- Please see attached literature.

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Safety Relief VALVE. NO.: V-8236
Cast Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: CS PLUG: --
STEM: 416 SS or 414 SS DISC: Hard Faced SS
SEAT: Viton ‘O’ Ring
SIZE
1x2 To 8 x 10
A
Dimensions To Suit Manufacturer’s Catalogue

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Safety Relief - Bellows Seal VALVE. NO.: V-8436
Cast Carbon Steel, Hastelloy ‘C’ Trim
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Flanged: 300# Inlet/150# Outlet SEALS: Viton ‘O’ Ring
BONNET: Carbon Steel PLUG: --
STEM: 416 SS DISC: Hastelloy ‘C’
SEAT: Hastelloy ‘C’
SIZE
1x2 to 8 x 10
A
Dimensions To Suit Manufacturer’s Catalogue
NOTES:
All internal parts are Hastelloy ‘C’ (except spring assembly).

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly - Lug Type VALVE. NO.: V-9134A
Cast Iron Body, Rubber/SS Seat
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: 304 SS DISC: Ductile Iron A536
BODY: Cast Iron A125 Class B PACKING: --
SEAT: Rubber/SS
SIZE
A
See Manufacturer’s Catalogue

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly - Semi-Lug VALVE. NO.: V-9137
Cast Iron, Bronze or Nylon Coated Disc
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer - Semi-Lug SEALS: EPDM

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: 316 SS DISC: Aluminum Bronze ASTM B 148-9B
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL.B or CI Nylon Coated
SEAT: EPDM PACKING:
SIZE
A
Available Sizes & Dimensions Vary With Manufacturer - Check Specific Catalogue

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly - Lug Type VALVE. NO.: V-9146
Ductile Iron, 316 SS Disc - EPDM Seat
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer - Fully Lugged SEALS: EPDM

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: EPDM
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS, Metal to Metal Seat
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer - Fully Lugged SEALS: --

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: SS DISC: 316 SS
SEAT: --
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 317 SS, Metal to Metal Seat
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY: Cast SS ASTM A351 CG8M PACKING: --
SEAT: --
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
All 316 SS, Teflon Seat
o o
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
215 psig at 300 F 1482 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
END CONNECTION: Wafer - Fully Lugged SEALS: Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Filled Teflon
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
BODY: Cast SS ASTM A351 CG8M PACKING: --
SEAT: Filled Teflon
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly, Fire Protection UL/FM VALVE. NO.: V-9209
Integrated Limit Switch
CLASS: 175 (min) PROJECT NO.: MAPA
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Grooved SEALS: EPDM

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Gear with Integrated limit Switch BALL: --
STEM: Steel DISC: Ductile Iron ASTM A563 – EPDM
BODY: Ductile Iron ASTM A395 Coated PACKING: --
SEAT: -
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620260
F0163001 Rev.00/v9209.docx
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly VALVE. NO.: V-9231
Cast/Ductile Iron, Buna ’N’ Seat
175 max psig at 180 max ° F 1207 max kPa(g) 82 max ° C

END CONNECTION: Wafer SEALS: Buna ‘N’

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: SS DISC: Ductile Iron ASTM A395 Nickel Trim
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL.B Or Coated
SEAT: Buna ‘N’ PACKING: --
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc, Buna ’N’ Seat

END CONNECTION: Wafer 6” and less SEALS: Buna ‘N’

Lugged or flanged 8” and up
BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever 6” and less BALL: --
Gear 8” and up
SEAT: Buna ‘N’
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly - Wafer Sphere VALVE. NO.: V-9237
Carbon Steel Body, 316 SS Disc, Teflon Seat & Seal
o o
275 psig at 110 F 1896 kPa(g) 43 C
o o
200 psig at 300 F 1379 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
100 psig at 400 F 689 kPa(g) 204 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer 150# SEALS: ‘O’ Ring Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Throttle Type Handle or Gear BALL: --
SEAT: Glass Filled Teflon
SIZE
3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48
A
1.88 2.13 2.31 2.5 2.88 3.25 3.62 4.0 4.62 5.12 6.06 7.38 8.5 - -
B
7.88 8.75 10 12.13 13.38 16.0 16.25 17.50 20.25 21.69 23.94 31.5 36.38 - -
C
Not Given

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron
SERVICE: Buried Service REV. NO.: 00
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Gear Operator BALL: --
STEM: SS DISC: Cast/Ductile Iron
BODY: Cast Iron ASTM A126 GR.B PACKING: Chevron V Packing
SEAT: Buna ‘N’ Seat
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc, Viton Seat

o o
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
215 psig at 300 F 1482 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
END CONNECTION: Wafer up to 6”, Lugged 8” & up SEALS: Teflon or Viton

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Lever up to 6”, Gear 8” & up BALL: --
SEAT: Viton
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc, EPDM Seat
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer up to 6”, Lugged 8” & up SEALS: EPDM

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: EPDM
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620260
F0163001 Rev.00/v9240.docx
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly – Lug Type VALVE. NO.: V-9240A
Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc, EPDM Seat
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer – fully Lugged SEALS: EPDM

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: EPDM
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
o o
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
215 psig at 300 F 1482 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
END CONNECTION: Wafer SEALS: Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Filled Teflon
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly, High Performance double offset VALVE. NO.: V-9243
316 SS Body & Disc, RTFE Seat

o o
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
215 psig at 300 F 1482 kPa(g) 149 C
o o
END CONNECTION: Wafer up to 6”, Lugged 8” & up SEALS: Teflon

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: RTFE with resilent energizer
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly – Lug, Wafer VALVE. NO.: V-9248
All SS 316 with mod. Tefon seat
o o
275 psig at 100 F 1896 kPa(g) 38 C
o o
240 psig at 200 F 1655 kPa(g) 93 C
o o
210 psig at 300 F 1448 kPa(g) 149 C
o o

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
OPERATOR: Throttle Handle/Gear Actuator BALL: --
STEM: SS 316 Shaft DISC: SS 316
SEAT: Filled Teflon
SIZE

30Aug96 D3620261
VALVE STANDARD
Cast/Ductile Iron, Buna ‘N’ Seat
o o
175 max psig at 180 max F 1207 kPa(g) 82 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer - Fully Lugged SEALS: Buna ‘N’

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: SS DISC: Ductile Iron ASTM A395
SEAT: Buna ‘N’
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc - Buna ‘N’ Seat
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer - Fully Lugged SEALS: Buna ‘N’

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: Buna ‘N’
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast Iron, 316 SS Disc - EPDM
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer - Fully Lugged SEALS: EPDM

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: EPDM
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
Cast or Ductile Iron, Fully Teflon Lined
SERVICE: ClO2 Gas REV. NO.: 00
o o
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
END CONNECTION: Wafer SEALS: PFTE

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: -- DISC: Cast or Ductile Iron PFTE Encapsulated
BODY: Cast or Ductile Iron PFTE Lined PACKING: --
SEAT: PFTE
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620239
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly, High Performance double offset VALVE. NO.: V-9443
316 SS Body & Disc, RTFE Seat

o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
SEAT: RTFE with resilent energizer
SIZE
A

30Aug96 D3620261
F0163001 Rev.00/v9443 new.doc
VALVE STANDARD
TYPE: Butterfly, High Performance, double offset VALVE. NO.: V-9445
Duplex 2205 Body & Disc, RPTFE Seat
o o
232 psig at 400 F 1600 kPa(g) 204 C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C
o o
psig at F kPa(g) C

BONNET: -- PLUG: --
STEM: SS DISC: Duplex 2205 Steel
BODY: ASTM A890 CD3MN, PACKING: --
Duplex 2205 Steel
SEAT: RPTFE (for high temperature)

11Jul19 D3620261
F0163001 Rev.00/v9445.docx
APPENDIX E
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
AREAS 741-746-747 - MANAGEMENT FIBRA.

INDEX SPECIFICATION
ID Final Spec´s Document Number Applicable media codes in accordance with Management Area. Observations
Assigned by Arauco "Andritz Pipe List" LI-5005-746-02-7513, July
9, 2019
Arauco format specification

1 4C-01.06 S2 W35 Fibra Reference specification 4C-01.06 S2_300#, proposed by andritz
2 4C-10.28 S2 C40 Fibra Reference specification 4C-01.06 S2_300#, proposed by andritz
3 4C-03.01 S1 G75, G76 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-03.01 S1, proposed by andritz
4 4C-08.17 S1 B57 Fibra Reference specification 4C-04.02 S1, proposed by andritz
5 4C-04.02 S1 P57 Fibra Reference specification 4C-04.02 S1, proposed by andritz
6 4C-04.13 S1 P26 Fibra Reference specification 4C-04.05 S1_300#, proposed by andritz
8 4C-08.18 S2 B58, B80 Fibra Reference specification 4C-08.03 S2, proposed by andritz
14 4C-02.45 S1 S20, C02 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-10.01 S1, proposed by andritz
15 4C-10.30 S1 C41 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-09.01 S1, proposed by andritz
16 4C-12.17 S1 G70 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-09.01 S1, proposed by andritz
17 4C-10.31 S1 L08, L10, L12, L13, L61 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-10.01 S1, proposed by andritz
18 4C-02.46 S1 C01, C02, S02, S10 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-10.21 S1, proposed by andritz
19 4C-10.32 S1 L01, L08 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-10.21 S1, proposed by andritz
20 4C-10.21 S2 L03 Fibra Reference specification 4C-10.21 S2_150#, proposed by andritz
21 4C-12.12 S1 G50(150#) Fibra Reference specification 4C-12.12 S1, proposed by andritz
22 4C-12.19 S1 G50(300#) Fibra Reference specification 4C-12.12 S1_300#, proposed by andritz
23 4C-12.18 S1 G51, G75 Fibra Reference specification 4C-12.15 S1, proposed by andritz
24 4C-09.05 S1 V10 Fibra Reference specification 4C-12.15 S1, proposed by andritz
25 4C-12.15 S2 V58 Fibra Reference specification 4C-12.15 S2, proposed by andritz
26 4C-13.02 S1 K20, K45 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-13.02 S1, proposed by andritz
27 4C-13.30 S2 G35 Fibra Reference specification 4C-13.30 S2_300#, proposed by andritz
28 4C-13.36 S2 K85, K87 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-13.04 S2 Corregido, proposed by andritz
29 4C-10.33 S2 L61 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-13.04 S2 Corregido, proposed by andritz
30 4C-13.25 S2 K41 Energia Reference specification 4C-13.25 S2 - Nuevo, proposed by andritz
31 4C-17.21 S1 D40 Energia Reference specification 4C-17.21 S1, proposed by andritz
33 4C-10.24 S5 L60, L61 Energia Reference specification 4C-10.24 S5 Modificado, proposed by andritz
34 4C-10.25 S5 L60, L61 Energia Reference specification 4C-10.25 S5 Modificado, proposed by andritz
35 4C-11.14 S5 M30 Energia Reference specification 4C-10.25 S5 Modificado, proposed by andritz
36 4C-10.26 S5 L62 Energia Reference specification 4C-10.26 S5 Modificado, proposed by andritz
37 4C-11.02 C M23 Energia Reference specification 4C-11.02 C Nuevo, proposed by andritz
Página 1
INDEX SPECIFICATION
9, 2019
38 4C-11.03 S5 M25 Energia Reference specification 4C-11.03 S5 Nuevo, proposed by andritz

39 4C-10.04 S2 C42 Fibra Reference specification 4C-10.04 S2-Nuevo, proposed by andritz
41 4C-02.47 S2 S01, S20 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-12.12 S2, proposed by andritz
42 4C-02.02 C3 C01, S01 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-02.02 C3, proposed by andritz
43 4C-02.44 C3 C02 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-02.02 C3, proposed by andritz
44 4C-03.02 C G74 Energia Reference specification 4C-03.02 C Nuevo, proposed by andritz
45 4C-10.29 S2 C40, C42 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-01.06 S2, proposed by andritz
46 4C-01.44 S2 W04, W30, W35 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-01.06 S2, proposed by andritz
47 4C-08.21 S1 B57 Fibra Reference specification 4C-08.08 S1_150#, proposed by andritz
48 4C-01.47 S1 W21 Fibra Reference specification 4C-01.07 S1_300#, proposed by andritz
51 4C-10.37 S1 S10 Energia Reference specification 4C-10.04 S1_300#, proposed by andritz
52 4C-01.49 S2 W04, W30, W35 Energia / Fibra Reference specification 4C-01.06 S2 - Nuevo, proposed by andritz
53 4C-13.43 S2 K45 Fibra Reference specification 4C-13.02 S2, proposed by andritz
54 4C-08.22 S2 P58 Fibra Reference specification 4C-08.03 S2_300#, proposed by andritz
55 4C-08.23 S2 B58 Fibra Reference specification 4C-08.03 S2_300#, proposed by andritz
56 4C-04.06 S2 P57, P58 Fibra Reference specification 4C-04.06 S2_300#, proposed by andritz
Andritz format specification
57 C1A.2.01 K27 Energia Reference specification C1A.2.01, proposed by andritz
58 4C-08.14 F B55, B58 Fibra Reference specification F1A.2.01, proposed by andritz
59 4C-13.33 F K45, K87 Fibra Reference specification F1A.2.01, proposed by andritz
60 4C-05.06 F P55 Fibra Reference specification F1A.2.01, proposed by andritz
61 4C-01.43 F W04 Fibra Reference specification F1A.2.01, proposed by andritz
62 4C-13.34 T K32 Energia Reference specification T1B.1.01, proposed by andritz
63 4C-04.10 T P58 Energia Reference specification T1B.1.01, proposed by andritz
64 4C-05.07 T P55 Fibra Reference specification T1A.1.01, proposed by andritz
65 4C-08.15 T B55 Fibra Reference specification T1A.1.01, proposed by andritz
66 4C-10.09 S1 L08 Fibra Reference specification S1B.3.05, proposed by andritz
67 4C-10.10 S1 L11 Fibra Reference specification S1B.3.02, proposed by andritz
68 4C-10.27 S1 L11 Fibra Reference specification S1A.3.03, proposed by andritz
69 4C-04.11 S1 P30 Fibra Reference specification S1B.2.02, proposed by andritz
70 4C-04.12 S1 P30 Fibra Reference specification S1A.2.06, proposed by andritz
71 4C-02.42 S1 S05, S20 Fibra Reference specification S1A.2.01, proposed by andritz
72 4C-08.16 S4 B55 Fibra Reference specification M1A.1.01, proposed by andritz
73 4C-05.08 S4 P55 Fibra Reference specification M1A.1.01, proposed by andritz
74 4C-02.43 S4 S01 Fibra Reference specification M1A.1.01, proposed by andritz
75 4C-17.62 F D40, D50 Energia - Fibra Reference specification F1Z.1.01, proposed by andritz
76 4C-09.04 F V55, V58 Energia - Fibra Reference specification F1Z.1.01, proposed by andritz
Página 2
INDEX SPECIFICATION
9, 2019
77 4C-13.35 F K32 Fibra Reference specification F1B.1.01, proposed by andritz

78 4C-02.41 S5 S23 Energia Reference specification D4A.1.01, proposed by andritz
79 4C-02.40 S5 S22, S23 Energia Reference specification D3A.1.01, proposed by andritz
80 D2A.1.01 L61 Energia Reference specification D2A.1.01, proposed by andritz
81 4C-01.06 S5 W35 Fibra Reference specification D3A.1.01, proposed by andritz
Página 3
FLUID
CONDITIONS
0 – 11 barg
12 – 100 °C
W48 - DEMINERALIZED WATER pH Range: 4 - 7
subject to regeneration with diluted sulfuric
acid (<5%)
W04 - Mill Water - Cold pH Range: 5 - 9
W30 - Warm Water (up to 50°C) pH Range: 5 - 9
W35 - Hot Water pH Range: 5 - 9
APPLICABLE
CODE
ASME B31.3
Category D Fluid
Service


32” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) ASTM A358 Gr.

34” to 36” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) TP 316L, CL 2
38” to 42” Wall Thk: 0.500” (12.7mm)
End Prep: Note 5


2½” to 30” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403 Gr. 316L

Wall Thk: Sch.10S

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
32” to 48” Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A403 Gr. 316L


Class: 300
Galv. (HDG) Steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A516 Gr. 70 HDG Lap
Conn: Butt weld stub end Joint
Class: 300
All sizes
GASKETS Material: Carbon Fiber Nitrile, ASME B16.21
1/16” thick (12” & less) Garlock HTC 9850
Type: Flat ring
Class: 300

2” & Less
Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets
Class: ASME B16.11
3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 150

Class: 150

Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 125
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
CONDITIONS
0 – 11 barg
12 – 100 °C
C40 - Secondary Condensate A pH Range: 4 - 7
pH Range: 5 - 9
pH Range: 5 - 9
pH Range: 5 - 9
APPLICABLE
CODE
ASME B31.3
Category D Fluid
Service


32” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) ASTM A358 Gr.

34” to 36” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) TP 316L, CL 2
38” to 42” Wall Thk: 0.500” (12.7mm)
End Prep: Note 5


2½” to 30” Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403 Gr. 316L

Wall Thk: Sch.10S
32” to 48” Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A403 Gr. 316L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


Class: 300
Galv. (HDG) Steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A516 Gr. 70 HDG Lap
Class: 300
All sizes
Type: Flat ring
Class: 300

2” & Less
ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC


Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 150

Class: 150

Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 125
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G75 MILL AIR 0 - 125 psig (0 – 8.6 barg)

G76 INSTRUMENT AIR 40ºF – 200ºF (4 – 93ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
PIPE Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312

2½” - 16” Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312

NIPPLES Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312


2½” - 16" Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403


Conn: Butt weld stub end MSS SP-43
Thk: Schedule 10S (stub end) ASTM A105 HDG
BOLTS & NUTS Material: Alloy / Carbon steel (Galvanized) ASTM A193 Gr. B7 for bolts
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2

PROJ. DATE OF
APPR. ISSUE May 2019
DEPT. GENERIC
1
/16” thick (12” & Less) Garlock 5500
1
/8” thick (14” & Up) or approved equal
Type: Flat ring
Class: 150
BRANCH Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

CONNECTIONS Type: Couplings, half couplings Gr. F304L
Class: 3000

1½” – 2” Conn: Threaded Gr. F304L
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Type: Fast-curing thread sealant with Teflon Loctite PST 567


Class: 150

1½” - 2” Teflon seat c/w lock out lug
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300

1” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
1½” - 2” Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300

Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
handle
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

piping (See Note 8)

Moisture trap assembly for air lines Standard 4D-17.06
NOTES:
3. Instrument air lines shall be pneumatically tested and blown with dry, oil-free air.
4. Gate valves that are located in inaccessible locations, shall be provided with chain operators or
valve extensions as required (as shown on drawings).
5. The inert gas shielded arc welding process (TIG) with shielding gas protection on the underside of
the weld shall be used in welding stainless steel instrument lines.
6. Branch connections shall connect to the top of horizontal headers and shall have shut off valves at
the headers.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
7. Drain valves shall be located at the low end of slope headers and at low points in the piping
system.
4S-02.01.
10. Reducers on horizontal mill air pipe runs shall be eccentric in order to keep the bottom of pipe flat..
11. N/A.
12. Provide moisture traps at 250’ intervals along long horizontal runs and at bottom of vertical change
in direction.
14. V-3451 and V-4454 to be used only in header as branch isolation valves.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 145 psig (0 - 10 barg)
B57 Brown stock filtrate 60°F to 221°F (15-105°C)
Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 9 – 11
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2½” - 10" Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312

12” - 24" Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312

26” - 32" Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) ASTM A358
34” - 42" Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) Gr. TP 304L
48" Wall Thk: 0.375” (10 mm) CL 2



26” - 48” Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A403

Conn: Beveled end Gr. WP 304L
FLANGES Material: Forged SS ASTM A182 Gr. F304L

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 24" Material: Austenitic SS Stub ends ASTM A403 Gr. WP 304L
Type: Butt weld (stub-end) MSS SP-43
26” & Up Material: Austenitic SS Stub ends ASTM A240 Gr. 304L
HDG carbon steel Lap joint flange ASTM A516 Gr. 70 HDG
Type: Butt weld (stub-end)
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


2” & Less Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets Gr. F304L
Class: 3000

Type: Couplings, half-couplings Gr. F304L
Class: 150

Conn: Welded


piping

and flanges

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 145 psig (0 - 10 barg)
60°F to 221°F (15-105°C)
Paragraph 4.6
P57 Pulp, Oxygen stage pH Range: 9 – 11
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



26” - 32" Wall Thk: 0.25” (6 mm) ASTM A358
34” - 42" Wall Thk: 0.312” (8 mm) Gr. TP 304L
48" Wall Thk: 0.375” (10 mm) CL 2





Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 150

Conn: Welded


piping

and flanges

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
P26 Pulp, sulphate, unwashed-High Pressure 126 - 240 psig

(8.7 – 16.5 barg)
Up to 200°F (93°C)
See Note 6
pH Range 9-11.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
PIPE (See Notes 2 & 4) Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312

16” - 20" Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) ASTM A358

22” - 26" Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) Gr. 304L Class 2
28” - 30" Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm)
32” - 42" Wall Thk: 0.500” (12.7mm)

FITTINGS (See Note 3) Material: Cast SS ASTM A182




Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 300
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping (See Note 7)

3. Stub-in tees and laterals shall have reinforcing pads as pe Standard 4C-10.04.
4. Reduced wall thicknesses may be allowable if MC pump(s) in system have lower shut-off heads, or
in downstream lower-pressure sections of the system (after shut-off or diversion valves and
towards freedischarge end of system). Rigorous calculations on actual system pressure conditions
and piping material (SS 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 317, 317L…), must be done in accordance with the
relevant code and kept on file for inspection/review by authorities, before authorizing any wall-
thickness reduction.
5. The end preparation for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 of Design
Standard 4S-02.01.
time and no more than 100 hrs/yr. (ASME B31.3, Paragraph 302.2.4).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 150 psig (0 to 10.3 barg)
60 - 180ºF (15 - 82ºC)
See D.S. 4S-02.02
Paragraph 4.6
P58 Pulp, Peroxide stage / Semibleached stock pH Range: 2 –5
(low Cl)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2½” & Up Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312



(See Note 3) Wall Thk 3000 ASME B16.11



Type: Butt weld ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: Non-metallic, non-asbestos, ⅛” thick ASME B16.21


Class: 3000

Class: 3000


piping

and flanges

NOTES:
2. Gates valves 16” diameter and larger shall be equipped with pipe by-passes where specified on
drawings.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 175 psig (0 – 12barg)
60ºF - 212ºF (15 - 100ºC)
B58 Alkaline filtrate in bleaching
B80 White water
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2½” to 24” Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312


Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (26”-28”) CL 2
0.312” (7.92mm) (30”-44”)
0.375” (9.53mm) (46”-54”)
0.500” (12.7mm) (56”-60”)
0.625” (15.88mm) (62”-72”)



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Butt weld Gr. CR316L

Conn: See Note 5 Gr. CR316L

Wall Thk: To match pipe AWWA C208

2½” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end HDG carbon ASTM A403 Gr. WP316L
steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A105 HDG
Conn: Butt weld (stub end) MSS SP-43
26” - 60” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end HDG Lap Joint ASTM A240 Gr 316L stub end
Flange ASTM A516 Gr 70 HDG Lap
Conn: Butt weld (stub end) Joint
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000
2” & Less Material: Forged SS ASTM A182

Class: 3000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

HOSE ASSEMBLY Material: SBR tube and cover with high-tensile Goodall “Newtype”
1¼” - 8” textile braid and helix wire Spec.1350
Dixon GJ Boss
Hose fittings complete with pipe Style X34
connection. Gound joint female
coupling
1¼” – 2” hose combination
SS hose clamps Type 301 SS Tridon Seal-tite
or approved equal
3” – 8” end hose combination
w/cadmium plated malleable iron Type 301 SS Tridon Seal-tite
3-4” dia. – 1 clamp required
HOSE FLANGES Material: Ss Vanstone flange with CS back-up

3” – 8” flange supplied and attached by piping
Conn: contractor
Threaded, fitted both ends of hose with
SS hose clamps

2” & Less seats
Class: 150

bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GATE gate
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150
BUTTERFLY Material: SS 316 Body & disc V-9203

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 175 psig (0 – 12barg)
60ºF - 212ºF (15 - 100ºC)
P58 Pulp, Peroxide stage / Semibleached stock

(low Cl)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (26”-28”) CL 2
0.312” (7.92mm) (30”-44”)
0.375” (9.53mm) (46”-54”)
0.500” (12.7mm) (56”-60”)
0.625” (15.88mm) (62”-72”)



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC



Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Dixon GJ Boss
coupling
or approved equal

Conn: contractor
SS hose clamps

2” & Less seats
Class: 150

bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GATE gate
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
175 to 500 psig

(12 – 34.5 barg)
B57 Brown stock filtrate 40ºF – 285ºF (4 – 140ºC)

APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” - 6” End Prep: Plain ends Gr. TP 304L
8” - 12” Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312
Conn: Threaded Gr. TP 304L
Wall Thk: 0. 500” (12.7mm) (18”-22”)
0.625” (15.88mm) (24”)
Wall Thk: 0.625” (12.7mm) (26”-30”) CL 2
0.750” (19.05mm) (32”-34”)
0.875” (22.23mm) (36”-40”)
1” (25.4mm) (42”-48”)


2½” - 6" Material: Austenitic SS, seamless ASTM A403

(See Note 4) Conn: Butt weld Gr. WP304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” -24” length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP304L
26” - 48” Material: Austenitic SS, stub end with CS HDG ASTM A240 Gr. 304L
lap joint flange ASTM A516 Gr. 70 HDG
Conn: Butt weld stub end
Class: 300
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1
/16” thick ASME B16.21
Type: Flat ring Teadit TF-1570

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


2 & Less & Y., wedge disc
Conn: Thread
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
175 to 500 psig

(12 – 34.5 barg)
P57 Pulp, Oxygen stage 40ºF – 285ºF (4 – 140ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

Wall Thk: 0. 500” (12.7mm) (18”-22”)
0.625” (15.88mm) (24”)
Wall Thk: 0.625” (12.7mm) (26”-30”) CL 2
0.750” (19.05mm) (32”-34”)
0.875” (22.23mm) (36”-40”)
1” (25.4mm) (42”-48”)




PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Class: 300
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Thread
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
175 to 500 psig

(12 – 34.5 barg)
B58 Alkaline filtrate in bleaching 40ºF – 285ºF (4 – 140ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

Wall Thk: 0. 500” (12.7mm) (18”-22”)
0.625” (15.88mm) (24”)
Wall Thk: 0.625” (12.7mm) (26”-30”) CL 2
0.750” (19.05mm) (32”-34”)
0.875” (22.23mm) (36”-40”)
1” (25.4mm) (42”-48”)




PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 24” length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP316L
Thk: To match pipe (stub end) ASTM A105 HDG
Class: 300
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


Conn: Thread
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
175 to 500 psig

(12 – 34.5 barg)
P58 Pulp, Peroxide stage / Semibleached stock 40ºF – 285ºF (4 – 140ºC)
(low Cl)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

Wall Thk: 0. 500” (12.7mm) (18”-22”)
0.625” (15.88mm) (24”)
Wall Thk: 0.625” (12.7mm) (26”-30”) CL 2
0.750” (19.05mm) (32”-34”)
0.875” (22.23mm) (36”-40”)
1” (25.4mm) (42”-48”)




PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 24” length with CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP316L
Class: 300
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Thread
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 194 psig (0 - 13.4
barg)
40ºF - 200ºF ( 4 - 93ºC)
C02 MP condensate Paragraph 4.6
pH Range: 10 - 13
S20 Flash steam / Secondary vapour / Alkaline flash
vapor /
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


26” - 32” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) ASTM A358

34” - 42” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) Gr TP 304L
44” - 48” Wall Thk: 0.500” (12.7mm) CL 2 WLD



End Prep: See Note 3 Gr. WP 304L

End Prep: See Note 3 Gr WP 304L


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS, stub end, Type A, MSS ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
Thk: Schedule 10S (stub end) ASME B16.5
Class: 150
26” - 48” Material: Austenitic SS, stub end, with CS HDG ASTM A240 Gr. 304L stub end
lap joint flange ASTM A516 Gr 70 HDG Lap
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 304 SS graphite filled ASME B16.20

Type: Spiral wound Garlock Flexseal

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Type: Fast-curing thread sealant with Teflon Loctite PST-567


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BALL Material: 316 SS body, lever handle, Teflon V-4454

2” & Less seats
Class: 600

2” & Less” Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

piping

NOTES:
sheet. See design standard 4C-03.02.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
C41 Secondary condensate B / Secondary -28” Hg to 36 psig

condensate
(-95 to 2.5 barg)
Up to 392ºF (200ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



End Prep: Beveled end Gr TP 304L
Wall Thk: Schedule 5S (See Note 5)
26” - 36” Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (See Note 5) ASTM A358
28” - 42” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) (See Note 5) Gr TP 304L
44” - 52” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) (See Note 5) CL 2




End Prep: See Note 4 & 5 Gr WP 304L
52” Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A403


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000
HOSE ASSEMBLY FOR:
pipe OD
2½” - 6 “ & helix wire & SBR cover Or approved equal

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
to fit pipe OD
each end of hose HAS or approved equal
bolts & gaskets or approved equal


2” & Less seats
Conn: Threaded
Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
BUTTERFLT Material: Cast iron body, SS 316 disc, hard V-9232

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
02.01.
5. Pipe wall thickness shall be verified according to Vaccum pressure. Pipe stiffeners may be required.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G70 Vacuum air -28” Hg to 36 psig

(-95 to 2.5 barg)
Up to 392ºF (200ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: Schedule 5S (See Note 5)
26” - 36” Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (See Note 5) ASTM A358
28” - 42” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) (See Note 5) Gr TP 304L
44” - 52” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) (See Note 5) CL 2




52” Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A403


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000
HOSE ASSEMBLY FOR:
pipe OD
2½” - 6 “ & helix wire & SBR cover Or approved equal

to fit pipe OD

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
each end of hose HAS or approved equal
bolts & gaskets or approved equal


2” & Less seats
Conn: Threaded
Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
BUTTERFLT Material: Cast iron body, SS 316 disc, hard V-9232

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
02.01.
5. Pipe wall thickness shall be verified according to Vaccum pressure. Pipe stiffeners may be required.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 194 psig (0 - 13.4
barg)
L08 Cooking liquor / Weak black liquor 40ºF - 200ºF ( 4 - 93ºC)
L10 Black liquor, spill Paragraph 4.6
L12 Intermediate black liquor pH Range: 10 - 13
L13 Intermediate black liquor
L 61 Recycle ash solution/Recycle ash slurry/Recycle
ash/Heavy black liquor
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


26” - 32” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) ASTM A358

34” - 42” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) Gr TP 304L
44” - 48” Wall Thk: 0.500” (12.7mm) CL 2 WLD





PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Class: 150
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

2” & Less seats
Class: 600

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

piping

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
C01 LP condensate Up to 505 psig (34.8 barg)

C02 MP condensate 40ºF - 200ºF (4 - 93ºC)
S02 Medium pressure steam pH Range: 12 - 13.5
S10 Flash steam
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Category M Fluid Service
(See Note 6)



Wall Thk: 0.500” (12.7mm)





PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Note 2) length with CS HDG lap joint flange MSS SP-43
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000
2” & Less O.S. & Y., rising stem, bolted bonnet
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
2½” to 12” O.S. & Y., rising stem, bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” & Up bolted cover
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
2” & Less port & 2-piede Teflon seat.
Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
Ball Material: All Stainless Steel, 316 body & ball, full V-4454
2” & Less port and 3-piede Teflon seat
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600

piping
NOTES:
02.01.
6. This has been determined to be a Category M Fluid Service, all relevant requirements of ASME Code
B31.3 apply. Particular attention must be made to required radiography, testing and checkout
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
WHIT LIQUOR - ALKALI
• APPEARANCE & ODOUR

• White to golden colour solution
• STORAGE
• Do not permit contact with acidic materials
• Vessels which have contained white liquor should be checked for hydrogen sulfide before entering
• SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURE

• Never neutralize spill with acid or divert to acid containing sewer
• Contact with acids can result in release of potentially lethal concentrations of hydrogen sulfide gas
• Ventilate spill area
• Spills will make floors very slippery
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Dilute and flush to an approved treatment system as per mill requirements
• Wear chemical worker's goggles and rubber gloves
• Other protective equipment such as aprons, boots, face shields or rubber suits may be needed when handling large
• Eyewash stations and safety showers should be readily accessible near use areas
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• Remove to fresh air
• FOR EYES
• Possible blindness
• Immediately flush with running water for 15 minutes, holding eyelids open
• Contact Physician
• FOR SKIN
• Can cause severe burns
• Flush affected area immediately with large volumes of water for a minimum of 15 minutes, or until slippery feel is
gone.
• Remove contaminated clothing
• FOR INGESTION
• Do not induce vomiting NOTE: These Product Information
• Rinse mouth out with water Sheets are provided as a general
• Drink large amounts of water & call for medical assistance guideline for fluid properties and
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) replace formal Material Safety Data
• AVAILABLE ON REQUEST Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L01 White liquor Up to 505 psig (34.8 barg)

L08 Cooking liquor / Weak black liquor 40ºF - 200ºF (4 - 93ºC)
pH Range: 12 - 13.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See Note 6)



Wall Thk: 0.500” (12.7mm)





PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600

piping
NOTES:
02.01.
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME

• STORAGE

• WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR EYES
• FOR SKIN
gone.
• FOR INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L03 WHITE LIQUOR (BOOSTED) 12 barg – 150 °C

- Oxidized pH Range: 12 - 13.5
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See Note 6)







PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” to 4” bolted cover
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600

piping
NOTES:
4S-02.01.
6. This has been determined to be a Category M Fluid Service, all relevant requirements of ASME
Code B31.3 apply. Particular attention must be made to required radiography, testing and checkout
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME

• STORAGE

• WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR EYES
• FOR SKIN
gone.
• FOR INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G50 Concentrated odorous gases -30” Hg - 150 psig

(Full Vacuum – 10 barg)
Up to 400°F (204°C)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See note 7)






ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B18.2.1
NUTS Material: Carbon steel ASTM A194, Gr. 2H

All Sizes Type: Semi-finished heavy hex. ASME B1.1, Class 2B
ASME B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: Non-metallic, restructured teflon 1/16” ASME B16.21

thick Garlock ‘Gylon’ 3504
Type: Flat ring or approved equal
Class: 150

(See Note 3) Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 3000


piping (See Note 5)

02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
7. Note this has been determined to be a Category M Fluid Service all relevant requirements of ASME
Code B31. 3 apply. Particular attention must be made to required radiography, testing and checkout
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
NON-CONDENSABLE
GASES - G50
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• Colourless gas - yellow fluid with a noxious odour in concentrated form (cabbage-like or rotten eggs)
• STORAGE
• Incompatible with many materials including strong oxidizers, metals & strong acid
• When heated to decomposition, it emits toxic oxides of sulphur
• SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES

• Evacuate persons not wearing protective equipment from leak or spill area
• Remove all ignition sources
• Ventilate area of spill or leak
• Stop flow of gas or liquid
• FIRE HAZARD
• Mixture is heavier than air and may travel a considerable distance to source of ignition and flash back. It forms
• Do not enter a chest, tank, digester, evaporator or other equipment or confined space that has contained pulp or white,
• Provide adequate general and local exhaust ventilation
• For non-routine or emergency exposure, use self-contained breathing apparatus with full face piece operated in pressure
• Avoid inhalation of vapours
• Avoid contact with eyes or skin
• Eyewash stations should be readily accessible in areas where exposures may occur
FIRST AID
• INHALATION
• Exposure to high concentration is lethal, causing respiratory paralysis

• Remove to fresh air at once and call for medical aid
• If breathing is laboured, give oxygen
• If breathing has stopped, give artificial respiration

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• EYE CONTACT
• Immediately wash eyes with large amounts of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting lids occasionally
• If irritation is present after washing, get medical attention
• SKIN CONTACT
• Wash affected area immediately with water

• Remove contaminated clothing promptly
• Get medical help if irritation or burns are present after washing
• INGESTION
• Not applicable (not likely to occur)
• AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID

(Noxious Emissions) Up to 400°F (204°C)
Stripper Off-Gases
High Concentration
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(TO BE USED ONLY IN Category M Fluid Service
THE TOP OF DIGESTER) (See note 7)

1½” & Less End Prep: Plain end Gr. TP 304L
2” - 12” Material: Austenitic SS, seamless ASTM A312

14” - 16” Material: Austenitic SS, seamless ASTM A312

18” - 48” Wall Thk: 0.500” (18”-22”) ASTM A358

0.625” (24”-30”) Gr. TP 304L
0.750” (32”-34”) CL 2
0.875” (36”-40”)
1” (42”-48”)

1½” & Less End Prep: Threaded Gr. TP 304L

2” - 48” Material: Austenitic SS, ASTM A403
Conn: Butt weld Gr. WP304L-W


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
½” - 1½” Conn: Socket weld Gr. F304L
2” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS lap joint stub ends, with ASTM A403
(See Note 2) CS HDG lap joint flange Gr. WP 304L
Type: To match pipe ASME B16.9
ASME B16.5
26” - 48” Material: Austenitic SS lap joint stub ends, with ASTM A240 Gr. 304L
(See Note 2) CS HDG lap joint flange ASTM A516 Gr. 70 HDG
Type: To match pipe
Class: 300

ASME B18.2.1

ASME B18.2.2

Class: 300

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping (See Note 5)

02.01.
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
NON-CONDENSABLE
GASES - G50
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• STORAGE

• FIRE HAZARD
FIRST AID
• INHALATION


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• EYE CONTACT
• SKIN CONTACT

• INGESTION

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
(with steam injection)

G51 DNCG / Diluted odorous gases -30” Hg to 150 psig
G75 Compressed air, mill Full Vacuum to 10 barg
Up to 400ºF (up to 204ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service


26” – 48” Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A358

Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (26”-36”) CL 2
0.312” (7.92mm) (38”-44”)
0.375” (9.53mm) (46”-48”)






PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A403
2½” - 24” length with CS HDG Lap Joint Fge Gr. WP304L
26” - 48” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends with CS HDG ASTM A240 Gr. WP304L stub
Lap Joint Flange end
Conn: Butt weld ASTM A516 Gr 70 HDG Lap
Class: 150 Joint
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1
Flat ring Teadit TF-1580
Type: 150 or approved equal
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


2” & Less Material: Cast 316 SS, Teflon seats V-4451

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BUTTERFLY Material: SS 316 body & disc, filled teflon seat, V-9242
2½” & Up 4” & less: lever operator
6” & up: gear operator
Class: 150

pressure piping

NOTES:
02.01.
5. The piping standard applies to piping downstream of steam ejector before first isolation valve where
high steam pressure and temperature may accidentally occur during system upsets.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
NON-CONDENSABLE GASES – G51
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• Colourless gases – yellow fluid with a noxious odour in concentrated form (cabbage-like or rotten eggs)
• STORAGE
• Incompatible With many materials including strong oxidizes, metals & strong acid

• Stop flow of gas of liquid
• FIRE HAZARD
• Do not ender a chest, tank, digester, evaporator or other equipment of confined space that has contained pulp or white,
green or black liquor until it has been tested for the presences of gases
FIRST AID
• INHALATION
• EYE CONTACT

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• SKIN CONTACT
• INGESTION

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID

V10 Exhaust vapour -30” Hg to 150 psig
Full Vacuum to 10 barg
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service



Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (26”-36”) CL 2
0.312” (7.92mm) (38”-44”)
0.375” (9.53mm) (46”-48”)






PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150 Joint
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 3000



Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

pressure piping

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• STORAGE

• FIRE HAZARD
FIRST AID
• INHALATION
• EYE CONTACT

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• SKIN CONTACT
• INGESTION

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID

V58 Exhaust vapour, Alkaline -30” Hg to 150 psig
Full Vacuum to 10 barg
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service



Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (26”-36”) CL 2
0.312” (7.92mm) (38”-44”)
0.375” (9.53mm) (46”-48”)


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150 Joint
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1
Class:

Class: 3000

Class: 3000



Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

pressure piping

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• STORAGE

• FIRE HAZARD
FIRST AID
• INHALATION
• EYE CONTACT

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• SKIN CONTACT
• INGESTION

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K44 / K45 CAUSTIC SODA: (Boosted) 1% - 50% 0 - 130 psig (0 - 9 barg)

70ºF - 185ºF (21-85ºC)
K20 Lime stone pH Range: 13 - 14
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
(See Note 10)

2½” – 12” Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312

End Prep: See note 5 Gr. TP 304L




length with CS HDG Lap Joint Flange Gr. WP304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
LUBRICANTS Type: Graphite calcium fluoride base, for Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize
threads & bolts or approved equal

Class: 150 (Instr. Conn. Only)
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 31, O.S. & Y., plug disc V-2250
2 & Less Conn: Socket weld
Class: 150

Class: 150
3” & Less wedge, bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, O.S. & Y., bolted bonnet V-2241
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
PLUG Material: SS 316 body & plug, Teflon sleeves, V-6241

2½” - 3" lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

NOTES:
2. All threaded valves/connections to be back-welded. Threaded joints that are to be back-welded shall
02.01.
7. Pipe lines containing 50% caustic soda solutions are to be heat-traced where fluid temperatures
can be expected to drop below 60ºF. Electric heat-tracing is recommended in the form of sef-

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
If possible, the entire piping system should be designed to be free draining. Otherwise, capped
drain valves shall be installed at the lowest point in the system to facilitate maintenance.
hydrogenperoxide bleach preaparation.
10. Note this has been determined to be a Category M Fluid all relevant requirements of ASME Code
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
CAUSTIC SODA
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• Colourless to slightly coloured – no odour
• STORAGE
• Keep containers closed and sealed
• General Ventilation

• Only trained and property protected personnel should be involved in spill clean-up operations
• Acting cautiously, small spills should be carefully flushed with water
• Dilute acid, preferably acetic acid, may be used to neutralize only the final traces of caustic after flushing
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Disposal of caustic soda must be made in a manner approved by Regulatory Agencies
• IF REPIRATORY IRRITATION IS EXPERIENCED
• Use an approved air-purifying respirator
• SKIN PROTECTION
• Use protective clothing
• EYE PROTECTION
• Use chemical goggles
• Use full face shield in addition to goggles
• Maintain nearby:
• Eye wash fountain
• Safety shower
FIRST AID
• IMMEDIATE FIRST AID MUST BE GIVEN
• FOR INGESTION
• If conscious, give large amount of water of milk
• Do not induce vomiting
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR EYE & SKIN
• Wash for 30 minutes
• CALL FOR MEDICAL ASSISTANCE
• AVAILABLE ON REQUEST guideline for fluid properties and
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G35 OXYGEN 0 - 203 psig (0 – 14 barg)

- Process -22ºF - 100ºF (-30 – 38ºC)
- Welding & Cutting Services
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service


16” - 20” Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) ASTM A358

22” - 26” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) Gr. TP 316L
28” - 30” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) CL 2
32” - 42” Wall Thk: 0.500” (12.7mm)





PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Thk: To match pipe ASTM A105 HDG
26” - 42” Material: Austenitic SS stub ends, with CS HDG ASTM A240 Gr. 316L
Lap Joint Fge ASTM A516 Gr. 70 HDG
Conn: Butt weld
Thk: To match pipe
Class: 300
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2

Class: 300

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
pressure piping

NOTES:
B31.3.
3. The design of oxygen piping systems must be checked and approved prior to construction by the
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspection Division of the state or province in which the installation is
made.
4S-02.01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• WARNING
• Keep combustible materials away
• No smoking or open flame

• Clear, pale blue, odourless liquid
• Colourless & odourless gas
• STORAGE
• Liquid is delivered into stationary vacuum jacketed vessels
• Gas is delivered in cylinders
• Valve protection caps and valve outlet threaded plugs must remain in place unless container is secured with valve
• Use a suitable hand truck - do not drag, slide or roll cylinders
• Do not allow storage area temperature to exceed 130 F (54ºC)
• Full and empty cylinders should be segregated
• Use on a ‘First In - First Out’ basis to prevent storage over an excessive period of time
• Use only in well ventilated areas

• Evacuate all personnel from affected area
• If leak is in users equipment, be certain to purge piping with an inert gas prior to attempting repairs
• If leak is in a container or container valve, contact the supplier immediately
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Do not attempt to dispose of residual or un-used quantities - return to supplier in the shipping container, properly
• For emergency disposal, contact the supplier immediately
• FIRE FIGHTING
• Remove everyone not engaged in fighting the fire
• Shut off flow of O2
• Spray large quantity of water
• Use CO2 if electric equipment involved
• SAFETY PRECAUTION
• Avoid contact with boiling and splashing liquid and its issuing gas
• Never touch un-insulated pipes and vessels
• Wear face shied, protective clothing and loose gloves
• Have proper ventilation
• Keep surfaces in contact with O2 clean to prevent ignition

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
• FOR EYES
• Wash gently with warm water and keep warm
• Call for medical help
• FOR SKIN
• Remove clothing
• Warm area affected with warm water
• FOR INHALATION
• Remove to well ventilated area
• Apply artificial respiration if breathing stopped
• Get medical help

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 12 barg
4 - 100°C
K85 Formic acid

K87 Sodium bisulphite solution
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
**Category M (see Note 8)







PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2

Class: 150

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

2” & Less seats
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 150

Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing, bolted bonnet V-3222A

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

Class: 150

(Caustic Soda) Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

(Caustic Soda) gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
pressure piping

NOTES:

Nitric Acid - HNO3
02.01.

requirements

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• White hygroscopic powder - may have slight odour of amine
• STORAGE
• Do not store in glass containers
• Store in original container
• Keep containers tightly closed in a dry, well ventilated area
• Do not store near acids or oxidizers

• Cover with dolomite, sweep up
• Wash area and equipment in well ventilated area
• Keep from entering drains
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Put material in an approved container
• Dispose of at an approved hazardous waste facility
• Wear chemical safety goggles and/or full face shield
• Wear rubber gloves
• Wear approved dust respirator
• An eyewash and quick drench shower should be nearby and ready for use
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• Severe irritant to respiratory system
• If conscious - rinse mouth out with water
• Call physician
• FOR EYES
• Severe burns
• Immediately flush eyes with large amount of water at least 15 minutes including under eyelids
• Call physician
• FOR SKIN
• Causes caustic burns
• Remove contaminated clothing and wash affected area with water
• FOR INGESTION
• Gas embolism (due to formation of hydrogen gas) - corrosive to
digestive tract
• Contact physician Sheets are provided as a general
Sheets (MSDS)
PRODUCT NAME

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NITRIC ACID - HNO3
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• WARNING - NITRIC ACID IS

• Extremely corrosive
• Causes spontaneous ignition when in contact with organic materials
• Strongly oxidizing

• Colourless to light brown, acrid odour
• STORAGE
• Store drums of nitric acid in cool, ventilated place, away from organic materials, heat or sunlight, chemicals and
• Inspect drums for leakage or damage before moving
• Loading/unloading should be conducted by trained personnel
• Loosen closures carefully

• Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus if necessary
• Evacuate area - keep upwind until gas has dispersed
• Dyke with inert material (sand, earth, not sawdust)
• Flush with plenty of water and neutralize with lime or soda ash
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• If approved, drain neutralized washings to a waste treatment plant or transfer to a disposal contractor
• Do not flush before neutralizing
• Adequate ventilation
• Washing facilities should be nearby
• Wear:
• goggles or eye-shields
• PVC gloves and boots
• brim hat
• neoprene or plastic clothing
• trouser legs should be outside the boots
• Use contained breathing apparatus when there is danger of fumes
• Rescue harness and life line should be used when entering a tank or enclosed storage space
FIRST AID
• GET MEDICAL HELP IMMEDIATELY
• FOR INHALATION
• Remove to ventilated area
• Administer oxygen, if breathing is laboured
• Give artificial respiration, if breathing stops
• FOR SKIN
• Wash areas with large quantity of water for at least 20 minutes

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• FOR EYES
• Flush with running water for at least 20 minutes, continue if necessary
• FOR INGESTION
• If conscious, drink large amount of water or milk

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• Colourless liquid/compressed gas
• Pungent, irritating odour

• At temperatures above 14°F, SO2 will be a gas
• If possible, move leaking container so gas leaks rather than liquid
• If safe to do so, transfer leaking container out of doors
• Vent escaping gas into a dilute caustic soda solution
• SO2 gas is heavier than air - do not allow gas to collect in low or enclosed spaces
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Dispose in accordance with local environmental regulations
• USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

• Approved-type gas masks
• Rubber suit, gloves, boots and acid proof goggles
• AVOID INHALING
• PREVENT CONTACT WITH BODY TISSUES
• FOR REPAIR
• No repair to start until section is purged with water and air.
• SO2 CYLINDERS
• Should not be subjected to stresses or shocks
• Valve protection caps should be in place at all times
• Never allow cylinders in the sun or to reach a temperature exceeding 125°F
• Secure in an upright position
• LEAKS CAN BE DETERMINED BY

• Pungent odour
• Dense white fumes when in contact with ammonia vapour
• FIRST AID
• CALL FOR MEDICAL HELP
• FOR INGESTION (of liquid)

• If conscious, rinse mouth with water and give at least 2 glasses of water
• FOR INHALATION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• Remove into fresh warm air
• Elevate head and shoulders slightly
• Resist the urge to cough
• Give artificial respiration if breathing stops
• FOR EYES
• Hold lid open and flush with water
• Open lid and close rapidly for 15 minutes while washing
• FOR SKIN
• Strip saturated clothing
• Flood affected areas with water
• Apply sterile gauze dressings


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• WARNING - SULFAMIC ACID IS:

• Odourless
• May be harmful, irritant to eyes and skin
• In solution, it is oxidizing and corrosive
• STORAGE
• Should be stored in cool, dry area
• PERSONNEL PROTECTION
• For eyes - wear protective goggles
• For skin - wear rubber gloves and clothing
FIRST AID
• FOR INGESTION
• If conscious, give large quantity of water
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR EYES
• Immediately flush with large quantity of water for 15 minutes
• FOR SKIN
• Flush with large quantity of water


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• WARNING
• Flammable, can cause ignition when exposed to air and moisture
• Considered “moderately toxic”

• White powder - strong SO2 odour
• STORAGE
• Keep in sealed dry drums
• Unsprinklered storage is advisable
• If an opened drum is smoking and hot to touch:
• vent the lid with fire axe
• move drum out
• empty drum
• flood material with water
• contain and treat all contained water

• Sweep up - avoid generating dust
• Wear self-contained breathing apparatus
• Place dry material into waterproof containers
• Dissolve moist product in large amount of water
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Incinerate in an approved facility
• Self-contained breathing equipment must be used when handling
• Heavy, heat resistance gloves and clothing must be worn when handling burning drums
FIRST AID
• FOR INGESTION
• If conscious, give water or milk
• Keep patient warm and quiet until medical help arrives
• FOR EYES
• Wash with large quantity of water, or wash with 2% sodium bicarbonate solution

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR SKIN
• Wash areas with large quantity of water


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• White fine crystals or powder
• STORAGE
• Keep in well closed containers in a cool place
• Avoid breathing dust
• Wash thoroughly after handling

• Sweep up spills into a localized area
• Add equal volume of soda ash and dilute with to obtain slurry
• Add calcium hypochlorite with caution
• Dilute and neutralize with 6M-HCL or 6M-NaOH
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Dispose through a waste treatment plant if local environmental regulations permit
• Wear rubber gloves, safety glasses and approved working clothes
• Work in hood or wear a respirator
• Do not wear contact lenses
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• Remove from exposure
• FOR SKIN
• Wash exposed area thoroughly with water
• Wash contaminated clothing before re-use
• FOR EYES
• Flush thoroughly with water for 15 minutes
• If irritation persists, seek medical attention
• FOR INGESTION
• Seek medical attention
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• Colourless and odourless
• STORAGE
• Keep container tightly closed
• Store separately and away from flammable and combustible materials
• Explosive when mixed with combustible materials

• Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled materials
• With clean shovel, carefully place material into clean, dry container
• Remove from area
• Flush spill area with water
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Wear rubber gloves and chemical safety goggles
• In case of fire, wear proper protective equipment and self-contained breathing apparatus with full face-piece operated in
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• If not breathing, give artificial respiration
• If breathing is difficult, give oxygen
• FOR EYES
• Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
• FOR SKIN
• Flush skin with water
• FOR INGESTION
• Call a physician
• If conscious, give large amount of water and induce vomiting by
• AVAILABLE ON REQUEST hazards, and are not intended to
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 12 barg
4 - 100°C
L61 Recycle ash solution
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
**Category M (see Note 8)








PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2

Class: 150

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

2” & Less seats
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 150

Class: 150
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing, bolted bonnet V-3222A

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

Class: 150

(Caustic Soda) Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

(Caustic Soda) gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

pressure piping


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:

Nitric Acid - HNO3
02.01.

requirements

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• White hygroscopic powder - may have slight odour of amine
• STORAGE
• Do not store in glass containers
• Store in original container
• Keep containers tightly closed in a dry, well ventilated area
• Do not store near acids or oxidizers

• Cover with dolomite, sweep up
• Wash area and equipment in well ventilated area
• Keep from entering drains
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Put material in an approved container
• Dispose of at an approved hazardous waste facility
• Wear chemical safety goggles and/or full face shield
• Wear rubber gloves
• Wear approved dust respirator
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• Severe irritant to respiratory system
• If conscious - rinse mouth out with water
• Call physician
• FOR EYES
• Severe burns
• Immediately flush eyes with large amount of water at least 15 minutes including under eyelids
• Call physician
• FOR SKIN
• Causes caustic burns
• Remove contaminated clothing and wash affected area with water
• FOR INGESTION
• Gas embolism (due to formation of hydrogen gas) - corrosive to
digestive tract
• Contact physician Sheets are provided as a general
Sheets (MSDS)
PRODUCT NAME

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NITRIC ACID - HNO3
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• WARNING - NITRIC ACID IS

• Extremely corrosive
• Causes spontaneous ignition when in contact with organic materials
• Strongly oxidizing

• Colourless to light brown, acrid odour
• STORAGE
• Store drums of nitric acid in cool, ventilated place, away from organic materials, heat or sunlight, chemicals and
• Inspect drums for leakage or damage before moving
• Loading/unloading should be conducted by trained personnel
• Loosen closures carefully

• Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus if necessary
• Evacuate area - keep upwind until gas has dispersed
• Dyke with inert material (sand, earth, not sawdust)
• Flush with plenty of water and neutralize with lime or soda ash
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• If approved, drain neutralized washings to a waste treatment plant or transfer to a disposal contractor
• Do not flush before neutralizing
• Adequate ventilation
• Wear:
• goggles or eye-shields
• PVC gloves and boots
• brim hat
• neoprene or plastic clothing
• trouser legs should be outside the boots
• Use contained breathing apparatus when there is danger of fumes
• Rescue harness and life line should be used when entering a tank or enclosed storage space
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR SKIN
• Wash areas with large quantity of water for at least 20 minutes

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• FOR EYES
• Flush with running water for at least 20 minutes, continue if necessary
• FOR INGESTION
• If conscious, drink large amount of water or milk

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• Colourless liquid/compressed gas
• Pungent, irritating odour

• At temperatures above 14°F, SO2 will be a gas
• If possible, move leaking container so gas leaks rather than liquid
• If safe to do so, transfer leaking container out of doors
• Vent escaping gas into a dilute caustic soda solution
• SO2 gas is heavier than air - do not allow gas to collect in low or enclosed spaces
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

• Approved-type gas masks
• Rubber suit, gloves, boots and acid proof goggles
• AVOID INHALING
• PREVENT CONTACT WITH BODY TISSUES
• FOR REPAIR
• No repair to start until section is purged with water and air.
• SO2 CYLINDERS
• Should not be subjected to stresses or shocks
• Valve protection caps should be in place at all times
• Never allow cylinders in the sun or to reach a temperature exceeding 125°F
• Secure in an upright position
• LEAKS CAN BE DETERMINED BY

• Pungent odour
• Dense white fumes when in contact with ammonia vapour
• FIRST AID
• FOR INGESTION (of liquid)

• If conscious, rinse mouth with water and give at least 2 glasses of water
• FOR INHALATION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• Remove into fresh warm air
• Elevate head and shoulders slightly
• Resist the urge to cough
• Give artificial respiration if breathing stops
• FOR EYES
• Hold lid open and flush with water
• Open lid and close rapidly for 15 minutes while washing
• FOR SKIN
• Strip saturated clothing
• Flood affected areas with water
• Apply sterile gauze dressings


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• WARNING - SULFAMIC ACID IS:

• Odourless
• May be harmful, irritant to eyes and skin
• In solution, it is oxidizing and corrosive
• STORAGE
• Should be stored in cool, dry area
• PERSONNEL PROTECTION
• For eyes - wear protective goggles
• For skin - wear rubber gloves and clothing
FIRST AID
• FOR INGESTION
• If conscious, give large quantity of water
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR EYES
• Immediately flush with large quantity of water for 15 minutes
• FOR SKIN
• Flush with large quantity of water


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• WARNING
• Flammable, can cause ignition when exposed to air and moisture
• Considered “moderately toxic”

• White powder - strong SO2 odour
• STORAGE
• Keep in sealed dry drums
• Unsprinklered storage is advisable
• If an opened drum is smoking and hot to touch:
• vent the lid with fire axe
• move drum out
• empty drum
• flood material with water
• contain and treat all contained water

• Sweep up - avoid generating dust
• Wear self-contained breathing apparatus
• Place dry material into waterproof containers
• Dissolve moist product in large amount of water
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Incinerate in an approved facility
• Self-contained breathing equipment must be used when handling
• Heavy, heat resistance gloves and clothing must be worn when handling burning drums
FIRST AID
• FOR INGESTION
• If conscious, give water or milk
• Keep patient warm and quiet until medical help arrives
• FOR EYES
• Wash with large quantity of water, or wash with 2% sodium bicarbonate solution

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR SKIN
• Wash areas with large quantity of water


Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• White fine crystals or powder
• STORAGE
• Keep in well closed containers in a cool place
• Avoid breathing dust
• Wash thoroughly after handling

• Sweep up spills into a localized area
• Add equal volume of soda ash and dilute with to obtain slurry
• Add calcium hypochlorite with caution
• Dilute and neutralize with 6M-HCL or 6M-NaOH
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Dispose through a waste treatment plant if local environmental regulations permit
• Wear rubber gloves, safety glasses and approved working clothes
• Work in hood or wear a respirator
• Do not wear contact lenses
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• Remove from exposure
• FOR SKIN
• Wash exposed area thoroughly with water
• Wash contaminated clothing before re-use
• FOR EYES
• Flush thoroughly with water for 15 minutes
• If irritation persists, seek medical attention
• FOR INGESTION
• Seek medical attention
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• Colourless and odourless
• STORAGE
• Keep container tightly closed
• Store separately and away from flammable and combustible materials
• Explosive when mixed with combustible materials

• Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled materials
• With clean shovel, carefully place material into clean, dry container
• Remove from area
• Flush spill area with water
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Wear rubber gloves and chemical safety goggles
• In case of fire, wear proper protective equipment and self-contained breathing apparatus with full face-piece operated in
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• If not breathing, give artificial respiration
• If breathing is difficult, give oxygen
• FOR EYES
• Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
• FOR SKIN
• Flush skin with water
• FOR INGESTION
• Call a physician
• If conscious, give large amount of water and induce vomiting by
• AVAILABLE ON REQUEST hazards, and are not intended to
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K41 METHANOL (Methyl Alcohol) 10 to 20 barg

High Pressure 4 – 200°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

(See note 13)







PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2

Class: 300

Type: Threadolets, 45° latrolets, elbolets ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 3000


Class: 600
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Class: 300
2½” - 8” Material: SS 316 body & trim V-3431

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

NOTES:
dry, oil-free air.

4S-02.01.
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• WARNING
• Toxic, flammable, may cause blindness if swallowed

• Clear, colourless, mobile liquid - slight alcohol odour
• STORAGE
• Store in tightly closed containers, in a cool, dry, well ventilated area out of direct sunlight away from incompatible
materials
• Storage area should have adequate independent ventilation
• Store away from sources of heat, flame or sparks
• Use solvent resistant materials in storage and handling areas
• Containers should be grounded during transfer or mixture

• Prepare emergency action plan in advance
• Remove sources of heat and flame
• Stop or reduce leak if safe to do so
• Contain spill by diking with earth, sand or absorbent material which does not react with methanol
• Soak up spill with absorbent material, place in suitable, covered, labelled containers
• Flush area with large amounts of water
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Material may be incinerated at approved sites
• Comply with all applicable environmental regulations regarding disposal
• FIRES
• Flush spill area with water spray
• To extinguish - use all purpose type foam, carbon dioxide, dry chemical or water spray
• Use water to cool fire-expose containers and structures
• FOR INGESTION
• Do not take internally
• FOR SKIN
• Avoid contact with skin and clothing
• Wear impervious gloves, coveralls, etc. as required
• FOR INHALATION
• Avoid breathing vapour
• FOR EYES
• Avoid contact with eyes
• Wear chemical safety goggles

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FIRST AID
• FOR INGESTION
• Give drink of water - do not induce vomiting
• If vomiting occurs, have victim lean forward
• Never give anything by mouth if victim is losing consciousness
• FOR SKIN
• Flush with water for at least 20 minutes
• FOR INHALATION
• If breathing stopped - begin artificial respiration
• If heart stopped - begin immediately cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
• FOR EYES
• Flush thoroughly with water for 20 minutes - hold eyelids open

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
D30 MILL EFFLUENT FILTRATE Pressure: 145 psig (10 barg)

D50 MILL EFFLUENT Temp: 40°F - 120°F
D35 MILL EFFLUENT SLUDGE- Waste (15 -93°C)
D40 CAUSTIC SEWERS pH Range: Neutral - Alkaline

APPLICABLE CODE




Wall Thk: 0.25” – 6mm (26” – 36”) D.S. 4S-02.01
0.312” – 8mm (38” – 42”)
0.375” - 10 mm (48”)




PROJ. DATE OF
Abril 2012
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
SEPT.04
APPR. APPR. DATE
C:\Users\ext.moises.ramirez\Documents\ESPECIFICACIONES ANDRITZ DE MATERIALES FINALES\ESPECIFICACIONES

NATIVAS\Consolidado Formato 4C\Modificadas\Final\4C-17.21 S1.docx
26” – 48” Material: Austenitic SS, Welded ASTM A778
Wall Thk: 0.25” – 6mm (26” – 36”)
0.312” – 8mm (38” – 42”)
0.375” - 10 mm (48”)


Class: 150

Overground ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
All Sizes Material: Stainless Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B8 for bolts
Underground or close to Type: Unified inch screw threads, ASTM A194 Gr. 8 for nuts
ground

1/16” thick (12” & less) Garlock 5500
Type: Flat ring
Class: 150


PROJ. DATE OF
Abril 2012
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
SEPT.04
APPR. APPR. DATE

(See Note 6) Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Class: 150

Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Class: 125/150
GATE Style Wafer
Class: 150
Conn: Lug-Wafer

PROJ. DATE OF
Abril 2012
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
SEPT.04
APPR. APPR. DATE

Class: 125

Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Style: Wafer body
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

piping (See Note 6)

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
Abril 2012
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
SEPT.04
APPR. APPR. DATE

gaskets.

PROJ. DATE OF
Abril 2012
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
SEPT.04
APPR. APPR. DATE

FLUID
NON-CONDENSABLE GASES -0.2 to 0.2 barg

G51 Low Concentration (Low Pressure) Up to 100°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

2½” – 20” End Prep: Beveled end Gr. TP 304L

Wall Thk: 0.188” (4.78 mm) (See Note 4) Design Standard 4S-02.01

FITTINGS Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A403

2½” – 20” Conn: Butt weld Gr. TP 304L

FLANGES Material: Austenitic SS stub end and HDG ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
2½” – 20” carbon steel lap joint flange ASME B16.9
22” - 48” Material: Austenitic SS Vanstone ring and Type 304L

HDG mild steel back up flange Design Standard 4S-02.02
Conn: Butt weld ASTM A240 & A479
Class: 125 / 150 ASTM A285, Gr. C HDG
(according to design, AWWA C207
Class B flanges can be used)
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

Class: 3000

Class: 1000


2½” & Up seat,
150
150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
piping


and flanges
02.01

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
BLACK LIQUOR - HEAVY 0 – 13.8 barg

L60 - from R.B. mix tank to evaporators 10 – 204°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See Note 11)

½” - 1 ½” End Prep: Plain end UNS S32205 welded





½” – 1 ½” Conn: Socket weld Gr. F60
2” - 24” Material: 2205 Duplex stub ends, Type A MSS ASTM A815
ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
BOLTS & NUTS Material: Alloy steel / Carbon steel (Galvanized) ASTM A193 Gr. B7 for bolts
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 304 SS Graphite filled ASME B16.20

Type: Spiral wound type Garlock type Flexseal

Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal

(for steam purge)

Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PLUG (Process Line) Material: Duplex 2205 steel, Full port, lever V-6242
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
BALL (Drain Line) Material: SS 316 lever handle, teflon seat V-4121
Clase: 150
INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTES:
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Code B31. 3 apply. Particular attention must be made to required radiography, testing and
checkout requirements

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
BLACK LIQUOR

• Black liquid, rotten egg odour
• STORAGE
• Vessels which have contained black liquor should be checked for hydrogen sulfide before entering

• WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
• INHALATION
• EYE CONTACT
• SKIN CONTACT
gone.
• INGESTION
• Rinse mouth out with water NOTE: The information herein is
• Drink large amounts of water & call for medical assistance given in good faith, but no warranty,

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
BLACK LIQUOR - HEAVY 0 – 16 barg (0 - 232 psig)

L60 - from R.B. mix tank to evaporators 65°C – 204°C (150°F - 400°F)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See Note 11)






ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal

(for steam purge)

Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
BALL (Drain Line) Material: SS 316 lever handle, Teflon S0eat V-4121
Clase: 150
INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTES:
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
BLACK LIQUOR

• STORAGE

• WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
• INHALATION
• EYE CONTACT
• SKIN CONTACT
gone.
• INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 16 barg (0 - 232 psig)

M30 Lime mud / Lime mud filtrate 65°C – 204°C (150°F - 400°F)
pH Range: 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See Note 11)






ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal

(for steam purge)

Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
BALL (Drain Line) Material: SS 316 lever handle, Teflon S0eat V-4121
Clase: 150
INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTES:
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
BLACK LIQUOR

• STORAGE

• WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
• INHALATION
• EYE CONTACT
• SKIN CONTACT
gone.
• INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L62 BLACK LIQUOR - Firing 0 – 16 barg (0 - 232 psig)

- 70% & Higher Solids 65°C – 204°C (150°F - 400°F)
pH Range: 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See Note 11)






ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal
REF: SPEC D4B.1.01

ANDRITZ

(for steam purge)

Class: 600

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
BALL (Drain Line) Material: Duplex lever handle, Stellite seat Pending
Clase: 150
INSTRUCTIONS:

NOTES:
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
BLACK LIQUOR

• STORAGE

• WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
• INHALATION
• EYE CONTACT
• SKIN CONTACT
gone.
• INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
M23 LIME DUST 0 to 10 barg

4 – 400°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: Schedule XS

2½” – 24” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234, WPB

Wall Thk: Sch. STD

Class: 300

Class 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
All Sizes Type: Unified inch screw threads ASTM A194 Gr. 2H for nuts
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2

Type: Spiral wound type Garlock type Felxseal

Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets ANSI B2.1
Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000


Class: 300

Conn: Socket weld
Class: 300

1” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 300


Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
handle
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
M25 LIME MILK 0 – 16 barg

65 – 110°C
pH Range: 10 - 12
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

½” - 2” End Prep: Plain end UNS S31803 C/C

End Prep: Beveled end UNS S31803 C/C

2” & Less End Prep: Threaded UNS S31803 C/C



ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

equal

Class: 150

split wedge
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Flanged
Conn: 150
Class:
BALL Material: Cast SS, 316 body rising stem, OS & Y, V-XXXX*
2” & Less disc plug
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150
2½” & Up Material: Cast SS 316 body, rising stem, OS & Y, V-XXXX*
disc plug
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
PLUG Material: SS 316, teflon sleeve, lever operator V-6241

2½” - 3” Flanged
Conn: 150
Class:
4” & Up Material: SS 316, teflon sleeve, gear operator V-6241

Flanged
Conn: 150
Class:
INSTRUCTIONS:


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
and sample lines.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
C40 KRAFT MILL CLEAN CONDENSATE To 145 psig (10 barg)

A- CONDENSATE (Clean) To 320°F (160°C)
pH Range: 8 - 12
C42 KRAFT MILL FOUL CONDENSATE APPLICABLE CODE

C- CONDENSATE (Heavily Contaminated) ASME B31.3
Normal Service







Type: Butt weld ASTM A105 HDG

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 150


Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID

(Noxious Emissions) (Full Vacuum – 10 barg)
Stripper Off-Gases Up to 400°F (204°C)
High Concentration
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See note 7)
C42 KRAFT MILL FOUL CONDENSATE ASME B31.3

C- CONDENSATE (Heavily Contaminated) Normal Service
Use for vacuum service cases, if not use (Note 7 - Not Applicable)
4C-10.04 S2.






ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B18.2.1

ASME B18.2.2

Class: 150

Class: 3000

Class: 1000


(Only special cases) Class: 150

2” & Less seats
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
2½” & Up seat,
(Only G50) 6” & less: lever operator
150
(Only for G50) 8” & up: gear operator
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping (See Note 5)

02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
NON-CONDENSABLE
GASES - G50
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• STORAGE

• FIRE HAZARD
FIRST AID
• INHALATION


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• EYE CONTACT
• SKIN CONTACT

• INGESTION

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
S01 Low pressure steam -30” Hg - 150 psig

S20 Flash steam / Secondary vapour / Alkaline flash Up to 400°F (204°C)
vapor
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
(See note 7)






ASME B16.5

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B18.2.1

ASME B18.2.2

Class: 150

Class: 3000

Class: 1000


2½” & Up seat,
150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
150

piping (See Note 5)

02.01.
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
NON-CONDENSABLE
GASES - G50
FOR SAFE HANDLING
• STORAGE

• FIRE HAZARD
FIRST AID
• INHALATION


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
• EYE CONTACT
• SKIN CONTACT

• INGESTION

Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID

CLASS 150 & LOW TEMPERATURE) Design 6 barg @ 200 °C
(See Tables)
S01 - Low Pressure Steam Max. Recommended Temp.

250°C & Less
S10 Steam Flash (Atmospheric)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
C01 - Low Pressure Condensate Normal Service
W49 - Boiler Feedwater (Pump Suction Side)

o
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE IN C 150 175 200 225 250
o
TEMP. C ALLOW. NPS ½“ ¾“ 1“ 1¼“ 1½“ 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5”
STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125

Max. Working
< 204 137.9 203,4 178,7 200,1 169,2 159,5 146,3 106,6 96,5 86,3 78,9
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 199,2 175,1 196,1 165,8 156,2 143,3 104,4 94,5 84,5 77,3
Pressure barg
131.7 Max. Working
250 194,2 170,7 191,1 161,6 152,3 139,7 101,8 92,1 82,4 75,4
Pressure barg
o
TEMP. C ALLOW. NPS 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 26”
STRESS DN 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 650
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 74,4 69,1 65,2 56,8 51,6 45,1 40,0 36,0 29,9 23,5
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 72,9 67,7 63,9 55,6 50,6 44,2 39,2 35,3 29,3 23,0
Pressure barg
Max. Working
250 131.7 71,0 66,0 62,2 54,2 49,3 43,1 38,2 34,4 28,6 22,4
Pressure barg

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
o
TEMP. C ALLOW. NPS 28” 30” 32” 36” 40“ 42“ 44” 48” 64” 68”
STRESS DN 700 750 800 900 1000 1050 1100 1200 1600 1700
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 21,8 20,3 19,0 16,9 15,2 14,5 13,8 12,7 9,4 8,9
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 21,3 19,9 18,7 16,6 14,9 14,2 13,5 12,4 9,3 8,7
Pressure barg
Max. Working
250 131.7 20,8 19,4 18,2 16,2 14,5 13,8 13,2 12,1 9,1 8,6
Pressure barg
CONDENSATE & BOILER FEEDWATER (PUMP SUCTION SIDE) PIPING, PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS
PER ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES (SEE NOTE 15)
o
TEMP. C ALLOW. NPS ½“ ¾“ 1“ 1¼“ 1½“ 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5” 6”
STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150

Max. Working
< 204 137.9 96,2 93,6 131,0 115,2 112,4 108,8 76,2 71,7 67,1 63,4 61,4
Pressure barg
130.3 Max. Working
260 90,9 88,5 123,8 108,8 106,2 102,8 72,0 67,7 63,4 59,9 58,0
Pressure barg
o
TEMP. C ALLOW. NPS 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 28” 36”
STRESS DN 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 900
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 59,1 57,2 50,1 45,6 39,8 35,3 31,8 26,4 19.2 14.9
Pressure barg
130.3 Max. Working
260 55,9 54,1 47,3 43,1 37,6 33,4 30,0 25,0 18.2 14.1
Pressure barg



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

150 RF flanges)

FITTINGS
Class: 3000

(See Notes 8 & 9)

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Note 8)
FLANGES
Class: 150

pipe ID)
Class: 150

Class: 150
STUDS Material: Chrome moly steel ASTM A193, Gr. B7

ASME B18.2.1

All Sizes Type: Semi-finished heavy hex ASME B1.1, Class 2B
Threads: 1” & Less: coarse thread series ASME B18.2.2
11/8” & Over: 8 pitch series

Type: Spiral wound Garlock Flexseal type
Class: 150 Or approved equal

(See Note 7) Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets ANSI B2.1
Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

(See Notes 3, 4, 5, 6, 19 & 20)


Class: 600

Class: 600

Class: 150

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150

2½” - 48” trim
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

2½” - 64” trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150

piping

NOTES:
Valves 8": 3/ " Sch. 80 seamless
4

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
connections.
− Valves located in vertical pipe runs.
− Inlet valves on steam turbines.
− Exhaust valves on steam turbines.


11. Steam hose velocity limit 150 ft/sec. temperature limit 800°F. Steam hose with a velocity greater than
1/ " dia. to 24" dia. and API 5L grade B electric fusion welded piping 26" dia. and larger. Allowable
2

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

A-1).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID

CLASS 150 & LOW TEMPERATURE) See Tables
Max. Recommended Temp.

250°C & Less
C02 - MP condensate APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE IN oC 150 175 200 225 250
TEMP. oC ALLOW. NPS ½“ ¾“ 1“ 1¼“ 1½“ 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5”

STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125

Max. Working
< 204 137.9 203,4 178,7 200,1 169,2 159,5 146,3 106,6 96,5 86,3 78,9
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 199,2 175,1 196,1 165,8 156,2 143,3 104,4 94,5 84,5 77,3
Pressure barg
131.7 Max. Working
250 194,2 170,7 191,1 161,6 152,3 139,7 101,8 92,1 82,4 75,4
Pressure barg
TEMP. oC ALLOW. NPS 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 26”
STRESS DN 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 650
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 74,4 69,1 65,2 56,8 51,6 45,1 40,0 36,0 29,9 23,5
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 72,9 67,7 63,9 55,6 50,6 44,2 39,2 35,3 29,3 23,0
Pressure barg
Max. Working
250 131.7 71,0 66,0 62,2 54,2 49,3 43,1 38,2 34,4 28,6 22,4
Pressure barg

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
TEMP. oC ALLOW. NPS 28” 30” 32” 36” 40“ 42“ 44” 48” 64” 68”
STRESS DN 700 750 800 900 1000 1050 1100 1200 1600 1700
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 21,8 20,3 19,0 16,9 15,2 14,5 13,8 12,7 9,4 8,9
Pressure barg
Max. Working
225 135.1 21,3 19,9 18,7 16,6 14,9 14,2 13,5 12,4 9,3 8,7
Pressure barg
Max. Working
250 131.7 20,8 19,4 18,2 16,2 14,5 13,8 13,2 12,1 9,1 8,6
Pressure barg
CONDENSATE & BOILER FEEDWATER (PUMP SUCTION SIDE) PIPING, PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS PER
ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES (SEE NOTE 15)
TEMP. oC ALLOW. NPS ½“ ¾“ 1“ 1¼“ 1½“ 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 5” 6”

STRESS DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150

Max. Working
< 204 137.9 96,2 93,6 131,0 115,2 112,4 108,8 76,2 71,7 67,1 63,4 61,4
Pressure barg
130.3 Max. Working
260 90,9 88,5 123,8 108,8 106,2 102,8 72,0 67,7 63,4 59,9 58,0
Pressure barg
TEMP. oC ALLOW. NPS 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 28” 36”
STRESS DN 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 900
Max. Working
< 204 137.9 59,1 57,2 50,1 45,6 39,8 35,3 31,8 26,4 19.2 14.9
Pressure barg
130.3 Max. Working
260 55,9 54,1 47,3 43,1 37,6 33,4 30,0 25,0 18.2 14.1
Pressure barg



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

150 RF flanges)

FITTINGS
Class: 3000

(See Notes 8 & 9)

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
(See Note 8)
FLANGES
Class: 150

pipe ID)
Class: 150

Class: 150
STUDS Material: Chrome moly steel ASTM A193, Gr. B7

ASME B18.2.1

All Sizes Type: Semi-finished heavy hex ASME B1.1, Class 2B
Threads: 1” & Less: coarse thread series ASME B18.2.2
11/8” & Over: 8 pitch series

Type: Spiral wound Garlock Flexseal type
Class: 150 Or approved equal

(See Note 7) Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets ANSI B2.1
Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

(See Notes 3, 4, 5, 6, 19 & 20)


Class: 600

Class: 600

Class: 150

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150

Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150

2½” - 48” trim
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

2½” - 64” trim
Conn: Butt weld
Class: 150

piping

NOTES:
3
Valves 8": /4" Sch. 80 seamless

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
connections.
− Valves located in vertical pipe runs.
− Inlet valves on steam turbines.
− Exhaust valves on steam turbines.


11. Steam hose velocity limit 150 ft/sec. temperature limit 800°F. Steam hose with a velocity greater than
1
/2" dia. to 24" dia. and API 5L grade B electric fusion welded piping 26" dia. and larger. Allowable

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

A-1).

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
G74 PRIMARY AIR -0.5 to 1.0 barg

4 – 400°C
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


26” – 42” Material: Carbon Steel API 5L, Gr. B, SAW

End Prep: Beveled end Straight seam, Ej > 0.95
Wall Thk: 7.92mm (28” – 32”) (Filler metal added)
9.53mm (36” – 42”) (100% radiographed)


2½” – 42” Material: Carbon steel, seamless ASTM A234, Gr.WPB


Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class 150
26” - 42” Material: Forged steel ASTM A36

Conn: Butt weld AWWA C-207 Clase D
Type: Raised face, slip-on
Class: 150
All Sizes Type: Unified inch screw threads ASTM A194 Gr. 2H for nuts
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Type: 45° latrolets, elbolets ANSI B2.1
Class: 3000

Type: Sockolets
Class: 3000


Class: 150

Conn: Socket weld

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 300

1” & Less bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

Class: 300


Conn: Flanged
Class: 125
handle
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 160 psig
(0 – 11 barg)
C40 Secondary condensate A 54 – 212 ºF
C42 Kraft mill foul condensate (12 – 100 ºC)
pH Range: 5 – 9
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



26” to 32” Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) ASTM A358

34” to 40” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) Gr. TP 316L
42” to 48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) CL 2




PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Wall Thk: Schedule 10s ASME B16.9



2½” - 10” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end, Type A MSS ASTM A403

12” to 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end, Type A MSS ASTM A403

Wall Thk: Schedule 5S (stub end) ASTM A105 HDG
26” to 48” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end and HDG ASTM A240 Gr 316L stub end
Steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A516 Gr 70 HDG Lap
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKET Material: Non-metallic, 1/8” thick ASME B16.21

Type: Flat ring Teadit NA 1002


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
(Other than Service Hose) Covered (good up to 200 psig) Spec. L26

connection. Gound joint female Style X34
coupling

BALL Material: 316 SS body, lever handle V-4121


Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 150

½” - 2” Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 150


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 125
GLOBE
2½” - 8” Material: Cast iron body, bronze disc, rising V-2132
stem, O.S. & Y., bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 125
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, bolted bonnet V-1245*

2½” & Up Flanged
See Note 6 Conn: 150
Class:
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316 body, OS & Y, rising V-2241*

2½” - 8” stem, plug disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

3” to 24” Style: Full bore tilting disc
Conn: Wafer type
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
drawings.
drawings.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 – 160 psig
(0 – 11 barg)
W04 Mill water 54 – 212 ºF
W30 Warm water, T < 50°C (12 – 100 ºC)
W35 Hot water 85°C pH Range: 5 – 9
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



26” to 32” Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) ASTM A358

34” to 40” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) Gr. TP 316L
42” to 48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) CL 2




PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Wall Thk: Schedule 10s ASME B16.9



2½” - 10” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end, Type A MSS ASTM A403

12” to 24” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end, Type A MSS ASTM A403

Wall Thk: Schedule 5S (stub end) ASTM A105 HDG
26” to 48” Material: Austenitic SS stub-end and HDG ASTM A240 Gr 316L stub end
Steel Lap Joint Flange ASTM A516 Gr 70 HDG Lap
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKET Material: Non-metallic, 1/8” thick ASME B16.21

Type: Flat ring Teadit NA 1002


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 3000

Class: 3000
(Other than Service Hose) Covered (good up to 200 psig) Spec. L26

connection. Gound joint female Style X34
coupling

BALL Material: 316 SS body, lever handle V-4121


Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 150

½” - 2” Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 150


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 125
GLOBE
2½” - 8” Material: Cast iron body, bronze disc, rising V-2132
stem, O.S. & Y., bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 125
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GATE Material: Cast SS 316, OS & Y, bolted bonnet V-1245*

2½” & Up Flanged
See Note 6 Conn: 150
Class:
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316 body, OS & Y, rising V-2241*

2½” - 8” stem, plug disc
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

3” to 24” Style: Full bore tilting disc
Conn: Wafer type
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
drawings.
drawings.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 203 psig
(0 – 14 barg)
B57 Brown stock filtrate 32ºF – 212ºF (0 – 100ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” – 1.½” End Prep: Plain ends Gr. TP 304L
Conn: Beveled end Gr. TP 304L

Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) (32”-36”) CL 2
0.375” (9.53mm) (38”-44”)
0.500” (12.7mm) (46”-48”)


1.½” & Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. F304L
2” - 48" Material: Austenitic SS, seamless ASTM A403


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


Conn: Thread
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
W21 Sealing water. HP 0 - 320 psig (0 – 22 barg)

32ºF – 212ºF (0 – 100ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service



End Prep: ASME B 16.25 Gr. TP 304L
Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm)


2½” - 16" Material: Austenitic SS ASTM A403

Wall Thk: To match pipe MSS SP-43

length with CS HDG lap joint flange stub end
Thk: To match pipe (stub end) ASTM A105 HDG Lap Joint

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2

1
/16” thick (12” & Less) Garlock HTC 9850
1
/8” thick (14” & Up) or approved equal
Type: Flat ring
Class: 300

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


piping (See Note 5)

NOTES:
2. For extreme water hammer conditions, provide an integral mounted hydraulic dash pot.
3. For installation of screwed valves etc., use Schedule 40S nipples threaded one end and aligning
connector to suit.
4. The end preparation for pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with paragraph 7.5 of design
standard 4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
sheet. See design standard 4d-03.02.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 to 200 psig
(0 – 14 barg)
L01 White Liquor 32ºF – 248ºF (0 – 120ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service

½” – 1.½” End Prep: Plain ends Gr. TP 304L
Conn: ASME B16.25 Gr. TP 304L
Conn: ASME B16.25 Gr. TP 304L

Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) (32”-36”) CL 2
0.375” (9.53mm) (38”-44”)
0.500” (12.7mm) (46”-48”)


1.½” & Less Conn: Socket weld Gr. F304L
2” - 48" Material: Austenitic SS, seamless ASTM A403

(See Note 4) Conn: ASME B16.25 Gr. WP304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1

Class: 3000

Class: 3000


Conn: Thread
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Threaded
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (See Note 2)

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
L08 Weak black liquor / Cooking liquor Up to 203 psig (14 barg)
32ºF - 320ºF (0 - 160ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3


End Prep: ASME B16.25 Gr. TP 304L

End Prep: ASME B 16.25 Gr TP 304L
Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.93mm)(32”) CL 2
0.375” (9.53mm)(34”-36”)
0.500” (12.7mm)(38”-42”)


End Prep: ASME B 16.25 Gr. WP 304L



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
26” - 42” Material: Austenitic SS, stub end, Type A, MSS ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000
Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 300
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600
Conn: Threaded
Class: 600
Conn: Socket Weld
Class: 600

piping
NOTES:
02.01.
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME

• STORAGE

• WASTE DISPOSAL
FIRST AID
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR EYES
• FOR SKIN
gone.
• FOR INGESTION

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
0 - 203 psig (0 - 14 barg)
S10 Flash steam 32ºF - 464ºF (0 - 240ºC)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3

½” - 1½” End Prep: Plain ends Gr. TP 304L

End Prep: ASME B 16.25 Gr. TP 304L
End Prep: ASME B16.25 Gr. TP 304L
22” - 26” Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) ASTM A358
28” - 34” Wall Thk: 0.312” (7.92mm) Gr TP 304L
36” - 40” Wall Thk: 0.375” (9.53mm) CL 2

1½” & Less Conn: Threaded Gr. TP 304L

2” - 40" Material: Austenitic SS, Fabricated ASTM A403



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
½” - 1½” Conn: Socket weld Gr. F304L
2” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS, stub end, Type A, MSS ASTM A403 Gr. WP304L
Class: 150
Class: 150
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

2” & Less seats
Class: 600

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

Class: 150

piping

NOTES:
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
CONDITIONS
0 – 11 barg
12 – 100 °C
W04 Mill water pH Range: 4 - 7
W30 Warm water, T < 50°C
W35 Hot water 85 °C
APPLICABLE
CODE
ASME B31.3
Category D Fluid
Service




42 to 48” Wall Thk: 0.375” (10mm) D.S. 4S-02.01
End Prep: Note 5



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC





Class: 150
Wall Thk: Sch.5S (stub end)
All sizes

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Type: Flat ring
Class: 150

2” & Less
ASME B16.11
Class: 3000

Class: 150



Conn: Socket weld
Class: 600

Class: 150

Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 125

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 125
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 125

Conn: Wafer type
Class: 150

piping

and flanges


PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
K45 Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) 0 - 130 psig (0 - 9 barg)

70ºF - 185ºF (21-85ºC)
pH Range: 13 - 14
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3
Normal Service
(See Note 10)

2½” – 12” Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312

End Prep: See note 5 Gr. TP 304L




length with CS HDG Lap Joint Flange Gr. WP304L

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2
GASKETS Material: 1

Class: 3000

Class: 3000
LUBRICANTS Type: Graphite calcium fluoride base, for Fel-Pro heavy duty anti-seize
threads & bolts or approved equal

Class: 150 (Instr. Conn. Only)
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 31, O.S. & Y., plug disc V-2250
2 & Less Conn: Socket weld
Class: 150

Class: 150
3” & Less wedge, bolted bonnet
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
GLOBE Material: Cast SS 316, O.S. & Y., bolted bonnet V-2241
Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
PLUG Material: SS 316 body & plug, Teflon sleeves, V-6241

2½” - 3" lever operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

gear operator
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

NOTES:
2. All threaded valves/connections to be back-welded. Threaded joints that are to be back-welded shall
02.01.
7. Pipe lines containing 50% caustic soda solutions are to be heat-traced where fluid temperatures
can be expected to drop below 60ºF. Electric heat-tracing is recommended in the form of sef-

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
If possible, the entire piping system should be designed to be free draining. Otherwise, capped
drain valves shall be installed at the lowest point in the system to facilitate maintenance.
hydrogenperoxide bleach preaparation.
10. Note this has been determined to be a Category M Fluid all relevant requirements of ASME Code
requirements.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
PRODUCT NAME
CAUSTIC SODA
FOR SAFE HANDLING

• Colourless to slightly coloured – no odour
• STORAGE
• Keep containers closed and sealed
• General Ventilation

• Only trained and property protected personnel should be involved in spill clean-up operations
• Acting cautiously, small spills should be carefully flushed with water
• Dilute acid, preferably acetic acid, may be used to neutralize only the final traces of caustic after flushing
• WASTE DISPOSAL
• Disposal of caustic soda must be made in a manner approved by Regulatory Agencies
• IF REPIRATORY IRRITATION IS EXPERIENCED
• Use an approved air-purifying respirator
• SKIN PROTECTION
• Use protective clothing
• EYE PROTECTION
• Use chemical goggles
• Use full face shield in addition to goggles
• Maintain nearby:
• Eye wash fountain
• Safety shower
FIRST AID
• FOR INGESTION
• If conscious, give large amount of water of milk
• FOR INHALATION
• FOR EYE & SKIN
• Wash for 30 minutes
• CALL FOR MEDICAL ASSISTANCE
Sheets (MSDS)

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID Same pressure as
NOMENCLATURE SERVICE 150#, for P58 and DESIGN CONDITIONS
B58, see pipeline 0 – 175 psig (0 – 12barg)
list 60ºF - 212ºF (15 - 100ºC)
P58 Semibleached stock (low Cl)
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (26”-28”) CL 2
0.312” (7.92mm) (30”-44”)
0.375” (9.53mm) (46”-54”)
0.500” (12.7mm) (56”-60”)
0.625” (15.88mm) (62”-72”)



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC



Class: 300
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Dixon GJ Boss
coupling
or approved equal

Conn: contractor
SS hose clamps

2” & Less seats
Class: 150

bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GATE gate
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID Same pressure as
NOMENCLATURE SERVICE 150#, for P58 and DESIGN CONDITIONS
B58, see pipeline 0 – 175 psig (0 – 12barg)
list 60ºF - 212ºF (15 - 100ºC)
B58 Alkaline filtrate in bleaching
APPLICABLE CODE
ASME B31.3



Wall Thk: 0.250” (6.35mm) (26”-28”) CL 2
0.312” (7.92mm) (30”-44”)
0.375” (9.53mm) (46”-54”)
0.500” (12.7mm) (56”-60”)
0.625” (15.88mm) (62”-72”)



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC



Class: 300
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC

Dixon GJ Boss
coupling
or approved equal

Conn: contractor
SS hose clamps

2” & Less seats
Class: 150

bonnet
Conn: Threaded
Class: 150

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Conn: Flanged
Class: 150
GATE gate
Conn: Flanged
Class: 125/150

Class: 150

Conn: Flanged
Class: 150

piping

and flanges

NOTES:
drawings.
drawings.
02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
FLUID
P57 PULP 150 psig to 290 psig @ 410°F

Oxygen Stage – High Pressure (10 to 20 barg @ 210°C)
P58 PULP See Note 5

- Peroxide Stage – High Pressure PH Range: 6 – 11
(LAA rev. 08/01/2020) APPLICABLE CODE

ASME B31.3
Normal Service

2 ½” - 24” Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A312

26” – 36” Wall Thk: 0.5” (12.5 mm) ASTM A778

Gr. TP316L
D.S. 4S-02.01


2 ½” – 24” Material: Austenitic SS, welded ASTM A403



PROJ. DATE OF
DEPT. GENERIC
Class: 300

BOLTS, STUDs & NUTS Material: Carbon steel (Galvanized) ASTM A193 Gr. B7 for bolts &
All Sizes Type: Unified inch screw threads. studs
ASTM A194 Gr. 2H for nuts
ASME B1.1
ASME B18.2.1 & B18.2.2


Class: 3000

Class: 3000

Conn: Welded


PROJ. DATE OF
Abril 2012
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
23Oct1998
APPR. APPR. DATE

BALL Material: SS 316 body & ball, teflon se t & seals V-4242X
Class: 300
CHECK Material: Cast SS 316, swing ol d bonnet V-3222X

3” & Up Material: SS 16 ody, isc & trim V-3242X

(Dilution lines only) Style: Full ore tilti g disc
Conn: Flang d
Class: 300
KNIFE GATE Materia : SS 316 body, gate & trim V-1144X

Conn: Flanged
Class: 300

piping (see Note 6)
Fabricated thin wall austenitic stainless steel fittings Standard 4S-02.02 and
flanges


PROJ. DATE OF
Abril 2012
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
23Oct1998
APPR. APPR. DATE
NOTES:
4S-02.01.

PROJ. DATE OF
Abril 2012
APPR. ISSUE
DEPT. GENERIC
23Oct1998
APPR. APPR. DATE
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR C1A.2.01
003460-310-PSPE-0001 Date Rev. Sheet
PIPING MATERIAL 27/06/2018 1 3.03
Corrosion
P (barg) 17,7 15,8 13,8 12,1 1,3
(mm)
100 150 200 250 Therm No

Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: ACP,WCL,WCT,WCW,WFF,K27
Gaskets: Flat Gasket, dimensions conf. ASME B16.21-FR, thickness 1/16" for DN ! 10" and 1/8" for DN> 10", Hydraulic Cardboard with Aramid Fiber Pressed
with NBR Rubber, similar Teadit NA-1002
Bolts: Stud Bolt, ASTM A193 Gr B7-galvanized, ASME 16.5, with two heavy duty hexagonal nuts, ASTM A194 Gr 2H-galvanized,
dimensions acc.. ASME B18.2.2, threads ASME B 1.1. Hot dip galvanized acc. ASTM A153
NOMINAL DIAMETER CLASS END

ITEM or or MANUFAC. NORM / STANDARD MATERIAL NOTES
FROM TO THICKNESS FACE
ASME B16.11 ASTM A105 1,2,4

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED
ASME B16.9 ASTM A234 Gr WPB 1,2

2 10 SCH 40 BW FORGED
ASME B16.9 ASTM A234 Gr WPB 1,2,5

12 42 STD BW FORGED
ASME B16.9 ASTM A234 Gr WPB-W 1,2,5,7

44 48 0,500" BW FORGED
ASTM A234 Gr WPB-W

50 60 0,500" BW FORG/STAMPED AWWA C208 1,2,5,7
Union MSS SP-83 ASTM A105, SEDE CÔNICA INTEGRAL

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED
ASME B16.5-SCH 80 ASTM A105 3
ES 1/2 1.1/2 150 Lbs RF FORGED
ASME B16.5 ASTM A105 3
SO 2 24 150 Lbs RF FORGED
ASME B16.47 Serie A ASTM A105 3,8
PE 26 42 150 Lbs RF FORGED
AWWA C207 CL D ASTM A516 Gr 70 3,6
SO 26 60 150 Lbs FF LAMINATE
ASME B16.5 ASTM A105 3
CE 1/2 24 150 Lbs RF FORGED
ASME B36.10M ASTM A106 Gr B 2

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 80 B16.25 SEAMLESS
ASME B36.10M ASTM A106 Gr B 2

2 10 SCH 40 B16.25 SEAMLESS
ASME B36.10M API 5L Gr B PSL1 2

12 42 STD B16.25 WELDING
ASME B36.10M API 5L Gr B PSL1 2

44 60 0,500" B16.25 WELDING
Valves Application according 003460-310-PSPE-0002 - Specification for Manual Valves Material
Notes: 1) For derivation table see FL 4.1;

2) Black finish;
3) Face with concentric grooves conf. MSS SP-6;
4) Reduction Niples acc. MSS-SP-95, in ASTM A234 Gr WPB;
5) Welded connections (WPB-W) should be 100% radiographed or subjected to the ultrasound test;
6) Use AWWA flanges, only for water at room temperature with max working pressure 150PSI;
7) Contoured Curves 003460-310-XXXX-XXXX for Dn> 42", or Dn> 24", only in extreme need on site;.
8) Thickness according to the corresponding diameter pipe.
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR F1A.2.01
PIPING MATERIAL 27/06/2019 3.20
Corrosion
P (barg) 12 (mm) 0
95 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: B55,P55
B58
Gaskets: Flat Gasket Expanded PTFE Basis Of PTFE (Pure) Thk. 1/16" Dimensional Std. ASME B16.21 Class 150 LB Face FF Refer. - Similar Teadit Quinflex
SH
Bolts: Stud Bolt, ASTM A193 Gr B7-galvanized, ASME 16.5, with two galvanized plain washers and two heavy type hexagonal nuts, ASTM A194 Gr 2H-
galvanized, dimensions conf. ASME B18.2.2, ASME B threads 1.1. Hot galvanizing conf ASTM A153

NBS-PS-15-69, When Applicable VIILESTER REINFORCED WITH FIBERGLASS 1,3

1/2 80 150 Lbs FLAT H LAY UP
Union
NBS-PS-15-69 / HOLES ASME B16.5-150 VIILESTER REINFORCED WITH GLASS FIBER 3,5
PE 1/2 80 150 Lbs FF H LAY UP Lbs
CE 1/2 80 150 Lbs FF H LAY UP Lbs
H LAY UP NBS-PS-15-69, When applicable VIILESTER REINFORCED WITH

1/2 80 150 Lbs FLAT
FIBERGLASS

2) Classes : 25Lb, 50Lb, 75Lb, 100Lb, 125Lb ou 150Lb; a ser definido de acordo com a pressão de projeto da linha;
3) They should be manufactured by the "Hand Lay-Up" manual lamination process - AWWA C950-07, see 003460-310-XXXX-XXXX;
4) Clay cure treatment as recommended by the resin manufacturer.
5) Viilester Reinforced With Glass Fiber Derrakane Resin 441-400 Cure System BPO/DMA with Post Cure Vell Nexus 35 g/m² will Wool 450 g/m²
Arauco Specification Number

4C-08.14F
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 12 (mm) 0
95 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: B55,P55 K45, K87
SH


Union

1/2 80 150 Lbs FLAT
FIBERGLASS


4C-13.33 F
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 12 (mm) 0
95 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: B55,P55
SH


Union

1/2 80 150 Lbs FLAT
FIBERGLASS


4C-05.06 F
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 12 (mm) 0
95 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: B55,P55 W04
SH


Union

1/2 80 150 Lbs FLAT
FIBERGLASS


4C-01.43 F
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR T1B.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 19,7 (mm) 0
93 Therm Note 3
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: PBD,K32,P58,K32,P58
Gaskets: Flat Gasket, dimensions conf. ASME B16.21, thickness 1.5 mm for DN ! 10 "and 3 mm for DN> 10", PTFE with fiberglass microspheres, Bario
Sulphate, flat face, similar Teadit Tealon TF-1570

ASME B16.9 ASTM B363 Gr WPT-2-W SUPL "S2"(RT 100%) 1

1/2 4 SCH 10S FLAT FORGED

6 24 SCH 10S BW FORGED

26 48 NOTA 6 BW FORGED
Union
ASME B16.5 ASTM A105 GALV. (ASTM A153) 2,6
LJ 1/2 24 300 Lbs FF FORGED
TIP-PSPE-001/002 ASTM A516 Gr 70 GALV. (ASTM A153) 2,6,7
LJ 26 48 300 Lbs FF LAMINATE
ASME B16.5 ASTM A105 GALV. (ASTM A153) 5
CE 1/2 24 300 Lbs FF FORGED
ASME B16.47 Serie A ASTM A516 Gr 70 GALV. (ASTM A153) 5
CE 26 48 300 Lbs FF LAMINATE
WELDING ASME B36.19M ASTM B862 Gr 2-SUPL "S1.2.1" (RT

1/2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
6 24 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
26 28 0,312" B16.25
100%)
30 32 0,375" B16.25
100%)
34 42 0,500" B16.25
100%)
44 48 0,625" B16.25
100%)
Notes: 1) For derivation table see FL 4.3 (or FL 4.4 for High Consistency Mass Lines when needed)
2) Slip-on according MSS-SP-43 Type A, Concentric grooves according MSS-SP-6., espessura conf tubo correspondente em ASTM B363 Gr
WPT-2-W-Supl "S2", ou conforme 3460-310-XXXX-XXXX em ASTM B265 Gr 2 para DN 26" e maiores.
3) All welds should be 100% radiographed
4) Only if necessary the use of threaded connections or weld
5) It should be used with ASTM B265 Gr 2 Titanium grooving disc (2mm thick), tangenting the bolt holes.
7) slip-on according 3460-310-XXXX-XXXX, in ASTM B265 Gr 2.
4C-13.34 T
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR T1B.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 19,7 (mm) 0
93 Therm Note 3
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: PBD,K32,P58,K32,P58




Union

1/2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
6 24 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
26 28 0,312" B16.25
100%)
30 32 0,375" B16.25
100%)
34 42 0,500" B16.25
100%)
44 48 0,625" B16.25
100%)
WPT-2-W-Supl "S2", ou conforme 3460-310-XXXX-XXXX em ASTM B265 Gr 2 para DN 26" e maiores.
4C-04.10 T
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR T1A.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 14,8 (mm) 0
148 Therm Note 3

Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: LGE,PBD,SES,P55,B55,P55,B55

ASME B16.11 ASTM B381 Gr F2 4

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs NOTE 4 FORGED



Union

1/2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
6 24 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
26 28 0,312" B16.25
100%)
30 36 0,375" B16.25
100%)
38 48 0,500" B16.25
100%)
WPT-2-W-Supl "S2"
4C-05.07 T
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR T1A.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 14,8 (mm) 0
148 Therm Note 3

Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: LGE,PBD,SES,P55,B55,P55,B55

ASME B16.11 ASTM B381 Gr F2 4




Union

1/2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
6 24 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
26 28 0,312" B16.25
100%)
30 36 0,375" B16.25
100%)
38 48 0,500" B16.25
100%)
WPT-2-W-Supl "S2"
4C-08.15 T
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR S1B.3.05
Corrosion
P (barg) 34,8 31,3 28,6 (mm) 0
93 149 204 Therm No

Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: HCO,L08,L08
Gaskets: Metalflex Spiral Gaskets, AISI 304L with Flexible Graphite insert with 1/8" stainless inner ring and external 1/8" carbon centering ring, 3/16" thickness,
dimensions ASME B16.20, Face RF Class 300 Lb, Similar Teadit MetaLFIex 913M;

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F304L 1,2,5

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED
ASME B16.9 ASTM A403 Gr WP304L-W 1,4

ASME B16.9 ASTM A403 Gr WP304L-W 1,4,6

Union
ASME B16.5 ASTM A182 Gr F304L 3
ES 1/2 1.1/2 300 Lbs RF FORGED
ASME B16.5 ASTM A182 Gr F304L 3,6
ASME B16.47 Serie A ASTM A182 Gr F304L 3,6
CE 1/2 12 300 Lbs RF FORGED
ASME B16.5 ASTM A516 Gr 70 GALV. (ASTM A153) 7
WELDING ASME B36.19M ASTM A312 Gr TP304L-LONGITUDINAL

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 40S B16.25
SEAM
2 12 SCH 40S B16.25
SEAM
WELDING ASME B36.10M ASTM A358 TP304L-CL2
14 16 STD B16.25
ASME B36.10M ASTM A358 TP304L-CL2 8

18 48 NOTA 8 B16.25 WELDING

4C-10.09 S1
2) Reducing Nipples acc. MSS-SP-95, in ASTM A403 Gr WP304L-W
3) Face com ranhuras concêntricas conf. MSS SP-6
4) Curves should have a standard 1.5x radius of curvature, forged or bent manufacturing by the high frequency induction process, with stress relief.
5) For straight nipples with threaded ends, use pipe with thickness SCH40S, length 100mm;
7) It should be used with grooved disc in ASTM A240 Gr 304L (2mm thick), tangenting the bolt holes.
8) Thickness: 0.500" from Dn 18" to 22"; 0.625" from Dn 24" to 30"; 0.750" from Dn 32" to 34"; 0.875" from Dn 36 "to 40"; 1" from Dn 42" to 48"
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 34,8 31,3 28,6 26,2 0
(mm)
93 149 204 260 Therm No

Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: PCL,L11,L11
Gaskets: Metalflex Spiral Gaskets, AISI 304L with Flexible Graphite insert with 1/8" stainless inner ring and external 1/8" carbon centering ring, 3/16" thickness,
dimensions ASME B16.20, Face FRL Class 300 Lb, Similar Teadit MetaLFIex 913M;

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F304L 1,2,4

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED

ASME B16.9 ASTM A403 Gr WP304L-W 1,5,7

Union
ASME B16.5-SCH 40S ASTM A182 Gr F304L 3
ES 1/2 1.1/2 300 Lbs FRL FORGED
PE 2 24 300 Lbs FRL FORGED
CE 1/2 12 300 Lbs FRL FORGED
ASME B16.5 ASTM A516 Gr 70 GALV. (ASTM A153) 6
CE 14 24 300 Lbs FRL LAMINATE

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 40S B16.25
SEAM
2 12 SCH 40S B16.25
SEAM
14 - STD B16.25

16 20 0,500" B16.25

22 24 0,625" B16.25
3) Face with smooth finish, max 125AARH
6) It must be used with grooved stainless steel disc in ASTM A240 Gr 304L (2mm thick), tangenting the bolt holes.
7) For PCL lines, the curves should have a standard curvature radius of 3xD, forged or curved by the high frequency induction process, with stress
relief.
4C-10.10 S1
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR S1A.3.03
Corrosion
P (barg) 14,7 13,7 (mm) 0
148 204 Therm No

Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: DAZ,LDE,PTA,L11,L11
Gaskets: Flat Gasket, dimensions conf. ASME B16.21-FR, thickness 1/16" for DN ! 10" and 1/8" for DN> 10", PTFE with Barium Sulphate, similar Teadit Tealon
TF-1580

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F304L 1,2,4

3/8 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED
ASME B16.9 ASTM A403 Gr WP304L-W 1


Union ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F304L, SEDE CÔNICA

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED

3/8 1.1/2 SCH 10S B16.25
SEAM
2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
SEAM
6 16 SCH 5S B16.25
SEAM
18 24 SCH 5S B16.25
3) Slip-on according MSS-SP-43 type A, Concentric grooves according MSS-SP-6., Thickness acc. matching pipe in ASTM A403 Gr WP304L-W
5) It must be used with grooved stainless steel disc in ASTM A240 Gr 304L (2mm thick), tangenting the bolt holes

4C-10.27 S1
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 22,4 21,2 (mm) 0
150 204 Therm No

Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: PSB,PUB,WHO,P30,P30
TF-1580

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F304L 1,2,4

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED


Union

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 10S B16.25
SEAM
2 12 SCH 10S B16.25
SEAM
14 18 0,250" B16.25

20 24 0,312" B16.25

26 28 0,375" B16.25

30 34 0,500" B16.25

36 44 0,625" B16.25
2) Reducing Nipples acc. MSS-SP-95, in ASTM A403 Gr CR304L
7) Slip-on according 003460-310-XXXX-XXXX, in ASTM A240 Gr TP304L.

4C-04.11 S1
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 12 (mm) 0
150 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: DNCG,PRE,PSB,PUB,WSW,WSWC,XKN,P30,P30
TF-1580

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F304L 1,3,7

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED
MSS SP-43 ASTM A403 Gr CR304L 1


ASME B16.9 ASTM A403 Gr CR304L 1,6

26 48 NOTA 2 BW -
AWWA C208 ASTM A403 Gr CR304L 1,6

50 60 NOTA 2 BW -

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED
TIP-PSPE-001/002 ASTM A516 Gr 70 GALV. (ASTM A153) 5
ASME B16.47 Serie A ASTM A105 GALV. (ASTM A153) 5
CE 26 60 150 Lbs FF FORGED

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 10S B16.25
SEAM
2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
SEAM
6 16 SCH 5S B16.25
SEAM
18 24 SCH 5S B16.25

26 60 NOTA 2 B16.25

4C-04.12 S1
2) Thickness: 1/4 " from Dn 26" to 36"; 5/16" from Dn 38" to 44"; 3/8" from Dn 46" to 54"; 1/2" from Dn 56" to 60"
5) Slip-on according 003460-310-XXXX-XXXX, in ASTM A240 Gr TP304L, with dimension "b" adjusted according to the thickness of the
corresponding pipe.
6) Gummed curves according to 003460-310-XXXX-XXXX for Dn 36" and larger
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 14,4 12,3 (mm) 0
148 204 Therm No

Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: AIN,HLI,OLU,WEF,WFC,WHO,WPO,WSL,WSU,S05,S20,S05,S20
Gaskets: Flat Gasket, dimensions conf. ASME B16.21-FR, thickness 1/16" for DN ! 10" and 1/8" for DN> 10", Hydraulic Cardboard with Aramid Fiber Pressed
with NBR Rubber, similar Teadit NA-1002

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F304L 1,2,4

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED

ASME B16.9 ASTM A403 Gr CR304L 1

26 32 0,312" BW FORGED
ASME B16.9 ASTM A403 Gr CR304L 1

34 40 0,375" BW FORGED

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 10S B16.25
SEAM
2 16 SCH 10S B16.25
SEAM
WELDING ASME B36.19M ASTM A358 TP304L- CL2
18 24 SCH 10S B16.25

26 32 0,312" B16.25

34 40 0,375" B16.25
6) Slip-on according 003460-310-XXXX-XXXX, in ASTM A240 Gr TP304L.
4C-02.42 S1
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR M1A.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 17,9 (mm) 0
93 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: WWH,P55,S01,B55,P55,S01,B55

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F44 (254SMO®) 3

ASME B16.9 ASTM A403 Gr WP S31254-W (254SMO®) 1



Union
WELDING ASME B36.19M ASTM A312 Gr S31254 (254SMO®)-

1/2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
LONGITUDINAL SEAM
6 24 SCH 10S B16.25
LONGITUDINAL SEAM
WELDING ASME B36.10M ASTM A358 CL2 TP S31254 (254SMO®)
26 32 0,250" B16.25

36 44 0,312" B16.25

46 48 0,375" B16.25

50 62 0,500" B16.25

64 80 0,625" B16.25
2) Slip-on according MSS-SP-43 Type A, Concentric grooves according to MSS-SP-6., Thickness of the corresponding pipe in ASTM A403 Gr WP
S31254-W (254SMO®)
4) It must be used with grooving disc in ASTM A240 Gr S31254 (2mm thick), tangenting the bolt holes
5) Thickness according to the pipe of the corresponding diameter
6) Slip-on according 003460-310-XXXX-XXXX, in ASTM A240 Gr S31254.
® - Trademark Outokumpu
4C-08.16 S4
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 17,9 (mm) 0
93 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm





Union

1/2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
LONGITUDINAL SEAM
6 24 SCH 10S B16.25
LONGITUDINAL SEAM
26 32 0,250" B16.25

36 44 0,312" B16.25

46 48 0,375" B16.25

50 62 0,500" B16.25

64 80 0,625" B16.25
S31254-W (254SMO®)
4C-05.08 S4
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 17,9 (mm) 0
93 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm





Union

1/2 4 SCH 10S B16.25
LONGITUDINAL SEAM
6 24 SCH 10S B16.25
LONGITUDINAL SEAM
26 32 0,250" B16.25

36 44 0,312" B16.25

46 48 0,375" B16.25

50 62 0,500" B16.25

64 80 0,625" B16.25
S31254-W (254SMO®)
4C-02.43 S4
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR F1Z.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 3 (mm) 0
99 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: D40,D50,V55,V58
SH


Union

1/2 40 50 Lbs FLAT
FIBERGLASS


4C-17.62 F
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR F1Z.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 3 (mm) 0
99 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: D40,D50,V55,V58
SH


Union

1/2 40 50 Lbs FLAT
FIBERGLASS


4C-09.04 F
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR F1B.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 18 (mm) 0
95 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: B55,K32
SH


Union
NBS-PS-15-69 / HOLES ASME B16.5-300 VIILESTER REINFORCED WITH GLASS FIBER 2

1/2 16 300 Lbs FLAT
FIBERGLASS


4C-13.35 F
SPECIFICATION
ANNEX I - SPECIFICATION FOR D4A.1.01
Corrosion
P (barg) 13,7 (mm) 0
204 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: HBB,L61,L61,S23,G50
Gaskets: Flexible graphite with 316L stainless steel lamina, esp. 1/16 “for DN ! 10” and 1/8 “for DN> 10”, manufactured with
SIGRAFLEX® APX2 Hochdruck technology, similar Teadit GR 1700

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F68 1,2,4

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED
ASME B16.9 ASTM A815 UNS S32304 (RT 100%) WPW 1

Union
ASME B16.5 ASTM A 182 F68 6
ES 1/2 1.1/2 150 Lbs FF FORGED
LJ 2 24 150 Lbs FF FORGED
WELDING ASME B36.19M ASTM A790 Gr UNS S32304 C/C (RT

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
2 30 SCH 5S B16.25
100%)
Notes: 1) For derivation table see FL 4.3 (or FL 4.4 para Linhas de Massa de Alta Consistência quando necessário)
2) Reduction Niples conf MSS-SP-95, in ASTM A815 Gr S32304-WP-W;
3) Slip-on according MSS-SP-43 type A, concentric grooves acc. MSS-SP-6, thickness acc. matching pipe in ASTM A815 Gr S32304-WP-W
5) It should be used with ASTM A240 Gr S32304 (2mm thick) duplex disc, tangential to the bolt holes
6) Concentric grooves according MSS-SP-6.

4C-02.41 S5
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 13,7 (mm) 0
204 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: HHB,L61,L60,L61,L60,S23,S22,W35

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F69 1,2,4

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED


32 36 0,250" BW FORGED

38 48 0,312" BW FORGED

52 56 0,375" BW FORGED
Union
ASME B16.5 ASTM A 182 F69

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
2 30 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
32 36 0,250" B16.25
100%)
38 48 0,312" B16.25
100%)
52 56 0,375" B16.25
100%)
2) Reducing Niples conf MSS-SP-95, in ASTM A815 Gr S32101-WP-W;
3) Stub end according MSS-SP-43 type A, concentric grooves acc. MSS-SP-6, thickness acc. matching pipe in ASTM A815 Gr S32101-WP-W
5) It should be used with ASTM A240 Gr S32101 (2mm thick) duplexed disk, tangential to the bolt holes;
7) Stub end according 003460-310-PBOK-0003, in ASTM A240 Gr S32101

4C-02.40 S5
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 12 (mm) 0
121 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: PAE,L61,L61

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F53 1,2

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED
ASME B16.9 ASTM A815 S32750 WPW (SAF 2507) 1


26 36 0,250" BW FORGED

38 48 0,312" BW FORGED

52 60 0,375" BW FORGED
Union
TIP-PSPE-001/002 ASTM A105 GALV. (ASTM A153) 3
ASME B16.47 Serie A ASTM A105 GALV. (ASTM A153) 4
CE 26 60 150 Lbs FF FORGED
WELDING ASME B36.19M ASTM A790 S32750 (SAF 2507)

1/2 24 SCH 10S B16.25
WELDING ASME B36.10M ASTM A358 CL2 TP S32750 (SAF 2507)

26 36 0,250" B16.25

38 48 0,312" B16.25

52 60 0,375" B16.25
Notes: GENERAL: PBD exclusive use for Line of Fibers in the discharge of stage "DA".
1) For derivation table see FL 4.3

2) Reducing Nipples acc. MSS-SP-95, on ASTM A815 S32750 WP-W (SAF 2507)
3) Stub-ends acc. MSS-SP-43 type A, concentric grooves acc. MSS-SP-6, thickness acc. corresponding pipe on ASTM A815 S32750 WP-W (SAF
2507)
4) It should be used with duplex stainless steel disk as ASTM A240 Gr S32750 (2mm thick), tangential to the bolt holes;
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion
P (barg) 13,7 (mm) 0
204 Therm No
Temp (ºC)
Treatm
Media: HHB,L61,L60,L61,L60,S23,S22,W35

ASME B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr F69 1,2,4

1/2 1.1/2 3000 Lbs SW FORGED


32 36 0,250" BW FORGED

38 48 0,312" BW FORGED

52 56 0,375" BW FORGED
Union
ASME B16.5 ASTM A 182 F69

1/2 1.1/2 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
2 30 SCH 10S B16.25
100%)
32 36 0,250" B16.25
100%)
38 48 0,312" B16.25
100%)
52 56 0,375" B16.25
100%)
Note: Consider duplex material 2205
2) Reducing Niples conf MSS-SP-95, in ASTM A815 Gr S32101-WP-W;
3) Stub end according MSS-SP-43 type A, concentric grooves acc. MSS-SP-6, thickness acc. matching pipe in ASTM A815 Gr S32101-WP-W
5) It should be used with ASTM A240 Gr S32101 (2mm thick) duplexed disk, tangential to the bolt holes;
7) Stub end according 003460-310-PBOK-0003, in ASTM A240 Gr S32101 Arauco Specification Number
4C-01.06 S5

ET-5005-700-04-750 - Rev 1 DISEÑO PIP

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ET-5005-700-04-750 - Rev 1 DISEÑO PIP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CELULOSA ARAUCO Y CONSTITUCION S.A.

ITEM DESCRIPCIÓN PÁGINA

APPENDIX A: 4C DESIGN STANDARDS.

APPENDIX B: 4D DESIGN STANDARDS.

APPENDIX C: 4S DESIGN STANDARDS.

APPENDIX D: VALVES STANDARDS.

APPENDIX E: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

Technical Specification PIPING DESIGN STANDARDS Pag. i

This document provides all minimum requirements for the selection of

Technical Specification PIPING DESIGN STANDARDS Pag. 1

1.2 Codes and Standards

Codes and Standards that apply:

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials.

1.3 Design Conditions

Design conditions, test pressure and Max. diameter recommended values

Technical Specification PIPING DESIGN STANDARDS Pag. 2

Technical Specification PIPING DESIGN STANDARDS

4C-01.45 S2 FRESH COLD WATER Mech / chem treated

DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

4C-10.06 S1 White Liquor – Clarified

DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

4C-13.01 Caustic soda 73%

4C-13.10 C Sulphur Dioxide Dry - Gas, Sulphur Dioxide Dry - Liquid

DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

4C-17.61 Pressurized Sewers Effluent Treatment UG

DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

LIABILITY AND COPYRIGHT

DESIGN STANDARD 4C-00.01 0

DESIGN STANDARDS INDEX 0

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION Press Range: To 10 barg (150 psig)

Above Ground - See Note 2 APPLICABLE CODE

THIS SPECIFICATION TO BE USED BEFORE WATER FILTRATION ONLY

PIPE Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A53

2 1/2” - 24” Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A53

26” and up Material: Fabricated carbon steel, EFW ASTM A36

NIPPLES Material: Carbon steel, ERW ASTM A106

FITTINGS Material: Forged Steel ASTM A105

2 1/2” - 24” Material: Carbon steel ASTM A234

26” & up Material: Carbon steel fabricated ASTM A36

MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.02 0

UNIONS Material: Malleable iron ASTM A197 or

REDUCING SIZE Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

REDUCING SIZE Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

FLANGES Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

30” & up Material: Forged steel plate ASTM A36

BOLTS & Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

GASKETS Material: See ET-5005-700-04-752 Anexo 4

MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.02 0

Material: Forged steel ASTM A105

VALVE DESCRIPTION VALVE NO.

BALL: Material: SS 316, Lever handle V-4121

BUTTERFLY Material: Cast iron body & disc, hard V-9231

8” & up Material: Cast iron body and disc, hard V-9231

CHECK Material: Malleable iron, swing V-3411

2 1/2” to 24” Material: Cast Iron body & disc. V-3141

MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 4C-01.02 0

Fabrication and erection of carbon and ferritic Standard 4S-01.01

Pipe line field erection, checking, testing and Standard 4S-20.01

Coating and lining of steel piping and materials Standard 4S-30.04

Installation of underground pipes Standard 4S-31.01